У вас есть несохраненные страницы. Восстановить Отмена
0

Германия

  • Федеральный Президент:Joachim Gauck
  • Канцлер:Angela Merkel
  • Столица:Berlin
  • Языки:German
  • Правительство
  • Статистическое агентство
  • Население:80 889 505 (2014)
  • Площадь:348 540 (2014)
  • ВВП на душу населения:47 822 (2014)
  • ВВП, млрд. долл. США:3 868 (2014)
  • Индекс Джини:30,63 (2010)
  • Рейтинг Ease of Doing Business:15 (2015)
Все наборы данных:  1 2 3 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W Y Т
  • 1
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      It provides a faithful image, to the greatest extent possible, of the aggregates and balances of the general government sector in the SNA 1993 conceptual framework. In addition, it brings to light two relevant aggregates that do not belong to this conceptual frame work: the Total Revenue and the Total Expenditure of the general government sector.Unit of measure used - National currency; current prices. Expressed in millions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator gives the percentage of all 18-year-olds who are still in any kind of school (all ISCED levels). It gives an indication of the number of young people who have not abandoned their efforts to improve their skills through initial education and it includes both those who had a regular education career without any delays as well as those who are continuing even if they had to repeat some steps in the past.
  • 2
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2013
      Выбрать
      Percentage of homicides by firearm, number of homicides by firearm and homicide by firearm rate per 100,000 population.Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2013
      Выбрать
      Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains the main results of the 2011 Eurostat-OECD PPP comparison for the 47 countries that participated in the 2011 round of the Eurostat-OECD Purchasing Power Parity (PPP) Programme. The dataset is organised in 23 tables which show results both in US dollars and OECD as reference (Table 1.1 to Table 1.12) and in euros and European Union as reference (Table 2.1 to Table 2.11) calculated with the EKS method. The tables contain the following information:
  • 3
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are three-month interbank rates which are no longer updated. The series represent interest rates of countries which have now joined the euro area.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are three-month interbank rates which are no longer updated. The series represent interest rates of countries which have now joined the euro area.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are three-month interbank rates which are no longer updated. The series represent interest rates of countries which have now joined the euro area.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Economics of Human Trafficking
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
  • 7
  • 8
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      It presents gross capital formation, gross fixed capital formation, changes in inventories and acquisition less disposals of valuables broken down by detailed industries according to the classification ISIC rev.4. Gross fixed capital formation is also available broken down by type of assets. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2005). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
  • 9
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents fixed assets by activity according to the classification ISIC rev.3 and by type of product and by type of assets.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents the balance sheets for non financial assets by institutional sectors, for both produced assets (fixed assets, inventories, valuables) and non-produced assets (tangible and intangible).  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
  • A
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Statistics Centre of Abu Dhabi
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_185 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ij_svinj An ad hoc module on "Work-related health problems and accidental injuries" was included in the 1999 Labour Force Survey (LFS), in order to act as a complementary data source to ESAW (European Statistics on accidents at Work) and EODS (European Occupational Diseases Statistics) and give a broader view on Health and Safety at Work.. This module provided complementary information on accidents occurring at work and resulting in less than 4 days' absence from work, on return to work after the accident at work and on health problems caused or made worse by work. The data refer to self-reported accidental injuries at work during a 12 month period before the survey and to self-reported non-accidental health problems caused or made worse by work and from which the respondent had suffered during a 12 month period before the survey. The indicators used for accidental injuries are the percentage distributions of accidents and the relative incidence rate of accidents (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The incidence rate is the number of accidents at work per 100 000 employed workers. The indicators used for non-accidental health problems are the percentage distribution, number, prevalence rate and relative prevalence rate of health problems (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The prevalence rate is the number of people suffering from the health problem during the last 12 months per 100 000 employed workers (see the link to summary methodology at the bottom of the page). Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. Similarly, the prevalence rates for non-accidental health problems are standardised for economic activity and for age, as age influences importantly the prevalence of health problems. For more details, please see the link to the summary methodology at the bottom of the page. Geographical coverage: Denmark, Germany, Greece, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Finland, Sweden, United Kingdom. Sector coverage: All sectors of economic activity are covered. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence and prevalence rates are calculated for the total of all branches.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ij_nuse An ad hoc module on "Work-related health problems and accidental injuries" was included in the 1999 Labour Force Survey (LFS), in order to act as a complementary data source to ESAW (European Statistics on accidents at Work) and EODS (European Occupational Diseases Statistics) and give a broader view on Health and Safety at Work.. This module provided complementary information on accidents occurring at work and resulting in less than 4 days' absence from work, on return to work after the accident at work and on health problems caused or made worse by work. The data refer to self-reported accidental injuries at work during a 12 month period before the survey and to self-reported non-accidental health problems caused or made worse by work and from which the respondent had suffered during a 12 month period before the survey. The indicators used for accidental injuries are the percentage distributions of accidents and the relative incidence rate of accidents (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The incidence rate is the number of accidents at work per 100 000 employed workers. The indicators used for non-accidental health problems are the percentage distribution, number, prevalence rate and relative prevalence rate of health problems (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The prevalence rate is the number of people suffering from the health problem during the last 12 months per 100 000 employed workers (see the link to summary methodology at the bottom of the page). Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. Similarly, the prevalence rates for non-accidental health problems are standardised for economic activity and for age, as age influences importantly the prevalence of health problems. For more details, please see the link to the summary methodology at the bottom of the page. Geographical coverage: Denmark, Germany, Greece, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Finland, Sweden, United Kingdom. Sector coverage: All sectors of economic activity are covered. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence and prevalence rates are calculated for the total of all branches.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Knoema
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organizations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Knoema
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Accuracy of annual economic forecasts of international organizations - European Commission, IMF, OECD, World Bank, UN LINK
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of grants of citizenship of the reporting country to persons usually resident in the reporting country who have previously been citizens of another country or who have been stateless.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:migr_acq Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_ind_actru The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_ind_actsup The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Activities of U.S. MNEs: Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates, Selected Indicators
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator Activity rate is based on the quarterly EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) results. The survey covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Activity rate - % of total population aged 15-64 (3 years change in p.p.). 
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: FDI Intelligence
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad-hoc module "transition from work to retirement" aimed at answering the following main questions: how people leave the labour market,why they left the labour market,why they did not stay longer and,how long the active population, aged 50 to 69, expects to be in the labour market.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mdthrt The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.   
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator is defined as the ratio of the median individual gross pensions of 65-74 age category relative to median individual gross earnings of 50-59 age category, excluding other social benefits. For 2004-2005 data, aggregate income replacement ratio is based on net income components for ES, EL, IT, LV, PT. EU aggregate figures are calculated as population-weighted averages of national values.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The farm holder is the legal or physical person taking benefit of the agricultural activity. They are only accounted for as the individual holders and not the holders of group holdings.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The farm holder is the legal or physical person taking benefit of the agricultural activity. They are only accounted for as the individual holders and not the holders of group holdings.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The farm holder is the legal or physical person taking benefit of the agricultural activity. They are only accounted the individual holders and not the holders of group holdings.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and meadow and permanent crops) and other land. The agricultural area utilized for farming includes the area under main crops for harvest in the year of the survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and meadow and permanent crops) and other land. The agricultural area utilized for farming includes the area under main crops for harvest in the year of the survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and meadow and permanent crops) and other land. The agricultural area utilized for farming includes the area under main crops for harvest in the year of the survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total area of the holding consists of the agricultural area utilized by the holding (arable land, kitchen gardens, permanent grassland and meadow and permanent crops) and other land. The agricultural area utilized for farming includes the area under main crops for harvest in the year of the survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Other gainful activity is an activity that do not comprise any farm work but which directly related to the holding using its resources (area, machinery, buildings, etc.) or the products of the holding and which have an economic impact on the holding. It is carried out by the holder, his/hers family members or one or more partners on a group holding. For example such activities are: providing accommodation, processing of farm products, renewable energy production, etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      A commitment is a firm written obligation by a government or official agency, backed by the appropriation or availability of the necessary funds, to provide resources of a specified amount under specified financial terms and conditions and for specified purposes for the benefit of a recipient country or a multilateral agency. Members unable to comply with this definition should explain the definition that they use. -- Commitments are considered to be made at the date a loan or grant agreement is signed or the obligation is otherwise made known to the recipient (e.g. in the case of budgetary allocations to overseas territories, the final vote of the budget should be taken as the date of commitment). For certain special expenditures, e.g. emergency aid, the date of disbursement may be taken as the date of commitment. -- Bilateral commitments comprise new commitments and additions to earlier commitments, excluding any commitments cancelled during the same year. Cancellations and reductions in the year reported on of commitments made in earlier years are reported in the CRS, but not in the DAC questionnaire. -- In contrast to bilateral commitments, commitments of capital subscriptions, grants and loans to multilateral agencies should show the sum of amounts which are expected to be disbursed before the end of the next year and amounts disbursed in the year reported on but not previously reported as a commitment. For capital subscriptions in the form of notes payable at sight, enter the expected amount of deposits of such notes as the amount committed.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The air accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA). EASA as an Agency is responsible for providing common standards of safety and environmental protection in civil aviation in Europe and worldwide. It is the centrepiece of regulations creating a single European market in the aviation industry. The Agency’s responsibilities include aviation safety analysis and research for which it also collects statistics on European and worldwide aviation safety. The statistics are grouped according to type of operation, such as commercial air transport or general aviation, and aircraft category, such as aeroplanes, helicopters or gliders. The EASA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The selection of data made available to Eurostat does not differ from those available through the EASA (http://easa.europa.eu). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca); Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw); Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah); Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air Emissions Accounts (AEA) report the flows of emissions to air by industries and private households as a result of their economic activities. There are two internationally established approaches to reporting greenhouse gases and air pollutants: 1. Air Emissions Accounts, i.e. this dataset. It is produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex). 2. National emissions inventories – greenhouse gas inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)) and air pollutant inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (CLRTAP) and the EU National Emission Ceilings Directive (NEC). The two methodologies are different and the totals at national and EU level correspondingly differ. Eurostat publishes the bridging items between the national totals deriving from the two approaches in the dataset titled "Air emissions accounts totals in NACE Rev. 2 bridging to emission inventory totals" [env_ac_aibrid_r2]. The bridging items account for the differences between total emissions in air emissions accounts and total emissions reported by the country within the emission inventories. In addition, the European Environment Agency (EEA) publishes European and national emission inventories. Eurostat re-publishes the EEA datasets in [env_air_emis] and [env_air_gge].
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air Emissions Accounts (AEA) report the flows of emissions to air by industries and private households as a result of their economic activities. There are two internationally established approaches to reporting greenhouse gases and air pollutants: 1. Air Emissions Accounts (dataset env_ac_ainah_r2). It is produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex). 2. National emissions inventories – greenhouse gas inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC)) and air pollutant inventories (providing emission data under the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (CLRTAP) and the EU National Emission Ceilings Directive (NEC). The two methodologies are different and the totals at national and EU level correspondingly differ. This dataset presents the bridging items between the national totals deriving from the two approaches. The bridging items account for the differences between total emissions in air emissions accounts and total emissions reported by the country within the emission inventories. In addition, the European Environment Agency (EEA) publishes European and national emission inventories. Eurostat re-publishes the EEA datasets in [env_air_emis] and [env_air_gge].
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. the data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union (EU) as a party to the Convention on Long-range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP Convention) reports annually its air pollution inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. Under the Convention, parties are obliged to report emissions data for numerous air pollutants. This dataset includes data on 6 air pollutants: sulphur oxides (SOx), ammonia (NH3), nitrogen oxides (NOx), non-methane volatile organic compounds (NMVOCs), particulate matters (PM10, PM2.5), as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national air pollution inventories compiled by the EU Member States. Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them.    Â
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the differnce in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 refernce year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om)Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om)Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om)Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om) [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_avgo_om Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology).   Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level   The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator shows the volume of goods transported in Europe (in tonnes), broken down by country and by year. The data covers the total volume of freight and mail loaded/unloaded.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator shows the total number of passengers carried in Europe (arrivals plus departures), broken down by country and by year. Passengers carried: Are all passengers on a particular flight (with one flight number) counted once only and not repeatedly on each individual stage of that flight. Are all revenue and non-revenue passengers whose journey begins or terminates at the reporting airport and transfer passengers joining or leaving the flight at the reporting airport. Excludes direct transit passengers.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the differnce in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 refernce year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om)Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om)Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om)Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om) [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_avpa_om Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. the data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Akamai
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “ALFS Summary tables” dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil, Columbia and Russian Federation and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro area, European Union and OECD-Total). Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100.This dataset contains estimates from the OECD Secretariat for the latest years when countries did not provide data. These estimates are necessary to compile aggregated statistics for the geographical areas for a complete span of time. Since 2003, employment data by sector for the United States are compiled following the North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS); therefore they are not strictly comparable with other countries’ data.Euro area and European Union data were extracted from Eurostat (LFS Series, Detailed annual survey results in New Cronos). Euro area refer to Euro area with 17 countries (geo = ea17). European Union refers to European Union with 27 countries (geo = eu27).
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset includes combined and standardized Gini data from eight original sources: Luxembourg Income Study (LIS), Socio-Economic Database for Latin America (SEDLAC), Survey of Living Conditions (SILC) by Eurostat, World Income Distribution (WYD; the full data set is available here), World Bank Europe and Central Asia dataset, World Institute for Development Research (WIDER), World Bank Povcal, and Ginis from individual long-term inequality studies (just introduced in this version).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. All valid permits on 31st December (end of the year). This data include statistics on all valid permits at the end of reference period, therefore including first permits, change of status or reasons to stay and renewed permits.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_ehh2p Household accounts include data for individuals or groups of individuals as consumers and possibly as producers of goods for own use as well as non-profit institutions serving households. Data on household accounts include 11 indicators. The most important are primary income and disposable income. Geographic coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to the Nuts 2 level breakdown (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON").
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Angola trade with selected countries by commodity 04 HS, 2013
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_pmhouspigec The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys.The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients.Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy.Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them.However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey.The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible.The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey.The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables.The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices.The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm).Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level.For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure.Regional DataData for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and products used for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_d3avg The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail: Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail: Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely: average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.Â
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses10_rbns The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:road_go_cta7gtt Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_kia_emp2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards. SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat's website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards. SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat's website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The annual expenditure on public and private educational institutions per pupil/student compared to GDP per capita relates the resources (e.g. expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure) being devoted to education in public and private educational institutions to the overall economic welfare of a country. It is based on full-time equivalent enrolment. The use of GDP per capita allows the comparison of levels of economic activity of different sized economies (per capita) irrespective of their price levels (in PPS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure per pupil/student in public and private institutions measures how much central, regional and local levels of government, private households, religious institutions and firms spent per pupil/student. It includes expenditure for personnel, other current and capital expenditure.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data correspond to quarterly financial accounts for the general government sector and follows the ESA2010 methodology. The data covers financial transactions and balance sheet items for general government (consolidated and non-consolidated) and its subsectors. This includes a number of financial instruments (F.1, F.2, F.3, F.4, ...) as well as some balancing items such as net financial transactions, net financial worth and net financial assets and liabilties. Data are available in million of euro, million of national currency (average exchange rates are used for transactions and end of period exchange rates are used for stocks) and as a percentage of GDP (for transactions quarterly GDP is used; for stocks a rolling sum of the last four quarters is used). In the table gov_10a_ggfa, annualised quarterly financial accounts for general government are presented. For financial transactions, data is summed over the four quarters of each year. For the conversion from national currency into euro, the yearly average exchange rate is used. For balance sheet items (stocks), the annualised data corresponds to the data of the fourth quarter. The percentage of GDP data of annualised data uses annual GDP transmitted by the Member States. In the course of the annualisation, small rounding differences may be amplified. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area. Main data sources are the tables provided according to the European Parliament and Council Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of 21 May 2013 (OJ No L174/1).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_terd The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. In the framework of the indicators for the monitoring of the social dimension and mobility of the Bologna Process, the EU-SILC (EU Statistics on Income and Living Conditions) data of interest cover individual's educational attainment, income and, from the intergenerational transmission of poverty ad hoc module, educational attainment of the parents. The following data-sets, having EU-SILC as source, on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_sobs: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by sexeduc_bo_ac_soba: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by age D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_attd: Annual gross income of workers by educational attainment (2006)educ_bo_ou_terd: Annual gross income of workers with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) , by sex (2006) The general aim of the EU-SILC domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the citizens' living conditions across Europe. This domain actually contains a range of social statistics and indicators relating to the risks of income poverty and social exclusion. There are both conceptual and methodological problems in defining and measuring income poverty and social exclusion. Since a 1984 decision of the European Council, the following are regarded as poor: "those persons, families and groups of persons whose resources (material, cultural and social) are so limited as to exclude them from the minimum acceptable way of life in the Member State to which they belong". On this basis, measures of poverty at EU level adopt an approach which is both multi-dimensional and relative. In June 2006, a new set of common indicators for the social protection and social inclusion process was adopted. (For more details and definitions of these indicators: Indicators 2006). To investigate particular areas of policy interest in more detail, target secondary areas, to be collected every four years or less frequently, are added to the cross-sectional component of EU-SILC. "The intergenerational transmission of poverty" was chosen as the area to be implemented for 2005. This specific module, collected in 2005, had as purpose to collect and compile relevant and robust information on background factors linked to adult social exclusion, minimising the burden of respondents to provide accurate detailed indicators sufficiently comparable across the EU capturing the effects of childhood experiences on poverty risk. More general information on EU-SILC is available on ilc_base.htm
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_attd The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. In the framework of the indicators for the monitoring of the social dimension and mobility of the Bologna Process, the EU-SILC (EU Statistics on Income and Living Conditions) data of interest cover individual's educational attainment, income and, from the intergenerational transmission of poverty ad hoc module, educational attainment of the parents. The following data-sets, having EU-SILC as source, on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_sobs: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by sexeduc_bo_ac_soba: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by age D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_attd: Annual gross income of workers by educational attainment (2006)educ_bo_ou_terd: Annual gross income of workers with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) , by sex (2006) The general aim of the EU-SILC domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the citizens' living conditions across Europe. This domain actually contains a range of social statistics and indicators relating to the risks of income poverty and social exclusion. There are both conceptual and methodological problems in defining and measuring income poverty and social exclusion. Since a 1984 decision of the European Council, the following are regarded as poor: "those persons, families and groups of persons whose resources (material, cultural and social) are so limited as to exclude them from the minimum acceptable way of life in the Member State to which they belong". On this basis, measures of poverty at EU level adopt an approach which is both multi-dimensional and relative. In June 2006, a new set of common indicators for the social protection and social inclusion process was adopted. (For more details and definitions of these indicators: Indicators 2006). To investigate particular areas of policy interest in more detail, target secondary areas, to be collected every four years or less frequently, are added to the cross-sectional component of EU-SILC. "The intergenerational transmission of poverty" was chosen as the area to be implemented for 2005. This specific module, collected in 2005, had as purpose to collect and compile relevant and robust information on background factors linked to adult social exclusion, minimising the burden of respondents to provide accurate detailed indicators sufficiently comparable across the EU capturing the effects of childhood experiences on poverty risk. More general information on EU-SILC is available on ilc_base.htm
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The "ALFS Summary tables" dataset is a subset of the Annual Labour Force Statistics database which presents annual labour force statistics and broad population series for 34 OECD member countries plus Brazil and 4 geographical areas (Major Seven, Euro zone, European Union and OECD-Total). Note that Chile became a member of the OECD on 7 May 2010, Slovenia on 21 July 2010, Israel on 7 September 2010 and Estonia on 9 December 2010. Chile, Estonia, Israel and Slovenia have been included in this dataset. Data are presented in thousands of persons, in percentage or as indices with base year 2010=100.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      AMECO is the annual macro-economic database of the European Commission's Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). The database is regularly cited in DG ECFIN's publications and is indispensable for DG ECFIN's analyses and reports. To ensure that DG ECFIN's analyses are verifiable and transparent to the public, AMECO data is made available free of charge. AMECO contains data for EU-27, the euro area, EU Member States, candidate countries and other OECD countries (United States, Japan, Canada, Switzerland, Norway, Iceland, Mexico, Korea, Australia and New Zealand).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: International Tropical Timber Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      ITTO's Annual Review and Assessment of the World Timber Situation compiles the most up-to-date and reliable international statistics available on global production and trade of timber, with an emphasis on the tropics. It also provides information on trends in forest area, forest management and the economies of ITTO member countries.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: World Resources Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows countries and river basins' average exposure to five of Aqueduct's water risk indicators: baseline water stress, interannual variability, seasonal variability, flood occurrence, and drought severity. Risk exposure scores are available for every country (except Greenland and Antarctica), the 100 most populous river basins, and the 100 largest river basins by area.Scores are also available for all industrial, agricultural, and domestic users' average exposure to each indicator in each country and river basin.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:mare_d3area
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_d3area
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator monitors trends in agricultural land enrolled in agri-environmental measures (AEM) as the share of total utilised agricultural area (UAA). For EU15, the data include agri-environmental contracts under Regulation (EC) 2078/1992 and contracts signed in 2000-2005 under the Regulation (EC) 1257/1999. For countries from the 2004 enlargement, agri-environmental contracts under regulation (EC) 1257/1999 started from their accession to the EU.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs5 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs4_de The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into: area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_an6 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:agr_r_crops
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Id: agr_r_crops   Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area, production harvested and yield for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops); area, production harvested and yield for a large number of fruits and vegetables humidity of the harvested crop (humidity content in %) agricultural land use. The statistics provide, for a given product, the area, the yield and the production harvested during the crop year at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The data refer to areas under cultivation (expressed in 1 000 hectares), the quantity harvested (expressed in 1 000 tonnes) and the yield (expressed in 100kg/ha). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. It simplified the data collection and reduced the number of crop sub-classes. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals; 30 categories and subcategories for other main crops (mainly Dried pulses, Root crops and Industrial crops); 40 categories and subcategories for vegetables; 41 categories and subcategories for fruits; 18 categories and subcategories for UAA (Utilised Agricultural Area). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1 . Some data are available also for Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Albania, Montenegro. Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Kosovo (under United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244/99), Bosnia Herzegovina and Turkey as well. Some additional crops are covered bya Gentlemen's agreement. These data is provided on voluntary basis by the Member States. The list of crops collected under the gentlemen's agreements is included in Annex 1. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.  
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_mdes05h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_arnrmw National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      An arrival is defined as a person (tourist) who arrives at a tourist accommodation establishment and checks in. The arrivals of same-day visitors spending only a few hours during the day (no overnight stay, the date of arrival and departure are the same) at the establishment are excluded.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All Top 400 asset inflows and outflows for worldwide and external European institutional clients.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Ноябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to:Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator measures persons (aged 18 year or over) who are unemployed with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold as a % of total unemployment. The risk-of-poverty threshold is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). The indicator is based on the EU SILC.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li20 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income, before social transfers, below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Retirement and survivor's pensions are counted as income before transfers and not as social transfers.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator is defined as the share of persons with an equivalised disposable income below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li05 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li06h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The share of persons with an equivalised disposable income, before social transfers, below the risk-of-poverty threshold, which is set at 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income (after social transfers). Retirement and survivor's pensions are counted as income before transfers and not as social transfers.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li01 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: AutoCare Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      U.S. Commercial Service Automotive Resource Guide, 2014 - Export.gov - Helping U.S. Companies Export Source: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Foreign Trade Division. TPIS Database: USHS EXPORTS, Revised Statistics for 1989–2012.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: LMC Automotive
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      Automative Industry, 2014
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06finiagps Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06otbnagps Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06stafagps Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'. The aim of the ad hoc module was to know how the transition at the end of the career towards full retirement is expected to take place, takes place or took place: • plans for transitions/past transitions towards full retirement • plans for exit from work Another aim was to know which factors would be/were at play in determining the exit from work, and which factors could make/could have made persons postpone the exit from work: • working conditions factors (health and safety at the workplace, flexible working time arrangements …) • other factors linked to work (training/obsolescence of skills …) • financial factors (financial incentives to remain at work or to exit) • personal factors (health, family reasons …).  
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06reasagps Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Июль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are provided by economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates) FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_nace2 This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are providedby economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates)FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_isco This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are providedby economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates)FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The concept used is the total number of hours worked over the year divided by the average number of people in employment. The data are intended for comparisons of trends over time; they are unsuitable for comparisons of the level of average annual hours of work for a given year, because of differences in their sources. Part-time workers are covered as well as full-time workers.The series on annual hours actually worked per person in total employment presented in this table for all 34 OECD countries are consistent with the series retained for the calculation of productivity measures in the OECD Productivity database (www.oecd.org/statistics/productivity/compendium). However, there may be some differences for some countries given that the main purpose of the latter database is to report data series on labour input (i.e. total hours worked) and also because the updating of databases occur at different moments of the year.Hours Hours actually worked per person in employment are according to National Accounts concepts for 18 countries: Austria, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Korea, the Netherlands, Norway, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and Turkey. OECD estimates for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Portugal for annual hours worked are based on the European Labour Force Survey, as are estimates for dependent employment only for Austria, Estonia, Greece, the Slovak Republic and Slovenia. The table includes labour-force-survey-based estimates for the Russian Federation.countries: For further details and country specfic notes see: www.oecd.org/employment/outlook and www.oecd.org/employment/emp/ANNUAL-HOURS-WORKED.pdf
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e3popgdp National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy. Average annual wages per full-time equivalent dependent employee are obtained by dividing the national-accounts-based total wage bill by the average number of employees in the total economy, which is then multiplied by the ratio of average usual weekly hours per full-time employee to average usually weekly hours for all employees. The data, from 1990 to 2012 are available in : 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012 constant prices Aggregation and consolidation Average wages are converted in USD PPPs using 2012 USD PPPs for private consumption and are deflated by a price deflator for private final consumption expenditures in 2012 prices. in 2012 constant prices and NCU in 2012 USD PPPs and 2012 constant prices in 2012 USD exchange rates and 2012
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfsi_exi_a The indicator 'average exit age from the labour force' gives the average age of withdrawal from labour market. While based on European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) data, the indicator is calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. The indicator is estimated with a probabilistic model, documented below, fed with data from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The input data are activity rates by single age group. The indicator of 'Average exit age from the labour market' is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. 'Population in jobless households' is also a Structural Indicator and a Sustainable Development Indicator. There are mainly two reasons to estimate the indicator with this probabilistic model instead of using a method based on self-reported retirement age, or based on people receiving pensions benefits: 1. EU-LFS data used follows definitions of employment and unemployment after the International Labour Organisation, as opposed to the notion of "being retired". There is no internationally harmonized statistical definition of retirement. 2. The method used allows to (indirectly) count definitive exits from the labour market. Instead, a retired person could potentially decide to return to the labour market, hence his/her exit would not be definitive.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total consumption expenditure made by a visitor or on behalf of a visitor for and during his/her trip and stay at destination.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total consumption expenditure made by a visitor or on behalf of a visitor for and during his/her trip and stay at destination.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross earnings are remuneration (wages and salaries) in cash paid directly to the employee, before any deductions for income tax and social security contributions paid by the employee. Data is presented for full-time employees in "industry and services".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04avovisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04avpoisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvho03h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvho04h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06finiyrsp Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Personal well-being" covers overall life experience, satisfaction with different areas of life, trust in others and in institutions and social support (having someone to rely on in case of need).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Personal well-being" covers overall life experience, satisfaction with different areas of life, trust in others and in institutions and social support (having someone to rely on in case of need).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05nowreh Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05typech Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05regch Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05changh Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04vawkhwus Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04vahrhwus Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
  • B
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Baker Hughes Incorporated
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The balance of payments is a statistical statement that provides a systematic summary of economic transactions of an economy with the rest of the world, for a specific time period. The transactions are for the most part between residents and non-residents of the economy. A transaction is defined as an economic flow that reflects the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value and involves changes in ownership, of goods or assets, the provision of services, labour or capital.For countries compiling Balance of Payments Statistics in accordance with the 6th edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual published by the IMF (BPM6) as indicated in metadata at the country level, transactions include: the goods and services accounts, the primary income account (income account in BPM5), the secondary income account (transfers in BPM5), the capital account, and the financial account. For countries compiling Balance of Payments statistics in accordance with the 5th edition on the Balance of Payments Manual, transactions include: goods, services, and income; those involving financial claims on and liabilities to the rest of the world; and transfers. Changes in BPM6 compared to BPM5 are often a consequence of a stricter application of the change of ownership principle in particular in the goods and services accounts. They relate to transactions on goods and services (merchanting, goods for processing, Insurance), income (investment income), and financial operations (direct investment).Seasonal adjustment - Where the seasonal adjustment has been carried out by the OECD, the X-12 Reg-ARIMA method is used.  
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Central Bank of Sao Tome and Principe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Balance of Payments of Sao Tome & Principe, 2013
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Since the collection of 2009 data, the scope of the OECD Global Insurance Statistics questionnaire has been expanded. These changes led to the collection of key balance sheet and income statement items for direct insurance and reinsurance sectors, such as: gross claims paid, outstanding claims provision (changes), gross operating expenses, commissions, total assets, gross technical provisions (of which: unit-linked), shareholder equity, net income.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 3 Tables. Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Annual data (mny_agg_a) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Quarterly data (mny_agg_q) Banks' balance sheet assets and liabilities - Monthly data (mny_agg_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary aggregates, counterparts, and other banks' balance sheet items (mny_agg).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Barro-Lee
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Barro-Lee
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: BGR
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      UNCTAD's Bilateral FDI Statistics provides up-to-date and systematic FDI data for 206 economies around the world, covering inflows (table 1), outflows (table 2), inward stock (table 3) and outward stock (table 4) by region and economy. Data are in principle collected from national sources. In order to cover the entire world, where data are not available from national sources, data from partner countries (mirror data) as well as from other international organizations have also been used.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data set provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: BP
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the fi eld of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: BP
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The BP Statistical Review of World Energy has provided high-quality, objective and globally consistent data on world energy markets. The Review is one of the most widely respected and authoritative publications in the field of energy economics, used for reference by the media, academia, world governments and energy companies. A new edition is published every June. Historical data from 1965 for many sections.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD .
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD broadband portal provides access to a range of broadband-related statistics gathered by the OECD. Policy makers must examine a range of indicators which reflect the status of individual broadband markets. The OECD broadband speed tests by country show the official measurements of actual access network broadband speed. The OECD broadband map shows national broadband statistics in OECD countries. Mobile broadband penetration has risen to 85.4% in the OECD area, meaning more than four wireless subscriptions for every five inhabitants, according to data for June 2015 released by the OECD . Note: unit of measure of indicators related to Internet selling and purchasing by industry is percentage of businesses with 10 or more employees in each industry group.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bd_9ac_l_form_r2 The data category covers a group of variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The data are drawn from business registers, although some individual countries improve the availability or freshness of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_sti_pers2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in this view of “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria)). The two tables that follow, “BERD by industry and source of funds” and “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by source of funds (business enterprise, government, other national funds, and funds from abroad). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and source of funds” and the one that follows, “BERD by industry and type of costs” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2000 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. and by type of costs (current expenditure, capital expenditure). Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification. This breakdown between industries is, in principle, made at the enterprise level, although some countries are able to break down R&D data for multi product enterprises between their main lines of business. National statistical regulations prevent publication of results where there are very few firms in the given category, hence the many gaps in the tables. Depending on the country, R&D institutes serving enterprises are either classified with the industry concerned, or grouped under “Research and Development” (ISIC rev.3.1, Division 73). When these R&D institutes are classified with the industry served, the evaluation of R&D in these industries is more complete and more comparable between countries for the industries concerned. This results, however, in an underestimation of the percentage of BERD performed by the service sector as compared with other countries. The Frascati Manual recommendation concerning data on R&D by industry is to report BERD on an enterprise basis (see FM section 3.4). When this is interpreted strictly, all the BERD of a diversified enterprise will be allocated to the industrial class of its principal activity. In circumstances where a few large firms dominate R&D spending in several areas, this can and does lead to underestimates of R&D associated with the secondary activities of the firms. Overall, R&D is therefore overestimated for some industries and underestimated for others. However, not all countries follow a strict enterprise basis for allocating R&D expenditures to industrial classes. Some countries make a disaggregation of the R&D of their largest, diversified firms into a number of different activities. In other countries, the enterprise approach has been abandoned and data are reported on a product field basis. This is why two classification criteria for BERD by industry are included in the table “BERD by industry” (see the variable CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA: Main activity or Product field) depending on which approach is more closely followed by each country (only a few countries currently collect these data both ways and are therefore included according to both criteria). However, this table “BERD by industry and type of costs” and the preceding one “BERD by industry and source of funds” present data for only one of the criteria, depending on the country.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics performed in the business enterprise sector. Data include total business enterprise intramural expenditure on R&D by size class and source of funds.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table presents research and development (R&D) statistics on personnel in the business enterprise sector. Measured in full-time equivalent are the number of total R&D personnel and researchers in the business enterprise sector by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC) revision 3.1. Data at the industry level are presented beginning 1987, year when most of the countries converted from ISIC rev.2 to the current ISIC rev. 3 classification.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Economist Intelligence Unit
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      The business rankings model measures the quality or attractiveness of the business environment in the 82 countries covered by The Economist Intelligence Unit’s Country Forecast reports. It is designed to reflect the main criteria used by companies to formulate their global business strategies, and is based not only on historical conditions but also on expectations about conditions prevailing over the next five years. This allows the Economist Intelligence Unit to utilise the regularity, depth and detail of its forecasting work to generate a unique set of forward-looking business environment rankings on a regional and global basis.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The business tendency survey indicators cover a standard set of indicators for four economic sectors: manufacturing, construction, retail trade and other services. This includes an indicator of overall business conditions or business confidence in each sector. The consumer opinion survey indicators cover a restricted set of indicators on consumer confidence, expected economic situation and price expectations.Business and consumer opinion (tendency) surveys provide qualitative information that has proved useful for monitoring the current economic situation. Typically they are based on a sample of enterprises or households and respondents are asked about their assessments of the current situation and expectations for the immediate future. For enterprise surveys this concerns topics such as production, orders, stocks etc. and in the case of consumer surveys their intentions concerning major purposes, economic situation now compared with the recent past and expectations for the immediate future. Many survey series provide advance warning of turning points in aggregate economic activity as measured by GDP or industrial production. Such series are known as leading indicators in cyclical analysis. These types of survey series are widely used as component series in composite leading indicators. The main characteristic of these types of surveys is that instead of asking for exact figures, they usually ask for the direction of change e.g. a question on tendency by reference to a “normal” state, e.g. of production level. Possible answers are generally of the three point scale type e.g. up/same/down or above normal/normal/below normal for enterprise surveys and of the five point scale type e.g. increase sharply/increase slightly/remain the same/fall slightly/fall sharply for consumer surveys. In presenting the results as a time series, only the balance is shown. That is “same” or “normal” answers are ignored and the balance is obtained by taking the difference between percentages of respondents giving favourable and unfavourable answers.Virtually all business tendency and consumer opinion survey data are presented as time series of balances in this dataset, either in raw or seasonally adjusted form. Very few series are presented as indices, and where these exist they have generally been converted from underlying balances by countries before submitting the data to the OECD.  
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Business written in the reporting country on a gross and net premium basis. It contains a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies or foreign companies.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Federal State Statistics Service, Russia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Внешняя торговля товарами Российской Федерации по странам партнерам, 1995-2011
  • C
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: World Resources Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      CAIT Historic allows for easy access, analysis and visualization of the latest available international greenhouse gas emissions data. It includes information for 186 countries, 50 U.S. states, 6 gases, multiple economic sectors, and 160 years - carbon dioxide emissions for 1850-2012 and multi-sector greenhouse gas emission for 1990-2012.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d’Automobiles
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      OICA Car Production Statistics 1999-2012 contains world motor vehicle production statistics, obtained from national trade organisations, OICA members or correspondents. Passenger cars are motor vehicles with at least four wheels, used for the transport of passengers, and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. Commercial vehicles include light commercial vehicles, heavy trucks, coaches and buses.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Transactions within the international production network and imports and exports of final goods and services can be estimated by using an inter-country economic model based on multi-regional input-output (MRIO) modelling techniques. In order to achieve this, national Input-Output tables are first converted to a common currency (nominal USD) and the import matrices are disaggregated to separate bilateral flows of goods and services. A range of adjustments to deal with measurement issues such as re-exports; unspecified partners and commodities; and missing data, particularly for trade in services, are necessary before the analysis.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Cash, currency, hedge funds, private equity tables 2015
    • Декабрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_ant48 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Январь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_atl271 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Декабрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:fish_ca_00 Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings). The concepts and definitions used in the compilation of catch statistics are those laid down by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP), of which Eurostat is one of the member organizations. These concepts and definitions have been in force since the late 1950's and are applied uniformly worldwide by the CWP and by the national authorities reporting to its member organizations. Therefore, though the quality of the data varies from country to country (being in many cases a function of the general characteristics of the national fishing industry), there is a high degree of comparability between countries and over time.  Nominal catch  The data refer to the catch of freshwater, brackish water and marine species of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals and plants, killed, caught, trapped or collected for all commercial, industrial, recreational and subsistence purposes. In view of the importance of recreational fishing regarding some stocks and for certain countries, as well as the difficulty of distinguishing between recreational and subsistence fishing, the data should include the catches from recreational fisheries as well. However, it is recognised that certain countries are unable to supply the data for recreational fisheries. The catches are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. As such they exclude all quantities caught but not landed (for example: discarded fish, fish consumed on board). The unit used is generally the metric ton. Data for marine mammals (e.g. whales) and certain other animals (e.g. crocodiles) are expressed in the number caught. The nominal catch data are normally derived from the landed quantities of the fishery products. For this purpose, the landed weight is converted to the live weight equivalent (nominal catch) by the application of factors. Species: All species for which catches are reported to international organizations are included in the Eurostat's database. They are identified by the internationally assigned three letter identifier (e.g. COD = Atlantic cod, PLE = European plaice) according to the FAO ASFIS (Aquatic Sciences and Fishery Information System) list of Species for Fishery Statistics Purposes. Fishing areas/regions: The catches are sub-divided by the area in which they occur. The methodologies vary from country to country depending on the nature of their fishing industries. Basic documentation used in collecting the data from EU fisheries are fishing log-books, landings declarations and sales notes used in the management of catch quota and market management systems within the Common Fisheries Policy. The methodologies used by EEA member countries have been described in the Eurostat publication "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fish catch and landing statistics in member countries of the European Economic Area". Those used by the New Member States are described in a working document "Fisheries: The collection and compilation of fishery statistics in European Union Candidate Countries"
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Catches of fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic organisms by species and fishing area for EU and associated countries (in live weight equivalent of the landings).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total annual catch of fishery products by EU Member States, Iceland and Norway and other major fishing nations from all oceans and internal waters of the world. The data are expressed in the live weight equivalent of the landings. This is the weight as the product is taken from the water (that is, before processing) but excludes any products which, for a variety of reasons, are not landed.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_cd_ynrf Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, and cause of death. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_cd_ynrm Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, and cause of death. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_cd_ynrt Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, and cause of death. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      Notes: Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > Population and social conditions > Health (health) > Public health (hlth) > Causes of death (hlth_cdeath).
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_cd_ycdrt Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, and cause of death. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are central government bond yields which are no longer updated.
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are central government bond yields which are no longer updated.
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data are central government bond yields which are no longer updated.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder;State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder;Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder;Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder;General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder;Debt by currency of issuance;Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Statistical population The focus of this dataset is to provide comprehensive quantitative information on marketable and non-marketable central government debt instruments in all OECD member countries. The coverage of the data is limited to central government debt issuance and excludes therefore state and local government debt and social security funds.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table reports statutory central government personal income tax rates for wage income plus the taxable income thresholds at which these statutory rates apply. The table also reports basic/standard tax allowances, tax credits and surtax rates. The information is applicable to a single person without dependents. The threshold, tax allowance and tax credit amounts are expressed in national currencies Tapered means that the tax relief basic amount is reduced with increasing income Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex This data represents part of the data presented within the Excel file “Personal income tax rates and thresholds for central governments - Table I.1”. The Data for 1981 to 1999 is not included here within as not all the data for these years is either available, or can be verified. The OECD tax database provides comparative information on a range of tax statistics - tax revenues, personal income taxes, non-tax compulsory payments, corporate and capital income taxes and taxes on consumption - that are levied in the 34 OECD member countries.” Tax policy Analysis homepage OECD Tax Database Taxing Wages Dissemination format(s) This data is also presented through the OECD Tax database webpage. OECD Tax Database
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' 
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Verband der Chemischen Industrie
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Chemistry facts and figures 2015: Foreign Trade
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Verband der Chemischen Industrie
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Chemistry facts and figures 2015: Investments
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data covers cow's milk collected in farms by approved dairies. A distinction should be made between "milk collected by dairies" and "milk production on the farm". Milk collection is only a part of the total use of milk production on the farm. The other part of the use of milk produced on the farm generally includes domestic consumption, direct sale and cattle feed.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:avia_eq_arc_ageThe Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains:I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12)II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12)III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12)IV. Accidents (annual data)Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports.The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country.Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement).The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables:Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger movements per year) and other airports with more than 15,000 passenger movements per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level.The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables:Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country levelThe section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables:Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport levelThe section on "Accidents" contains two tables:Number of injury accidents at country levelNumber of fatalities in injury accidents at country level
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Id:avia_eq_arc_typ   The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12)II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12)III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12)IV. Accidents (annual data) Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger movements per year) and other airports with more than 15,000 passenger movements per year) at country level Airport infrastructures by type at airport level Airport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country level Commercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country level Employment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country level Employment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" contains two tables: Number of injury accidents at country level Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Institutional coverage As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Commissions in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agences of foreign companies.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Commodity Trade Statistics Database (UN Comtrade) stores more than 1 billion trade data records from 1962. Over 140 reporter countries provide the United Nations Statistics Division with their annual international trade statistics detailed by commodities and partner countries. These data are subsequently transformed into the United Nations Statistics Division standard format with consistent coding and valuation using the UN/OECD CoprA internal processing system.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on biodiversity are published under agreement with the data providers - partners that are also responsible for the data quality. Eurostat does not receive any of these data from the Member States. In principle, these data are updated on a yearly basis, but there is no annual deadline for the updates, because they depend entirely on the three data providers' ability to deliver. Eurostat's role is to check data quality, give feedback to the data providers and publish the data it deems to be reliable. Eurostat should therefore NOT be quoted as the source. The topics covered and data providers are: Fish: The International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). The data are presented in much greater detail (downloadable) on the website of the European Environment Agency Protected areas: The European Commission Directorate-General for the Environment is the source; the European Environment Agency and its European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity also work with the data Birds: The European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme. The source to be quoted is EBCC/RSPB/BirdLife/Statistics Netherlands
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the "identity" of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.   
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Purchasing power parities (PPPs) are indicators of price level differences across countries. PPPs tell us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. PPPs can thus be used as currency conversion rates to convert expenditures expressed in national currencies into an artificial common currency (the Purchasing Power Standard, PPS), eliminating the effect of price level differences across countries. The main use of PPPs is to convert national accounts aggregates, like the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of different countries, into comparable volume aggregates. Applying nominal exchange rates in this process would overestimate the GDP of countries with high price levels relative to countries with low price levels. The use of PPPs ensures that the GDP of all countries is valued at a uniform price level and thus reflects only differences in the actual volume of the economy. PPPs are also applied in analyses of relative price levels across countries. For this purpose, the PPPs are divided by the current nominal exchange rate to obtain a price level index (PLI) which expresses the price level of a given country relative to another, or relative to a group of countries like the EU28. The production of PPPs is a multilateral exercise involving the National Statistical Institutes of the participating countries, Eurostat and the OECD. Indicators in Eurostat's dissemination database The indicators published in the price domain on Eurostat's website are the following: Purchasing power parities (PPPs) scaled to the sum of expenditures of the EU Member States expressed in euro. This means that the PPP of one particular country indicates how many units of national currency one would need in that country in order to maintain the purchasing power of one euro in the EUPrice level indices (PLIs) as defined aboveNominal expenditure in national currency, as extracted from each country's national accountsNominal expenditure as percentage of GDPNominal expenditure in euroNominal expenditure per inhabitant in euroReal expenditure, defined as nominal expenditure divided by the PPPReal expenditure per inhabitantVolume indices of real expenditure per inhabitantThe price convergence indicator, defined as the coefficient of variation of the PLIs of household final consumption expenditure (HFCE). It provides an estimate of the price convergence within a group of countries. For example, if the price convergence indicator for EU28 decreases over time, the national price levels in the Member States are converging. In addition, PPPs and real expenditures are available from the national accounts domain of the database. For further details, cf. 17.1.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator Compensation of employees sources from the National accounts domain. Under the MIP context it is used for the calculation of the indicator Unit labour cost index. National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts data. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator Compensation of employees sources from the National accounts domain. Under the MIP context it is used for the calculation of the indicator Unit labour cost index. National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts data. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_comp The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The completion rate (educ_bo_ou_comp) was computed in the framework of the UOE data collection (jointly carried out by Unesco, OECD and Eurostat), but is usually disseminated by OECD only. The methodology for estimating completion rates varies across countries. They can use three methods: the cross-section method, the true cohort method, or the synthetic cohort method (see section 11.1 below for more details). The year of reference gives the reference year for the number of graduates. The estimation assumes constant student flows at the tertiary level, owing to the need for consistency between the graduate cohort in the reference year and the entrant cohort n years before. This assumption may be an oversimplification. Results are less reliable in systems in which enrolments fluctuate markedly, or students are faced with many different options as regards the length of courses for which they may enrol or in which there are many changes in programmes between the years of admission and graduation respectively. The inclusion of foreign students in the new entrant questionnaire can have an impact on the completion rates indicator. In some countries, the proportion of foreign students represents a large part of tertiary population, and all of them are considered as new entrants in tertiary education (as advised in UOE Guidelines) whereas most of them won't be graduated at this level of education. The consequence is to underestimate the completion rates in those countries with relatively large proportions of foreign students enrolled in tertiary education.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      CLIs are calculated for 33 OECD countries (Iceland is not included), 6 non-member economies and 8 zone aggregates. A country CLI comprises a set of component series selected from a wide range of key short-term economic indicators. CLIs, reference series data (see below) and standardised business and consumer confidence indicators are presented in various forms. For further information on interpretation and comparability of various form please refer to the presentation section of the OECD CLI methodology document: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/41629509.pdf. The composite leading indicator is a times series, formed by aggregating a variety of component indicators which show a reasonably consistent relationship with a reference series (e.g. industrial production IIP up to March 2012 and since then the reference series is GDP) at turning points. The OECD CLI is designed to provide qualitative information on short-term economic movements, especially at the turning points, rather than quantitative measures. Therefore, the main message of CLI movements over time is the increase or decrease, rather than the amplitude of the changes. The OECD’s headline indicator is the amplitude adjusted CLI. In practice, turning points in the de-trended reference series have been found about 4 to 8 months (on average) after the signals of turning points had been detected in the headline CLI. The full list of component series used in the calculation of each country's CLI is available on the OECD website at: http://www.oecd.org/std/leading-indicators/oecdcompositeleadingindicatorsreferenceturningpointsandcomponentseries.htm . Detailed information on the OECD methodology for CLIs can be found on the OECD website at http://stats.oecd.org/mei/default.asp?rev=2 .
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf7 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf6 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on number of exported/imported products, concentration and diversification indices by country. The concentration index shows how exports and imports of individual countries or group of countries are concentrated on several products or otherwise distributed in a more homogeneous manner among a series of products. The diversification index signals whether the structure of exports or imports by product of a given country or group of countries differ from the structure of product of the world.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Concordia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      THE CONCORDIA PARTNERSHIP Index (the Index) was developed as a tool for public, private, and nonprofit organizations to identify opportunities to form strategic partnerships and pool resources for the implementation of innovative ideas. The Index ranks countries based on their readiness and need to engage in public-private partnerships (P3s). The inclu- sion of the need indicators sets the Index apart from other indices that measure P3 environ- ments. While the success of a P3 depends on a country’s political and market structures, the Index recognizes that for a P3 to be truly impactful it must address a large-scale need.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Май 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_m_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsbu_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of the construction cost index is to show the development of costs incurred by the contractor/producer to carry out the construction process, in others words the cost of labour, materials and plant and overheads. The construction sector corresponds to the NACE Rev. 2 section F but the split between building construction and civil engineering (CC1, CC2) is based on the Classification of types of Construction. Building construction (CC1) is further subdivided in residential building (CC11) and non-residential building (CC12). The data provided in this table concerns residential building excluding the subgroup of residencies for communities (CC11 excluding CC113). Data are not seasonally adjusted.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Recommended uses and limitations Indicators have been prepared by national statistical agencies primarily to meet the requirements of users within their own country. In most instances, the indicators are compiled in accordance with international statistical guidelines and recommendations. However, national practices may depart from these guidelines, and these departures may impact on comparability between countries; in such cases the deviations from practices are described in metadata for the relevant county and subject coordinates. There is an on-going process to review and improve the contents of the database in order to maximize the relevance of the database for short-term economic analysis, for example, through the inclusion of new indicators reflecting new areas of analysis and policy making. In June 2010, the way of calculating CPI target series has been reviewed. As a result, some CPI series have been revised. For further information, please see: Changes to the OECD Consumer Price Indices (CPI) series.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsco_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption, or for industrial uses, N and P are removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without replenishing soil nutrients could lead to decrease soil fertility and even lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to increase crop yields and improve soil characteristics. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the quantity of nutrients applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients can cause serious degradation of ecosystems (such as eutrophication). Certain forms of Nitrogen can also volatilise into the air as ammonia, contributing to acidification, , atmospheric pollution with micro particules, or with emissions of nitrous oxide (N2O), a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change. In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N, P, P2O5, K and K2O received from Fertilizers Europe. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4. Fertilizers Europe represents the major fertilizer manufacturers in Europe. Its members account for approximately 81 percent of the region's nitrogen fertilizer capacity and around 55 percent of phosphate fertilizer capacity (EU-25 and Norway).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Estimated quantity of commercial Nitrogen (N) consumed.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Estimated quantity of commercial Phosphorus (P) consumed.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Estimated quantity of commercial Potassium (K) consumed.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_igen The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      For the countries belonging to the euro area, these are factors for converting euro fixed series (NAC) into euro/ECU series, and vice-versa.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_appothus The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The CDIS database presents detailed data on "inward" direct investment positions (i.e. direct investment into the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investor and data on "outward" direct investment positions (i.e. direct investment abroad by the reporting economy) cross-classified by economy of immediate investment. The CDIS database contains breakdowns of direct investment position data including in most instances separate data on net equity and net debt positions as well as tables that present "mirror" data (i.e. tables in which data from the reporting economy are shown side-by-side with the data obtained from all other counterpart reporting economies).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Correction coefficients (countries) are used to ensure equality of purchasing power of remuneration between different locations within the European Union and Belgium. Correction coefficients are calculated as the ratio between the "economic parity" and the exchange rate to the Euro (where applicable). They operate as a percentage adjustment to remuneration expressed in local currency. As the correction coefficient is simply the economic parity divided by the exchange rate, it can be seen that the exchange rate effect cancels out and the economic parity is the appropriate conversion rate to convert amounts expressed in local currency into Euro and eliminate the effect of price level differences. The economic parity tells us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. The method used to establish economic parities is to compare the price of a basket of goods and services purchased by the average retired international official in Belgium with the price of an equivalent basket of goods and services purchased by the average retired international official in each of the other countries. To compile these prices, Eurostat carry out a number of detailed price surveys in cooperation with national statistical institutes. The same source data is used as for the similar exercise to establish correction coefficients for active staff in Intra-EU duty stations, however it is processed separately. For each item, the price ratio with Belgium is computed. Similar items are grouped into "basic headings", and a geometric mean of the price ratios is calculated to establish a basic heading parity. These basic heading parities are then aggregated to produce an overall parity. This aggregate is computed as a weighted arithmetic mean, using consumption expenditure pattern of international officials as weights.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Transparency International
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Transparency International(TI) defines corruption as the abuse of entrusted power for private gain. This definition encompasses corrupt practices in both the public and private sectors. The Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) ranks countries according to the perception of corruption in the public sector. The CPI is an aggregate indicator that combines different sources of information about corruption, making it possible to compare countries. The CPI ranks almost 200 countries by their perceived levels of corruption, as determined by expert assessments and opinion surveys.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts62 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts64 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Numbeo and OECD
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2013
      Выбрать
      Note: For latest Average Annual wages from OECD, Please visit Average annual wages   Cost of Living Index (from Numbeo): Indexes on this website are relative to New York City (NYC). Which means that for New York City, each index should be 100(%). If another city has, for example, rent index of 120, it means rents in average in that city are 20% more expensive than in New York City. If a city has rent index of 70, that means in the average in that city rents are 30% less expensive than in New York City.   Average Annual wages (from OECD)  Data on average annual wages per full-time and full-year equivalent employee in the total economy.  The data, from 1990 to 2010) are available in :2011 USD exchange rates and 2011 constant pricesin 2011 constant prices and NCUin 2011 USD PPPs and 2011 constant pricesin 2011 USD exchange rates and 2011
    • Март 2016
      Источник: numbeo
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Central Agency for Public Mobilization and Statistics of Egypt
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global growth is forecast at 3.5 percent in 2015 and 3.8 percent in 2016, with uneven prospects across the main countries and regions of the world. The distribution of risks to near-term global growth has become more balanced relative to the October World Economic Outlook but is still tilted to the downside. The decline in oil prices could boost activity more than expected. Geopolitical tensions continue to pose threats, and risks of disruptive shifts in asset prices remain relevant. In some advanced economies, protracted low inflation or deflation also pose risks to activity. The chapter takes a region-by-region look at the recent development in the world economy and the outlook for 2015, with particular attention to notable development in countries within each region.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:iss_ctry The data category covers a group of variables which provide relevant statistical evidence and information about factors driving international sourcing e.g. the impact on the competitiveness, motivations and perceived barriers together with possible employment consequences in the Member State.  There have been two collection round. In the 2007 collection round data has been collected on a voluntary basis for 13 countries: Germany, Czech Republic, Netherlands, Denmark, Spain, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Finland, Slovenia, Sweden, the United Kingdom and Norway. In the 2011 collection round data has been collected for 15 countries: Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Estonia, Ireland, France, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Finland, Slovakia, Sweden and Norway. The data focuses on the relocation of domestic production of goods and services to producers located abroad as a result of a decision taken by a resident producer to stop production of goods or services, being core or support business functions. In summary, the collected indicators are :Number of enterprisesNumber of jobs. The dimensions used to describe the International sourcing are :Economic activityEnterprise group identificationSourcing statusBusiness functionSourcing activitiesKind of business partnersCountry destination of international sourcingJob creation/loss identificationMotivation factors and the level of importanceImpact of the international sourcing and the levelBarriersThe level of importance In the 2011 collection round three new dimensions were include:BacksourcingForeign affiliatesSupplying enterprises above
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Reports - Statistical Releases E.16 Country Exposure Lending Survey and Country Exposure Information Report
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Country Programmable Aid (CPA), outlined in our Development Brief  and also known as “core” aid, is the portion of aid donors programme for individual countries, and over which partner countries could have a significant say. CPA is much closer than ODA to capturing the flows of aid that goes to the partner country, and has been proven in several studies to be a good proxy of aid recorded at country level. CPA was developed in 2007 in close collaboration with DAC members. It is derived on the basis of DAC statistics and was retroactively calculated from 2000 onwards
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Knoema
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Country Risk Assessment Database, 2012. Source: Multiple Sources - EuroStat, WB, IMF, OECD, UNCTAD
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All series on credit to the non-financial sector cover 46 economies, both advanced and emerging. They capture the outstanding amount of credit at the end of the reference quarter. Credit is provided by domestic banks, all other sectors of the economy and non-residents. In terms of financial instruments, credit covers the core debt, defined as loans, debt securities and currency & deposits.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on crime and criminal justice are now collected through the joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection and data for 2008 onwards are available in the following Eurobase data sets: crim_off_cat, crim_hom,crim_just, crim_crt and crim_pris.  The data in Eurobase data set crim_h relate to national data on crime up to 2007 (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. The data in crim_h were collected from EU Member States using a different Eurostat questionnaire and different definitions. As a result the figures are not directly comparable with the national data published from 2008.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   National data sets: Crimes recorded by the police (crim_gen) Crimes recorded by the police: homicide in cities (crim_hom_city) Crimes recorded by the police: historical data (total crime) 1950-2000 (crim_hist) Police officers (crim_plce) Prison population (crim_pris) Prison population: historical data 1987-2000 (crim_pris_hist)   Regional data set: For 2008, 2009 and 2010 only, data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available at a regional level. The data were collected from countries using the definitions in the previous Eurostat questionnaire. The data are available for the European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that unless otherwise specified, the reference metadata apply to both regional and national metadata. Crimes recorded by the police – NUTS 3 regions 2008-2010 (crim_gen_reg)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: numbeo
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:crim_hist Data on crime (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out. Regional data : Data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available on a regional level for 2008, 2009 and 2010 only. The data are available for the European Union member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that for paragraphs where non metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on crime and criminal justice are now collected through the joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection and data for 2008 onwards are available in the following Eurobase data sets: crim_off_cat, crim_hom, crim_just, crim_crt and crim_pris.  The data in Eurobase data set crim_h relate to national data on crime up to 2007 (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. The data in crim_h were collected from EU Member States using a different Eurostat questionnaire and different definitions. As a result the figures are not directly comparable with the national data published from 2008.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   National data sets: Crimes recorded by the police (crim_gen) Crimes recorded by the police: homicide in cities (crim_hom_city) Crimes recorded by the police: historical data (total crime) 1950-2000 (crim_hist) Police officers (crim_plce) Prison population (crim_pris) Prison population: historical data 1987-2000 (crim_pris_hist)   Regional data set: For 2008, 2009 and 2010 only, data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available at a regional level. The data were collected from countries using the definitions in the previous Eurostat questionnaire. The data are available for the European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that unless otherwise specified, the reference metadata apply to both regional and national metadata. Crimes recorded by the police – NUTS 3 regions 2008-2010 (crim_gen_reg)
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2013
      Источник: RAND Corporation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This report describes the results of a study of the sources and reliability of the supply of imported materials on which United States manufacturers are dependent. It should be of interest to a broad spectrum of individuals and organizations in the materials and manufacturing sectors as well as government, private sector, and non-profit organizations involved with or concerned about those sectors. This research was sponsored by the National Intelligence Council and conducted within the Intelligence Policy Center of the RAND National Defense Research Institute, a federally funded research and development center sponsored by the Office of the Secretary of Defense, the Joint Staff, the Unified Combatant Commands, the Navy, the Marine Corps, the defense agencies, and the defense Intelligence Community
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Crop output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The concept of output comprises sales, changes in stocks, and crop products used as animal feedingstuffs, for processing and own final use by the producers.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area under cultivation, harvested production, yield,  humidity and main area for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);harvested area, harvested production and main area for vegetables ;production area, harvested production and main area for permanent crop. The data are provided at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The areas  are expressed in 1 000 hectares),  the harvested quantities in 1 000 tonnes and the yields in 100kg/ha. The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However, most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. The annex was updated in 2015 through a Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2015/1557. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States, form the EFTA countries and from the candidate and potential candidate countries broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;29 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly dry pulses and protein crops, root crops industrial crops and plants harvested green from arable land);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for permanent crops;18 categories and subcategories for the Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1. Some additional crops and transmission deadlines are covered by an ESS agreement on annual crop statistics. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with the Regulations and agreements in force. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data: area, production harvested and yield for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);area, production harvested and yield for a large number of fruits and vegetableshumidity of the harvested crop (humidity content in %)agricultural land use. The statistics provide, for a given product, the area, the yield and the production harvested during the crop year at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The data refer to areas under cultivation (expressed in 1 000 hectares), the quantity harvested (expressed in 1 000 tonnes) and the yield (expressed in 100kg/ha). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. It simplified the data collection and reduced the number of crop sub-classes. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States broken down in: 17 categories and subcategories for cereals;30 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly Dried pulses, Root crops and Industrial crops);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for fruits;18 categories and subcategories for UAA (Utilised Agricultural Area).For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1 . Some data are available also for Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Albania, Montenegro. Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Kosovo (under United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244/99), Bosnia Herzegovina and Turkey as well. Some additional crops are covered bya Gentlemen's agreement. These data is provided on voluntary basis by the Member States. The list of crops collected under the gentlemen's agreements is included in Annex 1. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Please note, nama will contain the final ESA 95 data transmission from countries, up to 2014 Q2 and will be received until mid September 2014. After this date, ESA 95 data will remain on Eurobase for analytical purposes. ESA 2010 data will be published in a new dedicated database from September 2014 onwards, called nama10. As countries transmit their data throughout September 2014, nama10 will run parallel to the existing dataset published in ESA 95, called nama.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Commission provides statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. Employment in cultural sector statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of cultural employment to the overall employment. Cultural employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (see EU-LFS metadata) that is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012, in particular pp. 129-226) deals with the methodology applied to cultural statistics, including the scope of the 'cultural economic activities' and 'cultural occupations' based on two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the employer’s main activity, andthe ISCO classification(‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow to characterize cultural employment by different variables such as gender, age, employment status, working time, educational attainment, permanency of jobs by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE cultural codes as defined in the ESS-Net Culture Report 2012 (Annex 3 – Table 26 and Annex 4 – Table 27).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Hospital beds provide information on health care capacities, i.e. on the maximum number of patients who can be treated by hospitals. Curative care (or acute care) beds in hospitals are beds that are available for curative care. These beds are a subgroup of total hospital beds which are defined as all hospital beds which are regularly maintained and staffed and immediately available for the care of admitted patients; both occupied and unoccupied beds are covered. Hospitals are defined according to the classification of health care providers of the System of Health Accounts (SHA); all public and private hospitals should be covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Detailed tax and social contribution receipts by type of tax or social contribution and by sub-sector of general government, notified by national authorities in line with Table 0900 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in euro/ECU, national currency units and as percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Norway, Switzerland and Iceland. Main sources of data: National authorities.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Center for World University Rankings
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Center for World University Rankings (CWUR) publishes the only global university ranking that measures the quality of education and training of students as well as the prestige of the faculty members and the quality of their research without relying on surveys and university data submissions.
  • D
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total Official Flows: the sum of Official Development Assistance (ODA) and Other Official Flows (OOF) represents the total (gross or net) disbursements by the official sector at large to the recipient country shown.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data comprise day-to-day money rates which are no longer updated. These interest rates no longer exist once a country joins the euro area.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data comprise day-to-day money rates which are no longer updated. These interest rates no longer exist once a country joins the euro area.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data comprise day-to-day money rates which are no longer updated. These interest rates no longer exist once a country joins the euro area.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Death rate of a population adjusted to a standard age distribution. As most causes of death vary significantly with people's age and sex, the use of standardised death rates improves comparability over time and between countries, as they aim at measuring death rates independently of different age structures of populations. The standardised death rates used here are calculated on the basis of a standard European population (defined by the World Health Organization). Detailed data for 65 causes of death are available in the database (under the heading 'Data').
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains 12 tables. Debt securities of euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Annual data (mny_bmk_erseu_a); Debt securities of euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Quarterly data (mny_bmk_erseu_q); Debt securities of euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Monthly data (mny_bmk_erseu_m); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in other currencies - Annual data (mny_bmk_erscu_a); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in other currencies - Quarterly data (mny_bmk_erscu_q); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in other currencies - Monthly data (mny_bmk_erscu_m); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in all currencies - Annual data (mny_bmk_ersto_a); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in all currencies - Quarterly data (mny_bmk_ersto_q); Debt securities of euro area residents: issues in all currencies - Monthly data (mny_bmk_ersto_m); Debt securities of non-euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Annual data (mny_bmk_ners_a); Debt securities of non-euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Quarterly data (mny_bmk_ners_q); Debt securities of non-euro area residents: euro-denominated issues - Monthly data (mny_bmk_ners_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy : Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Debt securities of euro area residents (mny_bmk_ers)
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:med_ec7 The focus of this domain is on the following countries:Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan, Lebanon, Morocco, Palestinian Authority, Syria, Tunisia. Data are provided for over 1000 indicators depending on the country.   The data for the Mediterranean partner countries are supplied by and under the responsibility of the national statistical authorities  of each of the countries or territories. The data and their denomination in no way constitute the  expression of an opinion by the European Commission on the  legal status of a country or territory or on the delimitation of its frontiers. Â
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains three earnings-dispersion measures - ratio of 9th-to-1st, 9th-to-5th and 5th-to-1st - where ninth, fifth (or median) and first deciles are upper-earnings decile limits, unless otherwise indicated, of gross earnings of full-time dependent employees. The dataset also includes series on:the incidence of low-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning less than two-thirds of gross median earnings of all full-time workers;the incidence of high of high-paid workers defined as the share of full-time workers earning more than one-and-half time gross median earnings of all full-time workers;gender wage gap unadjusted and defined as the difference between median wages of men and women relative to the median wages of men.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Август 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Economist Intelligence Unit
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is the sixth edition of the Economist Intelligence Unit’s Democracy index. It reflects the situation at the end of 2013. The Democracy index is based on five categories: electoral process and pluralism; civil liberties; the functioning of government; political participation; and political culture. Countries are placed within one of four types of regimes: full democracies; flawed democracies; hybrid regimes; and authoritarian regimes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of this dataset is to trace net changes in terms of volume in the growing stock of standing wood on forest land. It shows data underlying the indicator on the intensity of use of forest resources. This indicator relates actual fellings to annual productive capacity (i.e. gross increment). Forest depletion and growth describe balances or imbalances in different types of forests. The intensity of use of forest resources reflects various forest management methods and their sustainability. These data should be read in connection with other indicators of the OECD Core Set, in particular with indicators on land use changes and forest quality (species diversity, forest degradation), and be complemented with data on forest management practices and protection measures. In interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that definitions and estimation methods vary among countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business datawhere composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Click to collapse Item coverage Outstanding investment by direct insurance companies, classified by investment category, by the companies' nationality and by its destination (domestic or foreign). As of 2009, investment data exclude assets linked to unit-linked products sold to policyholders.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Detailed Average Prices project provides average prices per country of up to 192 well defined consumer goods and services.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Detailed Average Prices project provides average prices per country of up to 192 well defined consumer goods and services.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Detailed Average Prices project provides average prices per country of up to 192 well defined consumer goods and services.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      IHME results, published in November 2010, provide a global assessment of trends in development assistance for health (DAH) from 1990 to 2008 and preliminary estimates for 2009 and 2010. The report, Financing Global Health 2010: Development Assistance and Country Spending in Economic Uncertainty, compiles contributions by all significant public and private channels of development assistance for improving health outcomes and strengthening health systems in low- and middle-income countries. Suggested Citation: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation. Development Assistance for Health Estimates 1990-2010 Tables. Seattle, United States: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation, 2010.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Май 2007
      Источник: International Telecommunication Union
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) is the only index that includes price data for 181 economies, which is vital in assessing effective market demand. The Digital Opportunity Index (DOI) has been designed to as a tool for tracking progress in bridging the digital divide and the implementa- tion of the outcomes of the World Summit on the Information Society (WSIS). As such, it provides a powerful policy tool for exploring the global and regional trends in infrastructure, opportu- nity and usage that are shaping the Information Society.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections:The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections:The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0 Â
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A hospital discharge is the formal release of a patient from a hospital after a procedure or course of treatment. A discharge occurs whenever a patient leaves because of finalisation of treatment, signs out against medical advice, transfers to another health care institution or on death. An in-patient is a patient who is formally admitted (or 'hospitalised') to an institution for treatment and/or care and stays for a minimum of one night or more than 24 hours in the hospital or other institution providing in-patient care. The number of discharges is the most commonly used measure of the utilisation of hospital services. Discharges, rather than admissions, are used because hospital abstracts for in-patient care are based on information gathered at the time of discharge. Diagnostic chapters (using principal diagnosis) have been defined according to the International Classification of Diseases (ICD).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on discouraged workers who are persons not in the labour force who believe that there is no work available due to various reasons and who desire to work. Data are broken down by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 15-64, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The dispersion of regional GDP (at NUTS level 2 and 3) is measured by the sum of the absolute differences between regional and national GDP per inhabitant, weighted with the share of population and expressed in percent of the national GDP per inhabitant. The indicator is calculated from regional GDP figures based on the European System of Accounts (ESA95).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_mism The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. In the framework of the indicators for the monitoring of the social dimension and mobility of the Bologna Process, the EU-SILC (EU Statistics on Income and Living Conditions) data of interest cover individual's educational attainment, income and, from the intergenerational transmission of poverty ad hoc module, educational attainment of the parents. The following data-sets, having EU-SILC as source, on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_sobs: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by sexeduc_bo_ac_soba: Individuals having completed tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), according to the educational background of their parents, by age D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_attd: Annual gross income of workers by educational attainment (2006)educ_bo_ou_terd: Annual gross income of workers with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) , by sex (2006) The general aim of the EU-SILC domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the citizens' living conditions across Europe. This domain actually contains a range of social statistics and indicators relating to the risks of income poverty and social exclusion. There are both conceptual and methodological problems in defining and measuring income poverty and social exclusion. Since a 1984 decision of the European Council, the following are regarded as poor: "those persons, families and groups of persons whose resources (material, cultural and social) are so limited as to exclude them from the minimum acceptable way of life in the Member State to which they belong". On this basis, measures of poverty at EU level adopt an approach which is both multi-dimensional and relative. In June 2006, a new set of common indicators for the social protection and social inclusion process was adopted. (For more details and definitions of these indicators: Indicators 2006). To investigate particular areas of policy interest in more detail, target secondary areas, to be collected every four years or less frequently, are added to the cross-sectional component of EU-SILC. "The intergenerational transmission of poverty" was chosen as the area to be implemented for 2005. This specific module, collected in 2005, had as purpose to collect and compile relevant and robust information on background factors linked to adult social exclusion, minimising the burden of respondents to provide accurate detailed indicators sufficiently comparable across the EU capturing the effects of childhood experiences on poverty risk. More general information on EU-SILC is available on ilc_base.htm
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvph02h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_mity The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. The REFLEX project (standing for 'Research into Employment and professional FLEXibility') is a large scale international project that has been carried out in 16 different countries. It focuses on the demands that the modern knowledge society places on higher education graduates, and the degree to which higher education equips gradu­ates with the competencies to meet these demands. Specifically, it consists of a follow-up of the careers of highly skilled professionals who graduated in 2000. Data reported here refer to the 2005 survey and therefore focus on graduates from higher education (ISCED 5A, bachelor's and master's degree or equivalent) with more or less 5 years of experience since leaving higher education. This includes foreign students who graduated in the reference country, students who after graduation moved to another country, part-time students, distance learners, etc. For operational reasons, graduation cohorts instead of outflow cohorts were sampled, due to the lack of good registers in countries on who stayed in education and who did not. Some graduates continue their studies in higher education and enter the labour market a few years later. They will therefore have less than 5 years of experience and cannot directly be compared with graduates who entered the labour market immediately after graduation. The project focused on the careers of highly skilled professionals. The first ten years of these careers follow more or less the following pattern: an initial phase of transition to the labour market in which the focus is on searching for a job and integrating the labour market, a second phase in which essential professional expertise is gained and career patterns start to crystallise and a third phase in which graduates assume greater responsibility on the basis of their increasing professional expertise. Appropriate moments to survey these careers should correspond more or less with the transitions between these phases. Specifically, mismatch between qualification and occupation was measured in self report (what the respondent thinks about his/her job), and indirectly assessed through the two following questions: -         What type of education do you feel was most appropriate for this work? -         What field of study do you feel was most appropriate for this work? The first one was considered with regard to the achieved level of education in order to measure the vertical mismatch (between the actual skill level and the required one), while the second one was used to determine the horizontal mismatch (being at the relevant skill level, but in another field than that of graduation).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li51 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ilev The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_187 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Сентябрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Сентябрь 2012
      Источник: Americans for Divorce Reform
      Загружен: Carpe Facto
      Выбрать
      Divorce Indicators across countries
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation. These data collected are available upon request.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      1. ccTLDs stands for country code Top Level Domains.2. gTLDs - stands for generic top-level domains.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial domestic output price index measures the average price development of all goods and related services resulting from the activity of the industry sector and sold on the domestic market. The domestic output price index shows the monthly development of transaction prices of economic activities. The domestic market is defined as customers resident in the same national territory as the observation unit. Data are compiled according to the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community, (NACE Rev. 2, Eurostat). Industrial producer prices are compiled as a "fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index". The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are presented in raw form.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Декабрь 2008
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Peter Speyer
      Выбрать
      IHME research, published in the Lancet in 2008. The study, Tracking progress towards universal childhood immunizations and the impact of global initiatives, provides estimates with confidence intervals of the coverage of three-dose diphtheria, tetanus, and pertussis (DTP3) vaccination. The estimates take into account all publicly available data, including data from routine reporting systems and nationally representative surveys.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The duration of working life indicator (DWL) measures the number of years a person aged 15 is expected to be active in the labour market throughout his/her life. This indicator has been developed and produced for analysis and monitoring under the Europe 2020 employment strategy. The indicator should complement other indicators by focussing on the entire life cycle of active persons and persons in employment rather than on specific states in the life cycle, such as youth unemployment or early withdrawal from the labour force. The development of life course policies is important in order to achieve more flexibility in the working life according to different stages of the life cycle. This indicator is derived from demographic data (life tables published in Eurostat online dataset demo_mlifetable) and labour market data (activity rates defined as in the online dataset lfsi_act_a but with unpublished detail by single age groups).
  • E
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Early leavers from education and training: The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 18-24 with at most lower secondary education and who were not in further education or training during the last four weeks preceding the survey. Educational attainment is defined according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED). Lower secondary education refers to ISCED 2011 level 0, 1 and 2 (for data as from 2014) and to ISCED 1997 level 0, 1, 2 and 3C short (for data up to 2013).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tablesPopulation by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Early leavers from education and training refers to persons aged 18 to 24 fulfilling the following two conditions: first, the highest level of education or training attained is ISCED 0, 1, 2 or 3c short, second, respondents declared not having received any education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding no answers to the questions 'highest level of education or training attained' and 'participation to education and training'.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: Earth Policy Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2013
      Выбрать
      Contains annual data series on water consumption, irrigated area, solar water and space heating area, countries overpumping aquifers and water deficits for the countries and regions through the time period from 1961 to 2013.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      EU Energy in figures 2010, CO2 Emissions by Sector and from Transport by mode.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      EU Energy in figures 2010, GHG Emissions by Sector and from Transport by mode.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the number of Ecolabel or "EU Flower" licences in European countries. The Community Ecolabel is awarded to products and services with reduced environmental impacts. It is administered by the European Commission and receives the support of all EU Member States and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Ecolabel criteria are discussed in the European Union Ecolabelling Board (EUEB) whose membership includes representatives from industry, environmental protection groups, consumer organisations and representatives for SMEs.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Long Term Baseline analyzes the major economic trends beyond the OECD short-term projections. For all OECD economies, and the major non-OECD economies, it provides coverage of components of potential growth, fiscal balances and debt accumulation, domestic saving and investment balances, and external balances (through the current account). It also includes interest rates consistent with those projections. The database contains annual data to 2060. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Annual National Accounts, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, and Eurostat.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on economic short-time workers by professional status (employees or total employment). Economic short-time workers comprise workers who are working less than usual due to business slack, plant stoppage, or technical reasons. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries. Data are broken down professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • Декабрь 2012
      Источник: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 мая, 2013
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Ministry of Finance - Government of India
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Source: Department of Commerce based on DGCI&S data. The dataset provides the data on the direction of imports and exports by regions and Countries in rupee crores and U.S. dollar, million.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfp3pop
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12worklong Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_att The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Bologna indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment are based for most of the countries on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For some countries not participating in the EU-LFS data collection, data were provided by their NSI and rely upon national household surveys.   The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information regarding the survey methods, organization and comparability issues is available on the EU-LFS webpage. The following datasets are available with indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment used for the monitoring of the Bologna Process namely on effective outcomes and employability: educ_bo_ou_att: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by sex and ageeduc_bo_ou_attf: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-39, by field of study and sexeduc_bo_ou_ured: Unemployment rate of people aged 20-34, by sex and educational attainmenteduc_bo_ou_ursy: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 20-34, by sex and number of years since graduationeduc_bo_ou_urfi: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by field of study and ageeduc_bo_ou_mism: People with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-34 and employed in ISCO 1 or 2, in ISCO3, and not in ISCO 1|2|3, by sexeduc_bo_ou_mifi: People aged 25-34 with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) being vertically mismatched, by field of study and sex As regards some countries, data on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment were provided outside the framework of the LFS data collection and therefore cannot be considered to be always fully comparable due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. This parallel collection was carried out in January 2009 with some Bologna countries that have not participated in the EU-LFS data collection. Data, as well as some metadata, were collected in Armenia (AM), Moldova (MD), Serbia (RS) and Russia (RU): Armenia (AM): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured). Data provided by the National Statistical Service. Surveys: "LFS" and "ILCS". LFS for 2007 has been conducted within the frame of ILCS with a reduced number of questions;Moldova (MD): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the National Bureau of Statistics. Survey: "LFS";Serbia (RS): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_attf, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_ursy, educ_bo_ou_urfi, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia. Survey: "LFS";Russia (RU): (indicators educ_bo_ou_urgaed, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service. Survey: "Survey on employment".
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_attf The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Bologna indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment are based for most of the countries on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For some countries not participating in the EU-LFS data collection, data were provided by their NSI and rely upon national household surveys.   The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information regarding the survey methods, organization and comparability issues is available on the EU-LFS webpage. The following datasets are available with indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment used for the monitoring of the Bologna Process namely on effective outcomes and employability: educ_bo_ou_att: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by sex and ageeduc_bo_ou_attf: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-39, by field of study and sexeduc_bo_ou_ured: Unemployment rate of people aged 20-34, by sex and educational attainmenteduc_bo_ou_ursy: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 20-34, by sex and number of years since graduationeduc_bo_ou_urfi: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by field of study and ageeduc_bo_ou_mism: People with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-34 and employed in ISCO 1 or 2, in ISCO3, and not in ISCO 1|2|3, by sexeduc_bo_ou_mifi: People aged 25-34 with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) being vertically mismatched, by field of study and sex As regards some countries, data on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment were provided outside the framework of the LFS data collection and therefore cannot be considered to be always fully comparable due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. This parallel collection was carried out in January 2009 with some Bologna countries that have not participated in the EU-LFS data collection. Data, as well as some metadata, were collected in Armenia (AM), Moldova (MD), Serbia (RS) and Russia (RU): Armenia (AM): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured). Data provided by the National Statistical Service. Surveys: "LFS" and "ILCS". LFS for 2007 has been conducted within the frame of ILCS with a reduced number of questions;Moldova (MD): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the National Bureau of Statistics. Survey: "LFS";Serbia (RS): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_attf, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_ursy, educ_bo_ou_urfi, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia. Survey: "LFS";Russia (RU): (indicators educ_bo_ou_urgaed, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service. Survey: "Survey on employment".
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Countries report expenditures by public institutions, government-dependent private institutions, and independent private institutions. These expenditure figures are intended to represent the total cost of services provided by each type of institution, without regard to sources of funds (whether they are public or private). Expenditure is classified into current and capital expenditure. Current expenditure is then broken down, into expenditure on compensation of personnel, and expenditure on other (non-personnel) resources.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_regind The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Education Statistics provides data on over 1,000 internationally comparable indicators for access, progression, completion, learning outcomes, literacy, teachers, expenditure, and background indicators. The indicators cover the educational cycle from pre-primary to tertiary education.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_mifi The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Bologna indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment are based for most of the countries on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For some countries not participating in the EU-LFS data collection, data were provided by their NSI and rely upon national household surveys.   The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information regarding the survey methods, organization and comparability issues is available on the EU-LFS webpage. The following datasets are available with indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment used for the monitoring of the Bologna Process namely on effective outcomes and employability: educ_bo_ou_att: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by sex and ageeduc_bo_ou_attf: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-39, by field of study and sexeduc_bo_ou_ured: Unemployment rate of people aged 20-34, by sex and educational attainmenteduc_bo_ou_ursy: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 20-34, by sex and number of years since graduationeduc_bo_ou_urfi: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by field of study and ageeduc_bo_ou_mism: People with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-34 and employed in ISCO 1 or 2, in ISCO3, and not in ISCO 1|2|3, by sexeduc_bo_ou_mifi: People aged 25-34 with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) being vertically mismatched, by field of study and sex As regards some countries, data on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment were provided outside the framework of the LFS data collection and therefore cannot be considered to be always fully comparable due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. This parallel collection was carried out in January 2009 with some Bologna countries that have not participated in the EU-LFS data collection. Data, as well as some metadata, were collected in Armenia (AM), Moldova (MD), Serbia (RS) and Russia (RU): Armenia (AM): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured). Data provided by the National Statistical Service. Surveys: "LFS" and "ILCS". LFS for 2007 has been conducted within the frame of ILCS with a reduced number of questions;Moldova (MD): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the National Bureau of Statistics. Survey: "LFS";Serbia (RS): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_attf, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_ursy, educ_bo_ou_urfi, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia. Survey: "LFS";Russia (RU): (indicators educ_bo_ou_urgaed, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service. Survey: "Survey on employment".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The classification of personnel is based on functions and organises staff into four main functional categories: 1) Instructional Personnel; including two sub-groups: A. Classroom Teachers (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Staff (ISCED 5-6); and B. Teacher Aides (ISCED 0-4) and Teaching / Research Assistants (ISCED 5-6); 2) Professional Support for Students; including two sub-groups: A. Pedagogical Support (ISCED 0-4) and Academic Support (ISCED 5-6); B. Health and Social Support (ISCED 0-6); 3) Management/Quality Control/Administration; including four subgroups: A. School Level Management (ISCED 0-6); B. Higher Level Management (ISCED 0-6); C. School Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); and D. Higher Level Administrative Personnel (ISCED 0-6); 4) Maintenance and Operations Personnel.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This consumption stands for final energy consumption. This means that the consumption in industry covers all industrial sectors with the exception of the energy sector, like power stations, oil refineries, coke ovens and all other installations transforming energy products into another form. Final energy consumption in transport covers mainly the consumption by railways and electrified urban transport systems. Final energy consumption in households/services covers quantities consumed by private households, small-scale industry, crafts, commerce, administrative bodies, services with the exception of transportation, agriculture and fishing.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly electricity prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT.  For the disaggregated electricity prices, separate price components are available for households and industrial consumers for production costs of electricitynetwork coststaxes and leviesOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Electricity prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include electricity/basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above). For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later). Data on electricity prices for industrial consumers are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for electricity prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries, Potential candidate countries and EFTA countries (except Switzerland).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The Pensions at a Glance indicators, covering all 34 OECD countries, are designed to show future entitlements for workers who entered the labour market in 2008 and spend their entire working lives under the same set of rules. The results presented here include all mandatory pension schemes for private-sector workers, regardless of whether they are public or private.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total number of long-term emigrantsleaving from the reporting country during the reference year
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides selected information on emissions of traditional air pollutants: emission data are based upon the best available engineering estimates for a given period; they concern man-made emissions of sulphur oxides (SOx), nitrogen oxides (NOx), particulate matter, carbon monoxide (CO) and volatile organic compounds (VOC). The share of human activities as a source in total emissions of traditional air pollutants varies depending on the type of pollutant; most SOx emissions are man-made whereas CO and NOx emissions are mainly of natural origin.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator tracks trends in atmospheric emissions of particulate matter caused by transport. PM2.5 refers to particulate matter with a diameter of up to 2.5 micrometres. Particulate matter potential for causing health problems is directly linked to the size of the particles.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator, 'employed persons with a second job' refers only to persons with more than one job at the same time. Consequently, persons having changed job during the reference week are not covered.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06yrspisco Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'. The aim of the ad hoc module was to know how the transition at the end of the career towards full retirement is expected to take place, takes place or took place: • plans for transitions/past transitions towards full retirement • plans for exit from work Another aim was to know which factors would be/were at play in determining the exit from work, and which factors could make/could have made persons postpone the exit from work: • working conditions factors (health and safety at the workplace, flexible working time arrangements …) • other factors linked to work (training/obsolescence of skills …) • financial factors (financial incentives to remain at work or to exit) • personal factors (health, family reasons …).
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      In the MIP context the indicators Employment and Employees are used for the calculation of the Unit labour cost index. Both Employment and Employees source from the National accounts domain. National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts data. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bd_9fh_sz_cl_r2 The data category covers a group of variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not included in this data. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows:Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The data are drawn from business registers, although some individual countries improve the availability or freshness of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associatedtransmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains a distribution of workers by job tenure intervals. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, self-employed, total employment – sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.).Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.Unit of measure used - Data are expressed years. Example: 1.5 = 1 year and 6 months.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains the tenure composition (as a percentage of all job tenures). Data are broken down by professional status - employees and total employment - sex, five-year and broad age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 15-64, total, etc.).Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been working with their current employers. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are reported 32 OECD countries and are missing for Israel and New Zealand as they are collected in their labour force surveys.Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Job tenure is measured by the length of time workers have been in their current or main job or with their current employer. This information is valuable for estimating the degree of fluidity in the labour market and in identifying the areas of economic activity where the turnover of labour is rapid or otherwise. Data are so far reported for a number of European countries and will be expanded to cover a greater number of countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Employment consists of both employees and self-employed, who are engaged in some productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system (ESA 2010, 11.11). Employment covers employees and self-employed working for production units resident on the economic territory (i.e. the domestic employment concept). Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from non-seasonal adjusted data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Employment consists of both employees and self-employed, who are engaged in some productive activity that falls within the production boundary of the system (ESA 2010, 11.11). Employment covers employees and self-employed working for production units resident on the economic territory (i.e. the domestic employment concept). Employment is measured in number of persons without distinction according to full-time or part-time work. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from non-seasonal adjusted data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on permanent and temporary workers based on the type of work contract of their main job. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfe3emp
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicators 'employment growth and activity branches', both quarterly and annual data, are calculated with special methods different that justify the present page. They are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. Employment growth and activity branches combines the two main data sources for employment levels, which are EU-LFS and National Accounts. They not completely coherent, for details please refer to the ESMS page on 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', section 17.1 Coherence - cross domain (see link below in section 'related metadata'). In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Fisheries Committee (COFI) from the Trade and Agriculture Directorate (TAD) collects, on an annual basis from all its participating countries, data on landings, aquaculture production, fleet, employment in the fisheries sector, and government financial transfers. Data are collected from Fisheries Ministries, National Statistics Offices and other institution designated as an official data source. Concepts Classifications Data are collected by the OECD using the methodologies established by the Coordinating Working Party on Fishery Statistics (CWP) (www.fao.org/fishery/cwp/search/en). This inter-agency body, created in 1960 to develop common procedures and standards for the collation of fisheries statistics, provides technical advice on fishery statistical matters. Its handbook of Fishery Statistical Standards comprises definitions of the various concepts used in fishery statistics, with the exception of Government Financial Transfers which is unique to the OECD. All other statistics are based on the CWP definitions. The OECD, a partner with the CWP, additionally collects information on values for its landings and records the breakdown between the types of landings (i.e. landings in domestic ports, landings in foreign ports) data series which are not collected by the FAO. While a number of countries cover landings in a similar fashion, the same does not hold true for capacity (feet/meters, GRT/engine powers), or for employment for which both Full-time equivalents or numbers of people are used. The OECD therefore does not duplicate FAO statistics but requests complementary information to feed its analytical work.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers: 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products; 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data; 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging. The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU). Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'. Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sport employment statistics are derived from data on employment based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Employment in sport statistics aim at investigating on the dimension of the contribution of sport employment to the overall employment. The EU-LFS is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union . The methodology for the design and development of sport employment statistics is based on the one proposed by the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012) which takes into account two reference classifications: the NACE classification (‘Nomenclature générale des Activités économiques dans les Communautés Européennes’) which classifies the main economic  activitiesthe ISCO classification (‘International Standard Classification of Occupations’) which classifies occupations. Results from the EU-LFS allow characterizing employment in sport by different variables such as gender, age, educational attainment by cross-tabulating ISCO and NACE selected sport codes.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_emp_nisced2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.3.2. Classification systemClassification systems used in the domain of science and technology depend on the data source used and target indicator calculated. The following classifications are used:NACE Rev.1.1 and NACE Rev.2SITC Rev.4IPCISCED1997ISCO-88 and ISCO-08The current regional breakdown of the countries in the regional demographic tables is according to the:1. Commission Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending annexes to Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS). The NUTS classification according to this regulation is shortly named NUTS-2010 classification. 2. Agreements between Eurostat and Acceding and Candidate countries as well as between Eurostat and EFTA countries, for which statistical regions have been coded in a way that resembles NUTS. For more details, please consult the Regions in the European Union - Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics - NUTS 2010/EU-27 and Statistical regions for the EFTA countries and the Candidate countries 2008.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_emp_nat2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.3.2. Classification systemClassification systems used in the domain of science and technology depend on the data source used and target indicator calculated. The following classifications are used:NACE Rev.1.1 and NACE Rev.2SITC Rev.4IPCISCED1997ISCO-88 and ISCO-08The current regional breakdown of the countries in the regional demographic tables is according to the:1. Commission Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending annexes to Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS). The NUTS classification according to this regulation is shortly named NUTS-2010 classification. 2. Agreements between Eurostat and Acceding and Candidate countries as well as between Eurostat and EFTA countries, for which statistical regions have been coded in a way that resembles NUTS. For more details, please consult the Regions in the European Union - Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics - NUTS 2010/EU-27 and Statistical regions for the EFTA countries and the Candidate countries 2008.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_emp_nisco2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The environmental goods and services sector (EGSS) include production activities of a national economy that generate environmental products (environmental goods and services). Environmental products are products that have been produced for the purpose of environmental protection and resource management. They fall within the following categories: environmental specific services, environmental sole purpose products (connected products), adapted goods and environmental technologies. Environmental protection includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Those activities and actions include all measures taken in order to restore the environment after it has been degraded. Activities which, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy the technical needs or the internal requirements for hygiene or safety and security of an enterprise or other institution are excluded from this definition. Resource management includes the preservation, maintenance and enhancement of the stock of natural resources and therefore the safeguarding of those resources against depletion The EGSS dataset is produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex).
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Employment rate (total, females, males): The number of persons (females, males) aged 20-64 in employment as a share of the total population (females, males) of the same age group.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The employment rate of low skilled persons is calculated by dividing the number of persons in employment with at most lower secondary education (i.e. ISCED 0-2) and aged 20-64 by the total population in the same age and skill group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The employment rate of non-EU nationals is calculated by dividing the number of citizens of countries outside the EU-28 in employment and aged 20-64 by the total number of citizens of countries outside the EU-28 in the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The employment rate of older workers is calculated by dividing the number of persons in employment and aged 55 to 64 by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The employment rate of the total population is calculated by dividing the number of person aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total population of the same age group. The employment rate of men is calculated by dividing the number of men aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total male population of the same age group. The employment rate of women is calculated by dividing the number of women aged 20 to 64 in employment by the total female population of the same age group. The indicators are based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfe3emprt
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) - all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) - all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) - all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) - all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) - all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) - all tables LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_emp_sbs2 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      In the MIP context the indicators Employment and Employees are used for the calculation of the Unit labour cost index. Both Employment and Employees source from the National accounts domain. National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts data. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      In the MIP context the indicators Employment and Employees are used for the calculation of the Unit labour cost index. Both Employment and Employees source from the National accounts domain. National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts data. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Maastricht criterion bond yields (mcby) are long-term interest rates, used as a convergence criterion for the European Monetary Union, based on the Maastricht Treaty
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_isen_m Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: :Unadjusted :Working-day adjusted (Production, Turnover in wholesale and retail trade and other services, Hours worked) :Seasonally-adjusted Data are accessible as monthly and quarterly data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. INDUSTRY Production IndexTurnover Index Producer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index) Import Prices Index: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only) Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTION Production Index: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil Engineering Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries Construction costs Index Building permits indicators: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE Volume of sales (deflated turnover) Turnover (in value) Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Energy Architecture Performance Index (EAPI) uses a set of indicators to highlight the performance of various countries across each facet of their energy architecture, determining to what extent nations have been able to create affordable, sustainable and secure energy systems
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Май 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Information on price developments (with and without taxes), VAT, excise duties, and consumption of petroleum products in EU countries over time
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation of India
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      Source: Ministry of Petroleum & Natural Gas. Note: Annual changes and shares of total are calculated using million tonnes per annum figures.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection covers data on the steel industry, which is defined as group 27.1 of the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE Rev.1.1). For the first reference year 2003 the Commission will accept that the population covered refers to group 27.1 of NACE Rev.1. The statistics collected on the steel industry are: Annual statistics on the steel and cast iron scrap balance sheetAnnual statistics on the fuel and energy consumption broken down by type of plantAnnual statistics on the balance sheet for electrical energy in the steel industryAnnual statistics on investment expenditure in the iron and steel industryAnnual statistics on the maximum possible (and actual) production in the iron and steel industry The characteristics are defined in the Commission Regulation No 772/2005 of 20 May 2005 concerning the specifications for the coverage of the characteristics and the definition of the technical format for the production of annual Community statistics on steel for the reference years 2003 to 2009 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Member States of which the Steel industry (NACE Rev.1.1 27.1) represents less than 1% of the Community total need not to collect the characteristics of European Parliament and Council Regulation No 48/2004 (See annex at the bottom of the page). Steel Statistics data are collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSI) or by national federations of the Steel industry. Iron and steel data collection was discontinued from 2010 onwards.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The reliability and availability of infrastructure and the provision of utility services is crucial for development. The quality of infrastructure is measured by indicators assessing the wait times to obtain selected utility services, as well as the disruption of these services. The thirteen indicators measure the reliability and provision of infrastructure services in 144 countries. In addition, the estimated cost burden due to the inadequate provision of electricity is provided.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Enterprise Surveys
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Enterprise Surveys use standard survey instruments to collect firm-level data on the business environment from business owners and top managers. The surveys cover a broad range of topics including access to finance, corruption, infrastructure, crime, competition, labor, obstacles to growth, and performance measures.The full, firm-level data are available to researchers and include answers from all the survey questions- both global questions as well as country-specific questions. Note that the survey data results presented on the website are primarily in the form of indicators, i.e. firm-level data has been aggregated to the country level.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent07n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent07s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent06n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent06s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:iss_stat The data category covers a group of variables which provide relevant statistical evidence and information about factors driving international sourcing e.g. the impact on the competitiveness, motivations and perceived barriers together with possible employment consequences in the Member State.  There have been two collection round. In the 2007 collection round data has been collected on a voluntary basis for 13 countries: Germany, Czech Republic, Netherlands, Denmark, Spain, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Finland, Slovenia, Sweden, the United Kingdom and Norway. In the 2011 collection round data has been collected for 15 countries: Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Estonia, Ireland, France, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Finland, Slovakia, Sweden and Norway. The data focuses on the relocation of domestic production of goods and services to producers located abroad as a result of a decision taken by a resident producer to stop production of goods or services, being core or support business functions. In summary, the collected indicators are :Number of enterprisesNumber of jobs. The dimensions used to describe the International sourcing are :Economic activityEnterprise group identificationSourcing statusBusiness functionSourcing activitiesKind of business partnersCountry destination of international sourcingJob creation/loss identificationMotivation factors and the level of importanceImpact of the international sourcing and the levelBarriersThe level of importance In the 2011 collection round three new dimensions were include:BacksourcingForeign affiliatesSupplying enterprises above
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent15n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent15s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts18 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent03bs There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent25 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent23 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent24 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent21 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent08an There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent08as There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Applications to see open job positions, request annual leave, view or download payslips, or other services. In January of the survey year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts07 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent12n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent12s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_12 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent13n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent13s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_14 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent09n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent09s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_10 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent14s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent14n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_16 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent20n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent20s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_gent The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      UNSD Environmental Indicators disseminate global environment statistics on ten indicator themes compiled from a wide range of data sources. The themes and indicator tables were selected based on the current demands for international environmental statistics and the availability of internationally comparable data. Statistics on Water and Waste are based on official statistics supplied by national statistical offices and/or ministries of environment (or equivalent institutions) in response to the biennial UNSD/UNEP Questionnaire on Environment Statistics, complemented with comparable statistics from OECD and Eurostat, and water resources data from FAO Aquastat. Statistics on other themes were compiled by UNSD from other international sources. In a few cases, UNSD has made some calculations in order to derive the indicators. However, generally no adjustments have been made to the values received from the source. UNSD is not responsible for the quality, completeness/availability, and validity of the data. Environment statistics is still in an early stage of development in many countries, and data are often sparse. The indicators selected here are those of relatively good quality and geographic coverage. Information on data quality and comparability is given at the end of each table together with other important metadata.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Environmental Performance Index
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Environmental Performance Index
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Environmental Performance Index (EPI) is constructed through the calculation and aggregation of 20 indicators reflecting national-level environmental data. These indicators are combined into nine issue categories, each of which fit under one of two overarching objectives. The two objectives that provide the overarching structure of the EPI are Environmental Health and Ecosystem Vitality. Environmental Health measures the protection of human health from environmental harm. Ecosystem Vitality measures ecosystem protection and resource management. These two objectives are further divided into nine issue categories that span high-priority environmental policy issues, including air quality, forests, fisheries, and climate and energy, among others. The issue categories are extensive but not comprehensive. Underlying the nine issue categories are 20 indicators calculated from country-level data and statistics. After more than 15 years of work on environmental performance measurement and six iterations of the EPI, global data are still lacking on a number of key environmental issues. These include: freshwater quality, toxic chemical exposures, municipal solid waste management, nuclear safety, wetlands loss, agricultural soil quality and degradation, recycling rates, adaptation, vulnerability, and resiliency to climate change, desertification.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Agriculture can have significant impacts on the environment as it uses on average over 40% of water and land resources in OECD countries. The impacts occur on and off farm, including both pollution and degradation of soil, water and air, as well as the provision of ecological goods and services, such as biodiversity and providing a sink for greenhouse gases. Most OECD countries are tracking the environmental performance of agriculture, which is informing policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis (Chapter 4). As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They are also enriching the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of possible future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. This report provides the latest and most comprehensive data across OECD countries on the environmental performance of agriculture since 1990. A set of agri-environmental indicators (Annex 1, Section II) has been developed through several specific theme-focused workshops involving OECD country analysts and scientific experts, complemented with thorough reviews of the literature. The OECD’s Driving Force-State-Response model (DSR) is the organising framework for developing the indicators.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
       Unit of measure used Environmental protection (EP) includes all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment resulting from production or consumption processes. The scope of Environmental Protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA), which distinguishes nine different environmental domains. Activities such as energy and material saving are only included to the extent that they mainly aim at environmental protection. An important example is recycling which is included only to the extent that it constitutes a substitute for waste management. Excluded are: (i) activities that, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy technical needs or health and safety requirements for the protection of the workplace. (ii) expenditure linked to mobilisation of natural resources (e.g., water supply). (iii) calculated cost items such as depreciation (consumption of fixed capital) or the cost of capital as this questionnaire only records actual outlays. (iv) payments of interest, fines and penalties for non-compliance with environmental regulations or compensations to third parties etc., as they are not directly linked with an environmental protection activity. Environmental Protection Expenditure can be evaluated both according to the abater principle and the financing principle. This distinction makes it possible to aggregate different sectors and industries without double counting. Expenditure according to the abater principle (EXP I), includes all expenditure that the sector has for measures they themselves execute. Any economic benefits directly linked with the environmental protection activities (Receipts from by-products) are deducted in order to calculate the net amount of money spent by the sector for their own activities. The financing principle (EXP II) measures how much money a particular sector (directly) contributes to overall environmental protection activities, wherever they are executed. This means that the part of EXP I that was directly financed by others (through subsidies or revenues received) should be deducted, while the part of EXP I in other sectors that this sector finances directly (through subsidies or fees paid) should be added. The framework is based on double entry bookkeeping, where each activity and expenditure item has an abater (producer) and a financing side. This means that much expenditure by specialised producers is financed by the users of their services, mainly business sector and households. This will be recorded as Revenues for the Specialised producers (Table 4), and fees/purchases in Business and Households (Tables 2 and 3). Specialised producers include the production of environmental protection services by public and private corporations or quasi-corporations for the use of other units, mainly financed by the users of these services. These are mainly activities within ISIC Rev. 4/NACE Rev. 2 division and classes 37, 38.1, 38.2 and 39 such as: 37 Sewerage, 38.1 Waste collection, 38.2 Waste treatment and disposal, 39  Remediation activities and other waste management services. This sector is the sum of two components: a) Public specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are subject to control by government units. Control is defined as the ability to determine general corporate policy by choosing appropriate directors, if necessary (Table 4A). b) Private specialised producers: All corporations and quasi-corporations that are not subject to control by government units (Table 4B). Specialised producers could also include for example the activities of e.g. volunteer environmental organisations or secondary environmental activities. These should be entered along with a footnote describing the coverage. CEPA domains: a column "pollution abatement and control" (PAC) has been kept in the questionnaire to ensure continuity with earlier data series.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_ac_exp4r2 Data show environmental protection expenditure (EPE). Environmental protection includes all activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. Data on regional EPE were collected from the European countries for the first time in 2010 through the Eurostat Questionnaire on Regional Environmental Data Collection (REQ) based on a Gentlemen's Agreement. The scope of environmental protection is defined according to the Classification of Environmental Protection Activities (CEPA 2000), which distinguishes nine environmental domains: protection of ambient air and climate; wastewater management; waste management; protection and remediation of soil, groundwater and surface water; noise and vibration abatement; protection of biodiversity and landscape; protection against radiation; research and development and other environmental protection activities. The data cover three economic sectors (public sector, specialised producers and industry), one economic variable (total environmental protection expenditure) and the nine environmental domains mentioned above. Data are published for years.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      General and regional statistics > Regional environment and energy statistics > Other regional environment statistics > Environmental protection expenditure by NUTS 2 regions (NACE Rev. 2).
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data show environmental protection expenditure (EPE). Environmental protection includes all activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. Data on expenditure encompasses different types of investment and current expenditure by several sectors and detail by economic activity (see details in sections 3.2 to 3.4 below).
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table provides a breakdown of expenditure of general government by type of transaction for the economic function 05 - Environmental protection. It represents a small part of a bigger table (General government expenditure by function (COFOG) - labelled ‘gov_a_exp’) that is compiled in the government finance statistics. The indicators are as reported under table 11 'Expenditure of general government by function (COFOG)' of the ESA transmission programme. The main data source is the national authorities. Data are presented in millions of euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. For further details please see the link below:   http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/cache/metadata/en/gov_a_exp_esms.htm
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Environmental protection expenditure is the money spent on all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. It includes environmental investments and environmental current expenditure. Environmental investments are all outlays in a given year for machinery, equipment and land used for environmental protection purposes. Current expenditure for environmental protection includes daily operating activities aiming at the prevention or reduction of pollution. It includes for example expenditure for staff working on environmental issues and materials for environmental protection. Industry includes mining and quarrying, manufacturing and electricity, gas and water supply sectors (NACE Rev.2 Sections B, C, D and Division 36).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Environmental protection expenditure is the money spent on all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. It includes environmental investments and environmental current expenditure. Environmental investments are all outlays in a given year for machinery, equipment and land used for environmental protection purposes. Current expenditure for environmental protection includes daily operating activities aiming at the prevention or reduction of pollution. It includes for example expenditure for staff working on environmental issues and materials for environmental protection.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Environmental protection expenditure is the money spent on all purposeful activities directly aimed at the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution or any other degradation of the environment. It includes environmental investments, environmental current expenditure and environmental subsidies/transfers. Environmental investments are all outlays in a given year for machinery, equipment and land used for environmental protection purposes. Current expenditure for environmental protection includes daily operating activities aiming at the prevention or reduction of pollution. It includes for example expenditure for staff working on environmental issues and materials for environmental protection.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA 2010 as a tax. The data collection for environmental tax revenue is derived from the national tax lists (NTLs) which Eurostat collects as a complement of table 9 which is part of the ESA 2010 (European system of accounts) transmission programme. The ESA 2010 transmission programme has been defined in annex B of the Regulation (EU) N° 549/2013 of the European Parliament and the Council of 21 May 2013. This data collection involves a functional analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - Attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their NTL and are validated by Eurostat. Eurostat also collects data on environmental taxes by economic activities (of the tax payers) using the NACE classification, taxes by households and non-residents (see http://appsso.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/nui/show.do?dataset=env_ac_taxind2&lang=en). The totals of environmental tax revenues from both collections should be made fully coherent.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA2010 as a tax. Eurostat collects data on environmental tax revenue (by tax category - energy, transport, pollution and resource taxes) broken down by economic activities (tax payers) using the NACE classification for production activities plus households and non-residents. Eurostat with the European Commission's Directorate General for Taxation and Customs Union also produces annually an analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their national tax list (NTL) and are validated by Eurostat. Efforts are made to ensure full consistency of the data on environmental taxes by economic activities and revenue data based on the national tax lists even if some discrepancies remain for some countries.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Definition of an environmental tax (Regulation (EU) N° 691/2011) An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of a physical unit) of something that has a proven, specific negative impact on the environment, and which is identified in ESA2010 as a tax. Eurostat collects data on environmental tax revenue (by tax category - energy, transport, pollution and resource taxes) broken down by economic activities (tax payers) using the NACE classification for production activities plus households and non-residents. Eurostat with the European Commission's Directorate General for Taxation and Customs Union also produces annually an analysis of each tax listed in the national accounts of European countries including: - assigning an economic function to each tax; - attributing an environmental code to the environmental taxes (E for Energy, T for Transport, P for Pollution, RS for Resource). These function and environmental codes are reported by countries in their national tax list (NTL) and are validated by Eurostat. Efforts are made to ensure full consistency of the data on environmental taxes by economic activities and revenue data based on the national tax lists even if some discrepancies remain for some countries.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Август 2011
      Источник: Multiple Sources
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      A compilation of monthly closing stock indices for major stock exchanges across the World. This dataset is updated on a monthly basis.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Trade Costs Dataset provides estimates of bilateral trade costs in agriculture and manufactured goods for the 1995-2011 period. It is built on trade and production data collected in 182 countries. Symmetric bilateral trade costs are computed using the Inverse Gravity Framework (Novy 2009), which estimates trade costs for each country pair using bilateral trade and gross national output.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This report covers a wide range of subjects: the economic situation in agriculture, structures, trade, markets, financial aspects and rural development. An introductory chapter gives an overview of the 2012 agricultural year.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Commission produces information on energy markets in EU countries including energy profiles which contain facts on the energy mix, energy security, competitiveness, sustainability and infrastructure of an EU country.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_fdi_pos_r2 Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDI abroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment:Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery.Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time.Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three:Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows.Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely:Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares.Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows.Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators:FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. The data is drawn from several sources: the European Commission’s services; international organisations, such as the European Environment Agency and the International Energy Agency and, where no data is currently available, from the European Commission’s estimations. The indicator calculations follow the methodology established by the European Commission - DG Energy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Май 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Scoreboard has been prepared from companies' annual reports and accounts received by an independent data provider.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: EU KLEMS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The construction of this database is financially supported by the European Commission, Research Directorate General as part of the 6th Framework Programme, Priority 8, “Policy Support and Anticipating Scientific and Technological Needs” and as part of the 7th Framework Programme, Theme 8: Socio-Economic Sciences and Humanities, Grant agreement no: 225 281. Any errors or omissions are entirely the responsibility of the GGDC (Groningen Growth and Development Centre).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
       International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
       International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
       International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, external trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner, - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: European Central Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Multiple Sources
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 января, 2011
      Выбрать
      The database provides an overview of the most recent and pertinent annual energy related statistics in Europe. It covers the European Union and its 27 Member States. The content of this collection is based on a range of sources, including Eurostat, DG ECFIN, and EEA. The statistics include Eurostat Energy Statistics 1990-2009, after its complete revision in early 2011.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: insurance europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Insurance Europe is the European insurance and reinsurance federation. Through its 34 member bodies - the national insurance associations - Insurance Europe represents all types of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, eg pan-European companies, monoliners, mutuals and SMEs. Insurance Europe, which is based in Brussels, represents undertakings that account for around 95% of total European premium income. Insurance makes a major contribution to Europe’s economic growth and development. European insurers generate premium income of more than €1 100bn, employ almost one million people and invest almost €8 400bn in the economy.
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains common birds index and protected areas for biodiversity statistics for EU member countries.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: XE
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains the exchange rate of 1USD to their country local currency.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Recent exchange rate movements have been unusually large, triggering a debate regarding their likely effects on trade. Historical experience in advanced and emerging market and developing economies suggests that exchange rate movements typically have sizable effects on export and import volumes. A 10 percent real effective depreciation in an economy’s currency is associated with a rise in real net exports of, on average, 1.5 percent of GDP, with substantial cross-country variation around this average. Although these effects fully materialize over a number of years, much of the adjustment occurs in the first year. The boost to exports associated with currency depreciation is found to be largest in countries with initial economic slack and with domestic financial systems that are operating normally. Some evidence suggests that the rise of global value chains has weakened the relationship between exchange rates and trade in intermediate products used as inputs into other economies’ exports. However, the bulk of global trade still consists of conventional trade, and there is little evidence of a general trend toward disconnect between exchange rates and total exports and imports.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table shows exchange rates for currencies used in over 190 world economies presented in a crossrates layout where countries are presented in both rows and columns. National currency per US dollars exchange rates are used to derive explicit exchange rates for each of the countries presented with regard to any other country. Country series are consistent over time: for example, a conversion was made from national currency to Euro for the Euro Zone economies for all years prior to the adoption of Euro.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: InterNations
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The total consumption expenditure made by a visitor or on behalf of a visitor for and during his/her trip and stay at destination.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Countries report expenditures by sources of funds: Governement (central, regional, local); International agencies and other foreign sources; Households and Other private entities (including firms and religious institutions and other non-profit organisations). Three types of financial transactions can be distinguished: -direct expenditure/payments on educational institutions -Intergovernmental transfers for education -Transfers to students or households and to other private entities.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_fi_ftot The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening accesseduc_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age   B. Study frameworkeduc_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education   C. Student and staff mobilityeduc_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country)   D. Effective outcomes and employabilityeduc_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A     The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities:Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3p Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3m Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.3.3. Coverage - sectorPublic Health
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha3h Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.3.3. Coverage - sectorPublic Health
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2p Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2m Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha2h Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1p Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1m Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.3.3. Coverage - sectorPublic Health
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha1h Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.3.3. Coverage - sectorPublic Health
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator is defined as the percentage share of social protection expenditure devoted to old age care in GDP. These expenditures cover care allowance, accommodation, and assistance in carrying out daily tasks.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_figdp The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fiexpc The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fiabs The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Knoema
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Source : United States Department of Agriculture; International Monetary Fund; UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs; Food and Agriculture Organization, The World Bank
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'Pensions' aggregate comprises part of periodic cash benefits under the disability, old-age, survivors and unemployment functions. It is defined as the sum of the following social benefits: disability pension, early-retirement due to reduced capacity to work, old-age pension, anticipated old-age pension, partial pension, survivors' pension, early-retirement benefit for labour market reasons.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fitotin The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fipubin The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other). It is calculated in current prices.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ESSPROS domainIn Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Percent of household final consumption expenditures spent on food, alcoholic beverages, and tobacco that were consumed at home,. The data are computed by Birgit Meade (202-694-5159), ERS/USDA, EUROMONITOR data, June 2014.
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2012
      Выбрать
      Experimental House Price Index for the Euro area and the EU for the period 2005 Q1 until 2012 Q2
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities: solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities: solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table presents trade in services by service category for individual countries, expressed in millions of dollars and as percentages of a country's total trade in services. The commercial services, which exclude government services and follow the GATS definition, are included as well.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table is a compilation of statistics of trade in goods and services as reported in the Balance of Payments. The conceptual framework used for the compilation is based on the IMF Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5, 1993).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Coffee Board of India
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The external balance of goods and services (ESA 2010, 8.68) is the difference between exports of goods and services and imports of goods and services. If positive, the economy exports more goods and services than it imports, and vice versa. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Seasonally and calendar adjusted data (SCA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
  • F
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Every member of the holder's family (over the compulsory school age), including the holder himself, having provided an agricultural work on and for the holding during the last 12 months.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The FAO indices of agricultural production show the relative level of the aggregate volume of agricultural production for each year in comparison with the base period. They are based on the sum of price-weighted quantities of different agricultural commodities produced after deductions of quantities used as seed and feed weighted in a similar manner. The resulting aggregate represents, therefore, disposable production for any use except as seed and feed. All the indices at the country, regional and world levels are calculated by the Laspeyres formula. Production quantities of each commodity are weighted by 2004-2006 average international commodity prices and summed for each year. To obtain the index, the aggregate for a given year is divided by the average aggregate for the base period. Since the FAO indices are based on the concept of agriculture as a single enterprise, amounts of seed and feed are subtracted from the production data to avoid double counting them, once in the production data and once with the crops or livestock produced from them. Deductions for seed (in the case of eggs, for hatching) and for livestock and poultry feed apply to both domestically produced and imported commodities. They cover only primary agricultural products destined to animal feed (e.g. maize, potatoes, milk, etc.). Processed and semi-processed feed items such as bran, oilcakes, meals and molasses have been completely excluded from the calculations at all stages. It should be noted that when calculating indices of agricultural, food and nonfood production, all intermediate primary inputs of agricultural origin are deducted. However, for indices of any other commodity group, only inputs originating from within the same group are deducted; thus, only seed is removed from the group “crops” and from all crop subgroups, such as cereals, oil crops, etc.; and both feed and seed originating from within the livestock sector (e.g. milk feed, hatching eggs) are removed from the group “livestock products”. For the main two livestock subgroups, namely, meat and milk, only feed originating from the respective subgroup is removed. The”international commodity prices” are used in order to avoid the use of exchange rates for obtaining continental and world aggregates, and also to improve and facilitate international comparative analysis of productivity at the national level. These” international prices”, expressed in so-called”international dollars”, are derived using a Geary-Khamis formula for the agricultural sector. This method assigns a single “price” to each commodity. For example, one metric ton of wheat has the same price regardless of the country where it was produced. The currency unit in which the prices are expressed has no influence on the indices published. The commodities covered in the computation of indices of agricultural production are all crops and livestock products originating in each country. Practically all products are covered, with the main exception of fodder crops. The category of food production includes commodities that are considered edible and that contain nutrients. Accordingly, coffee and tea are excluded along with inedible commodities because, although edible, they have practically no nutritive value. Indices for meat production are computed based on data for production from indigenous animals, which takes account of the meat equivalent of exported live animals but excludes the meat equivalent of imported live animals. For index purposes, annual changes in livestock and poultry numbers or in their average live weight are not taken into account. The indices are calculated from production data presented on a calendar year basis. The FAO indices may differ from those produced by the countries themselves because of differences in concepts of production, coverage, weights, time reference of data and methods of calculation
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      AQUASTAT is FAO's global information system on water and agriculture, developed by the Land and Water Division. The main mandate of the programme is to collect, analyze and disseminate information on water resources, water uses, and agricultural water management with an emphasis on countries in Africa, Asia, Latin America and the Caribbean. This allows interested users to find comprehensive and regularly updated information at global, regional, and national levels.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Consumer price indices (CPIs) measure changes over time in the general level of prices of consumer goods and services that households acquire, use or pay for consumption. This is done by measuring the cost of purchasing a fixed basket of consumer goods and services of constant quality and similar characteristics, with the products in the basket being selected to be representative of households’ expenditure during a year or other specified period.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This dataset represents Food Consumption, Food Production and Trade by various Food items. Note: data represent values for time periods (1990-1992, 1995-97, 2000-02, 2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period (1992, 1997, 2002, 2007).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Note: Data represent values for time periods (1990-1992,1995-97,2000-02,2005-07) and is shown as data for the last year of time period(1992,1997,2002,2007).
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Price domain of FAOSTAT contains annual data on prices received by farmers (called Producer prices) for primary crops, live animals, livestock primary products as collected at the point of initial sale (prices paid at the farm-gate). Data are provided for over 130 countries and for some 200 commodities, representing over 97 percent of the world’s value of gross agricultural production (at 1999-2001 International Dollar Prices). PriceSTAT contains data from 1991 onwards. The Price domain provides price data in three units: i) Local Currency Units (LCU) ii) Standard Local Currency (SLC) iii) US Dollars.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Farmers produce food and fiber using a wide variety of farm practices and management systems that differ by commodity, region, and farm and operator characteristics. The mix of inputs, practices, and technologies used by farmers, when combined with land, labor, and water resources, affects production costs; farm income; and soil, water and air quality.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Value of gross production has been compiled by multiplying gross production in physical terms by output prices at farm gate. Thus, value of production measures production in monetary terms at the farm gate level. Since intermediate uses within the agricultural sector (seed and feed) have not been subtracted from production data, this value of production aggregate refers to the notion of "gross production". Value of gross production is provided in both current and constant terms and is expressed in US dollars and Standard Local Currency (SLC). The current value of production measures value in the prices relating to the period being measured. Thus, it represents the market value of food and agricultural products at the time they were produced. Knowing this figure is helpful in understanding exactly what was happening within a given economy at that point in time. Often, this information can help explain economic trends that emerged in later periods and why they took place. Value of production in constant terms is derived using the average prices of a selected year or years, known as the base period. Constant price series can be used to show how the quantity or volume of products has changed, and are often referred to as volume measures. The ratio of the current and constant price series gives a measure of price movements. US dollar figures for value of gross production are converted from local currencies using official exchange rates as prevailing in the respective years. The SLC of a country is the local currency prevailing in the latest year. Expressing data series in one uniform currency is useful because it avoids the influence of revaluation in local currency, if any, on value of production
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This indicator measures the share of low-, medium- and high-input farms. Each farm is classified according to the level of input use per hectare, which is calculated on the basis of the spending (in constant euros) on purchased inputs per hectare of Utilised Agricultural Area (UAA). If it is higher than constant EUR 295 per hectare, the farm is qualified as high. When it is below constant EUR 125 per hectare, it is classified as low. Otherwise, it is medium. The inputs considered here are purchased fertilisers and soil improvers, pesticides (i.e. plant protection products, traps and baits, bird scarers, anti-hail shells, frost protection) and purchased feed. The data set presents the share of UAA managed by low-, medium- and high-input farms EU27 Member State.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour force includes everyone (over the legal age limit) having provided an agricultural work on and for the holding during the last 12 months. The work time of each person is recorded as percentage of a full-time.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_lu_ovcropaa The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys.The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients.Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy.Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them.However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey.The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible.The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey.The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables.The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices.The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm).Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level.For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure.Regional DataData for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include:Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc.Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: FIFA
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      FIFA is the international governing body of association football, futsal and beach soccer. Its membership comprises 209 national associations. Its headquarters are in Zurich, Switzerland, and its president is Sepp Blatter. FIFA is responsible for the organisation of football's major international tournaments, notably the World Cup.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_ent3 The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_fed8 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents the final consumption expenditure of households broken down by the COICOP (Classification of Individual Consumption According to Purpose) classification and by durability.  It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2010). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.94) consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community. The consumption expenditure may take place on the domestic territory or abroad. Private final consumption expenditure includes households' (ESA 2010, 2.118) and NPISH's final consumption expenditure. Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH, ESA 2010, 2.129) are separate legal entities serving households. They include for example trade unions, professional societies, political parties, churches, charities, sports clubs etc. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Final consumption expenditure consists of expenditure incurred by resident institutional units on goods or services that are used for the direct satisfaction of individual needs or wants or the collective needs of members of the community (ESA 2010 3.94). Private final consumption expenditure includes households' and Non Profit Institutions Serving Households (NPISH's) final consumption expenditure. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Final energy consumption includes all energy delivered to the final consumer's door (in the industry, transport, households and other sectors) for all energy uses. It excludes deliveries for transformation and/or own use of the energy producing industries, as well as network losses. This table presents the total final energy consumption (product 0000 – All products) and the energy consumption of a selected number of products or product groups.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      National Accounts - Volume IIIa - Financial Accounts - Flows, which record, by type of financial instruments, the financial transactions between institutional sectors, and are presented in two tables: Financial accounts, consolidated and Financial accounts, non-consolidated.
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      Note:i) All the Data Present in this dataset are "Not seasonally adjusted data (NSA)". ii)Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > European and national short term indicators (euroind) > Monetary and financial indicators (ei_mf).
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fiaid The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year.  Â
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data collection comprises countries' financial balance sheets: financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and non-consolidated, for all the sectors of the economy and rest of the world. (Tables 710 and 720 of ESA 95 transmission programme). The collection is no longer updated, as countries now compile and provide the data under a new methodological framework, ESA 2010. See collection nasa_10_f_bs,
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National Accounts - Volume IIIb - Financial Balance Sheets - Stocks, which record the stocks of financial assets and liabilities by institutional sectors, at the end of the accounting period, and are presented in two tables: Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, consolidated and Balance sheets for financial assets and liabilities, non consolidated.Statistics are reported at current prices in millions of national currency and in millions of Euros for OECD countries which are members of the Euro zone: Austria, Belgium, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia and Spain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database of indicators of financial development and structure across countries and over time includes a range of indicators (31 indicators in total), starting from 1960, that measure the size, activity, and efficiency of financial intermediaries and markets. The compiled data permits the construction of financial structure indicators to measure whether, for example, a country's banks are larger, more active, and more efficient than its stock markets. These indicators can then be used to investigate the empirical link between the legal, regulatory, and policy environment and indicators of financial structure. They can also be used to analyze the implications of financial structure for economic growth.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      The financial indicators in this dataset are derived from OECD countries’ financial accounts (transactions): they give a picture of the short-term behaviour of institutional sectors. They comprise for instance: Net financial transactions of the general government, as a percentage of Gross Domestic Product (GDP), which corresponds to the general government deficit; Transactions in financial assets of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of Households Gross Disposable Income (GDI); Transactions in liabilities of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of GDI.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The financial indicators in this dataset are constructed from OECD countries’ financial balance sheets (stocks): these ratios are considered as relevant to analyse the position and performance of the various institutional sectors. They comprise for instance: Financial net worth of Households and NPISHs, as a percentage of GDI; Non-financial corporations debt to equity ratio; Private sector debt; Leverage of the banking sector; General government debt, as a percentage of GDP.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.Â
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Financial transactions in assets and liabilities, consolidated and non-consolidated, for all the sectors of the economy and in relation to rest of the world. (Tables 610 and 620 of ESA 95 transmission programme)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permit means any authorisation valid for at least 3 months issued by the authorities of a Member State allowing a third country national to stay legally on its territory. First permit means the residence permit issued to a person for the first time. A residence permit is considered as a first permit also if the time gap between expiry of the old permit and the start of validity of the new permit issued for the same reason is at least 6 months, irrespective of the year of issuance of the permit.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      First Year Expenditures and Planned Total Expenditures for Investments Initiated in 2014, Country of UBO by Type of Investment
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data are on the total number, tonnage and power of fishing vessels broken down by tonnage classes, power classes, length classes, age classes.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents the whole set of non financial accounts, from the production account to the acquisitions of non-financial assets accounts. For general government sector, property income, other current transfers and capital transfers are consolidated.. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to the new version of the annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Fixed income - Investment grade corporate bonds tables 2015
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Fixed income - Public debt tables 2015
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      A food balance sheet presents a comprehensive picture of the pattern of a country's food supply during a specified reference period. The food balance sheet shows for each food item i.e. each primary commodity availability for human consumption which corresponds to the sources of supply and its utilisation. The total quantity of foodstuffs produced in a country added to the total quantity imported and adjusted to any change in stocks that may have occurred since the beginning of the reference period gives the supply available during that period. On the utilisation side a distinction is made between the quantities exported, fed to livestock + used for seed, losses during storage and transportation, and food supplies available for human consumption. The per capita supply of each such food item available for human consumption is then obtained by dividing the respective quantity by the related data on the population actually partaking in it. Data on per capita food supplies are expressed in terms of quantity and by applying appropriate food composition factors for all primary and processed products also in terms of dietary energy value, protein and fat content. The Food Balances domain covers: Production Trade Feed and Seed Waste Other utilisation Consumption Elements covered: Quantities Calories, Proteins, Fats
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Food Price Monitoring Tool intends to analyse the available data on price developments through the supply chain. The supply chain is a series of economic activities that are performed by different economic actors that contribute to the production and distribution of one consumer product or a group of consumer products. The Food Price Monitoring Tool monitors 15 supply chains. It compares the prices for four types of food products:Retail sector: the harmonised index of consumer prices (HICP)Domestic food industry: the domestic producer price index (PPId) for a maximum of two productsImported products: the import price index based on unit values from international trade in goods statisticsAgricultural commodities: the agricultural commodity prices index (ACP) for a maximum of two products.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets. This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community. The agricultural supply domain covers food commodities that have been converted back into primary equivalents: Quantity Dietary Energy Proteins Fats Totals and per Capita
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Food supply data is some of the most important data in FAOSTAT. In fact, this data is for the basis for estimation of global and national undernourishment assessment, when it is combined with parameters and other data sets.This data has been the foundation of food balance sheets ever since they were first constructed. The data is accessed by both business and governments for economic analysis and policy setting, as well as being used by the academic community. The agricultural supply domain covers food commodities that have been converted back into primary equivalents: Quantity Dietary Energy, Proteins, Fats, Totals and per Capita
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: FIFA
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Football Dataset, 2013, FIFA
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Students are classified as foreign students (non-citizens) if they are not citizens of the country in which the data are collected. While pragmatic and operational, this classification is inappropriate for capturing student mobility because of differing national policies regarding the naturalisation of immigrants. Countries that have lower propensity to grant permanent residence to its immigrant populations are likely to report second generation immigrants as foreign students. Therefore, for student mobility and bilateral comparisons, interpretations of data based on the concept of foreign students should be made with caution. Students are classified as international students if they left their country of origin and moved to another country for the purpose of study. Depending on country-specific immigration legislation, mobility arrangements, and data availability, international students may be defined as students who are not permanent or usual residents of their country of study or alternatively as students who obtained their prior education in a different country, including another EU country.
    • Июль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator displays Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) made by EU companies in countries covered by the OECD Development Assistance Committee (DAC), broken down by income group of countries. DAC countries refer to developing countries and territories on Part I of the OECD DAC List of Aid Recipients for which there is a long-standing United Nations target of 0.7% of donors' gross national product.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The activities of multinational enterprises statistics available here provide a picture of the overall activities of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents and contain a wide variety of indicators of their financial structure and operations. These statistics cover items that are needed in analyzing the characteristics, performance, and economic impact of MNEs, and are obtained from mandatory surveys of U.S. affiliates of foreign parents conducted by BEA.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_grd Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thfrlan The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The average number of foreign languages learned per pupil in secondary education (ISCED 2 and 3) is obtained by dividing the total number of pupils learning foreign languages by the number of pupils at that level. A foreign language is recognised as such in the curriculum or other official document relating to education in the country. Irish, Luxembourgish and regional languages are excluded, although provision may be made for them in certain Member States. Allowing for exceptions, when one of the national languages is taught in schools where it is not the teaching language, it is not considered as a foreign language.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 5 Tables. Foreign official reserves - Annual data (mny_for_a); Foreign official reserves - Quarterly data (mny_for_q); Foreign official reserves - Monthly data (mny_for_m); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Yearly data (mny_for_gold_a); Monetary gold in fine troy ounces - Monthly data (mny_for_gold_m). Note: i) All data in the datasets represents 'Value at the end of the period (END)'. ii): Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Foreign official reserves (mny_for).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_mo_el8i The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_fld Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_dst Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_orig Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_mofo_gen Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl8 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: U.S. Census Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The UN FAO Forestry Statistics contains global compilations of comparable annual statistics on the production and import/export of forest products
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Carbon Dioxide Information Analysis Center
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      World and National CO2 Emissions from Fossil-Fuel Burning, Cement Manufacture, and Gas Flaring. Source: Tom Boden, Gregg Marland and Bob Andres (Oak Ridge National Laboratory)
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Fund for Peace
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The FSI focuses on the indicators of risk and is based on thousands of articles and reports that are processed by our CAST Software from electronically available sources.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Freedom House
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Freedom in the World is Freedom House’s flagship annual report, assessing the condition of political rights and civil liberties around the world. It is composed of numerical ratings and supporting descriptive texts for 195 countries and 15 territories. Freedom in the World has been published since 1973, allowing Freedom House to track global trends in freedom over more than 40 years. It has become the most widely read and cited report of its kind, used on a regular basis by policymakers, journalists, academics, activists, and many others.
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Public Accountability Mechanisms
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Experts commonly support the notion that access to information is integral to the promotion of participation, transparency and accountability in any given society. A freedom of information framework aims at improving the efficiency of the government and increasing the transparency of its functioning by: 1. Regularly and reliably providing government documents to the public; 2. Educating the public on the significance of transparent government;3. Facilitating appropriate and relevant use of information in the lives of individuals
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are  broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total transfer passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircrafts movements. the data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Personal well-being" covers overall life experience, satisfaction with different areas of life, trust in others and in institutions and social support (having someone to rely on in case of need).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_part_020 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_part_010 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_cult_010 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows the state and changes over time in the abstractions of freshwater resources in OECD countries. Water abstractions are a major pressure on freshwater resources, particularly from public water supplies, irrigation, industrial processes and cooling of electric power plants. It has significant implications for issues of quantity and quality of water resources. This dataset shows water abstractions by source (surface and ground water) and by major uses. Water abstractions refer to water taken from ground or surface water sources and conveyed to the place of use. If the water is returned to a surface water source, abstraction of the same water by the downstream user is counted again in compiling total withdrawal. When interpreting those data, it should be borne in mind that the definitions and estimation methods employed by Member countries may vary considerably among countries.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on full-time and part-time employment based on a common definition of 30-usual weekly hours of work in the main job. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on full-time and part-time employment based on national definition. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour force includes everyone (over the legal age limit) having provided an agricultural work on and for the holding during the last 12 months. Are taken as regular labour force every member of the holder's family working on the holding are taken as regular labour force (holder included) and non-family regularly employed labour force.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at:http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data include pension funds per the OECD classification by type of pension plans and by type of pension funds. All types of plans are included (occupational and personal, mandatory and voluntary). The OECD classification considers both funded and book reserved pension plans that are workplace-based (occupational pension plans) or accessed directly in retail markets (personal pension plans). Both mandatory and voluntary arrangements are included. The data include plans where benefits are paid by a private sector entity (classified as private pension plans by the OECD) as well as those paid by a funded public sector entity. A full description of the OECD classification can be found at: http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/0/49/38356329.pdf. Pension funds include also some personal pension arrangements like the Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) in the United States as well as funds for government workers. The coverage of the statistics follows the regulatory and supervisory framework. All authorised pension funds are therefore normally covered by the Global Pension Statistics exercise. Assets pertaining to reserve funds in social security systems are excluded.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_fifunds The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
  • G
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The G20 CPI has been calculated for the headline indicators only (CPI All items / HICP Total). It is an annual chain-linked Laspeyres-type index. The weights for each country in each link are based on the previous year's relative share of individual final consumption expenditure of households and non-profit institutions serving households expressed in Purchasing Power Parities (PPPs). Other Aspects Recommended uses and limitations The G20 consists of the following economies: Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Germany, India, Indonesia, Italy, Japan, Korea, Mexico, the Russian Federation, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, the United Kingdom, the United States, and the European Union. The G20 aggregate is calculated taking the fifteen individual country members of the G20 (other than France, Germany, Italy and the United Kingdom) plus the European Union as an aggregate. In calculating the monthly percentage change of the CPI G20 aggregate, the officially reported data for Argentina have been used. Data from January 2014 onwards exclude Argentina during 2014 for annual inflation rates and index series (2010=100).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VATOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).Â
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VATOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VAT   OLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).Â
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      NEW METHODOLOGY (from 2007 onwards) Average half-yearly natural gas prices for households and industrial end-users. The end-users are characterised by predefined annual consumption bands.  The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation: prices excluding taxes and levies;prices excluding VAT and other recoverable taxes;prices including all taxes, levies and VATOLD METHODOLOGY (until 2007) Natural gas prices for households and industrial standard consumers, valid on 1st January and on 1st   July of each calendar year. Standard consumers are characterised by predefined annual consumption. The prices include gas basic price, transmission, system services, meter rental, distribution and other services. The prices are collected and published considering three levels of taxation (see above under new methodology): For structural indicators tables, where only annual data is displayed both for new and old methodology in the same table, the prices refer to the price on 1st January of each year (until 2007) and to the first semester of each year (2008 and later).For further details see : Data on energy prices are collected according to Directive 2008/92/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 concerning a Community procedure to improve the transparency of gas and electricity prices charged to industrial end-users (recast) (Text with EEA relevance). Data for gas prices for household end-users are collected on a voluntary basis Gas prices are presented at national level for the Members of the European Union (except Cyprus and Malta for industrial end users, expect Cyprus (is not providing data for households), Malta and Finland, EFTA-country Liechtenstein, Candidate countries (except The former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania for households and except Albania for industrial end-users), Potential candidate country Kosovo (under UNSCR 1244/1999).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associatedtransmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 июня, 2012
      Выбрать
      GDP and main components dataset contains both Quarterly & Annual data for ; Current prices, volumes and Price indices
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Implicit deflators are calculated by dividing an aggregate measured in current prices by the same aggregate measured in constant prices. Implicit deflators are named after the aggregate used (Gross Domestic Product in this case). The deflator is calculated from seasonally adjusted GDP values and rescaled so that 2010 = 100. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The gender employment gap is defined as the difference between the employment rates of men and women aged 20-64. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_gpgr2ag The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. From reference year 2006 onwards, the new GPG data is based on the methodology of the Structure of Earnings Survey (COUNCIL REGULATION EC No 530/1999 of 9 March 1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs) which is carried out every four years. The most recent available data refers to reference years 2002, 2006 and 2010. Whereas the GPG figures for 2006 and 2010 are directly computed from the 4-yearly SES, for the intermediate years countries provide annual estimates which every 4 years are revised, benchmarked on the SES results in the two respective years. Some countries calculate the annual GPG on a yearly SES and hence their data needs no further adjustment or revisions as the majority of the others. Data are broken down by economic activity (NACE: Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community), form of economic and financial control (public/private) of the enterprise, working profile (full-time / part-time) and age classes (six age groups) of employees.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_gpgr2ct The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. From reference year 2006 onwards, the new GPG data is based on the methodology of the Structure of Earnings Survey (COUNCIL REGULATION EC No 530/1999 of 9 March 1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs) which is carried out every four years. The most recent available data refers to reference years 2002, 2006 and 2010. Whereas the GPG figures for 2006 and 2010 are directly computed from the 4-yearly SES, for the intermediate years countries provide annual estimates which every 4 years are revised, benchmarked on the SES results in the two respective years. Some countries calculate the annual GPG on a yearly SES and hence their data needs no further adjustment or revisions as the majority of the others. Data are broken down by economic activity (NACE: Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community), form of economic and financial control (public/private) of the enterprise, working profile (full-time / part-time) and age classes (six age groups) of employees.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_gpgr2wt The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. From reference year 2006 onwards, the new GPG data is based on the methodology of the Structure of Earnings Survey (COUNCIL REGULATION EC No 530/1999 of 9 March 1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs) which is carried out every four years. The most recent available data refers to reference years 2002, 2006 and 2010. Whereas the GPG figures for 2006 and 2010 are directly computed from the 4-yearly SES, for the intermediate years countries provide annual estimates which every 4 years are revised, benchmarked on the SES results in the two respective years. Some countries calculate the annual GPG on a yearly SES and hence their data needs no further adjustment or revisions as the majority of the others. Data are broken down by economic activity (NACE: Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community), form of economic and financial control (public/private) of the enterprise, working profile (full-time / part-time) and age classes (six age groups) of employees.
    • Июль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The unadjusted Gender Pay Gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. From reference year 2006 onwards, the new GPG data is based on the methodology of the Structure of Earnings Survey (Reg.: 530/1999) carried out with a four-yearly periodicity. The most recent available reference years are 2002 and 2006 and Eurostat computed the GPG for these years on this basis. For the intermediate years (2007 onwards) countries provide to Eurostat estimates benchmarked on the SES results.  Data are broken down by NACE (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unadjusted gender pay gap (GPG) represents the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. The GPG is calculated on the basis of: - the four-yearly Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) 2002, 2006, 2010, etc., and with the scope as required by the SES regulation,  - national estimates based on national sources for the years between the SES years, from reference year 2007 onwards, with the same coverage as the SES. Data are broken down by economic activity (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community - NACE), economic control (public/private) of the enterprise as well as working time (full-time/part-time) and age (six age groups) of employees. Data are released in February/March on the basis of information provided by national statistical institutes.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_hgpg The gender pay gap is given as the difference between average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees and of female paid employees as a percentage of average gross hourly earnings of male paid employees. The gender pay gap is based on several data sources, including the European Community Household Panel (ECHP), the EU Survey on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC) and national sources.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The GID-DB is a database providing researchers and policymakers with key data on gender-based discrimination in social institutions. This data helps analyse women’s economic empowerment and understand gender gaps in other key areas of development. Covering 160 countries, the GID-DB contains comprehensive information on legal, cultural and traditional practices that discriminate against women and girls.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data correspond to quarterly non-financial accounts for the general government sector which are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (ESA2010) basis. The data sets contain quarterly general government total expenditure and total revenue figures, as well as their breakdowns by relevant categories and the resulting quarterly government deficit/surplus.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Government expenditure by COFOG function and type notified by national authorities in Table 11 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe. Annual government deficit and debt statistics are reported to the European Commission in the framework of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). Government revenue and expenditure, annual and quarterly, are reported by Member States under the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government net borrowing/net lending (deficit/surplus), and general government debt, form two of the convergence criteria for EMU. The following series are as reported in the EDP tables:Deficit/surplus of the general government sector;General government debt;General government gross fixed capital formation;General government primary balanceIntergovernmental lending within the EU and euro area in the context of the financial crisis.  Total general government revenue and total general government expenditure annual series are reported by national authorities in ESA table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government deficit/surplus and general government debt quarterly series are reported by national authorities in ESA tables 25 and 28, respectively, of the ESA 95 transmission programme.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data correspond to quarterly government debt. Public debt is defined in the Maastricht Treaty as consolidated general government gross debt at nominal (face) value, outstanding at the end of the year. Data for the general government sector are consolidated between subsectors at the national level. Data are non-seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in the European Union, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. The concepts for EDP statistics are explained in Council Regulation (EC) N° 479/2009, as amended and Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council and subsequent legal amendments, supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat in the  Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. The EDP statistics are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010). The Government debt is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of the year and consolidated between and within the sectors of general government. This definition is supplemented by Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009, as amended by the Commission Regulation (EU) No 220/2014, specifying the components of government debt with reference to the definitions of financial liabilities and instruments according to the European System of National and Regional Accounts (ESA 2010). The Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year (before 1 April and 1 October) for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. The harmonised tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the annual consolidated General government gross debt.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This part contains general information on number of insurance companies and employees within the sector.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (several business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste. A separate annual collection of data exists for the structural indicators on municipal waste: structural indicators (see at the bottom of the page, concept "21.2 Related Metadata", file "tsien120_esms").
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses by economic activity according to NACE Rev. 2 and year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses by economic activity according to NACE Rev. 2 and hazardousness.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Waste generated by households (EP-HH) and by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and hazardousness, latest available year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses, by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total amount of waste generated by households and businesses, by waste category (EWC-Stat 4) and hazardousness, latest available year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table contains deflators for resource flows for individual DAC Members from 1966 as well as the TOTAL DAC deflator, and the deflator for the EURO (EC).The deflators include the effect of exchange rate changes and are therefore only applicable to US dollar figures.The OECD uses the latest deflator to convert current prices to constant prices. The latest available base year used is the base year equal to 100.The OECD applies the total DAC deflator to individual recipient countries and multilateral donors to calculate their receipts or flows in constant prices.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Bilateral ODA commitments by purpose. Data cover the years 2005 to 2009. Amounts are expressed in USD million. The sectoral distribution of bilateral ODA commitments refers to the economic sector of destination (i.e. the specific area of the recipient's economic or social structure whose development is, or is intended to be fostered by the aid), rather than to the type of goods or services provided. These are aggregates of individual projects notified under the Creditor Reporting System, supplemented by reporting on the sectoral distribution of technical co-operation, and on actual disbursements of food and emergency aid.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Multiple Sources
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 мая, 2013
      Выбрать
      Germany Regional Dataset, May 2013
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Verband der Chemischen Industrie
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Employees and income
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Destatis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Revenue of the overall public budget 2014 and 2015
    • Январь 2013
      Источник: EDGAR
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 апреля, 2013
      Выбрать
      Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2). Emissions are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics. Source: European Commission, Joint Research Centre (JRC)/PBL Netherlands Environmental Assessment Agency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Knight Frank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Note: Countries are ranked according to 12-month price growth. The Knight Frank Global House Price Index established in 2006 allows investors and developers to monitor and compare the performance of mainstream residential markets across the world. The index is compiled on a quarterly basis using official government statistics or central bank data where available. The index’s overall performance is weighted by GDP and the latest quarter’s data is provisional pending the release of all the countries’ results.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: HelpAge International
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of the Index is both to capture the multidimensional nature of the quality of life and wellbeing of older people, and to provide a means by which to measure performance and promote improvements. We have chosen 13 different indicators for the four key domains of Income security, Health status, Capability, and Enabling environment. Domain 1: Income security The income security domain assesses people's access to a sufficient amount of income, and the capacity to use it independently, in order to meet basic needs in older age. Domain 2: Health status The three indicators used for the health domain provide information about physical and psychological wellbeing. Domain 3: Capability The employment and education indicators in this domain look at different aspects of the empowerment of older people. Domain 4: Enabling environment This domain uses data from Gallup World View to assess older people's perception of social connectedness, safety, civic freedom and access to public transport - issues older people have singled out as particularly important.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: DHL
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      DHL released the third edition of its Global Connectedness Index (GCI), a detailed analysis of the state of globalization around the world. The latest report, authored by internationally acclaimed globalization expert Professor Pankaj Ghemawat together with Steven A. Altman, shows that global connectedness, measured by cross-border flows of trade, capital, information and people, has recovered most of its losses incurred during the financial crisis. Especially the depth of international interactions – the proportion of interactions that cross national borders – gained momentum in 2013 after its recovery had stalled in the previous year. Nonetheless, trade depth, as a distinct dimension of globalization, continues to stagnate and the overall level of global connectedness remains quite limited, implying that there could be gains of trillions of US dollars if boosted in future years.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: International Telecommunication Union
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of this data set is to provide a snapshot of where countries stand in their cybersecurity engagement at the national level. The visions as seen by ABI Research and ITU is to promote cybersecurity awareness and the important role governments have to play in integrating appropriate mechanisms to both support and promote this crucial discipline. Safeguarding the integrity of cyberspace must involve the development of cybersecurity.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Democracy Ranking
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Democracy Ranking is an annual ranking of all democracies (country-based democracies) in the world by focusing on the Quality of Democracy in an international perspective. The Democracy Ranking publishes the ranking scores and displays ranking score increases or decreases over time. The Democracy Ranking is a ranking of the Quality of Democracy in the sense that the ranking scores should reflect a ranking of democracies according to their differing qualities; and the Democracy Ranking is a ranking for the Quality of Democracy, because it wants to contribute conceptually to how democracy quality may be measured as well as wants to support the awareness how important democracy quality is for the further development, reform and enhancement of democracies.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Grant Thornton International
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Grant Thornton Global Dynamism Index (GDI) ranks 60 leading economies on their dynamism in five key areas – business operating environment, economics & growth, science & technology, labour & human capital and financing environment. The GDI analyses 22 indicators across these five categories to assess the dynamism of business growth environments around the world, where dynamism refers to the changes in an economy over the past 12 months which are likely to lead to a faster future rate of growth.
    • Январь 2013
      Источник: EDGAR
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2013
      Выбрать
      Emissions are calculated for the following substances: 1) Direct greenhouse gases: Carbon Dioxide (CO2), Methane (CH4), Nitrous Oxide (N2O), Hydrofluorocarbons (HFC-23, 32, 125, 134a, 143a, 152a, 227ea, 236fa, 245fa, 365mfc, 43-10-mee), Perfluorocarbons (PFCs: CF4, C2F6, C3F8, c-C4F8, C4F10, C5F12, C6F14, C7F16), Sulfur Hexafluoride (SF6), Nitrogen Trifluoride (NF3) and Sulfuryl Fluoride (SO2F2); 2) Ozone precursor gases: Carbon Monoxide (CO), Nitrogen Oxides (NOx), Non-Methane Volatile Organic Compounds (NMVOC) and Methane (CH4). 3) Acidifying gases: Ammonia (NH3), Nitrogen oxides (NOx) and Sulfur Dioxide (SO2). 4) Primary particulates: Fine Particulate Matter (PM10) - Carbonaceous speciation (BC , OC) is under progress. 5) Stratospheric Ozone Depleting Substances: Chlorofluorocarbons (CFC-11, 12, 113, 114, 115), Halons (1211, 1301, 2402), Hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFC-22, 124, 141b, 142b), Carbon Tetrachloride (CCl4), Methyl Bromide (CH3Br) and Methyl Chloroform (CH3CCl2). Emissions (EM) for a country C are calculated for each compound x on an annual basis (y) and sector wise (for i sectors, multiplying on the one hand the country-specific activity data (AD), quantifying the human activity for each of the i sectors, with the mix of j technologies (TECH) for each sector i, and with their abatement percentage by one of the k end-of-pipe (EOP) measures for each technology j, and on the other hand the country-specific emission factor (EF) for each sector i and technology j with relative reduction (RED) of the uncontrolled emission by installed abatement measure k. Emissions in are calculated by individual countries using country-specific information. The countries are organized in different world regions for illustration purposes. Emissions of some small countries are presented together with other countries depending on country definition and availability of activity statistics.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Enerdata
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Enerdata is an independent Research & Consulting firm on the global oil, gas, coal, power, renewable and carbon markets established in 1991. Total energy consumption - for each energy product it is the sum of primary production, external trade, marine bunkers (fuel used by boats and aircraft for international transport) and stock variations. For the world, marine bunkers are included. This induces a gap with the sum of regions. Total primary production evaluates the quantity of natural energy resources. Total balance of trade is the difference between exports and imports. The balance of a net exporter appears as a negative value (-). The balance of geographic and geopolitical zones is simply the sum of the trade balance of all the countries. The energy intensity is calculated by dividing the total energy consumption of a country by its Gross Domestic Product (GDP). It measures the total amount of energy necessary to generate one unit of GDP. GDP is expressed at constant exchange rate and purchasing power parity to remove the impact of inflation and reflect differences in general price levels and relate energy consumption to the real level of economic activity. Using purchasing power parity rates for GDP instead of exchange rates increases the value of GDP in regions with a low cost of living, and therefore decreases their energy intensities. Total energy includes coal, gas, oil, electricty, heat and biomass.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Global Entrepreneurship and Development Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global Entrepreneurship Index provides information about global entrepreneurship subIndex ranks and scoring of all countries.It also provides information about certain indicators like attitudes,abilities and aspirations with their ranks and scores
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The GEM Adult Population Survey (APS) measures the level and nature of entrepreneurial activity around the world. It is administered to a representative national sample of at least 2000 respondents.The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.  
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Global Entrepreneurship Monitor
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The GEM National Expert Survey (NES) monitors the factors that are believed to have a significant impact on entrepreneurship, known as the Entrepreneurial Framework Conditions (EFCs). It is administered to a minimum of 36 carefully chosen 'experts' in each country. The Global Entrepreneurship Monitor is the world's foremost study of entrepreneurship. Through a vast, centrally coordinated, internationally executed data collection effort, GEM is able to provide high quality information, comprehensive reports and interesting stories, to enhance the understanding of the entrepreneurial phenomenon.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Financial Development Database is an extensive dataset of financial system characteristics for 203 economies. The database includes measures of (1) size of financial institutions and markets (financial depth), (2) degree to which individuals can and do use financial services (access), (3) efficiency of financial intermediaries and markets in intermediating resources and facilitating financial transactions (efficiency), and (4) stability of financial institutions and markets (stability). For a complete description of the dataset and a discussion of the underlying literature, see: Martin Čihák, Aslı Demirgüç-Kunt, Erik Feyen, and Ross Levine, 2012. "Benchmarking Financial Systems Around the World." World Bank Policy Research Working Paper 6175, World Bank, Washington, D.C.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Financial Inclusion Database provides 800 country-level indicators of financial inclusion summarized for all adults and disaggregated by key demographic characteristics-gender, age, education, income, and rural residence. Covering more than 140 economies, the indicators of financial inclusion measure how people save, borrow, make payments and manage risk. The reference citation for the data is: Demirguc-Kunt, Asli, Leora Klapper, Dorothe Singer, and Peter Van Oudheusden. 2015. “The Global Findex Database 2014: Measuring Financial Inclusion around the World.” Policy Research Working Paper 7255, World Bank, Washington, DC. Note: 1: Variable [w1] refers to 2011 variables 2: Variable [w2] refers to 2014 variables 3: Variable [ts] refers to Time Series variables (2011, 2014)
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Global Financial Stability Report (GFSR) finds that six years after the start of the crisis, the global economic recovery continues to rely heavily on accommodative monetary policies in advanced economies. Monetary accommodation remains critical in supporting the economy by encouraging economic risk taking in the form of increased real spending by households and greater willingness to invest and hire by businesses. However, prolonged monetary ease may also encourage excessive financial risk taking.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: GFP
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global Firepower (GFP) provides a unique analytical display of data concerning today's world military powers. Over 1000 world powers are considering in the ranking which allows for a broad spectrum of comparisons to be achieved concerning relative military strengths. The user should note that nuclear capability is not taken into account as that would defeat the purpose of such comparisons. Instead, the GFP ranking is based strictly on each nations potential conventional war-making capabilities across land, sea and air. The final ranking also incorporates values related to resources, finances and geography. Some statistics have been estimated where official numbers are not publicly available. The GFP ranking is based on a formula utilizing over fifty different factors, compiled and measured against each nation. Bonuses (ex: low oil consumption) and penalties (ex: high oil consumption) are applied to further refine the list. The finalized GFP value is recognized as the "Power Index" (PwrIndx) which supplies a nation its respective positioning in the rankings. Note : • Nuclear capability is NOT taken into account • Geographical factors influence every country's ranking • Ranking does not solely rely on total number of weapons available • Natural resource reliance (use/production) is taken into account • Land-locked nations are NOT penalized for lack of a standing navy • Naval powers ARE penalized for limited naval capabilities • Current political/military leadership is NOT taken into account
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Economist Intelligence Unit
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Food Security Index 2015: An annual measure of the state of global food security, is the second edition of an Economist Intelligence Unit study, commissioned by DuPont.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 мая, 2011
      Выбрать
      The Global Forest Resources Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2011
      Выбрать
      The Global Forest Resources Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The Global Forest Resources Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Forest Resources Assessment 2015 (FRA 2015) is the most comprehensive assessment of forests and forestry to date - not only in terms of the number of countries and people involved - but also in terms of scope. It examines the current status and recent trends for about 90 variables covering the extent, condition, uses and values of forests and other wooded land, with the aim of assessing all benefits from forest resources. Information has been collated from 233 countries and territories for four points in time: 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. The results are presented according to the seven thematic elements of sustainable forest management. FAO worked closely with countries and specialists in the design and implementation of FRA 2010 - through regular contact, expert consultations, training for national correspondents and ten regional and subregional workshops. More than 900 contributors were involved, including 178 officially nominated national correspondents and their teams. The outcome is better data, a transparent reporting process and enhanced national capacity in developing countries for data analysis and reporting. The final report of FRA 2010 was published at the start of the latest biennial meeting of the FAO' Committee on Forestry and World Forest Week, in Rome.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data set provides the Index benchmarks national gender gaps on economic, political, education and health criteria, and provides country rankings that allow for effective comparisons across regions and income groups. The rankings are designed to create greater awareness among a global audience of the challenges posed by gender gaps and the opportunities created by reducing them. The methodology and quantitative analysis behind the rankings are intended to serve as a basis for designing effective measures for reducing gender gaps.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Dual Citizen LLC
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This 4th edition of the GGEI is an in-depth look at how 60 countries perform in the global green economy, as well as how expert practitioners rank this performance. Like many indices, the GGEI is a communications tool, signaling to policy makers, international organizations, the private sector and citizens which countries are successfully orienting their economies toward greener growth pathways and which ones are not. Importantly, the GGEI also generates perception values, offering unique insights into how communications and information exchange can be leveraged to further advance green economic growth.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The GHO data provides access to indicators on priority health topics including mortality and burden of diseases, the Millennium Development Goals (child nutrition, child health, maternal and reproductive health, immunization, HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, malaria, neglected diseases, water and sanitation), non communicable diseases and risk factors, epidemic-prone diseases, health systems, environmental health, violence and injuries, equity among others
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains proprietary and non-proprietary data used in the computation of the World Economic's Forum Networked Readiness Index. By making this data available, the Forum aims to inform multi-stakeholder dialogue, foster evidence-based, data-driven decisions, allow measuring progress, and support research by academia, journalists and others.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: GII
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Innovation Index (GII) aims to capture the multi-dimensional facets of innovation and provide the tools that can assist in tailoring policies to promote long-term output growth, improved productivity, and job growth. The GII helps to create an environment in which innovation factors are continually evaluated. It provides a key tool and a rich database of detailed metrics for 141 economies this year, which represent 95.1% of the world’s population and 98.6% of global GDP.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Deloitte
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The 2013 Global Manufacturing Competitiveness Index study is an initiative led by The U.S. Council on Competitiveness and Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited's (DTTL) Global Manufacturing Industry group to learn how CEOs view the competitiveness of the manufacturing industry in different countries around the world. A global CEO survey, which generated responses from 552 CEOs and senior executives, offers perspectives on the most important factors that drive manufacturing industry competitiveness.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: OKFN
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The last few years has seen an explosion of activity around open data and especially open government data. Following initiatives like data.gov and data.gov.uk, numerous local, regional and national bodies have started open government data initiatives and created open data portals (from a handful three years ago there are now nearly 400 open data portals worldwide). But simply putting a few spreadsheets online under an open license is obviously not enough. Doing open government data well depends on releasing key datasets in the right way. Moreover, with the proliferation of sites it has become increasingly hard to track what is happening: which countries, or municipalities, are actually releasing open data and which aren’t? Which countries are releasing data that matters? Which countries are releasing data in the right way and in a timely way? The Global Open Data Index was created to answer these sorts of questions, providing an up-to-date and reliable guide to the state of global open data for policy-makers, researchers, journalists, activists and citizens. The first initiative of its kind, the Global Open Data Index is regularly updated and provides the most comprehensive snapshot available of the global state of open data. The Index is underpinned by a detailed annual survey of the state of open data run by Open Knowledge in collaboration with open data experts and communities around the world.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Milken Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Opportunity Index answers a pressing need for information that's vital to a thriving global economy. What policies can governments pursue to attract foreign direct investment (FDI), expand their economies, and accelerate job creation? What do multinational companies, other investors, and development agencies need to know before making large-scale, long-term capital commitments?
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Vision of Humanity
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Peace Index (GPI) is an attemt to measure the relative position of nations and regions peacefulness.For 2014 and 2015, five out of the nine geographical regions experienced an improvement in peace and, among those that became less peaceful, substantial changes in the Index were only seen in two: sub-Saharan Africa and the Middle East and North Africa (MENA), which continues to suffer from the political aftermath of the Arab Spring.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Global Petrol Prices
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data is getting collected Every Tuesday evening from the Global Petrol Prices website. Weekly Average data is available from 28-Dec-2015 onward. Monthly average price is available for the period of January, 2013 - July, 2013   Data cited at: Global Petrol Prices web site
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Kirill Kosenkov
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global, regional, and national prevalence of overweight and obesity in children and adults during 1980–2013. Comparable estimates based on systematically identified surveys, reports, and published studies (n=1769) that included data for height and weight, both through physical measurements and self-reports, using mixed effects linear regression to correct for bias in self-reports. Data for prevalence of obesity and overweight by age, sex, country, and year (n=19 244) obtained with a spatiotemporal Gaussian process regression model to estimate prevalence with 95% uncertainty intervals (UIs). Research by the staff of the Institute for Health Metrics and Evalutaion with co-authors. Published online 28 May 2014, "The Lancet" Volume 384, No. 9945, p766–781. DOI: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736(14)60460-8
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: JLL
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      JLL’s Global Real Estate Transparency Index is a unique survey that quantifies real estate market transparency across 102 markets worldwide.The Index aims to help real estate investors, corporate occupiers, retailers and hotel operators understand important differences when transacting, owning and operating in foreign markets.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Pew Research Center
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Global Restrictions on Religion, 2013
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Walk Free Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This is the second edition of the Global Slavery Index, the flagship report of the Walk Free Foundation. The Global Slavery Index estimates the number of people in modern slavery in 167 countries. It is a tool for citizens, non government organisations, businesses and public officials to understand the size of the problem, existing responses and contributing factors, so they can build sound policies that will end modern slavery. The Global Slavery Index answers the following questions: What is the estimated prevalence of modern slavery country by country, and what is the absolute number by population? How are governments tackling modern slavery? What factors explain or predict the prevalence of modern slavery?
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: INSEAD
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data presents high-level way of mapping individual countries in terms of talent competitiveness consists of comparing their GTCI scores to their GDP per capita for the selected indicators.In its first year, the GTCI model covers 103 countries,representing 86.3% of the world’s population and 96.7% of the world’s GDP (in current US dollars).It is a simplified manner of acquiring a first assessment about the ways in which competitiveness relates to overall level of economic development of a nation.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: Economist Intelligence Unit
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Talen Index Report: The Outlook to 2015
    • Август 2015
      Источник: KPMG
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Covers data on corporate, indirect and individual income tax rates throughout 163 countries across the world during the period from 2006 to 2015. Provided by KPMG.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Institute of Economics and Peace
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Global Terrorism Index (GTI) is a comprehensive study which accounts for the direct and indirect impact of terrorism in 162 countries in terms of its effect on lives lost, injuries, property damage and the psychological aftereffects of terrorism. This study covers 99.6 per cent of the world’s population. It aggregates the most authoritative data source on terrorism today, the Global Terrorism Database (GTD) collated by the National Consortium for the Study of Terrorism and Responses to Terrorism (START) into a composite score in order to provide an ordinal ranking of nations on the negative impact of terrorism. The GTD is unique in that it consists of systematically and comprehensively coded data on domestic as well as international terrorist incidents and now includes more than 140,000 cases.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: webindex
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Web has changed our lives. But to harness its full benefit, we need to understand how countries and people use it, and its impact on on development and human rights. The Web Index, by the World Wide Web Foundation, tracks the Web’s contribution to social, economic and political progress across 86 countries. It ranks these nations across four pillars: Universal Access, Freedom and Openness, Empowerment and Relevant Content.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Youth Index
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Youth Wellbeing Index details the performance and provides comparative analysis of 30 countries in terms of overall youth wellbeing and within six domains. The Index is designed to facilitate both thought and action by elevating youth needs and opportunities and young people’s participation on national and global agendas. It also provides public and private sector decision-makers an easier way to understand the big picture, guide actions and investments, and drive progress over time.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table shows indicators of trade balances as the following: - Normalized trade balance, - Trade balance as percentage of imports and, - Trade balance as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP).
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table shows exports, imports and sum/average of exports and imports as percentage of nominal gross domestic product (GDP). The indicators are calculated for trade in goods, trade in services and total trade in goods and services.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITFand the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Key statistical concept Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most coutries, this is not the case for road injuies. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data displayed in this table cover the carriage of goods by road by means of goods road transport vehicles registered in the reporting countries.The collection is based on the Council Regulation (EC) No 1172/98 of 25 may 1998.The reporting countries may exclude from the scope of these satistics the goods road transport vehicles whose load capacity is lower than 3.5 t or the maximum permissible laden weight is lower than 6t.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe. Annual government deficit and debt statistics are reported to the European Commission in the framework of the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). Government revenue and expenditure, annual and quarterly, are reported by Member States under the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government net borrowing/net lending (deficit/surplus), and general government debt, form two of the convergence criteria for EMU. The following series are as reported in the EDP tables: Deficit/surplus of the general government sector;General government debt;General government gross fixed capital formation;General government primary balanceIntergovernmental lending within the EU and euro area in the context of the financial crisis.  Total general government revenue and total general government expenditure annual series are reported by national authorities in ESA table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme.  General government deficit/surplus and general government debt quarterly series are reported by national authorities in ESA tables 25 and 28, respectively, of the ESA 95 transmission programme.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table presents data on Government appropriations or outlays for RD (GBAORD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from General University Funds (GUF), General advancement of knowledge: RD financed from sources other than GUF, Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GBAORD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      5 It provides a breakdown of government expenditure according to their function. To meet this end, economic flows of expenditure must be aggregated according to the Classification of the Functions of Government (COFOG).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government final consumption expenditure (ESA 2010, 3.98) includes two categories of expenditures: the value of goods and services produced by general government itself other than own-account capital formation, and purchases by general government of goods and services produced by market producers that are supplied to households - without any transformation - as social transfers in kind. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • Май 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units, Euro per inhabitant and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      1. RD & D stands for Research, Development and Demonstration2. Clean energy and other non-fossil fuel technologies include renewables (solar, wind, biofuels, ocean energy, and hydropower), nuclear, hydrogen and fuel cells, CO2 capture and storage, other power and storage, and energy efficiency 3.Data collected from table 6-54 to 6-64
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_mo_gr4 The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      07This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students - Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education, shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Graduates are those who successfully complete an educational programme during the reference year of the data collection. One condition of a successful completion is that students should have enrolled in, and successfully completed, the final year of the corresponding educational programme, although not necessarily in the year of reference. Students who do not complete the final year of an educational programme, but later successfully complete a recognised "equivalency" examination based on knowledge learned outside of the education system, should not be counted as graduates. Successful completion is defined according to the graduation requirements established by each country: in some countries, completion occurs as a result of passing a final, curriculum-based examination or series of examinations. In other countries, completion occurs after a specific number of teaching hours has been accumulated (although completion of some or all of the course hours may also involve examinations).
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_momo_grd Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_grad2 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_grad4 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_grad5 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Март 2015
      Источник: COCERAL
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      COCERAL is the acronym for "Comité du Commerce des céréales, aliments du bétail, oléagineux, huile d'olive, huiles et graisses et agrofournitures" and is considered as the voice representing the European cereals, rice, feedstuffs, oilseeds, olive oil, oils and fats and agrosupply trade.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_an7 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains selected indicators for monitoring progress towards green growth to support policy making and inform the public at large. The indicator bring together the OECD's statistics, indicators and measures of progress. The dataset covers OECD countries as well as BRIICS economies (Brazil, Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, China and South Africa), and selected countries when possible. The indicators are selected according to well specified criteria and embedded in a conceptual framework, which is structured around four groups to capture the main features of green growth: Environmental and resource productivity, to indicate whether economic growth is becoming greener with more efficient use of natural capital and to capture aspects of production which are rarely quantified in economic models and accounting frameworks; The natural asset base, to indicate the risks to growth from a declining natural asset base; Environmental quality of life, to indicate how environmental conditions affect the quality of life and wellbeing of people; Economic opportunities and policy responses, to indicate the effectiveness ofpolicies in delivering green growth and describe the societal responses needed to secure business and employment opportunities.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      In accordance with Articles 4 and 12 of the Climate Change Convention, and the relevant decisions of the Conference of the Parties, countries that are Parties to the Convention submit national greenhouse gas (GHG) inventories to the Climate Change secretariat. These submissions are made in accordance with the reporting requirements adopted under the Convention, such as The UNFCCC Reporting Guidelines on Annex I Inventories (document FCCC/SBSTA/2004/8) for Annex I Parties and Guidelines for the preparation of national communications for non-Annex I Parites (decision 17/CP.8). The inventory data are provided in the annual GHG inventory submissions by Annex I Parties and in the national communications under the Convention by non-Annex I Parties. The GHG data reported by Parties contain estimates for direct greenhouse gases, such as: CO2 - Carbon dioxide CH4 - Methane N2O - Nitrous oxide PFCs - Perfluorocarbons HFCs - Hydrofluorocarbons SF6 - Sulphur hexafluoride as well as for the indirect greenhouse gases such as SO2, NOx, CO and NMVOC.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset includes data on greenhouse gas emissions inventory, as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. The European Union (EU) as a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reports annually its greenhouse gas inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. The inventory contains data on carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset includes data on greenhouse gas emissions inventory, as reported to the European Environment Agency (EEA). Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. Within the context of emission inventories prepared for annual reporting in relation to the Kyoto Protocol, the measurement of greenhouse gases are confined to anthropogenic (human-induced) emissions that occur on managed lands. Aggregated greenhouse gas emissions from agricultural practices are primarily in the form of nitrous oxide (N2O) resulting from the application of fertilisers and manure, or in the form of methane (CH4) that results, among others, from livestock emissions, stored animal manure, or (to a lesser degree) rice cultivation. In contrast there are relatively low levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions resulting from agriculture practices. Enteric fermentation is a natural part of the digestive process for many ruminant animals where anaerobic microbes, decompose and ferment food in the rumen (a special stomach), that are then absorbed by the ruminant.  Because this digestion process is not 100 percent efficient, some of the food energy is lost in the form of methane. Measures to mitigate enteric fermentation would not only reduce emissions, they may also raise animal productivity by increasing digestive efficiency. Nitrous oxide is produced in soils through the processes of nitrification and denitrification. Nitrification is the aerobic microbial oxidation of ammonium to nitrate, and denitrification is the anaerobic microbial reduction of nitrate to nitrogen gas (N2). The indicator is expressed in CO2-equivalents, as different greenhouse gases have different global warming potential. All greenhouse gases have what is called a Global Warming Potential (GWP). This value is used to compare the abilities of different greenhouse gases to trap heat in the atmosphere. GWPs are based on the heat-absorbing ability of each gas relative to that of carbon dioxide (CO2), as well as the decay rate of each gas (the amount removed from the atmosphere over a given number of years). For instance, methane is a significant contributor to the greenhouse effect and has a GWP of 21. This means methane is approximately 21 times more heat-absorptive than carbon dioxide per unit of weight. Nitrous oxide is even 310 times more heat-absorptive than carbon dioxide per unit of weight. Greenhouse gas emissions from fuel combustion in agriculture (e.g. related to the use of farm machinery) and those attributed to land use, land use change and forestry are not included here.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator shows trends in greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions covered under the Effort Sharing Decision (406/2009/EC). The Effort Sharing Decision sets national annual binding targets for emissions not covered under the EU emission trading scheme (ETS).   Under the EU Climate and Energy Package, the 20% reduction target for total GHG emissions was divided into two sub-targets: a 21 % reduction target compared to 2005 for the emissions covered by the EU ETS (including domestic and international aviation); and a 10 % reduction target compared to 2005 for the remaining non-ETS emissions (excluding emissions from LULUCF and international shipping). While the EU ETS target is to be achieved by the EU as a whole, the non-ETS target was divided into national targets to be achieved individually by each Member State.   The European Union ETS is one of the key policy instruments implemented in the EU to achieve its climate policy objectives. It was established by the 2003 Emissions Trading Directive and entered into force on 1 January 2005. The ETS covers the following sectors: combustion installations; mineral oil refineries; coke ovens; metal ore roasting or sintering installations; production of pig iron or steel; production of cement clinker or lime; manufacture of glass including grass fibre; manufacture of ceramic products by firing; production of pulp, paper and board; and aviation. The EU ETS works on the 'cap and trade' principle.   The ESD establishes binding annual targets for GHG emissions not covered by the EU ETS for all Member States for the period. The non-ETS sectors include, inter alia, road transport, buildings, agriculture and waste. The Effort Sharing targets do not cover emissions from land use, land use change and forestry (LULUCF) and international shipping are not included.   The non-ETS emissions are calculated as the difference between total GHG emissions and verified emissions under the ETS. Total emissions are national totals reported under the UNFCCC (excluding LULUCF, international aviation and international maritime transport).   The "Kyoto basket" of greenhouse gases includes: carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), and the so-called F-gases (hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6)). From the 2015 submission onwards, nitrogen trifluoride (NF3) is also included. These gases are aggregated into a single unit using gas-specific global warming potential (GWP) factors, defined by the IPCC. The aggregated greenhouse gas emissions are expressed in units of CO2 equivalents. The European Union (EU) as a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reports annually its greenhouse gas inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. The EU greenhouse gas inventory is the most relevant and accurate source of information on greenhouse gas emissions in the EU, and serves to monitor all anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by sinks of greenhouse gases not controlled by the Montreal Protocol. The inventory contains data on carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). From the 2015 submission onwards, it shall also contain data on nitrogen trifluoride (NF3). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States. The indicator is published by Eurostat based on data from the European Environment Agency (EEA). The indicator t2020_35 has two tables: one with Greenhouse gas emissions in non-ETS sectors expressed in million tonnes CO2 equivalent and the other indexed to the EU Effort Sharing Decision base year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas. Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). When interpreting these data it should be kept in mind that they refer to gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use change and forestry (LULUCF). This dataset presents trends in man-made emissions of major greenhouse gases and emissions by gas. Data refer to total emissions of CO2 (emissions from energy use and industrial processes, e.g. cement production), CH4 (methane emissions from solid waste, livestock, mining of hard coal and lignite, rice paddies, agriculture and leaks from natural gas pipelines), nitrous oxide (N2O), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). When interpreting these data it should be kept in mind that they refer to gross direct emissions excluding emissions or removals from land-use change and forestry (LULUCF).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator shows trends in total man-made emissions of the "Kyoto basket" of greenhouse gases. It presents annual total emissions in relation to "Kyoto base year". In general the base year is 1990 for the non-fluorinated gases and 1995 for the fluorinated gases. The "Kyoto basket" of greenhouse gases includes: carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), and the so-called F-gases (hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs), perfluorocarbons (PFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6)). These gases are aggregated into a single unit using gas-specific global warming potential (GWP) factors. The aggregated greenhouse gas emissions are expressed in units of CO2 equivalents.The European Union (EU) as a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) reports annually its greenhouse gas inventory for the year t-2 and within the area covered by its Member States. The inventory also constitutes the EU-15 submission under the Kyoto Protocol. The EU greenhouse gas inventory is the most relevant and accurate source of information on greenhouse gas emissions in the EU, and serves to monitor all anthropogenic emissions by sources and removals by sinks of greenhouse gases not controlled by the Montreal Protocol. The inventory contains data on carbon dioxide (CO2), methane (CH4), nitrous oxide (N2O), perfluorocarbons (PFCs), hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs) and sulphur hexafluoride (SF6). The EU inventory is fully consistent with national greenhouse gas inventories compiled by the EU Member States. The indicator is published by Eurostat based on data from the European Environment Agency (EEA). The indicator is Sustainable Development Indicators (SDI) set (tsdcc100), as it has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. It is also a Resource Efficiency Indicator (t2020_30) as it has been chosen as a dashboard indicator presented in the Resource Efficiency Scoreboard for the assessment of progress towards the objectives and targets of the Europe 2020 flagship initiative on Resource Efficiency. The indicator tsdcc100 has two tables: one with the index year 1990 and a second one indexed to Kyoto base year. tsdcc100´s tables within the SDI set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Sustainable Development indicators > Climate change and energy > Greenhouse gas emissions (tsdcc100) (2 tables).t2020_30´s table within the Europe 2020 indicators set: Eurobase > Tables on EU policy > Europe 2020 indicators > Climate change and energy > Greenhouse gas emissions (t2020_30).
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Note 1: The reporting and review requirements for GHG inventories are different for Annex I and non-Annex I Parties. The definition format of data for emissions/removals from the forestry sector is different for Annex I and non-Annex I Parties. Note 2: Base year data in the data interface relate to the base year under the Climate Change Convention (UNFCCC). The base year under the Convention is defined slightly different than the base year under the Kyoto Protocol. An exception is made for European Union (15) whereby the base year under the Kyoto Protocol is displayed.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: University of Groningen
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The GGDC 10-Sector Database provides a long-run internationally comparable dataset on sectoral productivity performance in Asia, Europe, Latin America and the US. Variables covered in the data set are annual series of value added, output deflators, and persons employed for 10 broad sectors. It gives sectoral detail to the historical macro data in Maddison (2003) from 1950 onwards. It consists of series for 10 countries in Asia, 9 in Latin-America and 9 in Europe and the US. The data for Asia and Latin-America are based on Marcel P. Timmer and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2007), 'A Cross-Country Database For Sectoral Employment And Productivity In Asia And Latin America, 1950-2005', GGDC Research memorandum GD-98, Groningen Growth and Development Centre, August 2007. Data for Europe and the US is based on an update of Bart van Ark (1996), Sectoral Growth Accounting and Structural Change in Post-War Europe, in B. van Ark and N.F.R. Crafts, eds., Quantitative Aspects of Post-War European Economic Growth, CEPR/Cambridge University Press, pp. 84-164. All series derived from this database need to be referred to as: "Timmer, Marcel P. and Gaaitzen J. de Vries (2009), "Structural Change and Growth Accelerations in Asia and Latin America: A New Sectoral Data Set" Cliometrica, vol 3 (issue 2) pp. 165-190."
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_pi64_c National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. l
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Gross claims payments in the reporting country, containing a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross national disposable income (ESA 2010, 8.95) is the sum of the gross disposable incomes of the institutional sectors. It is equal to: Gross national income (at market prices) + current transfers receivable by resident units from the rest of the world - current transfers payable to non-resident units from the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD): Total gross domestic expenditure on research and experimental development (GERD) as a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table presents the relative shares of the different sources of funds in R&D. More specifically the indicators provided are percentage of GERD (Gross domestic expenditure on R&D) financed respectively by industry, government, the higher education and the private non profit sector. The fifth source of funds shown, which also make the breakdown complete, is GERD financed from abroad. R&D is an activity where there are significant transfers of resources between units, organisations, sectors and countries. The importance of the source of funding has been recognized in one of the Barcelona targets of the Lisbon agenda where it is said that the appropriate split for R&D is 1/3 financed by public funds and 2/3 by private.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities). Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Unit of measure used Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents data on Gross domestic expenditure on R&D (GERD) by socio-economic objective (SEO), using the NABS 2007 classification i.e.: Exploration and exploitation of the Earth, Environment, Exploration and exploitation of space, Transport, telecommunication and other infrastructures, Energy, Industrial production and technology, Health, Agriculture, Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, Political and social systems, structures and processes, General advancement of knowledge, and Defence. Please note that in this new NABS 2007 classification, the three socio-economic objectives -- Education, Culture, recreation, religion and mass media, and Political and social systems, structures and processes -- were previously grouped under a single objective: Social structures and relationships. At the time of this publication there is no breakdown of historical data into the three new SEOs. Another issue relating to the transition from NABS 1993 to NABS 2007 is that what was formerly Other civil research is now to be distributed among the other chapters. This distribution has not yet been done in this database. Therefore, until the countries are in a position to provide breakdown according to the NABS 2007 classification, in some cases GERD by SEO is greater than the sum of its chapters.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by source of funds (business enterprise, government - including public general university funds -, higher education, private non-profit and funds from abroad - including funds from enterprises and other funds from abroad).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs). Variables collected This table presents research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics. Data include gross domestic R&D expenditure by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of costs (current expenditures: labour costs, other current costs; and capital expenditures: land and buildings, and instruments and equipment).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications (Frascati Manual, 2002 edition, § 63 ). The GDP used in denominator of the MIP indicator comes from the ESA 2010 transmission programme.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      It presents the three approaches of the GDP: expenditure based, output based and income based. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2gdp Gross domestic product - GDP at market prices - is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 1995, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: 1. Output approach GDP is the sum of gross value added of the various institutional sectors or the various industries plus taxes and less subsidies on products (which are not allocated to sectors and industries). It is also the balancing item in the total economy production account. 2. Expenditure approach GDP is the sum of final uses of goods and services by resident institutional units (final consumption expenditure and gross capital formation), plus exports and minus imports of goods and services. At regional level the expediture approach is not used in the EU, because there is no data on regional exports and imports.  3. Income approach GDP is the sum of uses in the total economy generation of income account: compensation of employees, taxes on production, less subsidies, gross operating surplus and mixed income of the total economy. The different measures for the regional GDP are absolute figures in € and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS), figures per inhabitant and relative data compared to the EU27 average.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e3gdp National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are presented in million units of national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are seasonally adjusted and presented in million units of national currency.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_e3gdp
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Values are seasonally adjusted (SA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic product (GDP) at market prices is the final result of the production activity of resident producer units (ESA 2010, 8.89). It can be defined in three ways: a production approach, an income approach and an expenditure approach. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data collected from table 4-12,4-15
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are expressed as % of GDP, in million euro and in million units of national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associatedtransmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2gfcfr2 Branch accounts include data on gross value added, compensation of employees, gross fixed capital formation, total employment and number of employees. The legal base for the collection of branch accounts data is the European System of Accounts ESA95. The ESA95 data are sent to Eurostat by the National Statistical Institutes. The units for these variables are: Millions of national currency and millions of Euro for gross value added, compensation of employees and gross fixed capital formation. 1000 persons for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 3 1000 hours worked for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 2 Geographical coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to Nuts 3 level (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON") for the variables gross value added, total employment and number of employees. Compensation of employees, employment in hours worked and gross fixed capital formation are only collected down to Nuts 2 level. For further information about sources and collection methods in the Member States, please refer to National Statistical Institutes (select Services - Links).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124) consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets realised by the productive activity of producer or institutional units. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross fixed capital formation (GFCF, ESA 2010, 3.124), also known as Investments, consists of resident producers' acquisitions, less disposals, of fixed assets during a given period plus certain additions to the value of non-produced assets. These assets acquired are intended for use in processes of production. GFCF includes acquisition less disposals of, e.g. buildings, structures, machinery and equipment, mineral exploration, computer software, literary or artistic originals and major improvements to land such as the clearance of forests (ESA 2010, 3.127). Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from unadjusted data.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_gren The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross national income (at market prices) (ESA 2010, 8.94) represents total primary income receivable by resident institutional units: compensation of employees, taxes on production and imports less subsidies, property income (receivable less payable), gross operating surplus and gross mixed income. It is equal to: GDP (Gross Domestic Product) + primary income receivable by resident institutional units from the rest of the world - primary incomes payable to the rest of the world. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Gross Nutrient balances consist of the Gross Nitrogen Balance and the Gross Phosphorus Balance. The Gross Nutrient Balance represents the total potential threat of nitrogen and phosphorus surplus or deficits of agricultural soils to the environment. Nitrogen (N) and Phosphorus (P) are key elements for plants to grow. A persistent deficit of these nutrients can lead in the long term to soil degradation and erosion.  When N and P are however persistently applied in excess, they can cause surface and groundwater (including drinking water) pollution and eutrophication. The Gross Nitrogen Balance also includes Nitrogenous Emissions from livestock production and the application of manure and fertilizers. These nitrogenous emissions include: - Ammonia (NH3) contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution), and - Nitrous oxide (N2O), a potent greenhouse gas contributing to global warming. The gross nutrient balance is calculated as the balance between inputs and outputs of nutrients to the agricultural soil. A balance per hectare is also presented. The Inputs are: -         Consumption of Fertilizers, -         Gross Input of Manure, and -         Other Inputs. The Outputs are: -         Removal of nutrients with the harvest of Crops, -         Removal of nutrients through the harvest and grazing of Fodder, and -         Crop Residues removed from the field.    The data presented in this table are calculated from basic data from multiple data sources multiplied with coefficients to derive the nutrient content. The basic data used include the consumption of inorganic and other organic fertilizers (excluding manure) (tonnes), livestock population (1000 heads), manure imports, withdrawals and stock changes (tonnes), crop and fodder production (tonnes), crop residues (tonnes), seed production (tonnes), area of leguminous crops (1000 ha), area of arable land, land under permanent crops and permanent grassland (1000 ha). Countries may have used different types of datasources for these data. For instance some countries use estimates of  the livestock population based on data from the Livestock Surveys or they have used other data sources like national registers on livestock. Data sources that are used and are available in Eurostat include:  Crop Production Statistics (production and landuse), Livestock Statistics (livestock numbers), FSS (livestock numbers). Countries have estimated coefficients based on measurements, scientific research, expert judgment, default values etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. This part contains gross operating expenses in the reporting country, with a breakdown between domestic companies, foreign-controlled companies and branches and agencies of foreign companies.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross saving (ESA 2010, 8.96) measures the portion of gross national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Gross national saving is the sum of the gross savings of the various institutional sectors. Values are seasonally and calendar adjusted (SCA). The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE A = Agriculture, forestry, fishing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE B+C+D+E = Mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE B+C+D+E = Mining and quarrying, manufacturing, electricity, gas and water supply, sewerage, waste management and remediation activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE C = Manufacturing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE C = Manufacturing. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE F = Construction. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE F = Construction. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE G+H+I = Wholesale and retail trade, repair of motor vehicles and motorcycles, transportation and storage, accommodation and food service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE J = Information and communication. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE J = Information and communication. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE K = Financial and insurance activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE K = Financial and insurance activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE L = Real estate activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE L = Real estate activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE M + N = Professional, scientific and technical activities; administrative and support service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE N = Professional, scientific and technical activities; administrative and support service activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE O+P+Q = Public administration and defence, compulsory social security, education, human health and social work activities. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is available in a breakdown by 10 main economic activities according to NACE Rev. 2 (Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community). NACE R+S+T+U = Arts, entertainment and recreation, repair of household goods and other services. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross Value Added (GVA) (ESA 2010, 9.31) is defined as output value at basic prices less intermediate consumption valued at purchasers' prices. GVA is calculated before consumption of fixed capital. GVA is conceptually close to GDP (Gross domestic product), but unlike GDP available in a breakdown by branch of economic activity. The ESA 2010 (European System of Accounts) regulation may be referred to for more specific explanations on methodology. Data are calculated as chain-linked volumes (i.e. data at previous year's prices, linked over the years via appropriate growth rates). Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from calendar and seasonally adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from raw data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associatedtransmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e3vab95r2 Branch accounts include data on gross value added, compensation of employees, gross fixed capital formation, total employment and number of employees. The legal base for the collection of branch accounts data is the European System of Accounts ESA95. The ESA95 data are sent to Eurostat by the National Statistical Institutes. The units for these variables are: Millions of national currency and millions of Euro for gross value added, compensation of employees and gross fixed capital formation. 1000 persons for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 3 1000 hours worked for total employment and number of employees at NUTS level 2 Geographical coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to Nuts 3 level (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON") for the variables gross value added, total employment and number of employees. Compensation of employees, employment in hours worked and gross fixed capital formation are only collected down to Nuts 2 level. For further information about sources and collection methods in the Member States, please refer to National Statistical Institutes (select Services - Links).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. The data presented in this collection are the results of a pilot exercise on the sharing selected main GDP aggregates, population and employment data collected by different international organisations. It wasconducted by the Task Force in International Data Collection (TFIDC) which was established by the  Inter-Agency Group on Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).  The goal of this pilot is to develop a set of commonly shared principles and working arrangements for data cooperation that could be implemented by the international agencies. The data sets are an experimental exercise to present national accounts data form various countries across the globe in one coherent folder, but users should be aware that these data are collected and validated by different organisations and not fully harmonised from a methodological point of view.  The domain consists of the following collections:
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross value added at basic prices corresponds to the value of output (at basic prices) less the value of intermediate consumption. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. The definition of the agricultural industry is based on Division 01 of NACE Rev. 1.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, some time lag may arise which affects individual series and/or individual countries for two reasons: First, hours worked data from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently than the OECD Annual National Accounts Database. Second, source data for capital services are typically available in annual national accounts with a lag. Labour productivity is a key driver of economic growth and changes in living standards, as measured notably by growth in GDP per capita. Labour productivity growth means a higher level of output for every hour worked. This can be achieved if more capital is used in production or through improved overall efficiency with which labour and capital are used together, i.e., higher multifactor productivity growth (MFP). Labour productivity is also a key driver of international competitiveness, e.g. as measured by Unit Labour Costs (ULC).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
  • H
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 июня, 2012
      Выбрать
      HICP are part of a series of Euro-indicators that are designed to give a general overview of the euro area, European Union and Member State's economic situation. The tables include, for the latest 12 months: Indices Growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) Growth rates with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year Data are automatically updated on release dates (see release calendar) and are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Personal well-being" covers overall life experience, satisfaction with different areas of life, trust in others and in institutions and social support (having someone to rely on in case of need).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Department of Business, Economic Development & Tourism State of Hawaii
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_nasa_q Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. The size of the data collection is reduced by selecting only the most frequently used variables, breakdowns and presentations. Annual and Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council (new ESA95 transmission programme). Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following collections: Aggregates by branch of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus and employment (domestic scope) by industry. Main aggregates, in particular GDP and its breakdown from the expenditure side and gross value added. Income aggregates, in particular income, saving and net lending / net borrowing. Price and cost indices, in particular the implicit price indices corresponding to Main aggregates.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_hf Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_hc Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_hp Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household). The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable. The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005. The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_sha_ltc Data descriptionHealth care expenditure data provide information on expenditure in the functionally defined area of health distinct by provider category (e.g. hospitals, general practitioners), function category (e.g. services of curative care, rehabilitative care, clinical laboratory, patient transport, prescribed medicines) and financing agent (e.g. social security, private insurance company, household).The definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) (see the annex at the bottom of the page) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP).Health care data on expenditure are largely based on surveys and administrative (register) data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.The database is based on a co-operation between EUROSTAT, the OECD (Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development) and the WHO (World Health Organisation), executing a Joint Questionnaire on Health expenditure since 2005.The area covered consists of EU-27 (excluding EL, IE, IT, MT, and UK), Norway, Iceland, Switzerland, Japan, USA, Australia and Korea.3.2. Classification systemFor all data on expenditure two sources for classifications are available:the System of Health Accounts (Manual v.1.0) as presented by the OECD in 2000 andthe Guide to producing national health accounts with special application for low and middle income countries produced by WHO/Worldbank/USAID in 2003These two manuals are complemented by the Guidelines produced for EUROSTAT by the Office for National Statistics (UK) in 2003.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Economist Intelligence Unit
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      Over the past decade or more, there have been several efforts to find out which are the world’s best-performing healthcare systems. The pioneer was the World Health Organisation (WHO), which used its annual World Health Report in 2000 to perform a systematic global analysis. The work that The Economist Intelligence Unit has previously carried out in the area of value-based healthcare has made it clear that value is a vexed term
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2013 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.B1:B4
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2010 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_grd Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The World Bank Health Nutrition and Population Statistics Provides key health, nutrition and population statistics gathered from a variety of international sources. Themes include population dynamics, nutrition, reproductive health, health financing, medical resources and usage, immunization, infectious diseases, HIV/AIDS, DALY, population projections and lending. HNPStats also includes health, nutrition and population statistics by wealth quintiles.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_prshp1 Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: ClinicalTrials.gov
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      ClinicalTrials.gov currently lists 193,756 studies with locations in all 50 States and in 190 countries. As of May 2015, ClinicalTrials.gov receives an average of more than 179 million page views per month and 61,000 unique visitors daily
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Healthy life expectancy based on self-perceived health describes how many years a person is expected to live in good perceived health. Indicator combines mortality data with data on self-perceived health (Source: EU-SILC).
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The indicator of healthy life years measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age (at birth and at 65) is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The indicator is also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). It is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with data referring to a health indicator, such as disability. Healthy life years also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also it would result in lower levels of public healthcare expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living longer and free from health problems.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      We know people are living longer. However, do we live longer and better or do we gain only years of life in bad health? The indicator of healthy life years (HLY) measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The notion of health problem for Eurostat's HLY is reflecting a disability dimension and is based on a self-perceived question which aims to measure the extent of any limitations, for at least six months, because of a health problem that may have affected respondents as regards activities they usually do (the so-called GALI - Global Activity Limitation Instrument foreseen in the annual EU-SILC survey). The indicator is therefor also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). So, HLY is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with health status data. HLY also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also result in lower levels of public health care expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living more years in better health. Please note that a revision took place in March 2012: the whole series 2004-2010 were recalculated taking into account: the use of the age at interview for the GALI prevalences instead of the age of the income period (as it is traditionally done for many income and living indicators); differences with the previous calculations on outcomes and trends are minimalthe latest versions of the EU-SILC and Mortality data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      We know people are living longer. However, do we live longer and better or do we gain only years of life in bad health? The indicator of healthy life years (HLY) measures the number of remaining years that a person of specific age is expected to live without any severe or moderate health problems. The notion of health problem for Eurostat's HLY is reflecting a disability dimension and is based on a self-perceived question which aims to measure the extent of any limitations, for at least six months, because of a health problem that may have affected respondents as regards activities they usually do (the so-called GALI - Global Activity Limitation Instrument foreseen in the annual EU-SILC survey). The indicator is therefor also called disability-free life expectancy (DFLE). So, HLY is a composite indicator that combines mortality data with health status data. HLY also monitor health as a productive or economic factor. An increase in healthy life years is one of the main goals for European health policy. And it would not only improve the situation of individuals but also result in lower levels of public health care expenditure. If healthy life years are increasing more rapidly than life expectancy, it means that people are living more years in better health. Please note that a revision took place in March 2012: the whole series 2004-2010 were recalculated taking into account: the use of the age at interview for the GALI prevalences instead of the age of the income period (as it is traditionally done for many income and living indicators); differences with the previous calculations on outcomes and trends are minimalthe latest versions of the EU-SILC and Mortality data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nrg_esdgr_a Consumption of energy depends strongly on weather conditions. If the temperature decreases below a certain value, "heating threshold", more energy is consumed due to increased need for space heating. Taking this into account, Eurostat launched a project aiming at the development and implementation of a common method for the climatic correction of final energy consumption for space heating purposes in the 27 Member States of the European Union. Temperature corrected energy consumption data help interpretating energy consumption trends.
    • Июль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Consumption of energy depends strongly on weather conditions. Natural gas or heating oil bills for instance will be noticeably higher in severe winters. If the temperature decreases below a certain value, "heating threshold", more energy is consumed due to increased need for space heating.  Taking this into account, Eurostat launched a project aiming at the development and implementation of a common method for the climatic correction of final energy consumption for space heating purposes in the 28 Member States of the European Union. Temperature corrected energy consumption data help interpreting energy consumption trends and contribute to the design and measurement of policy goals.
    • Июль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nrg_esdgr_m Consumption of energy depends strongly on weather conditions. If the temperature decreases below a certain value, "heating threshold", more energy is consumed due to increased need for space heating. Taking this into account, Eurostat launched a project aiming at the development and implementation of a common method for the climatic correction of final energy consumption for space heating purposes in the 27 Member States of the European Union. Temperature corrected energy consumption data help interpretating energy consumption trends.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICP is used by e.g. the European Central Bank for monitoring of inflation in the Economic and Monetary Union and for the assessment of inflation convergence as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICP is used for example by the European Central Bank for monitoring of inflation in the Economic and Monetary Union and for the assessment of inflation convergence as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam. For the U.S. and Japan national consumer price indices are used in the table.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) are designed for international comparisons of consumer price inflation. HICPs are used for the assessment of the inflation convergence criterion as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and by the ECB for assessing price stability for monetary policy purposes. The ECB defines price stability on the basis of the annual rate of change of the euro area HICP. HICPs are compiled on the basis of harmonised standards, binding for all Member States. Conceptually, the HICP are Laspeyres-type price indices and are computed as annual chain-indices allowing for weights changing each year. The common classification for Harmonized Indices of Consumer Prices is the COICOP (Classification Of Individual COnsumption by Purpose). A version of this classification (COICOP/HICP) has been specially adapted for the HICP. Sub-indices published by Eurostat are based on this classification. HICP are produced and published using a common index reference period (2015 = 100). Growth rates are calculated from published index levels. Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are neither calendar nor seasonally adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates. 
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICP) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPI) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICP provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICP are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union (EA), the EU and the EEA. The HICP for new Member States is chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat also computes, for analytical purposes, country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. HICP for Turkey (candidate country) is also published. For the USA, a proxy-HICP for the all-items and main headings is available. The national HICP is produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database includes price indices and rates (monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes). In addition to the headline figure 'all-items HICP', around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups, once a year, with the January data. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as for selected components, are published monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month, both as a News Release and in the database. They are called 'HICP flash estimates'. HICP at constant tax rates (HICP-CT) follows the same computation principles as the HICP, but is based on prices at constant tax rates. The comparison with the standard HICP can show the potential impact of changes in indirect taxes (e.g. VAT and excise duties) on the overall inflation (more information).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised Indices of Consumer Prices (HICPs) give comparable measures of inflation for the countries and country groups for which they are produced. They are economic indicators that measure the change over time of the prices of consumer goods and services acquired by households. In other words, they are a set of consumer price indices (CPIs) calculated according to a harmonised approach and a single set of definitions. In particular, HICPs provide the official measure of consumer price inflation in the euro area for the purposes of monetary policy and the assessment of inflation convergence as required under the Maastricht criteria for accession to the euro. HICPs are available for all EU Member States, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. In addition to the individual country series there are three key country-group aggregate indices: the Monetary Union Index of Consumer Prices (MUICP or EA) covering the euro area countries, the European index of consumer prices (EICP or EU) including all Member States, and the European Economic Area index of consumer prices (EEAICP), which in addition to the EU also covers Iceland and Norway. The official country-group aggregates reflect the evolution of Economic and monetary union, the EU and the EEA. HICPs for new Member States are chained into the aggregate indices at the time of accession. In addition to these official aggregates, Eurostat computes also country aggregates with stable composition over time. For example, the aggregate 'EU-28' shows price indices covering all current 28 Member States since 1997. There are also interim HICPs for candidate country Turkey. It is expected that once it accedes to the EU its HICPs will be fully comparable with those of the existing Member States. For the USA, only the all-items proxy-HICP is available. The national HICPs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are produced by Eurostat. The data that is released monthly on Eurostat's free dissemination database include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change as monthly, annual and 12-month moving average changes. In addition to the headline figure, the all-items HICP, around one hundred sub-indices for different goods and services and over thirty special aggregates are made available. The relative weights for the indices, including the special aggregates, are published for the individual countries and for the country groups. An early estimate of the overall inflation rate for the euro area, as well as estimates for its four main components, are published in a news release monthly, usually on the last working day of the reference month. They are called HICP flash estimates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Organisation for Animal Health
      Загружен: Kirill Kosenkov
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The World Organisation for Animal Health (OIE) data on Highly Pathogenic Avian Influenza in Animals (HPAI, informally known as bird flu). Number of outbreaks, total susceptible animals & animals destroyed and other stats by country.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors in Annex 2 and 3. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions in Annex 7 and 8. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products in Annex 4 and 5. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents in Annex 6. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_si_exp4 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_trd_group4 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Angus Maddison
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Historical Statistics on Population, GDP and Per Capita GDP for 1-2008 AD period. Copyright Angus Maddison.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The manager is the physical person making the decisions on the daily farm management.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs3 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Cereals for the production of grain (including seed): excluding cereals harvested or fed green.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs1 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:vit_bs2 The domain VIT contains the results of surveys of areas under vines in statistical tables. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: - vit_an contains all available data from annual intermediate surveys. These surveys collect only data on areas under vines of wine grape varieties.  - vit_bs includes the data collected via basic surveys every ten years. The scope of these surveys is the area under all type of vines. Surveys on vineyards are used to collect information on vines and wine production in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States and regions) and over time (follow up the changes); thus they provide basic information in framework of the common market organisation of wine. The intermediate annual surveys  cover the area under vines of wine grape varieties in the holdings and relate to changes which have taken place in that area during the preceding wine-growing year. Information regarding the following characteristics is available: - area under vines for wine grape varieties, - area under vines grubbed or no longer cultivated, - area under vines replanted, - area under vines newly planted. All of these are broken down according to their normal use for the production of - quality wines psr (produced in specific regions), - other wines (including wines compulsorily intended for the manufacture of certain potable spirits obtained from wine with a registered designation of origin). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties are also broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine).   The basic surveys cover all holdings having a cultivated area under vines normally intended for the production for sale of grapes, grape must, wine or vegetative propagation material for vines. Information regarding the following characteristics is available for each unit: - agricultural area in use, - area under vines cultivated; broken down according to its normal production into:area under wine grape varieties (separate the quality wines produced in special regions  and the other wines),area under table grape varieties,area planted with root-stock for future grafting,area cultivated solely for production of vegetative propagation material for vines (subdivided into nurseries and parent vines for root-stock areas),area under grapes intended for drying (raisins). The areas under vines cultivated with wine grape varieties as recorded in the basic surveys are broken down into yield classes based upon the potential and (optionally) effective yield per hectare (hl/ha of grape must or wine). Data are available for different territorial breakdowns for each country (wine-growing regions). Data is available for the following EU Member States: Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Luxembourg, Austria, Portugal, United Kingdom.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Hospital beds provide information on health care capacities, i.e. on the maximum number of patients who can be treated by hospitals. Total hospital beds are all hospital beds which are regularly maintained and staffed and immediately available for the care of admitted patients; both occupied and unoccupied beds are covered. Hospitals are defined according to the classification of health care providers of the System of Health Accounts (SHA); all public and private hospitals should be covered.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_bds2 Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_bds Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_co_disch2 Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_co_disch3m Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Hourly Earnings (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for selected non-member economies. The MEI Earnings dataset provides monthly and quarterly data on employees' earnings series. It includes earnings series in manufacturing and for the private economic sector. Mostly the sources of the data are business surveys covering different economic sectors, but in some cases administrative data are also used. The target series for hourly earnings correspond to seasonally adjusted average total earnings paid per employed person per hour, including overtime pay and regularly recurring cash supplements. Where hourly earnings series are not available, a series could refer to weekly or monthly earnings. In this case, a series for full-time or full-time equivalent employees is preferred to an all employees series.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08hour_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts76 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises. CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour06s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts78 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour08s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour05s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts72 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts27 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts74 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour09s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour10s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts22 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour01s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts66 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00hour Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The average number of hours corresponds to the number of hours the person normally works. This covers all hours including extra hours, either paid or unpaid, which the person normally works. It excludes the travel time between the home and the place of work as well as the main meal breaks (normally taken at midday). The distinction between full-time and part-time work is made on the basis of a spontaneous answer given by the respondent.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The average number of hours corresponds to the number of hours the person normally works. This covers all hours including extra hours, either paid or unpaid, which the person normally works. It excludes the travel time between the home and the place of work as well as the main meal breaks (normally taken at midday). The distinction between full-time and part-time work is made on the basis of a spontaneous answer given by the respondent.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      House Price Indices (HPIs) measure inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat HPIs are available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro-area (17 countries) and for the EU27. The national HPIs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      House Price Indices (HPIs) measure inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat HPIs are available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro-area (17 countries) and for the EU27. The national HPIs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_hppi_q House Price Indices (HPIs) measure inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat HPIs are available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro-area (17 countries) and for the EU27. The national HPIs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      House Price Indices (HPIs) measure inflation in the residential property market. The HPI captures price changes of all kinds of residential property purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component of the residential property is included. These indices are the result of the work that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) have been doing mostly within the framework of the Owner-Occupied Housing (OOH) pilot project coordinated by Eurostat HPIs are available for EU Member States, Iceland and Norway. In addition to the individual country series Eurostat produces indices for the euro-area (17 countries) and for the EU27. The national HPIs are produced by National Statistical Institutes, while the country-group aggregates are computed by Eurostat, by aggregating the national indices. The data that is released quarterly on Eurostat's website include price indices themselves as well as their rates of change compared to the same quarter of the previous year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The House Price Index (HPI) measures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t314 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t316 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t312 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t311 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t313 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_car_t315 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Product coverage The dataset includes a detailed breakdown of Investment funds shares (AF.52), Net equity of households in life insurance reserves (AF.611) and Net equity of households in pension funds reserves (AF.612) as well as some non-financial assets. The finer breakdown of households' financial assets is consistent with the financial classification of the System of National Accounts (SNA).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The access to internet of households is measured by percentage of households that are connectable to the internet over a broadband or a Dial-up or ISDN connection. Some households may use more than one type of connection to connect to the internet. It covers all households having at least one member in the age group 16-74 years.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The availability of broadband is measured by the percentage of households that are connectable to an exchange that has been converted to support xDSL-technology, to a cable network upgraded for internet traffic, or to other broadband technologies. It includes fixed and mobile connections.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The access to internet of households is measured as percentage of households where any member of the household has the possibility to access the internet from home.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_160 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Development Programme
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Development Report presents a wealth of statistical information on different aspects of human development
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
  • I
    • Январь 2008
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      ICT goods are those that are either intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR which use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process. ICT goods are defined by the OECD in terms of the Harmonised System.The guiding principle for the delineation of ICT goods is that such goods must either be intended to fulfil the function of information processing and communication by electronic means, including transmission and display, OR use electronic processing to detect, measure and/or record physical phenomena, or to control a physical process.Another guiding principle was to use existing classification systems in order to take advantage of existing data sets and therefore ensure the immediate use of the proposed standard. In this case, the underlying system is the Harmonized System (HS). The HS is the only commodity classification system used on a sufficiently wide basis to support international data comparison. A large number of countries use it to classify export and import of goods, and many countries use it (or a classification derived from or linked to it) to categorise domestic outputs.The application of the ICT product definition to selection of in-scope HS categories is a somewhat subjective exercise. The fact that the HS is not built on the basis of the functionality of products makes it much more difficult. The distinction between products which fulfil those functions and products that simply embody electronics but fundamentally fulfil other functions is not always obvious.It is possible to adopt a narrow or broad interpretation of the guideline, though the OECD chose a broader interpretation, an approach which is consistent with that adopted to develop the ICT sector definition.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to support the growing awareness of policy-makers of the importance of ICT specialists in the economic and social transformations related to digitisation. Eurostat works towards this objective by providing reliable official estimates based on a well-grounded and internationally agreed conceptual framework. A wide range of the EU policy initiatives have demonstrated a need for ICT specialists statistics, with the Agenda for New Skills and Jobs (2010), the Grand Coalition for Digital Jobs (2013) and the EU Skills Panorama (2014) being among the most cited ones. Moreover, the recently updated Digital Single Market strategy accentuates the need for policies aimed at boosting stability in the European labour markets and enhancing the EU competitive position; in this context, monitoring of the ICT specialists' employment gains in importance. ICT specialists' data are constructed using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data production. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. The ICT specialists' indicator and its breakdowns are based on the microdata from the Labour Force Survey (LFS). For this reason, LFS reference metadata needs to be consulted for all questions related to the underlying primary source data (see Related Metadata section). The ICT specialists data is conceptually in accordance with the data collected in the special module on ICT specialists and skills in the survey ICT usage and e-commerce in enterprises (see Related Metadata Section and Annexes for more information), i.e. it operates with the same definition of ICT specialists (see Section 3.4). Representation ICT specialists statistics contains four indicators updated on an annual basis: (1) ICT specialists, total (2) ICT specialists by gender (3) ICT specialists by level of education (4) ICT specialists by age Each indicator is presented in the country/year dimensions and is measured in absolute (1000s) and relative (%) terms. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2004 until the latest year available. Following the release practice of the EU LFS, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(4) are updated yearly from 2004 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made in the source data, the EU LFS.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Август 2015
      Источник: ICTD
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      A major obstacle to cross-country research on the role of revenue and taxation in development has been the weakness of available data. Government Revenue Dataset (GRD), developed through the International Centre for Tax and Development (ICTD), is aimed at overcoming this obstacle. It meticulously combines data from several major international databases, as well as drawing on data compiled from all available International Monetary Fund (IMF) Article IV reports. It achieves marked improvements in data coverage and accuracy, including a standardized approach to revenue from natural resources, and holds the promise of significant improvement in the credibility and robustness of research in this area. Dataset contains Central, General and merged government revenue data reported as % of GDP.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: International Energy Agency
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      December IEA member countries’ closing oil stock levels in days of net imports monthly data. Each IEA member country, excluding net exporters (Canada, Denmark and Norway), has an obligation to have oil stock levels that equate to no less than 90 days of net imports. The IEA minimum stockholding obligation is based on net imports of all oil, including both primary products (such as crude oil, natural gas liquids [NGLs]) and refined products. It does not cover naphtha and volumes of oil used for international marine bunkers. The 90-day commitment of each IEA member country is based on average daily net imports of the previous calendar year. This commitment can be met through both stocks held exclusively for emergency purposes and stocks held for commercial or operational use, including stocks held at refineries, at port facilities, and in tankers in ports. The obligation specifies several types of stocks that cannot be counted toward the commitment, including military stocks, volumes in tankers at sea, in pipelines or at service stations, or amounts held by end-consumers (tertiary stocks). It also does not include crude oil not yet produced. Member countries can arrange to store oil outside of their national boundaries and include such stocks in meeting their minimum requirement. This option is particularly important for countries in which storage capacity constraints or supply logistics make domestic storage insufficient. To exercise this option and count the stocks held abroad toward the obligation, the governments involved must have bilateral agreements assuring unconditional access to the stocks in an emergency. When evaluating a country's compliance with the 90-day obligation, the IEA applies a 10% deduction to its total stocks, net any oil held under bilateral agreements. This accounts for any volumes that are technically unavailable (such as tank bottoms).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: International Energy Agency
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      IHME results from paper, Worldwide mortality in men and women aged 15–59 years from 1970 to 2010: a systematic analysis, published online in The Lancet on April 30 2010. This dataset provides global estimates of adult mortality risk, 45q15 (probability of death between the ages of 15 years and 60 years), between 1970 and 2010.
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      IHME results from paper, Neonatal, post neonatal, childhood, and under-5 mortality for 187 countries, 1970-2010: a systematic analysis of progress towards Millennium Development Goal 4, published online in The Lancet on May 24 2010. This dataset provides estimates of neonatal, post neonatal, childhood, and under-5 mortality for 187 countries between 1970 and 2010.
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 июля, 2013
      Выбрать
      IHME research, published online in The Lancet in April 2010, with data from a global assessment of levels and trends in maternal mortality for the years 1980-2008. The study, Maternal mortality for 181 countries, 1980-2008: a systematic analysis of progress towards Millennium Development Goal 5, provides global, regional, and national level estimates of the maternal mortality ratio (MMR - the number of maternal deaths per 100,000 live births) as well as the number of maternal deaths.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      IHME results data from global analysis of maternal mortality for years 1990-2011 published online in The Lancet in September 2011. The study, Progress towards Millennium Development Goals 4 and 5 on maternal and child mortality: an updated systematic analysis, provides global and country level estimates of the maternal mortality ratio (MMR - the number of maternal deaths per 100,000 live births) and the number of maternal deaths.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      EU countries break down trade data into Intra- and extra- EU zones, whereas non EU countries report their Total trade. Trade values have been aggregated for EU countries and Total (Intra-EU plus Extra-EU) trade flows are displayed, whereas Intra and Extra-EU data expressed in term of number of enterprises cannot be summed up, because of possible double-counting (same enterprise can be trader in both intra- and extra- EU trade). Data have been collected in ISIC revision 3 from 2003 up to 2007 and in ISIC revision 4 as from reference year 2008. Time series are affected by this change in classification, and thus data are displayed into two separate databases
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This Dataset Covering 187 countries including most low-income countries, the toolkit provides indicators on export product diversification and export product quality from 1962-2010.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Despite progress in addressing key fiscal weaknesses in many countries, significant policy challenges remain in advanced, emerging, and low-income economies, and must be faced in an environment where downside risks to growth have increased. Many advanced economies face very large adjustment needs to reduce risks related to high debt ratios. The appropriate pace of adjustment in the short run will depend, for each country, on the intensity of the market pressure it confronts, the magnitude of the risks to growth it faces, and the credibility of its medium-term program. The euro area needs to sustain fiscal consolidation, minimize its growth fallout, and address concerns about the adequacy of crisis resolution mechanisms. In Japan and the United States, sufficiently detailed and ambitious plans to reduce deficits and debts are needed to prevent credibility from weakening. Meanwhile, many emerging economies need to make faster progress in strengthening fiscal fundamentals before cyclical factors or spillovers from advanced economies turn against them. Low-income countries also need to rebuild fiscal buffers, while addressing spending needs.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Government Finance Statistics  http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/gfs/manual/aboutgfs.htm
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The FAS is the sole source of global supply-side data on financial inclusion, encompassing internationally-comparable basic indicators of financial access and usage. From 2014, FAS also includes indicators for mobile money. In addition to providing policy makers and researchers with annual geographic and demographic data on access to basic consumer financial services worldwide, the FAS is the data source for the G-20 Basic Set of Financial Inclusion Indicators endorsed by the G-20 at the Los Cabos Summit in 2012.  The FAS database currently contains 152 time series and 47 key indicators which are grouped into two dimensions: (i) geographic outreach of financial services; and (ii) use of financial services. The database includes annual data from 2004 and metadata for the reporting jurisdictions.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older with a tertiary education.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This database contains information on several demographic and labour market characteristics of the population of 28 OECD countries around the year 2000, by country of birth. The OECD countries included are Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, the Slovak Republic, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States. Most of the thematic files of the database include three core variables: the country of residence, the country of birth and educational attainment. Other variables available in the database include age, gender, citizenship, duration of stay, labour force status, occupation, sector of activity and field of study. In general, the database covers all individuals aged 15 and older.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total number of long-term immigrants arriving into the reporting country during the reference year
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain comprises series of long-term international immigration and emigration during the reference year. Immigrants and emigrants are disaggregated by age group, sex, citizenship or country of previous/next residence. Since 2008 migration data by single age and immigration data by country of birth are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For details on data sources used for compilation of statistics on immigration and emigration and for more country-specific data descriptions see Annexes attached.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The implicit tax rate on employed labour is defined as the sum of all direct and indirect taxes and employees' and employers' social contributions levied on employed labour income divided by the total compensation of employees working in the economic territory increased by taxes on wage bill and payroll. The ITR on labour is calculated for employed labour only (so excluding the tax burden falling on social transfers, including pensions). The implicit tax rate on labour should be seen as a summary measure that approximates an average effective tax burden on labour income in the economy. Source: Structures of the taxation systems in the European Union
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The industrial import price index (IPI) measures the monthly transaction price development of imported goods purchased from non-domestic areas by domestic residents. IPI permits monthly monitoring of prices for different categories of products or group of products. They are also a means to distinguish real growth of imports from price changes in the foreign trade statistics and in the national accounts. Data are compiled according to the Classification of Products by Activity (CPA). The breakdowns are based on aggregates derived from the MIGs (Main Industrial Groupings). Industrial import prices are compiled as a fixed base year Laspeyres type price-index (except for Luxembourg). The current base year is 2010 (Index 2010 = 100). Indexes, as well as both growth rates with respect to the previous month (M/M-1) and with respect to the corresponding month of the previous year (M/M-12) are compiled from raw data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:iss_plan The data category covers a group of variables which provide relevant statistical evidence and information about factors driving international sourcing e.g. the impact on the competitiveness, motivations and perceived barriers together with possible employment consequences in the Member State.  There have been two collection round. In the 2007 collection round data has been collected on a voluntary basis for 13 countries: Germany, Czech Republic, Netherlands, Denmark, Spain, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Finland, Slovenia, Sweden, the United Kingdom and Norway. In the 2011 collection round data has been collected for 15 countries: Belgium, Bulgaria, Denmark, Estonia, Ireland, France, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, Finland, Slovakia, Sweden and Norway. The data focuses on the relocation of domestic production of goods and services to producers located abroad as a result of a decision taken by a resident producer to stop production of goods or services, being core or support business functions. In summary, the collected indicators are :Number of enterprisesNumber of jobs. The dimensions used to describe the International sourcing are :Economic activityEnterprise group identificationSourcing statusBusiness functionSourcing activitiesKind of business partnersCountry destination of international sourcingJob creation/loss identificationMotivation factors and the level of importanceImpact of the international sourcing and the levelBarriersThe level of importance In the 2011 collection round three new dimensions were include:BacksourcingForeign affiliatesSupplying enterprises above
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities: solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Imports are recorded by country of origin, exports by country of destination; quantities are regarded as imported or exported when they have crossed the political boundaries of the country, whether customs clearance has taken place or not.  The concept of the physical movement of flows applies. The monthly imports and exports data collections cover following energy commodities:solid  fuels (hard coal only)oil and petroleum productsgaselectricity      For solid fuels, crude oil and NGLs, imports and exports are reported by country of ultimate origin, respectively destination, while natural gas, refinery products and feedstocks as well as electricity are reported as coming from the country of last consignment. Quantities of crude oil and petroleum products imported or exported under processing agreements (i.e. refining on account) should be included. However, transit trade, international marine and aviation bunkers are excluded from this data set. Please note that this is different from the definition of natural gas trade in the annual gas questionnaire and from the definition in the previous monthly oil and gas questionnaire (before January 2013). For further information, please consult the Energy Statistics Regulation (Regulation (EC) 1099/2008 on energy statistics) and the reporting instructions. Monthly imports and exports of energy commodities cover the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA States, candidate countries and potential candidates. Â
    • Февраль 2004
      Источник: Department of Statistics and National Accounts of Equatorial Guinea
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июня, 2013
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The allocation of bilateral intermediate imports across using industries assumes that import coefficients are the same for all trade partners, i.e. SHAREipkt is identical across exporter countries. Hence, the bilateral pattern of imported intermediates from industry p is the same across all using industries k. However, it is different from the bilateral pattern of total imports from industry p because trade data (measured by VALUEijpt) allows distinguishing bilateral imports of intermediates from final good imports in industry p. While the BEC classification enables the identification of intermediate goods, no similar classification is available for trade in services, due to the high level of aggregation in services trade data. While goods trade data are based on customs declarations allowing the identification of goods at a highly disaggregated level, services trade data are based on a variety of information such as business accounts, administrative sources, surveys, and estimation techniques (Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services, 2002). Hence, in the case of trade in services, VALUEijpt is the total value of imports of service p, i.e. both final and intermediate (and not only services that are used in the production of other goods and services, as in the case of goods data). By making an additional assumption and adjusting SHAREipkt, it is however possible to calculate trade in intermediate services. In the case of services imports, SHAREipkt is the share of imported service inputs p used by industry k in total imports of p of country i. In the case of services, besides the assumption that all trading partners have the same distribution of intermediate imports p across using industries k, it is furthermore required that the share of intermediate services in overall bilateral services imports of country i is the same across all partner countries j. Finally, it should be mentioned that trade data reported in the trade statistics do not fully match imports as reported in I-O tables. One main reason is that while trade data is recorded at consumer prices, I-O tables are evaluated at producer prices. There are also other differences such as the treatment of re-exports, scrap metal, waste products and second hand goods or unallocated trade data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on discouraged jobseekers as a percentage of the labour force and as a percentage of the population by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 15-64, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains the shares of economic short-time workers among total employment, the ratio of economic short-time workers and labour force, and the gender composition of economic short-time workers. Data re broken down by professional status - employees, total employment – by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on the cross-country distribution of employment by hour bands for declared hour bands, broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and detailed age groups.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of part-time employment with standardised (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total) and detailed age groups. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Part-time employment is based on a common 30-usual-hour cut-off in the main job. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in percentages.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of part-time employment with standardised (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total) and detailed age groups. Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Part-time employment is based on national definitions.The definition of part-time work varies considerably across OECD countries Essentially three main approaches can be distinguished: i) a classification based on the worker's perception of his/her employment situation; ii) a cut-off (generally 30 or 35 hours per week) based on usual working hours, with persons usually working fewer hours being considered part-timers; iii) a comparable cut-off based on actual hours worked during the reference week. A criterion based on actual hours will generally yield a part-time rate higher than one based on usual hours, particularly if there are temporary reductions in working time as a result of holidays, illness, short-timing, etc. On the other hand, it is not entirely clear whether a classification based on the worker's perception will necessarily yield estimates of part-time work that are higher or lower than one based on a fixed cut-off. In one country (France) which changed from 1981 to 1982 from a definition based on an actual hours cut-off (30 hours) to one based on the respondent's perception, the latter criterion appeared to produce slightly higher estimates. Other data characteristics
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains the shares of involuntary part-time work among part-time workers and ratio of involuntary part-time work and labour force and the gender composition of involuntary part-time workers. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains incidences and gender composition of temporary employment with standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Data are further broken down by professional status - employees, total employment. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in percentages.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on the share of the five durations - less than 1 month,>1 month and < 3 months,>3 months and <6 months,>6 months and <1 year, 1 year and over - of unemployment among total unemployment by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data expressed in percentages.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Public Accountability Mechanisms
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Financial declarations or income and asset disclosures (IADs) are quickly becoming an important tool for anticorruption agencies and governments to fight corruption. IAD systems can play two important roles within a broader framework of good governance: prevention and enforcement. In an effort to discover how best to design and implement an IAD system, the analysis conducted suggests that countries ultimately must design a system that best complements the environment in which it will function. However, there are several key principles that policy makers and practitioners need to consider: limit the number of filers to improve the odds of success, set modest and achievable expectations, provide resources commensurate with the mandate, prioritize verification procedures to align with available resources, and balance privacy concerns with public access to declaration.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_ehh2inc Household accounts include data for individuals or groups of individuals as consumers and possibly as producers of goods for own use as well as non-profit institutions serving households. Data on household accounts include 11 indicators. The most important are primary income and disposable income. Geographic coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to the Nuts 2 level breakdown (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON").
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      Bank profitability statistics are based on financial statements of banks in each Member country and are presented in the standard OECD framework. Although the objective is to include all institutions which conduct ordinary banking business, namely institutions which primarily take deposits from the public and provide finance for a wide range of purposes, the institutional coverage of banks in the statistics available in this database is not the same in each country. Ratios based on various items of the income statements and balance sheets of banks in percentage of some aggregates are also provided to facilitate the analysis of trends in bank profitability of OECD countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Pearson
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Global Index of Cognitive Skills and Educational Attainment compares the performance of 39 countries and one region (Hong Kong) on two categories of education: Cognitive Skills and Educational Attainment. The Index provides a snapshot of the relative performance of countries based on their education outputs.List of indicators   Main sourceMain year1. Cognitive Skills  1.1  Grade 8  1.1.1  Reading Literacy - PISAOECD - PISA report20091.1.2  Mathematics Literacy - PISA and TIMSSEIU based on IEA and OECD data 1.1.2.1  PISA - Mathematics LiteracyOECD - PISA report20091.1.2.2  TIMSS - Mathematics AchievementIEA - TIMSS and PIRLS International Study Center20071.1.3  Science Literacy - PISA and TIMSSEIU based on IEA and OECD data 1.1.3.1  PISA - Science LiteracyOECD - PISA report20091.1.3.2  TIMSS - Science  AchievementIEA - TIMSS and PIRLS International Study Center20071.2  Grade 4  1.2.1  PIRLS - Reading Literacy AchievementIEA - TIMSS and PIRLS International Study Center20061.2.2  TIMSS - Mathematics  AchievementIEA - TIMSS and PIRLS International Study Center20071.2.3  TIMSS - Science  AchievementIEA - TIMSS and PIRLS International Study Center20072. Educational Attainment  2.1  Literacy rate  2.1.1  Literacy rate (15 and over), %UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS)20102.2  Graduation rate  2.2.1  Graduation rate at upper secondary level OECD 20102.2.2  Graduation rate at tertiary level OECD 2010
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Heritage Foundation & Wallstreet Journal
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Economic freedom is the fundamental right of every human to control his or her own labor and property. In an economically free society, individuals are free to work, produce, consume, and invest in any way they please, with that freedom both protected by the state and unconstrained by the state. In economically free societies, governments allow labor, capital and goods to move freely, and refrain from coercion or constraint of liberty beyond the extent necessary to protect and maintain liberty itself.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 4 Tables. Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Annual data (mny_ppe_a) Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Quarterly data (mny_ppe_q) Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU - Monthly data (mny_ppe_m). Capital raised on stock markets (mny_h_caprais) Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary and other financial statistics: historical data (mny_h) > Index of purchasing power of the euro/ECU (mny_h_ppe).
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation of India
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This Dataset describe balance of payments of External Assistance Authorization & Utilization. Notes: i) authorisation of assistance include agreements signed on Government and non-Government accounts (ii) Utilisation figures are exclusive of suppliers' credit and commercial borrowings.(iii) Utilization of assistance is on Government and non-Government accounts. (iv) FY2000-2001 represent as 2001 here.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Indicator A corresponds to the deflated (real) net value added at factor cost of agriculture, per total annual work unit. The implicit price index of GDP is used as deflator.
    • Ноябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      2 Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:  access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).   Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:  by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional)   Relating to individuals:  by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional)   Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):  Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Frequent use: every day or almost every day on average within the last 3 months before the survey. Use includes all locations and methods of access and any purpose (private or work/business related).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means; other places than: at home, at work, of education, another person's home.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means; at place of work (other than home).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, using a computer or any other means.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator covers all individuals aged 16 to 74. Financial investments are excluded.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Whether at home, at work or from anywhere else and whether for private or work/business related purposes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Regular use: at least once a week (i.e. every day or almost every day or at least once a week but not every day) on average within the last 3 months before the survey. Use includes all locations and methods of access and any purpose (private or work/business related).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Access to the internet via wireless connection using a portable computer away from home or work.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Access to the internet via wireless connection using a mobile phone or smart phone via UMTS, HSDPA (3G, 3G+).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Use of mobile devices via mobile or wireless connection: mobile phone (or smart phone), portable computer (e.g. laptop, tablet) or another mobile device (e.g. PDA, e-book reader) away from home or work.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator relates to all individuals aged 16 to 74 who accessed the internet within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      In the last 3 months before the survey for private purposes. Consulting wikis to obtain knowledge on any subject (e.g. Wikipedia, an online encyclopaedia).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey, other than games software.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. For private purposes.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 12 months before the survey for private purposes. Derived variable on use of eGovernment services. Individuals used at least one of the following services: for obtaining information from public authorities websites, for downloading official forms, for submitting completed forms.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 12 months before the survey for private purposes. Derived variable on use of eGovernment services. Individuals used at least one of the following services: for obtaining services from public authorities websites, for downloading official forms, for sending filled in forms.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 12 months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. internet banking includes electronic transactions with a bank for payment etc. or for looking up account information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Buy or order for private use. Within the last 12 months before the survey. Manually typed e-mails are excluded.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Buy or order for private use. Within the last 12 months before the survey. Manually typed e-mails are excluded.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data refer to the last 3 months before the survey, for private purposes. Participating in social networks: creating user profile, posting messages or other contributions to facebook, twitter, etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Posting messages to chat sites, social networking sites, blogs, newsgroups or online discussion fora or use of instant messaging. Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. Information about health includes: injury, disease, nutrition, improving health, etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Health-related information: injury, disease, nutrition, improving health, etc. Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      For instance via auctions. Within the last 3 months before the survey for private purposes. Optional question in 2008.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Within the last 3 months before the survey. Taking part in online consultations or voting to define civic or political issues (e.g. urban planning, signing a petition).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Uploading self created content (text, images, photos, videos, music etc) to any website to be shared. Within the last 3 months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Self-created content: text, images, photos, videos, music, etc. Within the last three months before the survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Online content: films, music, electronic books, magazines, newspapers, e-learning material, computer software (incl. Computer and video games and software upgrades). Within the last 12 months before the survey for private use.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 1 or 2 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 1 or 2 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 3 or 4 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 3 or 4 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Computer skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many computer related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 5 or 6 of the following activities have been done: copied/moved a file/folder, copy/cut/paste to move information on the screen, used basic arithmetic formulae, compressed/zipped a file, connecting and installing new devices or written a computer program.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Internet skills are measured using a self-assessment approach, depending on how many internet related tasks have been carried out, without these skills being assessed, tested or actually observed. 5 or 6 of the following activities have been done: used search engine, sent mail with attachment, posted messages to chatrooms/newsgroups or online discussion forum, made phone calls, done peer-to-peer file sharing or created a web page.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Individuals who never used the internet - whether at home, at work or from anywhere else and whether for private or professional purposes.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises the series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates including New Member States'. The series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates excluding New Member States' is no longer updated and may be found in the collection 'Exchange rates: historical data'.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises the series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates including New Member States'. The series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates excluding New Member States' is no longer updated and may be found in the collection 'Exchange rates: historical data'.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency against a trade-weighted basket of currencies. A rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. Real effective series are a measure of the change in competitiveness of a country, by taking into account the change in costs or prices relative to other countries. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The collection comprises the series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates including New Member States'. The series 'Industrial countries' effective exchange rates excluding New Member States' is no longer updated and may be found in the collection 'Exchange rates: historical data'.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Industrial Development Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The UNIDO Industrial Statistics Database at the 4-digit level of ISIC (INDSTAT4) contains highly disaggregated data on the manufacturing sector for the period 1990 onwards. Comparability of data over time and across the countries has been the main priority of developing and updating this database. INDSTAT4 offers a unique possibility of in-depth analysis of the structural transformation of economies over time. The database contains seven principle indicators of industrial statistics. The data are arranged at the 3- and 4-digit level of the International Standard Industrial Classification of All Economic Activities (ISIC) Revision 3 and 4 pertaining to the manufacturing, which comprises more than 150 manufacturing sectors and sub-sectors.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_m_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsin_q_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Saudi Arabia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Industry and Trade Statistics of Saudi Arabia, 2011
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sbs_sc_ind_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июня, 2012
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id: nrg_114a
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These are data collected via the annual electricity and heat questionnaire. The variables are: Total capacity (MWe)Capacity by source of electricity production (MWe)Capacity by type of generation in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe)Capacity by type of firing and by type of fuel used in power plants using combustible fuels (MWe) All reported capacities are broken down by type of supplier (main activity producer or auto-producer).  For plants based on combustion of fuels the capacity is further divided by type of technology of the generating plant (steam, internal combustion….), by type of firing and by type of fuels.   Further variables are: Peak load (MWe) the maximum load on an electrical power-supply systemCapacity at peak (MWe)Date and time of peak load occurrence The peak load is the highest simultaneous demand for electricity satisfied during the year. The capacity at time of peak load is the total available net capacity at that time.   Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      These are statistics concerning the civil use of nuclear energy by Member States of the EU. The variables are:enrichment capacity,production capacity of fresh fuel elements,production capacity of MOX fuel fabrication plants, production of fresh fuel elements,production of MOX fuel elements, production of nuclear heat,annual average burnup of definitively discharged irradiated fuel elements,production of Uranium and Plutonium in reprocessing plants and capacity (Uranium and Plutonium) of reprocessing plants. Data collection covers in principle Member States of the European Union, Iceland and Norway. However, only 14 EU Member States (Belgium, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Germany, Spain, France, Hungary, The Netherlands, Romania, Slovenia, Slovakia, Finland, Sweden and UK) operate nuclear reactors. EU-28 aggregate is shown for all variables (except for annual average burnup or those with confidential data).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on solar collector's surface displays information on the area of solar thermal collectors in thousand square metres.  Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_cis6 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of  Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data). The sectoral approach: The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE)  at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries. Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level. The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents. Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under Annexes section. Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities. The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under Annexes section. The product approach: The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC). The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under Annexes section. High-tech patents: High-tech patentsare defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition). Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under Annexes section. The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by INVEST Europe (formerly named the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      The Innovation Union Scoreboard 2014 gives a comparative assessment of the innovation performance of the EU27 Member States and the relative strengths and weaknesses of their research and innovation systems. It monitors innovation trends across the EU27 Member States, as well as Croatia, Iceland, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Norway, Serbia, Switzerland and Turkey. The overall ambition of the Innovation Union Scoreboard is to inform policy discussions at national and EU level, by tracking progress in innovation performance within and outside the EU over time. The measurement framework used in the Innovation Union Scoreboard distinguishes between 3 main types of indicators and 8 innovation dimensions, capturing in total 25 different indicators. The Enablers capture the main drivers of innovation performance external to the firm and cover 3 innovation dimensions: Human resources, Open, excellent and attractive research systems as well as Finance and support. Firm activities capture the innovation efforts at the level of the firm, grouped in 3 innovation dimensions: Firm investments, Linkages & entrepreneurship and Intellectual assets. Outputs cover the effects of firms’ innovation activities in 2 innovation dimensions: Innovators and Economic effects. The following datapoints are taken from the IUS 2013 (Indicator - Measure - Year):1.1.1 New doctorate graduates - Normalised scores - 2012;1.1.1 New doctorate graduates - Raw values - 2003;1.1.2 Population completed tertiary education - Raw values - 2001-2004;1.1.3 Youth with upper secondary level education - Raw values - 2001-2004;1.2.1 International scientific co-publications - Raw values - 2002-2004;1.2.2 Scientific publications among top 10% most cited - Normalised scores - 2010-2012;1.2.3 Non-EU doctorate students - Normalised scores - 2012;1.3.1 Public R&D expenditure - Raw values - 2001-2004;2.1.1 Business R&D expenditure - Raw values - 2001-2004;2.1.2 Non-R&D innovation expenditure - Normalised scores - 2012;2.2.1 SMEs innovating in-house - Normalised scores - 2012;2.2.2 Innovative SMEs collaborating with others - Normalised scores - 2012;2.2.3 Public-private co-publications - Normalised scores - 2012;2.3.1 PCT patent applications - Normalised scores - 2012;2.3.1 PCT patent applications - Raw values - 2001-2003;2.3.2 PCT patent applications in societal challenges - Normalised scores - 2011-2012;2.3.2 PCT patent applications in societal challenges - Raw values - 2001-2002;2.3.3 Community trademarks - Raw values - 2001-2004;2.3.4 Community designs - Raw values - 2004;3.1.1 SMEs introducing product or process innovations - Normalised scores - 2012;3.1.2 SMEs introducing marketing/organisational innovations - Normalised scores - 2012;3.2.2 Medium and high-tech product exports - Raw values - 2002-2004;3.2.3 Knowledge-intensive services exports - Normalised scores - 2012;3.2.4 Sales of new to market and new to firm innovations - Normalised scores - 2012;3.2.5 Licence and patent revenues from abroad - Raw values - 2004.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Fertilizer prices paid by farmers are shown in local currency per metric tonne of plant nutrients (N, P2O5 and K2O) for straight fertilizers and per metric tonne of product for mixed and complex fertilizers. They generally refer to bagged fertilizers. Prices are shown with subsidies deducted wherever possible. Caution should be exercised in intercountry comparisons since pricing points, price policies, credit arrangements, etc. are not uniform.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The new database on Institutional investors' assets replaces the former database on Institutional Investors. It constitutes an attempt to better integrate these data in the framework of the System of National Accounts (SNA). Institutional Investors' assets are mainly compiled on the basis of the System of National Accounts (SNA93).
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The first set of indicators measure total financial assets held by each institutional investor as a percentage of GDP. Total financial assets is defined as the sum of the following asset categories: currency and deposits (AF2), securities other than shares, except financial derivatives (AF33), loans (AF4), shares and other equity (AF5), and other financial assets, not elsewhere classified (AFNEC). The second set of indicators shows the share of each asset category: currency and deposits (AF2), securities other than shares, except financial derivatives (AF33), short-term securities other than shares, except financial derivatives (AF331), long-term securities other than shares, except financial derivatives (AF332), securities other than shares, except financial derivatives issued by residents (AF33R), securities other than shares, except financial derivatives issued by non-residents (AF33NR), loans (AF4), short-term loans (AF41), long-term loans (AF42), loans granted to residents (AF4R), loans granted to non-residents (AF4NR), shares and other equity (AF5), shares and other equity issued by residents (AF5R), shares and other equity issued by non-residents (AF5NR) and other financial assets not elsewhere classified (AFNEC), in the total financial assets of each investor. They help to analyse the investment portfolio composition of investment funds as well as financial risks borne by the investor.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      These data are part of a larger database, hosted on a different website, which includes both quantitative and qualitative data, as well as graphs.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Breakdown of net premiums written in the reporting country in terms of domestic risks and foreign risks, thus providing an indicator of direct cross-border operations of insurance business.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      As a consequence of the implementation of the new OECD Global Insurance Statistics' framework, there is a break in series between 2008 and 2009 regarding life and non-life business data where composite insurance undertakings exist. Up until 2008, the insurance business is broken down between life and non-life business. As of 2009, the insurance business is broken down between the business of pure life, pure non-life and composite undertakings and composite undertakings' business is further broken down between life and non-life business. Some countries do not allow for insurance undertakings to be active in both life and non-life insurance business and therefore composite insurance undertakings do not exist in these countries. In other countries (e.g., Austria, Belgium, Hungary, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Spain) however, the share of employment in composite insurance undertakings accounts for more than half of the whole domestic insurance sector. Therefore, to have comparable data across years for life business data (resp. non-life), one has to sum up the life (resp. non-life) business of pure life (resp. non-life) undertakings and the life (resp. non-life) business of composite undertakings as of 2009. Item coverage Covers business written abroad by branches, agencies and subsidiaries established abroad of domestic undertakings and includes all business written outside the country by these entities (in both OECD and non-OECD countries).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This part deals with premiums written by classes of non-life insurance for the business written in the reporting country.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Geographic coverage OECD countries, Selected African and Asian countries, Selected Latin American countries Institutional coverage The insurance industry is a key component of the economy by virtue of the amount of premiums it collects, the scale of its investment and, more fundamentally, the essential social and economic role it plays in covering personal and business risks. The "OECD Insurance Statistics" publication provides major official insurance statistics for all OECD countries. The reader will find information on the diverse activities of this industry and on international insurance market trends. The data, which are standardised as far as possible, are broken down under numerous sub-headings, and a series of indicators makes the characteristics of the national markets more readily comprehensible. This publication is an essential tool for civil servants, businessmen and academics working in the insurance field. Item coverage This part consists of tables by indicators, which reflect the most significant characteristics of the OECD insurance market. In most cases, the tables contain data of all OECD countries as well as aggregated "OECD", "EU15" (the 15 member countries of the European Union in 1995) and "NAFTA" data from 1983 to 2012, for the following categories: - life insurance, - non-life insurance - and total. The premiums amounts are converted from national currencies into US dollar. Exchange rates used are end-of-period exchanges rates for all variables valued at the end of the year, and period-average for variables representig a flow during the year.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection consists of the following indicators:Interest rates : Day-to-day money market interest rates, 3-month interest rates, Euro yields and Long term government bond yields - Maastricht definitionEuro/Ecu exchange rates: Exchange rates against the ECU/euroEffective exchange rates indices : Nominal Effective Exchange Rate, Real Effective Exchange Rate Â
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Февраль 2008
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Database provides a collection of comparative price data and detailed expenditure values of countries’ gross domestic products (GDP), and purchasing power parities (PPPs) estimates of the world’s economies.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Barro-Lee
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Barro-Lee Data set (2010) extends their previous estimates from 1950 to 2010, and provide more, improved data disaggregated by sex and and by 5-year age intervals. It provides educational attainment data for 146 countries in 5-year intervals from 1950 to 2010 as well as information about the distribution of educational attainment of the adult population over age 15 and over age 25 by sex at seven levels of schooling. Average years of schooling at all levels are also measured for each country and for regions in the world. Note: Cited at Barro, Robert and Jong-Wha Lee, April 2010, "A New Data Set of Educational Attainment in the World, 1950-2010." NBER Working Paper No. 15902
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data by country, region, for 217 countries including total and crude oil production, oil consumption, natural gas production and consumption, coal production and consumption, electricity generation and consumption, primary energy, energy intensity, CO2 emissions and imports and exports for all fuels.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data set contains estimates of total and marginal budget shares and income and price elasticities for nine broad consumption groups and eight food subgroups across 144 countries. Total and marginal budget shares and income and price elasticities are estimated using 2005 International Comparison Program (ICP) data, which is maintained by the ICP Development Data Group of the World Bank
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains:Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections:Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      International investment position (assets, liabilities and net position); broken down by investment category, financial instruments and by sectors of the economy. Data are presented in millions of Euro/ECU. Geographic coverage: Euro area and EU27 Member States. Data are delivered by ECB.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide 2003. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      Notes: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Balance of payments - International transactions (bop) > Balance of payments of the EU institutions (bop_euins).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data presented here are a key component of the USDA Baseline projections process, and can be used as a benchmark for analyzing the impacts of U.S. and global macroeconomic shocks. The data for the Baseline projections are updated once a year to reflect the assumptions used for the Baseline. The historical data will be revised several times a year as the underlying data evolve.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: United Nations Development Programme
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      The estimates are based on official statistics on the foreign-born or the foreign population, classified by sex, and age. Most of the statistics utilised to estimate the international migrant stock were obtained from population censuses. Additionally, population registers and nationally representative surveys provided information on the number and composition of international migrants.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: United Nations Development Programme
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The estimates are based on official statistics on the foreign-born or the foreign population, classified by sex, and age. Most of the statistics utilised to estimate the international migrant stock were obtained from population censuses. Additionally, population registers and nationally representative surveys provided information on the number and composition of international migrants.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: International Property Rights Index
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      In order to make it possible to defend both physical and intellectual property rights of people, the Property Rights Alliance developed an instrument allowing comparison between the nations by relative strengths of property rights they provide for their citizens. This instrument, the International Property Rights Index, is published since 2007 helping policimakers to make better decisions. The Index comprises 130 countries, comparing them by three core variables, that affect the resulting index, namely country's legal and political environment, recognition and enforcement of physical and intellectual property rights.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 июля, 2013
      Выбрать
      Time series on international reserves (including gold), by individual country, expressed in millions of dollars. It further presents the number of months of merchandise imports that these reserves could finance at current imports level, as well as annual changes in total reserves.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: International Telecommunication Union
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      As a United Nations agency, the ITU has an obligation to identify, define, and produce statistics covering its sector - the telecommunication/ICT sector. This is in line with other specialized agencies that publish statistics covering their respective field of operations and forms part of the global statistical system of the UN. The collection of over 100 telecommunication/ICT indicators is one of the main activities of the unit. The ITU's Market Information and Statistics (STAT) Division collects its Telecommunication/ICT data directly form governments by means of an annual questionnaire that is sent to the government agency in charge of telecommunications/ICT. This is usually the Ministry or the regulatory agency. The STAT Division verifies and harmonizes data, carries out research, and collects missing values from government web sites and operators' annual reports, particularly for countries that do not reply to the questionnaire. Market research data are also used to cross-check and complement missing values.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The International Trade (MEI) dataset contains predominantly monthly merchandise trade statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for all non-OECD G20 economies and the EU. The dataset itself contains international trade statistics measured in billions of United States dollars (USD) for: Exports, Imports, Balance. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)  ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_its_deth The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a  economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:bop_its_det The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a  economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an  economic area during a given period and provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account, the capital and the financial account. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), are an important component of the BoP current account, and are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2010 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/TFSITS/msits2010/docs/MSITS%202010%20M86%20(E)%20web.pdf)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Октябрь 2016
      Источник: Verband der Chemischen Industrie e. V. (VCI)
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Source: From PDF Page No: 119 to 172
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Federal Communications Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The International Traffic Safety Data and Analysis Group (IRTAD) is a permanent working group of the Joint Transport Research Centre of the OECD and the International Transport Forum. It is composed of road safety experts and statisticians from renowned safety research institutes, national road and transport administrations, international organisations, universities, automobilist associations, car automobile industry, and others from OECD and non OECD countries. Its main objectives are to contribute to international co‐operation on road accident data and its analysis.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      1 paragraph of text from section "Data source(s) used" and 1 paragraph from section"Variables collected" of the source web page
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:- ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class,- by NACE categories,- by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Март 2015
      Источник: U.S. Federal Bureau of Investigation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The mission of the Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3) is to provide the public with a reliable and convenient reporting mechanism to submit information to the FBI concerning suspected Internet-facilitated criminal activity and to develop effective alliances with industry partners. Information is processed for investigative and intelligence purposes for law enforcement and public awareness.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Symantec
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Symantec has established the most comprehensive source of Internet threat data in the world through the Symantec™ Global Intelligence Network, which is made up of more than 57.6 million attack sensors and records thousands of events per second. This network monitors threat activity in over 157 countries and territories through a combination of Symantec products and services such as Symantec DeepSight™ Intelligence, Symantec™ Managed Security Services, Norton™ consumer products, and other third-party data sources.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Last internet use: within last 3 months, 12 months before the survey, ever used, never used - whether at home, at work or from anywhere else and whether for private or work/business related purposes.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Internet users are individuals who have used the Internet (from any location) in the last 12 months. Internet can be used via a computer, mobile phone, personal digital assistant, games machine, digital TV etc.
    • Декабрь 2012
      Источник: Internet World Stats
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Internet World Stats is an International website that features up to date world Internet Usage, Population Statistics, Travel Stats and Internet Market Research Data, for over 233 individual countries and world regions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. International trade in cultural goods is one of the indicators enabling to measure the relative impact of the culture in the economy and allowing the assessment of the weight and contribution of cultural goods in the external trade. The international trade of cultural goods covers the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included.   Data source   International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext provides statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 7 main dimensions:   REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEREGIMEINDICATOR   The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns.   Cultural goods   The list of cultural goods was elaborated and documented by ESSnet and UNESCO in their respective frameworks for cultural statistic. In both frameworks the core criterion of the identification of 'cultural' goods is the 'artistic creation' and what the product are conveying in terms of symbolic, artistic and spiritual or aesthetic values. For the establishment of the list, the goods relevant to 10 cultural domains in ESSnet (heritage, books and press, visual arts, art craft, performing arts, audio-visual and multimedia, architecture, archives, libraries and advertising) were analysed. It resulted in the identification of tens of codes which further were aggregated in the meaningful cultural groups (see below): Antiques and collectors' piecesWorks of art (paintings, engravings, sculpture, design etc.)Photography (developed films)Musical instrumentsFabrics (tapestries, embroidery and knitted and crocheted fabrics)BooksNewspapers, journals and periodicalsMapsDeveloped films and video gamesRecorded media (CDs, DVDs, gramophone records etc.)Architecture plans and drawings   Detailed list of codes according to HS/CN composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata.   Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext database the following indicators can be extracted or calculated for imports and exports of cultural goods. Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of cultural goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of cultural goods   Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners: Intra EU-28Extra EU-28WorldIndividual countries
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on culture cover many aspects of economic and social life. According to the Europe 2020 strategy, the role of culture is crucial for achieving the goal of a "smart, sustainable and inclusive" growth. International trade in cultural goods is one of the indicators enabling to measure the relative impact of the culture in the economy and allowing the assessment of the weight and contribution of cultural goods in the external trade. The international trade of cultural goods covers the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included.   Data source   International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext provides statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 7 main dimensions:   REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEREGIMEINDICATOR   The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns.   Cultural goods   The list of cultural goods was elaborated and documented by ESSnet and UNESCO in their respective frameworks for cultural statistic. In both frameworks the core criterion of the identification of 'cultural' goods is the 'artistic creation' and what the product are conveying in terms of symbolic, artistic and spiritual or aesthetic values. For the establishment of the list, the goods relevant to 10 cultural domains in ESSnet (heritage, books and press, visual arts, art craft, performing arts, audio-visual and multimedia, architecture, archives, libraries and advertising) were analysed. It resulted in the identification of tens of codes which further were aggregated in the meaningful cultural groups (see below): Antiques and collectors' piecesWorks of art (paintings, engravings, sculpture, design etc.)Photography (developed films)Musical instrumentsFabrics (tapestries, embroidery and knitted and crocheted fabrics)BooksNewspapers, journals and periodicalsMapsDeveloped films and video gamesRecorded media (CDs, DVDs, gramophone records etc.)Architecture plans and drawings   Detailed list of codes according to HS/CN composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata.   Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext database the following indicators can be extracted or calculated for imports and exports of cultural goods. Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of cultural goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of cultural goods   Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners: Intra EU-28Extra EU-28WorldIndividual countries
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sport and its spill-over effects in manufacturing, services and as well in international trade are gaining the growing impact in the worldwide economies and societies. As a consequence, sport has been awarded a significant role in numerous European programs and policies like Erasmus+. The comparable statistics on number of jobs created by sport related sectors, value added generated by sport related industries and services or impact of the trade of sport goods on total international trade volume are only few indicators that can assess the relative contribution of sport to the economic growth. The international trade in sport goods is the indicator enabling to measure the weight of trade of sport goods in the whole external trade of a given country or at EU-28 level as the Eurostat international trade domain provides the imports and exports values of goods traded among Member States and internationally. "Goods" in this particular case means all movable property, in other terms products having a physical dimension. So, external trade in licenses and copyrights is not included. Data source International trade statistics are stored in the administrated by Eurostat database on international trade - Comext. Comext contains statistics on goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). The trade values for other political or geographical entities like EFTA and Candidate countries are as well collected. Comext database is built around 6 main dimensions:REPORTERPARTNERFLOWPRODUCTTIMEINDICATOR The Reporter dimension includes country declaring commercial transactions. In the Partner dimension the trade partners of declaring country are included. This dimension lists all the countries of the world. The Flow dimension distinguishes exports and imports. The Indicator dimension specifies the value or volume of traded products. The Product dimension contains the items by HS, CN or SITC depending on the dataset Concerning Time, both annual and monthly breakdowns are available. The Comext data are updated regularly and the CN classification undergoes a regular revision to ensure it is kept up to date in the light of changes in the technology and international trade patterns. Sport goods The frames for the establishment of the list of sport goods provided the Vilnius Definition, the Study on the Contribution of Sport to Economic Growth and Employment in the EU and UNESCO in its framework for cultural statistic. In the final selection of the list of sport goods Eurostat took into account the 'sport content' and ' sport intensity' of the codes identified within the Harmonised Systems (HS) nomenclature. The retained in the sport scope items are explicitly sport related – they are manufactured in sport manufacturing sector and they correspond explicitly to major sport disciplines or equipment. The identified codes by HS (6 digit) are aggregated in the meaningful groups  (see below):Skis and related equipmentSkatesWater sportGolfRacket sport (tennis and badminton)BallsGymnastic, athletic and swimming equipmentFishingBicyclesParachutesSportswearFootwearShotguns Detailed list of codes according to HS composing the aggregates can be found in the Annex 1 of Metadata. Based on the number of dimensions available in Comext, the following indicators can be extracted and then calculated for imports and exports of sport goods.Trade value in thousands of euroPercentage of total national trade (only for total of sport goods)Percentage of total EU-28 tradePercentage of total trade of sport goods Then the data are compiled for the following trade partners:Intra EU-28Extra EU-28 WorldMain trading partners
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat uses as a base for its work the OECD Benchmark Definition of Foreign Direct Investment Third Edition, a detailed operational definition fully consistent with the IMF Balance of Payments Manual, Fifth Edition, BPM5. Foreign direct investment (FDI) is the category of international investment made by an entity resident in one economy (direct investor) to acquire a lasting interest in an enterprise operating in another economy (direct investment enterprise). The lasting interest is deemed to exist if the direct investor acquires at least 10% of the voting power of the direct investment enterprise. FDI statistics record separately: 1) Inward FDI (or FDI in the reporting economy), namely investment by foreigners in enterprises resident in the reporting economy. 2) Outward FDI (or FDIabroad), namely investment by residents entities in affiliated enterprises abroad. FDI statistics record both the initial investment and all subsequent investment made by the direct investor, either in the form of equity capital, or in the form of loans, or in the form of reinvesting earnings. Investment made through other affiliated enterprises of the same group of the direct investor should also be recorded according to the international methodology. There are three main indicators: FDI flows, stocks and income. The indicators described in more detail below are presented in the complete tables with a breakdown by partner country or region and a breakdown by the kind of activity in which FDI is made. In the table called "Main indicators" there is a reduced breakdown by partners and data for total activity only. See the part on classification system for more detail. See also the User's guideon the structure on the database and for practical information on data downloading. 1) FDI flows denote the new investment made during the period. FDI flows are recorded in the Balance of Payments financial account. Total FDI flows are broken down by kind of instrument used for making the investment: Equity capital comprises equity in branches, all shares in subsidiaries and associates (except non-participating, preferred shares that are treated as debt securities and are included under other FDI capital) and other contributions such as the provision of machinery. Reinvested earnings consist of the direct investor's share (in proportion to equity participation) of earnings not distributed by the direct investment enterprise. Reinvested earnings are an imputed transaction. Reinvested earnings are also recorded with opposite sign among FDI income (see below). This recording represents not distributed income as being earned by the direct investor and reinvested in the direct investment enterprise at the same time. Other FDI capital (loans) covers the borrowing and lending of funds, including debt securities and trade credits between direct investors and direct investment enterprises. Debt transactions between affiliated financial intermediaries recorded under direct investment flows are limited to permanent debt. 2) FDI stocks (or positions) denote the value of the investment at the end of the period. FDI stocks are recorded in the International Investment Position. Outward FDI stocks are recorded as assets of the reporting economy, inward FDI stocks as liabilities. Similarly with flows, FDI stocks are broken down by kind of instrument. However, there are only two categories instead of three: Equity capital and reinvested earnings is the value of the own capital of the enterprise, including the value of own reserves that are accumulated from past reinvested earnings. Reserves corresponding to reinvested earnings are not shown separately from other equity capital as in the case of flows. Other FDI capital is the stock of debts (assets or liabilities) between the direct investors and the direct investment enterprise. 3) FDI income is the income accruing to direct investors during the period. FDI income is recorded in the current account of the Balance of Payments. Total FDI income is broken down by kind of income. The categories of FDI income available are linked to the breakdown of FDI flows and stocks by kind of instrument, namely: Dividends Dividends payable in the period and branch profits remitted to the direct investor, gross of any withholding taxes. Dividends include payments due on common and preferred shares. Reinvested earnings See definition under FDI flows. Interest on loans Interest accrued in the period on loans (other FDI capital) with affiliated enterprises, gross of any withholding tax. 4) FDI intensity Out of FDI annual data, an indicator useful to measure EU market integration is also calculated and disseminated in the domain Structural Indicators: FDI intensity as % of GDP: Average of inward and outward FDI flows divided by GDP. A higher index indicates higher new FDI during the period in relation to the size of the economy as measured by GDP. If this index increases over time, then the country/zone is becoming more integrated with the international economy.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The investigation was conducted using a series of six one-week “snapshot” surveys from 12 May to 29 June 2008, in each country.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The FAO Statistics Division has compiled an updated dataset series of capital stock in Agriculture from 1975-2007 using 2005 constant prices as the base year. The dataset on capital stock in agriculture are important for analyzing a number of policy issues related to sustainable growth of agriculture and achieving food security.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Октябрь 2012
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2012
      Выбрать
      The International Transport Forum Statistics on Investment and Maintenance in Transport Infrastructure 1992-2010 are based on an annual targeted survey sent to 52 member countries. The survey covers total gross investment in road, rail, inland waterways, maritime ports and airports, including all sources of financing as well as maintenance expenditures financed by public Administrations.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Investment Company Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thexp The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on involuntary part-time workers by professional status. Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total).Involuntary part-time workers are part-timers (working less than 30-usual hours per week) because they could not find a full-time job. However, the definitions are not harmonised which hampers the comparison across countries.Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator 'involuntary temporary employment' represents employees who could not find permanent job as a percentage of total employment. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the shares of industrial sectors that are "controlled" by affiliates under foreign control in each country (inward investment as a percentage of national total).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates under foreign control and all firms by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates under foreign control by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 3).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on affiliates under foreign control by investing country in the total manufacturing, total services and total business enterprise sectors.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on affiliates under foreign control by investing country in the total manufacturing, total services and total business enterprise sectors.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inflows and outflows by individual country, geographical region and economic grouping, expressed in millions of dollars. Additional calculations present: FDI world shares, FDI values per capita, and FDI percentage ratios with respect to GDP, gross fixed capital formation (GFCF), and total exports and imports of merchandise and services. This table also contains information on foreign direct investment (FDI) inward and outward stock by individual country, geographical region and economic grouping, expressed in millions of dollars, as FDI world shares, as FDI values per capita, and as FDI percentage ratios with respect to GDP
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_130 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The IPP.Stat is the statistics portal of the Innovation Policy Platform containing the main available indicators relevant to a country’s innovation performance. In addition to the traditional indicators used to monitor innovation, the range of the coverage to be found in the IPP.Stat calls for the inclusion of indicators from other domains that describe the broader national and international context in which innovation occurs. Indicators are sourced primarily from the OECD and the World Bank, as well as from other sources of comparable quality. The statistics portal is still under development.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Exchange rates Numbers that are presented in this dataset are those used by the OECD to convert national data: For countries sending data in national currency, the factor used to convert data is an annual exchange rate, built on an average of IMF monthly exchange rates weighted by the monthly trade value of imports and exports. Therefore exchange rates can differ between members of the Eurozone. For countries sending data in USD, the conversion factor is 1. They must be used as an indication and not as an exchange rates.The annual rates are also available (by clicking on the red i) but are not calculated using a trade weight. European Union Currency: The national exchange rates for the euro area countries have been converted into Euro. The option chosen by OECD is to convert exchange rates for periods prior ton entry into European Monetary Union. It means: Prior to 1999 for Austria, Belgium, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherland, Portugal, Spain Prior to 2001 for Greece Prior to 2007 for Slovenia Prior to 2009 for Slovakia Prior to 2011 for Estonia
    • Март 2013
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      International comparisons of taxes and charges on road haulage require a framework that can relate all the various taxes and charges levied on transport activities to marginal costs, if they are to provide satisfactory answers to the following types of question. -- Do hauliers in one country pay more than in the other, and what impact does this have on the profitability of haulage in each country? -- Is the impact of an increase in tax on diesel the same in each country or are differences in the taxation of labour more significant? -- Do these differences distort the international haulage market?
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      These tables contain detailed data on Greenhouse Gas (GHG) emissions and carbon dioxide (CO2) emissions from fossil fuel combustion in member countries of the International Transport Forum and member countries of OECD. Data on greenhouse gas emissions (and CO2 emissions in particular) come from national reports to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and from the International Energy Agency (IEA). UNFCCC and IEA emissions data are based on the default methods and emissions factors from the Revised 1996 IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas Inventories. CO2 emissions from international aviation and international maritime transport are included in national totals allocated on the basis of fuel sales. There is, however, no internationally agreed allocation methodology for these sectors as of yet.
  • J
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The job vacancy rate (JVR) measures the proportion of total posts that are vacant, according to the definition of job vacancy above, expressed as a percentage as follows: JVR = number of job vacancies / (number of occupied posts + number of job vacancies) * 100. Job vacancy rates for DK, FR, IT and MT are probably under-estimated due to a partial coverage of the respective economies.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      With most of the old EU Member States participating in economic and monetary union since 1999, infra-annual economic statistics for the euro area and the European Union as a whole have gained and will continue to gain even more operational importance for collective and private decision-making. The momentum of the EU economies and most notably the euro area economy has to be assessed continuously. The Euro-indicators/PEEIs special topic is exclusively dedicated to infra-annual economic statistics such as consumer prices, national accounts, balance of payments, external trade, industry, energy, trade and services, and the labour market, as well as a selection of monetary and financial indicators of the European Central Bank and business and consumer survey results from the European Commission's Economic and Financial Affairs DG. The pages are updated daily and offer free of charge statistics for the EU and the euro area. The database contains key indicators and an unrivalled volume of mostly harmonised and, above all, uniformly structured and documented national and European series. Data can be extracted online with the help of a new, user-friendly browser and customised extractions can be obtained on request. The alert function helps everybody to keep track of what is going on statistically. Metadata in ESMS format are available for the following collections:Balance of paymentsBusiness and Consumers SurveysConsumer pricesInternational TradeIndustry, Trade and ServicesLabour MarketMonetary and Financial IndicatorsNational Accounts (plus separate metadata for Government Accounts)House price statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      With most of the old EU Member States participating in economic and monetary union since 1999, infra-annual economic statistics for the euro area and the European Union as a whole have gained and will continue to gain even more operational importance for collective and private decision-making. The momentum of the EU economies and most notably the euro area economy has to be assessed continuously. The Euro-indicators/PEEIs special topic is exclusively dedicated to infra-annual economic statistics such as consumer prices, national accounts, balance of payments, external trade, industry, energy, trade and services, and the labour market, as well as a selection of monetary and financial indicators of the European Central Bank and business and consumer survey results from the European Commission's Economic and Financial Affairs DG. The pages are updated daily and offer free of charge statistics for the EU and the euro area. The database contains key indicators and an unrivalled volume of mostly harmonised and, above all, uniformly structured and documented national and European series. Data can be extracted online with the help of a new, user-friendly browser and customised extractions can be obtained on request. The alert function helps everybody to keep track of what is going on statistically. Metadata in ESMS format are available for the following collections: Balance of paymentsBusiness and Consumers SurveysConsumer pricesInternational TradeIndustry, Trade and ServicesLabour MarketMonetary and Financial IndicatorsNational Accounts (plus separate metadata for Government Accounts)House price statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain includes national statistics on the number of job vacancies, number of occupied jobs and job vacancy rates in the enterprises belonging to NACE, the European classification of economic activities. NACE Rev. 2 sections A to S and divisions 87 and 88 are covered. Activities of households, and extra-territorial organisations and bodies are excluded. The longest time series are available for the UK (from 2001). All countries are available from 2010, when the JVS regulation came into force. EU aggregates are also avaiable from here. Most countries base their JVS on business surveys. Data are published quarterly, with a flash release around 50 days after the end of the quarter and a news release around 80 days after the end of the quarter.
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This domain includes national statistics on the number of job vacancies, number of occupied jobs and job vacancy rates in the enterprises belonging to NACE, the European classification of economic activities. NACE Rev. 2 sections A to S and divisions 87 and 88 are covered. Activities of households, and extra-territorial organisations and bodies are excluded. The longest time series are available for the UK (from 2001). All countries are available from 2010, when the JVS regulation came into force. EU aggregates are also avaiable from here. Most countries base their JVS on business surveys. Data are published quarterly, with a flash release around 50 days after the end of the quarter and a news release around 80 days after the end of the quarter.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Joint Organisations Data Initiative
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The JODI-Gas World Database is a platform that provides access to all data reported through monthly submissions of the JODI-Gas Questionnaire by all participating countries and economies. The database is updated on a monthly basis around the 20th of each month, though there are possibilities for additional updates. Registered users are notified by e-mail alert each time the database is updated.Modelled after JODI-Oil, which features monthly oil production, consumption, stocks and trade data from over 90 countries, JODI-Gas embodies the same objective of enhancing energy data transparency, with the ultimate goal of ensuring global energy security for producers and consumers alike.   JODI-Gas World Database covers: Three product categories:Natural gas in million m3Natural gas in TJLNG in 1000 tons Twelve flows:ProductionReceipts from Other SourcesTotal Imports LNGTotal Exports LNGTotal Imports through PipelineTotal Exports through PipelineStock ChangeGross Inland Deliveries (Calculated)Statistical Difference (Calculated)Gross Inland Deliveries (Observed)Of which: Electricity and Heat GenerationClosing Stocks;Data for around 80 participating countries. Historical data from January 2009: target is to release one month old data (M-1) every month for all participating countries.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Joint Organisations Data Initiative
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Joint Organisations Data Initiative is a concrete outcome of the producer-consumer energy dialogue. The initiative relies on the combined efforts of producing and consuming countries and the seven JODI partner organisations to build the timely, comprehensive, and sustainable energy data provision architecture which is a prerequisite for stable energy commodity markets. More than 90 countries/economies, Members of the six pioneer organisations (APEC, EUROSTAT, IEA, OLADE, OPEC and UNSD) participate in JODI Oil, representing around 90% of global oil supply and demand. When the Joint Organisations Data Initiative Oil (JODI Oil) was first launched in 2001, the primary goal was not to build a database but to raise the awareness of all oil market players to the need for more transparency in oil market data. The database consists of: seven product categories: crude oil, LPG, gasoline, kerosene, diesel oil, fuel oil and total oil products; eight flows: production, demand, refinery intake and output, imports, exports, closing stock levels and stock change; data in three different units: barrels, tons and litres; data for more than 90 participating countries; data from January 2002 to one month-old.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      External debt data and selected foreign assets from international creditor/market sources
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
  • K
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the ASA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council (new ESA95 transmission programme). The ASA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished in "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. The availability of back data varies according to country. A subset of national key indicators is available in the table "Key indicators" for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), for the euro area and for the EU28. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes: B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only:  Gross disposable income of households in real terms (B6G, percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):  B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Karolina Kalkowska
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Karolina Kalkowska
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      The World Bank’s Knowledge Assessment Methodology (KAM: www.worldbank.org/kam) is an online interactive tool that produces the Knowledge Economy Index (KEI)–an aggregate index representing a country’s or region’s overall preparedness to compete in the Knowledge Economy (KE). The KEI is based on a simple average of four subindexes, which represent the four pillars of the knowledge economy:  Economic Incentive and Institutional Regime (EIR)  Innovation and Technological Adoption  Education and Training  Information and Communications Technologies (ICT) Infrastructure The EIR comprises incentives that promote the efficient use of existing and new knowledge and the flourishing of entrepreneurship. An efficient innovation system made up of firms, research centers, universities, think tanks, consultants, and other organizations can tap into the growing stock of global knowledge, adapt it to local needs, and create new technological solutions. An educated and appropriately trained population is capable of creating, sharing, and using knowledge. A modern and accessible ICT infrastructure serves to facilitate the effective communication, dissemination, and processing of information.
  • L
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_lci_r1_cow Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K or NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2008) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_lci_r2_cow Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K or NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2008) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_lci_r2_itw Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K or NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2008) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2012 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2012 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2012 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost index shows the short-term development of the total cost, on an hourly basis, for employers of employing the labour force. The index covers all market economic activities except agriculture, forestry, fisheries, education, health, community, social and personal service activities. Labour costs include gross wages and salaries, employers social contributions and taxes net of subsidies connected to employment. The labour cost index is compiled as a "chain-linked Laspeyres cost-index" using a common index reference period (2012 = 100). The index is presented in calendar and seasonally adjusted form. Growth rates with respect to the previous quarter (Q/Q-1) are calculated from seasonally and calendar adjusted figures while growth rates with respect to the same quarter of the previous year (Q/Q-4) are calculated from calendar adjusted figures.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI) is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 1.1 Sections C to K (1996Q1-2008Q4) and NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). On annual basis the labour cost levels (in Euro and national currency) are also published, based on the latest Labour Cost Survey inflated by the LCI. In contrast to the information collected for the other Labour Cost domains, the labour costs covered in the LCI do not include vocational training costs and other expenditure such as recruitment costs and working clothes expenditure. The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. The labour cost levels are based on the latest Labour Cost Survey (currently 2012) and an extrapolation based on the quarterly Labour Cost Index (LCI). The levels are available in euro and national currency. The Labour Cost Survey is a four-yearly survey that collects levels of labour costs at a very detailed level. For the purpose of extrapolating with the LCI, data are only used at a very aggregated level. The quarterly LCI is a Euro Indicator which measures the cost pressure arising from the production factor "labour". The data covered in the LCI collection relate to total average hourly labour costs and to the labour cost categories "wages and salaries" and "employers' social security contributions plus taxes paid minus subsidies received by the employer". Data - also broken down by economic activity, are available for the EU aggregates and EU Member States (NACE Rev 2 Sections B to S), in working day and seasonally adjusted form. The data on the Labour Cost Index are given in the form of index numbers (current reference year: 2012) and of annual and quarterly growth rates (comparison with the previous quarter, or the same quarter of the previous year). The data are estimated by the National Statistical Institutes on the basis of available structural and short-term information from samples and administrative records for enterprises of all sizes.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08costot_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04cost Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r08cost_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00cost Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_an_cost_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on Average hourly labour costs which are defined as total labour costs divided by the corresponding number of hours worked by the yearly average number of employees, expressed in full-time units." Labour Costs (D) cover Wages and Salaries (D11) and non-wage costs (Employers’ social contributions plus taxes less subsidies: D12+D4-D5)
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_so_lfesu The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices. The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_so_lfaa The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices. The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sts_trlb_m Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data aregenerally presentedin the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS-regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs concerning the STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesNew orders (data on new orders are published in Eurostat's database until the reference month April 2012; the collection of data on industrial new orders was terminated with Commission Regulation No 461/2012 of 31 May 2012): Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic new orders into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedNumber of new car registrations==>This indicator is not a STS legal requirement for the Member States. The national data are collected by the European Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA - Association de Constructeurs Européens d'Automobiles). In the past Eurostat used to compile the European time series based on the information provided by ACEA. Eurostat terminated the publication of the new car registration within short-term statistics. The information is now provided by the European Central Bank. SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employedProducer prices (Output prices )*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour productivity per hour worked is calculated as real output (deflated GDP measured in chain-linked volumes, reference year 2005) per unit of labour input (measured by the total number of hours worked). Measuring labour productivity per hour worked provides a better picture of productivity developments in the economy than labour productivity per person employed, as it eliminates differences in the full time/part time composition of the workforce across countries and years.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Gross domestic product (GDP) is a measure for the economic activity. It is defined as the value of all goods and services produced less the value of any goods or services used in their creation. GDP per person employed is intended to give an overall impression of the productivity of national economies expressed in relation to the European Union (EU28) average. If the index of a country is higher than 100, this country's level of GDP per person employed is higher than the EU average and vice versa. Basic figures are expressed in PPS, i.e. a common currency that eliminates the differences in price levels between countries allowing meaningful volume comparisons of GDP between countries. Please note that 'persons employed' does not distinguish between full-time and part-time employment. Labour productivity per hour worked is calculated as real output per unit of labour input (measured by the total number of hours worked). Measuring labour productivity per hour worked provides a better picture of productivity developments in the economy than labour productivity per person employed, as it eliminates differences in the full time/part time composition of the workforce across countries and years.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvhl30 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvhl35 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvhl34 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvhl32 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_lvhl33 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lan_lcv_ovw LUCAS is the acronym of Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey. The aim of the LUCAS survey is to gather harmonised information on land use and land cover. The survey also provides territorial information facilitating the analysis of the interactions between agriculture, environment and countryside, such as irrigation and land management. Since 2006, EUROSTAT has carried out LUCAS surveys every three years. 2006 data is considered pilot and has not been used to produce estimates. The most recent surveys happened in the spring-summer of 2009 and 2012. Since the LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A panel approach is used, so some points have been visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications. Landscape pictures are taken in the four cardinal directions. A transect of 250m is walked from the point to the east direction, where the surveyor records all transitions of land cover and existing linear features. A specific soil module was implemented on 2009 and partly in 2012. From the LUCAS survey in situ data collection, different types of information are obtained:Micro dataImagesStatistical tables   1. Micro data Land cover, land use and environmental parameters associated to the single surveyed points are available freely for download in the LUCAS dedicated section. Specific ad hoc modules have been included in some surveys such as the 2009 top soil sample taken on 10% of total LUCAS points. Soil results  for 25 countries are available via the JRC Land resource management unit under license agreement. In 2012 the soil module was implemented in Bulgaria and Romania. Results are not yet available. 2. Images Point and landscape photos taken in the four cardinal directions at each point are available freely  by request either via e-mail contact to [email protected] or by using the online order form. 3. Statistical tables Statistical tables with aggregated results by land cover, land use at geographical level are available in Eurobase under the domain land cover, land use and landscape (LUCAS). In addition there are tables on landscape features; these indicators are computed on the basis of the information collected along the 250m transect, where data on presence of land cover and linear elements is registered. The statistics are presented at NUTS0, NUTS1 and NUTS2 levels using the classification for NUTS 2010. These estimates are based on the point data conveniently weighted. For further information on weighting refer to chapter 20.5 Data compilation. Â
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lan_lcv_art LUCAS is the acronym of Land Use and Cover Area frame Survey. The aim of the LUCAS survey is to gather harmonised information on land use and land cover. The survey also provides territorial information facilitating the analysis of the interactions between agriculture, environment and countryside, such as irrigation and land management. Since 2006, EUROSTAT has carried out LUCAS surveys every three years. 2006 data is considered pilot and has not been used to produce estimates. The most recent surveys happened in the spring-summer of 2009 and 2012. Since the LUCAS surveys are carried out in-situ, this means that observations are made and registered on the ground by field surveyors. A panel approach is used, so some points have been visited in subsequent years. In the field, the surveyor classifies the land cover and the visible land use according to the harmonized LUCAS Survey land cover and land use classifications. Landscape pictures are taken in the four cardinal directions. A transect of 250m is walked from the point to the east direction, where the surveyor records all transitions of land cover and existing linear features. A specific soil module was implemented on 2009 and partly in 2012. From the LUCAS survey in situ data collection, different types of information are obtained:Micro dataImagesStatistical tables   1. Micro data Land cover, land use and environmental parameters associated to the single surveyed points are available freely for download in the LUCAS dedicated section. Specific ad hoc modules have been included in some surveys such as the 2009 top soil sample taken on 10% of total LUCAS points. Soil results  for 25 countries are available via the JRC Land resource management unit under license agreement. In 2012 the soil module was implemented in Bulgaria and Romania. Results are not yet available. 2. Images Point and landscape photos taken in the four cardinal directions at each point are available freely  by request either via e-mail contact to [email protected] or by using the online order form. 3. Statistical tables Statistical tables with aggregated results by land cover, land use at geographical level are available in Eurobase under the domain land cover, land use and landscape (LUCAS). In addition there are tables on landscape features; these indicators are computed on the basis of the information collected along the 250m transect, where data on presence of land cover and linear elements is registered. The statistics are presented at NUTS0, NUTS1 and NUTS2 levels using the classification for NUTS 2010. These estimates are based on the point data conveniently weighted. For further information on weighting refer to chapter 20.5 Data compilation. Â
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Crop statistics refer to the following types of annual data:area, production harvested and yield for cereals and for other main field crops (mainly dried pulses, root crops, fodder and industrial crops);area, production harvested and yield for a large number of fruits and vegetableshumidity of the harvested crop (humidity content in %)agricultural land use. The statistics provide, for a given product, the area, the yield and the production harvested during the crop year at national level. For some products regional figures (NUTS 1 or 2) are available too. The data refer to areas under cultivation (expressed in 1 000 hectares), the quantity harvested (expressed in 1 000 tonnes) and the yield (expressed in 100kg/ha). The information concerns more than 100 crop products. The earliest data are available from 1955 for cereals and from the early 1960's for fruits and vegetables. However most Member States have started to send in data in the 1970's and 1980's. The statistical system has progressively improved and enlarged. The current Regulation (EC) No 543/2009 entered into force in January 2010. It simplified the data collection and reduced the number of crop sub-classes. At present Eurostat receives and publishes harmonised statistical data from 28 Member States broken down in:17 categories and subcategories for cereals;30 categories and  subcategories for other main crops (mainly Dried pulses, Root crops and Industrial crops);40 categories and subcategories for vegetables;41 categories and subcategories for fruits;18 categories and subcategories for UAA (Utilised Agricultural Area).For the full list of crops, please consult Annex 1 . Some data are available also for Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Albania, Montenegro. Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Serbia, Kosovo (under United Nations Security Council Resolution 1244/99), Bosnia Herzegovina and Turkey as well. Some additional crops are covered bya Gentlemen's agreement. These data is provided on voluntary basis by the Member States. The list of crops collected under the gentlemen's agreements is included in Annex 1. The main data sources are administrative records, surveys and expert estimates. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for the national data collection in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for drawing the EU aggregations. Regional metadata Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified the regional metadata is identical to the metadata for the national data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:agr_r_landuse
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Land resources are one of the four components of the natural environment: water, air, land and living resources. In this context land is both: a physical "milieu" necessary for the development of natural vegetation as well as cultivated vegetation; a resource for human activities. The data presented here give information concerning land use state and changes (e.g. agricultural land, forest land). Land area excludes area under inland water bodies (i.e. major rivers and lakes). Arable refers to all lan generally under rotation, whether for temporary crops (double-cropped areas are counted only once) or meadows, or left fallow (less than five years). These data are not meant to indicate the amount of land that is potentially cultivable. Permanent crops are those that occupy land for a long period and do not have to be planted for several years after each harvest (e.g. cocoa, coffee, rubber). Land under vines and trees and shrubs producing fruits, nuts and flowers, such as roses and jasmine, is so classified, as are nurseries (except those for forest trees, which should be classified under "forests and other wooded land"). Arable and permanent crop land is defined as the sum of arable area and land under permanent crops. Permanent meadows and pastures refer to land used for five years or more to grow herbaceous forage crops, either cultivated or growing wild (wild prairie or grazing land). Forest refers to land spanning more than 0.5 hectare (0.005 km2) and a canopy cover of more than 10 percent, or trees able to reach these thresholds in situ. This includes land from which forests have been cleared but that will be reforested in the foreseeable future. This excludes woodland or forest predominantly under agricultural or urban land use and used only for recreation purposes. Other areas include built-up and related land, wet open land, and dry open land, with or without vegetation cover. Areas under inland water bodies (rivers and lakes) are excluded. The definitions used in different countries may show variations.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_oluaareg The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys.The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients.Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy.Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them.However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey.The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible.The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey.The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables.The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices.The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm).Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level.For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure.Regional DataData for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ef_oluecsreg The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys.The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwardsStandard Gross Margin (SGM) and Standard Output (SO) coefficients.Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy.Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them.However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey.The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible.The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey.The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables.The variables are arranged into groups:one general overview with the key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockspecial interest topics: farm labour force, rural development issues as well as management and practices.The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm).Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level.For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure.Regional DataData for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Unit: Number of meshes per 1 000 km2. Landscape fragmentation caused by transportation infrastructure and built-up areas has a number of ecological effects. It contributes significantly to the decline and loss of wildlife populations and to the increasing endangerment of species in Europe, for example through the dissection and isolation of populations, and affects the water regime and the recreational quality of landscapes.  Landscape fragmentation is measured in number of meshes per 1000 km² - the effective mesh density. The more barriers fragmenting the landscape, the higher the effective mesh density. The effective mesh size meff expresses the probability that any two points chosen randomly in a region are connected; that is, not separated by barriers such as transport routes or built-up areas. This can be interpreted as the probability that two animals, placed in different locations somewhere in a region, can find each other within the region without having to cross a barrier such as a road, urban area, or major river. Thus, it indicates the ability of animals to move freely in the landscape without encountering such barriers. The more barriers fragmenting the landscape, the lower the probability that the two points are connected, and the lower the effective mesh size. meff is measured in km2.  Fragmentation geometry has been created from input data (TeleAtlas roads/rails, CLC urban classes, mountain areas / mountain ridges based on Nordregio and WorldClim data and rivers/lakes based on Catchment Characterisation and Modelling (CCM) v.2 database and CLC database) and landscape fragmentation metrics (Jaeger 2000) has been calculated.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ilang The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Lao Statistics Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      Lao PDR Regional Statistics, 2013
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Fertility data at national level are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current year are collected from the national statistical institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year T are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - Total live births in year (T-1) - Live births by month in year T - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and legal marital status in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age, year of birth and birth order in year T-1 - Live births by mother's age and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) in year T-1 - Declared legal abortions by age in year T-1 Based on this information, Eurostat computes and disseminates the following fertility indicators: Total fertility rate, Fertility rates by mother's age (Age specific fertility rates) and Mean age of women at childbirth. The most recent (aggregated) data on live births can be found under the 'Total population and demographic events - Annual balance (demo_gen)'. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the demographic indicators (published in December of each year). In principle, the demographic balance is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on fertility (by age, sex and marital status, birth order, educational attainment) can be found under the section Fertility (demo_fer). This disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Legatum Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Prosperity Index is the only global measurement of national success based on both income and wellbeing. Our econometric analysis has identified 89 variables, which are spread across eight sub-indices. By measuring prosperity holistically we are able to identify and analyse the specific factors that contribute to the success of a country.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_lemon Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The level of citizens confidence in EU institutions (Council of the European Union, European Parliament and European Commission) is expressed as the share of positive opinions (people who declare that they tend to trust) about the institutions. The indicator is based on the Eurobarometer, a survey which has been conducted twice a year since 1973 to monitor the evolution of public opinion in the Member States. The indicator only displays the results of the autumn survey. Potential replies to the question on the level of confidence include 'tend to trust', 'tend not to trust' and 'don't know' or 'no answer'. Trust is not precisely defined and could leave some room for interpretation to the interviewees.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The productivity and income estimates presented in this dataset are mainly based on GDP, population and employment data from the OECD Annual National Accounts. Hours worked are sourced from the OECD Annual National Accounts, the OECD Employment Outlook and national sources. The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the sources databases. However, timely data issues may arise and affect individual series and/or individual countries. In particular, annual hours worked estimates from the OECD Employment Outlook are typically updated less frequently (once a year, in the summer) than series of hours worked from the OECD Annual National Accounts.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Percentage of households who have internet access at home. All forms of internet use are included. The population considered is aged 16 to 74.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains labour force data on labour market status - population, labour force, unemployment and employment - by sex and by detailed age groups and standard age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55-64, 65+, total). Note: Population figures reported in table LFS by sex are Census-based, while the data for this table are taken from labour force surveys. Population for total age group refers to working age population (15 to 64 years).
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains the age composition (as a percentage of all ages) of the population for each labour force status - labour force, employment, unemployment - by sex. Unit of measure used - Data are expressed as percentages.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
        This table contains data on labour force participation rates, employment/population ratios and unemployment rates for both the total labour force and civilian labour force by sex. There are data for both the total age group and the working age population (ages 15 to 64). This table also contains data on the share of civilian employment by sex.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Physicians (medical doctors) as defined by ISCO 88 (code 2221) apply preventive and curative measures, improve or develop concepts, theories and operational methods and conduct research in the area of medicine and health care. Physicians may be counted according to different concepts such as "practising", "professionally active" or "licensed to practice". Physicians licensed to practice are practising physicians, professionally active and economically active physicians as well as all physicians being registered and entitled to practice as health care professionals.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat statistics on mortality are based on the annual demographic data collection in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demographic data collection of each year (T), named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May of year T); during this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1 January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. The Nowcast demographic data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November of year T). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing a forecast on 1 January population of the following year (T+1). More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on mortality field: - Total number of deaths in year (T-1) - Infant mortality by age and sex (T-1) - Late foetal deaths by mother's age (T-1) - Deaths by age, year of birth and sex (T-1) - Deaths by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997) - Deaths by month, year (T) and (T-1) Based on these information, Eurostat currently computes and disseminates the following mortality indicators: - Crude death rate - Infant mortality rate - Neonatal mortality rate - Early neonatal mortality rate - Late foetal mortality rate - Perinatal mortality rate - Life table - Life expectancy by age and sex - Life expectancy by age, sex and educational attainment (ISCED 1997)  The most recent (aggregated) data on the number of deaths can be found under the Main demographic indicators. This includes also the most recent Eurostat now casts on the main demographic indicators (population, births, deaths and net migration including statistical adjustment). In principle, the table containing the main demographic indicators is updated three times per year, after each of the national data collections. Detailed information on mortality (by age, sex, etc.) can be found under the section Mortality (demo_mor). These disaggregated information are updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. The geographical aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented at national level and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous geographical status are published. The currently disseminated geographical aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA).
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      This Dataset presents 8 Tables: Age specific death rate (Mx) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mdthrt), Probability of dying between exact ages (qx) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mpbdth), Probability of surviving between exact ages (px) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mpbsurv), Number left alive at given exact age (lx) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_msurv), Number dying between exact ages (dx) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mdie), Person-years lived between exact age (Lx) (demo_r_mpyliv), Total person-years lived above given exact age (Tx) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mtotpyliv), Life expectancy at given exact age (ex) by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_mlifexp). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > Population and social conditions > Population (populat) > Demography (pop) > Demography - Regional data (demoreg) > Life table - NUTS level 2 regions (demo_rmlifetable).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. Both the numerator and the denominator come from the EU Labour Force Survey. The information collected relates to all education or training whether or not relevant to the respondent's current or possible future job. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      General and regional statistics > Regional statistics > Regional agriculture statistics > Agri-Environmental Indicators > Livestock density by NUTS 3 regions
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: LMC Automotive
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_ind_exp The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_expsumm   The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_partsumm The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2014
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The Logistics Performance Index overall score reflects assessments of a country's logistics based on efficiency of the customs clearance process, quality of trade- and transport-related infrastructure, ease of arranging competitively priced shipments, quality of logistics services, ability to track and trace consignments, and frequency with which shipments reach the consignee within the scheduled time. The index ranges from 1 to 5, with a higher score representing better performance.Data are from Logistics Performance Index surveys conducted by the World Bank in partnership with academic and international institutions and private companies and individuals engaged in international logistics. 2011 round of surveys covered more than 6,000 country assessments by nearly 1,000 international freight forwarders. Respondents evaluated eight markets on six core dimensions using a scale from 1 (worst) to 5 (best). The markets are chosen based on the most important export and import markets of the respondent's country, random selection, and, for landlocked countries, neighboring countries that connect them with international markets. Scores for the six areas are averaged across all respondents and aggregated to a single score using principal components analysis. Details of the survey methodology and index construction methodology are in Connecting to Compete 2012: Trade Logistics in the Global Economy (2012).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Long term government bond yields are calculated as monthly averages (non seasonally adjusted data). They refer to central government bond yields on the secondary market, gross of tax, with a residual maturity of around 10 years. The bond or the bonds of the basket have to be replaced regularly to avoid any maturity drift. This definition is used in the convergence criteria of the Economic and Monetary Union for long-term interest rates, as required under Article 121 of the Treaty of Amsterdam and the Protocol on the convergence criteria. Data are presented in raw form. Source: European Central Bank (ECB)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The long-term unemployment rate expresses the number of long-term unemployed aged 15-74 as a percentage of the active population of the same age. Long-term unemployed (12 months and more) comprise persons aged at least 15, who are not living in collective households, who will be without work during the next two weeks, who would be available to start work within the next two weeks and who are seeking work (have actively sought employment at some time during the previous four weeks or are not seeking a job because they have already found a job to start later). The total active population (labour force) is the total number of the employed and unemployed population. The duration of unemployment is defined as the duration of a search for a job or as the period of time since the last job was held (if this period is shorter than the duration of the search for a job).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: European Central Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The statistics for EU Member States published here relate to interest rates for long-term government bonds denominated in national currencies. Where no harmonised long-term government bond yields are available, proxies derived from private sector bond yields or interest rate indicators are presented. The harmonised statistics are used for convergence assessment purposes, as stated in Article 121 of the Treaty establishing the European Community (the Treaty). Specific details are set out in Article 4 of the Protocol on the convergence criteria.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to:first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on:EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub1a
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub1n
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub1i
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub1t
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub1s
  • M
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Institute of Mergers, Acquisitions and Alliances (IMAA)
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Macroeconomic Imbalances Procedure (MIP) is a surveillance mechanism that aims to identify potential macroeconomic risks early on, prevent the emergence of harmful macroeconomic imbalances, and correct the imbalances that are already in place. It is a mechanism for monitoring economic policies and detecting potential harm to the proper functioning of the economy of a Member State, of the Economic and Monetary Union, and of the European Union as a whole. The MIP covers a number of sequential steps, having the  Alert Mechanism Report (AMR), as a starting point. The report is an initial screening device and it consists of Statistical annex, presenting the MIP Scoreboard indicators. The AMR identifies the Member States for which further analysis (in the form of an in-depth review) is deemed necessary in order to decide whether an imbalance in need of policy action exists. The MIP Scoreboard comprises a small number of relevant, practical, simple, measurable and available macroeconomic and macrofinancial indicators. It is used as a tool to facilitate early identification and monitoring of imbalances and consists of headline indicators with defined  indicative thresholds, serving as alert levels. A wider set of auxiliary indicators is used for the economic reading of the scoreboard. It should be emphasised that the scoreboard indicators are not mechanically interpreted. Countries are assessed by looking at the evolution of indicators over time as well as taking into account the most recent developments and outlook. The assessment takes into account a combination of additional relevant information. The table presents the different versions of the Statistical Annexes of the AMR. Each annex covers 10-year time series by Member State with the following cut-off dates:26th October 2015 for the 2016 AMR;1st November 2014 for the 2015 AMR;1st November 2013 for the 2014 AMR;1st November 2012 for the 2013 AMR;30th January 2012 for the 2012 AMR.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side.nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment (a component of BoP financial account), to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports. Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU and in millions of national currency. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. These are described in the International Trade in Services EU 1992-2001 - Compilation guide. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for: balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year. Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05nowree Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05nowrep Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06finiisco Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Detailed tax and social contribution receipts by type of tax or social contribution and by sub-sector of general government, notified by national authorities in line with Table 0900 of the ESA 95 transmission programme. Data are presented in euro/ECU, national currency units and as percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Norway, Switzerland and Iceland. Main sources of data: National authorities.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12reasnot Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12staywork Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05nowre2 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05nowre1 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06reasstaf Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and at regional levels across 31 European countries: for each EU-28 Member State as well as for Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration (including statistical adjustment) covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1 January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for the main scenario and the higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of the projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population;the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants.Europop2013 at regional level covers all the regions classified as NUTS level 2 and NUTS level 3 corresponding to the NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions (SR) agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The statistical information included for each NUTS level relates to the main scenario and is summarised below: Europop2013 for NUTS level 2 regions:projected population on 1 January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population;the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080;data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units;287 regions classified as NUTS and SR level 2. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.Europop2013 for NUTS level 3 regions:projected population on 1 January by age and sex;the time horizon covered is from 2014 until 2050;data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations will differ from the upper NUTS level 2 ones by few units;1361 regions classified as NUTS and SR level 3. Due to the relative small population Cyprus and Luxembourg have only one NUTS level 3 region. Thus, for these two countries the projected population data at NUTS level 3 are identical to the ones at NUTS level 2 and at national level.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This database, published twice a year, provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD Member countries and selected non-member economies in the field of Science and Technology as available from 1981 onwards. It includes final or provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. Indicators cover resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D-intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Indicators on R&D expenditures, budgets and personnel are derived from the OECD's Research and Development Statistics (RDS) database, which is based on the data reported to OECD and Eurostat in the framework of the joint OECD/Eurostat international data collection on resources devoted to R&D. The sources for the other indicators include the OECD databases on Activities of Foreign Affiliates (AFA), on Bilateral Trade in Goods by Industry and End-use Category database (BTDIxE), on Patents and on Technological Balance of Payments (TBP). YEARS COVERED: 1981 onward. COUNTRIES COVERED: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom, and United States. NON-MEMBER ECONOMIES: Argentina, China, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This database, published twice a year, provides a set of indicators that reflect the level and structure of the efforts undertaken by OECD Member countries and selected non-member economies in the field of Science and Technology as available from 1981 onwards. It includes final or provisional results as well as forecasts established by government authorities. Indicators cover resources devoted to research and development, patent families, technology balance of payments and international trade in highly R&D-intensive industries. Also presented are the underlying economic series used to calculate these indicators. Indicators on R&D expenditures, budgets and personnel are derived from the OECD's Research and Development Statistics (RDS) database, which is based on the data reported to OECD and Eurostat in the framework of the joint OECD/Eurostat international data collection on resources devoted to R&D. The sources for the other indicators include the OECD databases on Activities of Foreign Affiliates (AFA), on Bilateral Trade in Goods by Industry and End-use Category database (BTDIxE), on Patents and on Technological Balance of Payments (TBP). YEARS COVERED: 1981 onward. COUNTRIES COVERED: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Chile, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, United Kingdom, and United States. NON-MEMBER ECONOMIES: Argentina, China, Romania, Russian Federation, Singapore, South Africa and Chinese Taipei.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05typece Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: U.S. Department of Treasury
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data in this table include foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury marketable and non-marketable bills, bonds, and notes reported monthly under the Treasury International Capital (TIC) reporting system. The data are collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians. Since U.S. securities held in overseas custody accounts may not be attributed to the actual owners, the data may not provide a precise accounting of individual country ownership of Treasury securities (see TIC FAQ #7 at: http://www.treasury.gov/resource-center/data-chart-center/tic/Pages/ticfaq1.aspx). -- Data for December 2011 and later include holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes as reported on TIC Form SLT, "Aggregate Holdings of Long-Term Securities by U.S. and Foreign Residents.", including preliminary SLT data for the most recent month on the MFH table. -- The data before December 2011 were collected primarily from U.S.-based custodians and broker-dealers. Those data includes estimated foreign holdings of U.S. Treasury bonds and notes based on adding monthly net transactions from the TIC S Form to the holdings in the most recent annual Survey of Foreign Holdings of U.S. Securities. See footnotes 16 and 17 for details about the transition period during the 3rd and 4th quarter of 2011.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on manure storage facilities are gathered through the Farm Structure Surveys (FSS) conducted by Member States accordingly to the specific community legislation. The variables presented in this table are the following: - Holdings with storage facilities for solid dung - Holdings with storage facilities for liquid manure - Holdings with storage facilities for slurry - Holdings with manure storage facilities
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the differnce in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 refernce year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om)Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om)Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om)Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om) [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_mago_om Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the differnce in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 refernce year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om)Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om)Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om)Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om) [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_mapa_om Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 6 Tables. Market capitalisation - Annual data (mny_stk_mcp_a); Market capitalisation - Quarterly data (mny_stk_mcp_q); Market capitalisation - Monthly data (mny_stk_mcp_m); Turnover - Annual data (mny_stk_tov_a); Turnover - Quarterly data (mny_stk_tov_q); Turnover - Monthly data (mny_stk_tov_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Stock market (mny_stk) > Market capitalisation (mny_stk_mcp) and Stock market turnover (mny_stk_tov)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is calculated on the basis of annual data collected by Eurostat. Eurostat provides model questionnaires to all data providers that cover the following areas: - Number of generating companies representing at least 95% of the national net electricity generation - Number of generating companies producing at least 5% of the national net electricity generation - Share of generation and installed capacity for generating companies with at least 5% of the national electricity generation/capacity - Amount of new capacity connected during the year - Amount of capacity decommissioned during the year - Total number of electricity retailers to final customers - Number of electricity retailers selling at least 5% of total national electricity consumed by final customers - Market shares of electricity retailers selling at least 5% of total national electricity consumed by final customers   Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 июня, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:isoc_tc_mshtThe collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro.Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country.Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on marriages and divorces at national level are based on the annual demographic data collections in the field of demography carried out by Eurostat. The completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The Joint demographic data collection is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. During this data collection Eurostat collects from the national statistical institutes detailed data by sex, age and other characteristics for the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year and the population on 1 January of the current and previous years. More specifically, during year T the following data are collected and disseminated on fertility field: - total number of marriages and divorces - persons getting married during the reference year by previous legal marital status, year T-1 Data can be found under the section Marriages and divorces (demo_nup). The information is updated towards the end of each year based on information collected during the Joint data collection. Moreover, any update sent by the countries in-between data collections are validated, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's demographic database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database as soon as possible. Aggregates are recalculated accordingly. The data transmitted by the National Statistical Institutes are validated by Eurostat, processed and uploaded into Eurostat's Demographic Database and in Eurostat's free dissemination online database. The data are also disseminated in several thematic and horizontal Eurostat's publications. Data are presented by single country and for aggregates of countries. For EU and Euro Area, only the current and the previous version of the aggregates are published. The currently disseminated aggregates are: EU-27, EU-25, EA-16, and EA-15. Moreover, data is disseminated for the European Economic Area (EEA) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). International marriages and divorces Statistics on the number of international marriages and divorces (2000-2007) were collected by Eurostat from national statistical institutes in September 2008. The data were further used by the European Commission for preparing  a proposal for a Council Regulation on the law applicable in divorce and legal separation.  These data collected are available upon request.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This metadata refers to two datasets based one and the same data collection:Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): detailed material input flows into the national economy (in tonnes)Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): various ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) 1. Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) compile material flow inputs into national economies. EW-MFA cover all solid, gaseous, and liquid material inputs, except for water and air, measured in mass units per year. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators such as:Domestic extraction (DE): total amount of material extracted for further processing in the economy, by resident units from the natural environment;Imports (IMP): imports of products in their simple mass weight;Direct material input (DMI): measures the direct input of material into the economy; it includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities (DE+IMP);Exports (EXP): exports of products in their simple mass weight;Domestic material consumption (DMC): measures the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units (DE+IMP-EXP). Note: IMP and EXP are distinguished into extra-EU-trade and total trade. 2. Resource productivity (GDP/DMC) is defined as the ratio of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) and commonly expressed in Euro per kilogram of material. The data set env_ac_rp employs different types of GDP for calculating this ratio, depending on the analytical perspective (see item 4). The term designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The data presented come from the OECD pilot database on material flows, and from other national and international sources. The definitions used are based on the OECD Guide «Measuring material flows and resource productivity» and on ongoing international work on material flow accounting and analysis (MFA). It should be born in mind that the data should be interpreted with caution and that the time series presented here may change in future as work on methodologies for MF accounting progresses. Furthermore, data contain rough estimates for OECD and BRIICS aggregates. These data refer to material resources, i.e. materials originating from natural resources that form the material basis of the economy: metals (ferrous, non-ferrous) non-metallic minerals (construction minerals, industrial minerals), biomass (wood, food) and fossil energy carriers. The use of materials in production and consumption processes has many economic, social and environmental consequences. These consequences often extend beyond the borders of countries or regions, notably when materials are traded internationally, either in the form of raw materials or as products embodying them. They differ among the various materials and among the various stages of the resource life cycle (extraction, processing, use, transport, end-of-life management). From an environmental point of view these consequences depend on:the rate of extraction and depletion of renewable and non-renewable resource stocksthe extent of harvest and the reproductive capacity and natural productivity of renewable resourcesthe associated environmental burden (e.g. pollution, waste, habitat disruption), and its effects on environmental quality (e.g. air, water, soil, biodiversity, landscape) and on related environmental services These data inform about physical flows of material resources at various levels of detail and at various stages of the flow chain. The information shows: a) the material basis of economies and its composition by major material groups, considering:the extraction of raw materials;the trade balance in physical terms;the consumption of materials;the material inputs b) the consumption of selected materials that are of environmental and economic significance. c) in-use stocks of selected products that are of environmental and economic significance. Domestic extraction used (DEU) refers to the flows of raw materials extracted or harvested from the environment and that physically enter the economic system for further processing or direct consumption (they are used by the economy as material factor inputs). Unused domestic extraction (UDE) exclude excavated soil for construction purposes and soil erosion from agricultural land. The main reason is that excavated soil is commonly not reported in statistics, and estimation methods are not well developed. Imports (IMP) and exports (EXP) are major components of the direct material flow indicators DMI (domestic material input) and DMC (domestic material consumption). They cannot be taken as indication of domestic resource requirements. Indirect flows of imports and exports (IFIMP and IFEXP) indicate the magnitude of global primary materials resource requirements associated with these flows. They thus indicate a generic environmental pressure caused by foreign resource requirements The physical trade balance (PTB) refers to the trade surplus or deficit of an economy, which is defined as imports minus exports of raw materials and manufactured products. Domestic material consumption (DMC) refers to the amount of materials directly used in an economy, which refers to the apparent consumption of materials. DMC is computed as DEU minus exports plus imports. Domestic material input (DMI) is computed as DEU plus imports. Total material requirements (TMR) is computed as DMI plus indirect flows of imports (IFIMP) plus UDE Total material consumption (TMC) is computed as DMC plus UDE plus physical trade balance of indirect flows (IFPTB) Total Material Requirement (TMR) and Total Material Consumption (TMC) exclude the components of (domestic) earth/soil excavation and dredging, and the (domestic) soil erosion from agricultural land. The material groups are: Food: food crops (e.g. cereals, roots, sugar and oil bearing crops, fruits, vegetables), fodder crops (including grazing), wild animals (essentially marine catches), small amounts of non-edible biomass (e.g. fibres, rubber), and related products including livestock. Wood: harvested wood and traded products essentially made of wood (paper, furniture, etc.). Construction minerals: non-metallic construction minerals whether primary (e.g. sand, gravel, stones, limestone, excavated soil if used) or processed (e.g. glass, cement, concrete). Industrial minerals: non-metallic industrial minerals whether primary or processed (e.g. salts, arsenic, potash, phosphate rocks, sulphates, asbestos). Metals: metal ores, metals and products mainly made of metals. Fossil fuel: coal, crude oil, natural gas a,d peat, as well as manufactured products predominantly made of fossil fuels (e.g. plastics, synthetic rubber).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thflds The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The mean age of women when their children are born.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_di06 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_di07h The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t135 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t136 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t121 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t111 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t133 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t137 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t132 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t134 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_exp_t123 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe18 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe14 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe15 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: International Telecommunication Union
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This annual report presents a global overview of the latest developments in information and communication technologies (ICTs), based on internationally comparable data and agreed methodologies. It aims to stimulate the ICT policy debate in ITU Member States by providing an objective assessment of countries’ performance in the field of ICT and by highlighting areas that need further improvement. One of the key findings of this year’s MIS Report is that the least developed countries (LDCs) are making progress with their connectivity initiatives. However, in 2015, only 6.7 per cent of households in LDCs had Internet access compared with 46 per cent of households worldwide and more than 80 per cent of households in developed countries. The report also reveals that, globally, 46 per cent of men and 41 per cent of women are Internet users.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The median age of a given population is the age separating the group into two halves of equal size. In the case of this indicator it means that half of the student population, i.e. persons enrolled in tertiary education (ISCED levels 5 and 6), is younger than the median age and the other half is older.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub2a
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub2n
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub2i
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub2t
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_ses_pub2s
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_equip . Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Melbourne Mercer
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Index has become an important reference point in the debate about the adequacy, sustainability and integrity of retirement systems around the world. While some countries have well-established retirement systems that have stood the test of time, others are just developing, especially those within the Asian region. Regardless, as nations and policy makers struggle with the competing needs of an ageing population and achieving an appropriate fiscal balance, our hope is that this report will provide an opportunity for debate and discussion about possible alternative strategies.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents members' total use of the multilateral system i.e. both their multilateral aid ("Core contributions to") and bilateral aid channelled through ("Contributions through") multilateral organisations. These data originate from members' reporting at item-level in the CRS and are published here starting with 2011 data (item-level data for multilateral aid is not complete in CRS for earlier years). Note that the Secretariat has in the context of the Multilateral Aid Report published excel files with data on core contributions and non-core bilateral aid channelled through multilateral organisations covering the period. These files are available on our website (see link below).
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table presents merchandise trade complementarity index which assesses the suitability of preferential trade agreement between two economies given the structure of one potential partners’ exports match the imports of the other potential partner. Changes over time may indicate whether the trade profiles are becoming more or less compatible.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table presents merchandise trade by product based on SITC, Rev.3 commodity classification (the most detailed level is three digit), expressed in thousands of dollars
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table presents merchandise trade by product based on SITC, Rev.3 commodity classification (the most detailed level is three digit), expressed in thousands of dollars
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table presents merchandise trade by trading partner expressed in thousands of dollars
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on the world merchant fleet by flag of registration and by type of ship, highlighting the group of major open-registry countries. Data are presented in thousands of dead-weight tons (DWT), as world shares, and as percentages of a ship-type in an economy's fleet.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Right Diagnosis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: U.S. Census Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table presents two different series on remittances expressed in millions of dollars: (1) Total remittances, which cover workers' remittances, compensation of employees and migrants' transfers; and (2) Workers' remittances plus compensation of employees (3) Personal remittances. It also shows remittances as percentage of exports and imports of goods and services, and as percentage of GDP. Aggregated figures for country groups are calculated only for the series Total Migrants' remittances, annual, 1980-2011, July 2012
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Migration and Remittances Factbook 2014 provides a snapshot of migration and remittances for all countries, regions and income groups of the world, compiled from available data from various sources. Please note, 2012 for INWARD is an estimate.
    • Январь 2002
      Источник: General Directorate of Statistics, Honduras
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Migration Statistics of Honduras, 2001
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Relevant indicators drawn from the World Development Indicators, reorganized according to the goals and targets of the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). The MDGs focus the efforts of the world community on achieving significant, measurable improvements in people's lives by the year 2015: they establish targets and yardsticks for measuring development results.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: U.S. Geological Survey
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      The USGS Mineral Resources Program (MRP) provides scientific information for objective resource assessments and unbiased research results on mineral potential, production, consumption, and environmental effects. The MRP is the sole Federal source for this information.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: numbeo
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Minimum wage statistics refer to national minimum wages. The following data are available: Monthly minimum wages in euro, national currencies and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). The data are bi-annual and refer to 1 January (S1) and 1 July (S2) from 1999 onwards.Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in the business economy and in industry, construction and services (except activities of households as employers and extra-territorial organisations and bodies) (Nace Rev. 2). The data are annual from 2008 onwards.Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in industry and services (NACE Rev. 1.1). The data are annual from 1999 to 2009. Data are released in January and July on the basis of information from national authorities such as national statistical institutes and ministries of labour and social affairs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator shows the number of subscriptions to public mobile telecommunication systems using cellular technology related to the population. The total number of mobile subscriptions in the country is divided by the number of inhabitants of the country and multiplied by 100. Active pre-paid cards are treated as subscriptions. One person may have more than one subscription.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows: Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of each inland mode in total freight transport performance measured in tonne-kilometres. Inland freight transport modes include road, rail and inland waterways: - Rail and inland waterways transport are based on movements on national territory (‘territoriality principle'), regardless of the nationality of the vehicle or vessel. - Road transport is based on all movements of vehicles registered in the reporting country.  Data on freight transport performance (in tonne-kilometres) are collected according to the legal acts adopted for road, rail and inland waterways transport. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the percentage of transport by passenger cars, buses and coaches, and trains in total inland passenger transport performance, measured in passenger-km. Inland passenger transport includes road (passenger cars, buses and coaches) and rail (trains) transport. Rail passenger transport performance (in passenger-kilometres) data are collected according to the legal acts and road passenger transport data are provided voluntary. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      Note:i) All the Data Present in this dataset are "Value at the end of the period, Not applicable". ii)Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > European and national short term indicators (euroind) > Monetary and financial indicators (ei_mf).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 3 Tables. Former series for euro area countries on monetary aggregates and credit - Annual data (mny_h_agg_a) Former series for euro area countries on monetary aggregates and credit - Quarterly data (mny_h_agg_q) Former series for euro area countries on monetary aggregates and credit - Monthly data(mny_h_agg_m). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Monetary and other financial statistics: historical data (mny_h) > Monetary aggregates, counterparts, and other banks' balance sheet items: historical data (mny_h_agg).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains monthly Comparative Price Levels (CPL) for OECD countries. CPLs are defined as the ratios of PPPs for private final consumption expenditure to exchange rates. They provide measures of differences in price levels between countries. The monthly PPPs used to derive the table are OECD estimates. The table is to be read vertically. Each column shows the number of specified monetary units needed in each of the countries listed to buy the same representative basket of consumer goods and services. In each case the representative basket costs a hundred units in the country whose currency is specified. Let’s take an example. If you are a Canadian citizen and you want to know the price level in Canada when compared to other countries, you have to look at the column Canada, where the price level is set at 100 for the whole column. If you have 120 for Finland, it means that the price level in Finland is 20% higher than in Canada. It means that you would spend 120 dollars in Finland to buy the same basket of goods and services when you spend 100 in Canada.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_mw_avgr2 The basic national minimum wage is fixed at an hourly, weekly or monthly rate, and this minimum wage is enforced by law (the government), often after consultation with the social partners, or directly by national intersectoral agreement. The national minimum wage usually applies to all employees, or at least to a large majority of employees in the country. Gross wages are reported. Information is available on:Monthly minimum wages in euro, Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) and, for non euro area countries, national currencies.Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in the business economy and in industry, construction and services (except activities of households as employers and extra-territorial organisations and bodies) (Nace Rev. 2, data from 2008 onwards).Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in industry and services (NACE Rev. 1.1, data 1999-2009). Minimum wage statistics published by Eurostat refer to monthly national minimum wages. For countries where the national minimum wage is not set monthly (e.g. hourly or weekly) the rates are converted into monthly rates (see also 20.6). The data collection excludes countries which do not have a national minimum wage (see 3.7 for details).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_mw_cur   The basic national minimum wage is fixed at an hourly, weekly or monthly rate, and this minimum wage is enforced by law (the government), often after consultation with the social partners, or directly by national intersectoral agreement. The national minimum wage usually applies to all employees, or at least to a large majority of employees in the country. Gross wages are reported. Information is available on:Monthly minimum wages in euro, Purchasing Power Standards (PPS) and, for non euro area countries, national currencies.Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in the business economy and in industry, construction and services (except activities of households as employers and extra-territorial organisations and bodies) (Nace Rev. 2, data from 2008 onwards).Monthly minimum wage as a proportion of average monthly earnings in industry and services (NACE Rev. 1.1, data 1999-2009). Minimum wage statistics published by Eurostat refer to monthly national minimum wages. For countries where the national minimum wage is not set monthly (e.g. hourly or weekly) the rates are converted into monthly rates (see also 20.6). The data collection excludes countries which do not have a national minimum wage (see 3.7 for details).
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: International trade administration, United States
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Source: United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of the Census, Foreign Trade Division TPIS Database: USHS EXPORTS, Revised Statistics for 1989-2013
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Unit: Cars per 1 000 inhabitants. This indicator is defined as the number of passenger cars per 1 000 inhabitants. A passenger car is a road motor vehicle, other than a motorcycle, intended for the carriage of passengers and designed to seat no more than nine persons (including the driver); the term "passenger car" therefore covers microcars (need no permit to be driven), taxis and hired passenger cars, provided that they have fewer than 10 seats; this category may also include pick-ups. For more information click here.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:dt_turn_n45_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises) "Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added) "Input related" variables - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked) - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases) - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J).
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:dt_cpa_n45_r2  SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Environmental protection expenditure in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See 'General Information' in the  annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F, covering Industry (sections C-E) and Construction (F). Three characteristics on environmental protection expenditure are defined: 21 11 0: Investment in equipment and plant for pollution control and special anti-pollution accessories (mainly 'end-of-pipe' equipment. 21 12 0: Investment in equipment and plant linked to cleaner technologies ('integrated technology') 21 14 0: Total current expenditure on environmental protection. Both tables specify the above characteristics according to NACE Rev1.1 division level. A first table further provides a breakdown according to the environmental domain: protection of ambient air and climate, wastewater management, waste management and other environmental protection measures. The second table further contains a breakdown according to enterprise size in three classes: 1-49, 20-249 and 250+ persons employed
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sbs_r_3k_my_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Purchases of energy products in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C and D. The information has been collected once every two years (odd numbered years). Several characteristics on Purchases of energy products in industry have been defined. From 1997 till 2001 an extended series of characteristics was used, but the availability was limited, as not all EU member states have collected the data. 20 21 0 Purchases of hard coal 20 22 0 Purchases of coke 20 23 0 Purchases of patent fuels 20 24 0 Purchases of gas oil 20 25 0 Purchases of heavy fuel oil 20 26 0 Purchases of other petroleum products 20 27 0 Purchases of natural gas 20 28 0 Purchases of derived gas 20 29 0 Purchases of renewable energy sources 20 30 0 Purchases of heat 20 31 0 Purchases of electricity Since 2003, a more restricted set of characteristics is used: 20 11 1 Purchases of solid fuels 20 11 2 Purchases of petroleum products 20 11 3 Purchases of natural and derived gas 20 11 4 Purchases of renewable energy sources 20 11 5 Purchases of heat 20 11 6 Purchases of electricity The perspective is the energy cost: therefore the value of all purchases is collected. There isn't any information available on the quantities purchased.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      SBS series on Intangible investment and subcontracting in industry are closely related to other SBS domains for which separate metadata files have been compiled (See annex at the bottom of the page). They cover the NACE Rev 1.1 sections C to F. The information has been collected once every three years. A few characteristics on Intangible investment and subcontracting have been defined. 15 42 0 Gross investment in concessions, patents, licences and trade marks and similar rights 15 44 1 Investment in purchased software 15 44 2 Investment in software produced by the enterprise (optional) 23 11 0 Payments to subcontractors 23 12 0 Income from subcontracting (only required for construction - NACE Rev 1.1 section F) For Industry (NACE C-E) the breakdown is detailed to the NACE class level (4-digits). For Construction (NACE F) intangible investments are collected only on NACE group level (3-digits), whereas payments to and income from subcontracting are detailed on NACE class level.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Municipal waste is mainly produced by households, though similar wastes from sources such as commerce, offices and public institutions are included. The amount of municipal waste generated consists of waste collected by or on behalf of municipal authorities and disposed of through the waste management system. The amount of municipal waste treatment is reported for the treatment operations incineration (with and without energy recovery), recycling, composting and landfilling. Data are available in thousand tonnes and kilograms per person. Wastes from agriculture and from industries are not included. For further detail on the definition please refer to section 3.4. The Sustainable Development Indicator on municipal waste is expressed in kilograms per person.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on “Regional municipal waste collection and treatment” collected biennially by means of the REQ – Regional environmental questionnaire Data aggregation: regional data on NUTS2 level.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents trends in amounts of municipal (including household waste), and the treatment and disposal method used. The amount of waste generated in each country is related to the rate of urbanisation, the types and pattern of consumption, household revenue and lifestyles.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Pew Research Center
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Notes : 2010 is Estimated Population, 2030 is Projected Population.
  • N
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: INEC Costa Rica
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Naional Accounts of Costa Rica, 2014
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associatedtransmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:  
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Statistics Branch of the United Nations Statistics Division maintains this National Accounts Statistics database of main national accounts aggregates. It is the product of a global cooperation effort between the United Nations Statistics Division, international statistical agencies and the national statistical services of more than 200 countries and is in accordance with the request of the Statistical Commission that the most recent available data on national accounts of as many countries and areas as possible be published and disseminated regularly. This National Accounts Statistics database contains a complete and consistent set of time series from 1970 onwards of main national accounts aggregates for allUN Members States and all other countries and areas in the world. It is maintained and updated on the basis of annual collections of the official annual national accounts statistics supplemented by estimates of national accounts statistics for those years and countries for which the official statistics has incomplete or inconsistent information. In addition, to the values of national accounts statistics, it contains analytical indicators and ratios derived from the main national accounts aggregates related to economic structure and development.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Statistics Branch of the United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD) maintains and annually updates the National Accounts Official Country Data database. This work is carried out in accordance with the recommendation of the Statistical Commission at its first session that the Statistics Division of the United Nations should publish regularly the most recent available data on national accounts for as many countries and areas as possible. The database contains detailed official national accounts statistics in national currencies as provided by the National Statistical Offices.Data are available for most of the countries or areas of the world and form a valuable source of information on their economies. The database contains data as far back as 1946, up to the year t-1, with data for most countries available from the 1970s. The database covers not only national accounts main aggregates such as gross domestic product, national income, saving, value added by industry and household and government consumption expenditure and its relationships; but also detailed statistics for institutional sectors (including the rest of the world), comprising the production account, the generation of income account, the allocation of primary income account, the secondary distribution of income account, the use of disposable income account, the capital account and the financial account, if they are compiled by countries.The statistics for each country or area are presented according to the uniform table headings and classifications as recommended in the United Nations System of National Accounts 1993 (1993 SNA).Different series numbers (dimension “Series”) are used to store different time-series versions of national accounts statistics. Series numbers with two digits (10,20) refer to data compiled following the 1968 SNA national accounts methodology, while series numbers with three digits (100, 200, etc) refer to data compiled using the 1993 SNA national accounts methodology, and series numbers with four digits (1000, 1100, etc) refer to data compiled using the 2008 SNA national accounts methodology. In addition to different methodologies, different series numbers are used when data are reported in different currencies, fiscal years, or by different sources. Furthermore, data are stored under a new series number whenever there are significant changes in compilation practices which make the time series no longer comparable.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Different series numbers (column “Series”) are used to store different time-series versions of national accounts statistics. Series numbers with two digits (10,20) refer to data compiled following the SNA 1968 national accounts methodology, while series numbers with three digits (100, 200, etc) refer to data compiled using the SNA 1993 national accounts methodology. In addition to different methodologies, different series numbers are used when data are reported in different currencies, fiscal years, or by different sources. Furthermore, data are stored under a new series number whenever there are significant changes in compilation practices which make the time series no longer comparable.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Weights of the national Consumer Price Indices (CPI)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Air transport domain contains national and international intra and extra-EU data. This provides air transport data for passengers (in number of passengers) and for freight and mail (in 1 000 tonnes) as well as air traffic data by airports, airlines and aircraft. Data are transmitted to Eurostat by the Member States of the European Union as well as the Candidate Countries, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The air transport data have been calculated using data collected at airport level. The data are presented in four sub-domains: Air Transport measurement - PassengersAir Transport measurement - Freight and mailAir Transport measurement - Traffic data by airports, aircraft and airlinesAir Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS). The two first domains contain several data collections: Overview of the air transport by country and airport,National air transport by country and airport,International intra-EU air transport by country and airport,International extra-EU air transport by country and airport,Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Passengers", data are broken down by passengers on board (arrivals, departures and total), passengers carried (arrivals, departures and total) and passenger commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). Additionally, the tables of collection "Detailed air transport by reporting country and routes" provide data on seats available (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Freight and mail", data are broken down by freight and mail on board (arrival, departures and total), freight and mail loaded/unloaded (loaded, unloaded and total) and all-freight and mail commercial air flights (arrival, departures and total). The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. In the tables of the sub-domain "Transport measurement - Traffic by airports, aircraft and airlines": - Data by type of aircraft are broken down by total passengers on board, total freight and mail on board in tonnes, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by type of airline are broken down by total passengers on board, total passengers carried, total freight and mail on board, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total passengers seats available, total commercial air flights (passengers + all-freight and mail), passenger commercial air flights, all-freight and mail commercial air flights. The data is presented at annual level since 2003. - Data by airport are broken down by total passengers carried, total transit passengers, total freight and mail loaded/unloaded, total commercial aircraft movements, total aircraft movements. The data is presented at monthly, quarterly and annual level. The sub-domain "Transport measurement - Data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS)", contains two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. More information can be found in Regional transport statistics metadata file.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      National Health Accounts (NHA) provides evidence to monitor trends in health spending for all sectors- public and private, different health care activities, providers, diseases, population groups and regions in a country. It helps in developing national strategies for effective health financing and in raising additional funds for health. Information can be used to make financial projections of a country’s health system requirements and compare their own experiences with the past or with those of other countries.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National landings in domestic ports
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      National landings in foreign ports
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: National Venture Capital Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The NVCA Yearbook is an annual comprehensive analysis of U.S. venture capital industry statistics. The publication includes metrics regarding commitments made to venture capital funds, venture capital investments into entrepreneurial companies and venture-backed exits (mergers and acquisitions as well as IPOs). It also includes appendices regarding portfolio company valuation guidelines, international accounting convergence and venture capital activity outside the United States.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_ent2 The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. The external debt (or the foreign debt), at any given time, is the outstanding amount of the actual current (and not contingent) liabilities that require payment(s) of principal and/or interest by the debtor at some point(s) in the future and that are owed to non-residents by residents of an economy. The indicator is used as an auxiliary variable in the MIP context. The data are expressed in % of GDP. Annual and quarterly figures are published.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. The external debt (or the foreign debt), at any given time, is the outstanding amount of the actual current (and not contingent) liabilities that require payment(s) of principal and/or interest by the debtor at some point(s) in the future and that are owed to non-residents by residents of an economy. The indicator is used as an auxiliary variable in the MIP context. The data are expressed in % of GDP. Annual and quarterly figures are published.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicators Net lending/borrowing and Net savings are published as explanatory variables in the context of Mactoeconomic Imbalances Procedure (MIP). The net lending or borrowing of the total economy is the sum of the net lending or borrowing of the institutional sectors. It represents the net resources that the total economy makes available to the rest of the world (if it is positive) or receives from the rest of the world (if it is negative). The aggregate of net lending/net borrowing of the domestic sectors in the European System of Accounts (ESA) is conceptually the same as the value of net lending/net borrowing in the international accounts. This is because all the resident-to-resident flows cancel out. It is also equal to the opposite of net lending/net borrowing of the rest of the world sector in the ESA. The Net savings measure the portion of national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Net national saving is the sum of the net savings of the various institutional sectors, according to the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010) definition.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current, capital and financial accounts. The Current account provides information about the transactions of a country with the rest of the world. It covers all transactions (other than those in financial items) in goods, services, primary income and secondary income, which occur between resident and non-resident units. The MIP scoreboard indicator is 3 years average of Current account balance as % of GDP. In addition annual and quarterly data on the BoP sub-balances and its components are published under the MIP domain.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: McAfee
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Cybercrime is a growth industry. The returns are great, and the risks are low. We estimate that the likely annual cost to the global economy from cybercrime is more than $400 billion.1 A conservative estimate would be $375 billion in losses, while the maximum could be as much as $575 billion. Even the smallest of these figures is more than the national income of most countries and governments and companies underestimate how much risk they face from cybercrime and how quickly this risk can grow.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The occupancy rate of bed places in reference period is obtained by dividing the total number of overnight stays by the number of the bed places on offer (excluding extra beds) and the number of days when the bed places are actually available for use (net of seasonal closures and other temporary closures). The result is multiplied by 100 to express the occupancy rate as a percentage. The occupancy rate of bedrooms in reference period is obtained by dividing the total number of bedrooms used during the reference period (i.e. the sum of the bedrooms in use per day) by the total number of bedrooms available for the reference period (i.e. the sum of bedrooms available per day). The result is multiplied by 100 to express the occupancy rate as a percentage. Both variables concern establishments classified as NACE 55.1 only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The occupancy rate of bed places in reference period is obtained by dividing the total number of overnight stays by the number of the bed places on offer (excluding extra beds) and the number of days when the bed places are actually available for use (net of seasonal closures and other temporary closures). The result is multiplied by 100 to express the occupancy rate as a percentage. The occupancy rate of bedrooms in reference period is obtained by dividing the total number of bedrooms used during the reference period (i.e. the sum of the bedrooms in use per day) by the total number of bedrooms available for the reference period (i.e. the sum of bedrooms available per day). The result is multiplied by 100 to express the occupancy rate as a percentage. Both variables concern establishments classified as NACE 55.1 only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicators Net lending/borrowing and Net savings are published as explanatory variables in the context of Mactoeconomic Imbalances Procedure (MIP). The net lending or borrowing of the total economy is the sum of the net lending or borrowing of the institutional sectors. It represents the net resources that the total economy makes available to the rest of the world (if it is positive) or receives from the rest of the world (if it is negative). The aggregate of net lending/net borrowing of the domestic sectors in the European System of Accounts (ESA) is conceptually the same as the value of net lending/net borrowing in the international accounts. This is because all the resident-to-resident flows cancel out. It is also equal to the opposite of net lending/net borrowing of the rest of the world sector in the ESA. The Net savings measure the portion of national disposable income that is not used for final consumption expenditure. Net national saving is the sum of the net savings of the various institutional sectors, according to the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010) definition.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_net_ben Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Сентябрь 2006
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      New entrants to a level of education are students who are entering any programme leading to a recognised qualification at this level of education for the first time, irrespective of whether the students enter the programme at the beginning or at an advanced stage of the programme. Individuals who are returning to study at a level following a period of absence from studying at that same level are not considered to be new entrants. Foreign students who are enrolling for the first time in the country for which the data are reported are counted as new entrants, regardless of their previous education in other countries.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_entr2tl The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Friedrich Schneider
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      Source: Schneider, Friedrich , Buehn, Andreas and Montenegro, Claudio E.(2010) 'New Estimates for the Shadow Economies all over the World', International Economic Journal, 24: 4, 443-461. This dataset presents estimations of the shadow economies for 162 countries, including developing, Eastern European, Central Asian, and high income OECD countries over 1999 to 2006/2007.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator shows the number of new infringement cases brought before the European Court of Justice, by policy area. Each Member State is responsible for the implementation of EU law. If a Member State fails to comply with EU law, the Commission has the power to try to bring the infringement to an end and, where necessary, may refer the case to the European Court of Justice. The referral to the Court of Justice is the last stage of the infringement procedure. Unit of measure is number.
    • Январь 2013
      Источник: Maddison Project
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Maddison Project has launched an updated version of the original Maddison dataset in January 2013. The update incorporates much of the latest research in the field, and presents new estimates of economic growth in the world economic between AD 1 and 2010. The new estimates are presented and discussed in Bolt and Van Zanden (2014). The Maddison Project: collaborative research on historical national accounts. The Economic History Review, 67 (3): 627–651.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator measures the share of people in current job for 12 months or less, in total employment. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Ноябрь 2012
      Источник: National Bureau of Statistics Nigeria
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2014
      Выбрать
      Nigeria Trade Statistics by Region and Major Trading Partners, November 2014
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_ninatc National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment. Coastal areas include municipalities (LAU-2) bordering the sea or having half of their territory within 10km from the coastline.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_ninatd National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest / tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_occ_ninrmw National data Monthly and annual data on arrivals, nights spent and occupancy rates at tourist accommodation establishments. Regional data Annual arrivals, nights spent at tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) is defined as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. Nominal ULC (NULC) = (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO) with D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (domestic concept) The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the ESA2010 transmission programme.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency of a country against a trade-weighted basket of currencies and a rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. The REER is entirely based on official statistics (exchange rates, trade data, deflators), however the selection of the specific statistical series used in its calculation (in particular the choice of deflator) and some of the modalities of their calculation (namely the choice of a country basket) depend on the analytic purpose of the indicators. The specific REER for the MIP is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Real Effective Exchange Rate (42 trading partners, based on HICP/CPI) - 3 years % change. In addition to the headline indicator are published: Real effective exchange rate for euro area (based on HICP/CPI)Nominal effective exchange rate (42 trading partners)Nominal effective exchange rate for euro area Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) is the data source.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency of a country against a trade-weighted basket of currencies and a rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. The REER is entirely based on official statistics (exchange rates, trade data, deflators), however the selection of the specific statistical series used in its calculation (in particular the choice of deflator) and some of the modalities of their calculation (namely the choice of a country basket) depend on the analytic purpose of the indicators. The specific REER for the MIP is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Real Effective Exchange Rate (42 trading partners, based on HICP/CPI) - 3 years % change. In addition to the headline indicator are published: Real effective exchange rate for euro area (based on HICP/CPI)Nominal effective exchange rate (42 trading partners)Nominal effective exchange rate for euro area Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) is the data source.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Март 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The Financial account, which is the second accumulation account, records financial flows: it indicates the types of financial instruments utilised by the different institutional sectors to acquire financial assets or incur liabilities.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the administrative data collection 'European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW)', on the basis of a methodology developed first in 1990. An accident at work is defined as 'a discrete occurrence in the course of work which leads to physical or mental harm'. The data include only fatal and non-fatal accidents involving more than 3 calendar days of absence from work. If the accident does not lead to the death of the victim it is called a 'non-fatal' (or 'serious') accident. A fatal accident at work is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The variables collected  on accidents at work include: Economic activity of the employer and size of the enterpriseEmployment status, occupation, age, sex and nationality of victimGeographical location, date and time of the accidentType of injury, body part injured and the severity of the accident (number of full calendar days during which the victim is unfit for work excluding the day of the accident, permanent incapacity or death within one year of the accident).Variables on causes and circumstances of the accident: workstation, working environment, working process, specific physical activity, material agent of the specific physical activity, deviation and material agent of deviation, contact - mode of injury and material agent of contact - mode of injury. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the accident insurance of the national social security system, a private insurance for accidents at work or to other relevant national authorities (labour inspection etc.). As an exception, accident data for the Netherlands are based on survey data. On the Eurostat website, ESAW data are disseminated in two sections: 'Main Indicators' and 'Details by economic sector (NACE Rev2, 2008 onwards)'. Depending on the table, data are broken down by: economic activity (NACE 'main sectors' (1 digit code) or more detailed NACE divisions (2 digit codes)); the occupation of the victim (ISCO-08 code); country; severity of the accident, sex, age, employment status, size  of the enterprise, body part injured and type of injury. The data is presented in form of numbers, percentages, incidence rates and standardised incidence rates of non-fatal and fatal accidents at work, either for EU aggregates, countries or certain breakdowns by dimensions such as age, sex etc. Numbers correspond to a simple count of all non-fatal and fatal accidents for the entirety or certain breakdowns of the data;Percentages represent shares of breakdowns;The incidence rate of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work is the number of serious or fatal accidents per 100,000 persons in employment;The standardised incidence rates of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work aim to eliminate differences in the structures of countries' economies (see section 20.6 Adjustment for more details). The incidence rate indicates the relative importance of non-fatal or fatal accidents at work in the working population. For both types of accidents at work the numerator is the number of accidents that occurred during the year. The denominator is the reference population (i.e. the number of persons in employment) expressed in 100,000 persons. The reference population (or number of persons in employment) related to the national ESAW reporting system is provided by the Member States, either from administrative sources related to accidents at work or from the EU Labour Force Survey (LFS).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The following institutional sectors are covered: - Total economy (S1) - Non-financial corporations (S11) - Financial corporations (S12) - General government (S13) - Households and Non-profit institutions serving households (S14_S15) - Rest of the world (S2) The dataset on Quarterly Sector Accounts data presents the whole set of non financial accounts for the institutional sectors. It includes the following accounts: - Production account / External account of goods and services - Generation of income account - Allocation of primary income account - Secondary distribution of income account - Use of disposable income account - Change in net worth due to saving and capital transfers accounts - Acquisitions of non-financial assets account These accounts are designed to produce accounting balances that are of particular interest for economic analysis such as value added, operating surplus, saving or net lending/net borrowing. Quarterly Sector Accounts data have been reported to the OECD by Member countries using a standard questionnaire (simplified table T0119 or detailed table T0801). These questionnaires are designed to collect internationally comparable data according to definitions and concepts presented in the 1993 System of National Accounts (SNA 1993)/1995 European System of Accounts (ESA 1995): Unit of measure used - Statistics are reported at current prices, in millions of national currency. Annual data are derived as the sum of the quarters for the calendar year.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nasa_nf_tr The Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the ASA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council (new ESA95 transmission programme). The ASA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished in "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. The availability of back data varies according to country. A subset of national key indicators is available in the table "Key indicators" for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), for the euro area and for the EU28. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States and EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) following ESA2010 transmission programme (Table 801) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The QSA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1999 Q1 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. QSA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) and seasonally adjusted variables by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the selected seasonally adjusted variables of Total economy and the Rest of the world), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasq_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows: Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100 With the following transaction codes: B6G - Gross disposable incomeB8G -  Gross savingD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. The following key indicators are calculated in real terms for European aggregates only:  Gross disposable income of households in real terms (B6G, percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15)Real growth of household adjusted disposable income per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): B7G/(POP_NC*Price Deflator)Real growth of household actual consumption per capita (percentage change on previous period, S.14_S.15): P4/(POP_NC*Price Deflator) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):  B7G - Gross adjusted gross disposable income (adjusted for social transfers in kind)P4 - Actual final consumption (adjusted for social transfers in kind)POP_NC - Total population national concept (source:Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_pe)Price deflator - Price index/implicit deflator calculated as CP_MEUR/CLV05_MEUR – both indicators refer to households and NPISH final consumption expenditure (P31_S14_S15) (source: Quarterly national accounts, Eurobase domain namq_10_gdp) In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts: Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed): BF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data on contingent liabilities and potential obligations of government are collected in the context of the Enhanced Economic Governance package (the "six-pack") adopted in 2011. In particular, Council Directive 2011/85 on requirements for budgetary frameworks of the Member States requires the Member States to publish relevant information on contingent liabilities with potentially large impacts on public budgets, including government guarantees, non-performing loans, and liabilities stemming from the operation of public corporations, including the extent thereof. The liabilities are called “contingent” in the sense that they are by nature only potential and not actual liabilities. Non-performing loans could imply a potential loss for government if these loans were not repaid. This new data collection represents a step towards further transparency of public finances in the EU by giving a more comprehensive picture of EU Member States’ financial positions3 It is to be underlined that contingent liabilities are not part of the general government (Maastricht) debt as defined in the Council Regulation (EC) No 479/2009 of 25 May 2009 on the application of the Protocol on the excessive deficit procedure annexed to the Treaty establishing the European Community. Eurostat collects and publishes the following indicators: government guarantees, liabilities related to public-private partnerships recorded off-balance sheet of government, liabilities of government controlled entities classified outside general government (public corporations) and non-performing loans. Regarding government controlled entities, it should be mentioned that this refers to  government controlled units, not classified in general government, and which are controlled, directly or indirectly (through other public units), by government. In cases when the government share in a corporation is lower than 50% and government does not have control over an entity, the corporation is not considered as controlled by government. Regarding the control criteria, according to ESA 2010 paragraph 20.18: “Control over an entity is the ability to determine the general policy or programme of that entity (…)”. The criteria to be used for corporations are indicated in ESA 2010 paragraphs 2.38 and further detailed in paragraph 20.309. ESA 2010 paragraph 2.38 specifies that: “General government secures control over a corpo­ration as a result of special legislation, decree or reg­ulation which empowers the government to deter­mine corporate policy. The following indicators are the main factors to consider in deciding whether a corporation is controlled by government:(a) government ownership of the majority of the voting interest; (b) government control of the board or governing body; (c) government control of the appointment and removal of key personnel;(d) government control of key committees in the entity; (e) government possession of a golden share; (f) special regulations; (g) government as a dominant customer; (h) borrowing from government. A single indicator may be sufficient to establish control, but, in other cases, a number of separate indicators may collectively indicate control.”
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06otbnyrsp Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06yrspispr Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'. The aim of the ad hoc module was to know how the transition at the end of the career towards full retirement is expected to take place, takes place or took place: • plans for transitions/past transitions towards full retirement • plans for exit from work Another aim was to know which factors would be/were at play in determining the exit from work, and which factors could make/could have made persons postpone the exit from work: • working conditions factors (health and safety at the workplace, flexible working time arrangements …) • other factors linked to work (training/obsolescence of skills …) • financial factors (financial incentives to remain at work or to exit) • personal factors (health, family reasons …).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (several business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste. A separate annual collection of data exists for the structural indicators on municipal waste: structural indicators (see at the bottom of the page, concept "21.2 Related Metadata", file "tsien120_esms").
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mdie The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level. 
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_msurv The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level. 
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Agricultural holding: a single unit both technically and economically, which has single management and which produces agricultural products. Other supplementary (non-agricultural) products and services may also be provided by the holding. The smallest farms (less than 1% of national agricultural activity) do not have to be surveyed.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A tourist accommodation establishment is defined as any facility that regularly or occasionally provides short-term accommodation for tourists as a paid service (although the price might be partially or fully subsidised). Data is reported at the level of a local kind-of-activity unit. The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places. Coastal areas include municipalities (LAU-2) bordering the sea or having half of their territory within 10km from the coastline.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A tourist accommodation establishment is defined as any facility that regularly or occasionally provides short-term accommodation for tourists as a paid service (although the price might be partially or fully subsidised). Data is reported at the level of a local kind-of-activity unit. The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places. A bed place is also a place on a pitch or on a mooring in a boat to accommodate one person. One pitch for camping/tent, caravan or similar shelter and one mooring for boat should be counted for 4 bed places if the actual number of bed places is not known.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains: I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12) II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12) III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12) IV. Accidents (annual data) - as from 2015 data on accidents are no longer collected by the questionnaire but are obtained from European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA) and disseminated under Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) part of Eurobase Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports. The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country. Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement). The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables: Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger movements per year) and other airports with more than 15,000 passenger movements per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level. The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables: Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country level The section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables: Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport level The section on "Accidents" (which contained two tables Number of injury accidents at country level and Number of fatalities in injury accidents at country level) has been removed from dissemination (in September 2015) and replaced by Air Transport Safety (tran_sf_avia) tables: Air accident victims in commercial air transport, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaca);Air accident victims in aerial works, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviaaw);Air accident victims in general aviation, by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass above 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagah);Air accident victims in general aviation by country of occurrence and country of registry of aircraft – maximum take-off mass under 2250 kg (EASA data) (tran_sf_aviagal). More information on air accident victims under the following link.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06 plagftpt Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05reduc2 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05reduc1 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05regce Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'. The results of the 2005 ad-hoc module on reconciliation between work and family life allow: establishing the extent to which persons participate in the labour force as they would wish, and where they are unable to do so, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons. This contribution of the 2005 ad-hoc module could be elaborated in:1) the identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants);2) the analysis of the consequences of care responsibilities on labour force participation, taking into account the choice/constraint dimension; and3) in case of constraints, the identification of the ones linked with the lack or unsuitability of care servicesThe constraint during holiday periods is also taken into account.analysing the degree of flexibility offered at work, in terms of reconciliation with family life.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05timee1 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05timee3 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'. The results of the 2005 ad-hoc module on reconciliation between work and family life allow: establishing the extent to which persons participate in the labour force as they would wish, and where they are unable to do so, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons. This contribution of the 2005 ad-hoc module could be elaborated in:1) the identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants);2) the analysis of the consequences of care responsibilities on labour force participation, taking into account the choice/constraint dimension; and3) in case of constraints, the identification of the ones linked with the lack or unsuitability of care servicesThe constraint during holiday periods is also taken into account.analysing the degree of flexibility offered at work, in terms of reconciliation with family life.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05posoe2 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'. The results of the 2005 ad-hoc module on reconciliation between work and family life allow: establishing the extent to which persons participate in the labour force as they would wish, and where they are unable to do so, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons. This contribution of the 2005 ad-hoc module could be elaborated in:1) the identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants);2) the analysis of the consequences of care responsibilities on labour force participation, taking into account the choice/constraint dimension; and3) in case of constraints, the identification of the ones linked with the lack or unsuitability of care servicesThe constraint during holiday periods is also taken into account.analysing the degree of flexibility offered at work, in terms of reconciliation with family life.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05posse2 Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05change Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06redeftpt Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06flexisco Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06hlsaisco Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06opskisco Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are provided by economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates) FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:earn_gr_empnac2 This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are providedby economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates)FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection has been discontinued in 2012. Data is only available up to reference year 2011. Annual data on average gross earnings and related employment are included in the Gross earnings - Annual data collection. Data are available for EU Member States, Norway, Iceland and Switzerland. Data are also broken down by: From reference year 2008 onwards average gross annual earnings per employee are provided by economic activity (NACE Rev.2 aggregates and sections B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, B_TO_E, B_TO_F, B_TO_N, B_TO_S_NOT_O, B_TO_S, G_TO_J, G_TO_N, G_TO_S_NOT_O, K_TO_N, P_TO_S and O_TO_S)for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees for the following breakdowns:FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workers by Total, Men and Women. Before 2008: data is broken down by economic activity (NACE Rev. 1.1 for Sections C to K and the C-E, C-F, G-I, J-K, G-K, C-K and for some Member States L, M-O, L-O and also C-O aggregates) FTU= full-time units, FT=full-time workers, PT=part-time workersgenderoccupation (ISCO-88 classification, one-digit level and the 1-5 and 7-9 aggregates)The data relate to the staff of enterprises having at least 10 employees in most countries. Countries provide these annual data using several statistical sources mainly the four-yearly SES, the EU Labour Force Survey and/or administrative data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) is a 4-yearly survey which provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is so that National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES 2010 provides detailed and comparable information on relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Regional data is also available for some countries and regional metadata is identical to that provided for national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnigns Survey is a 4-yearly survey conducted by the National Statistical Institutes (NSI). The tables published present data on number of employees, mean hourly earnings and hourly overtime pay, mean monthly earnings and overtime & shift pay, mean annual earnings and total annual bonuses, mean monthly hours paid and mean annual holidays. Details of available indicators and tables can be found under Annexes Tables 2002 at the bottom of this page. Regional metadata is identical to metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04wk1pisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04vahrisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04vawkisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08num1_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04num1 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r08num1_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years��2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00num1 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A tourist accommodation establishment is defined as any facility that regularly or occasionally provides short-term accommodation for tourists as a paid service (although the price might be partially or fully subsidised). Data is reported at the level of a local kind-of-activity unit. The number of bed places in a tourist accommodation establishment is determined by the number of persons who can stay overnight in the beds set up in the establishment, ignoring any extra beds that may be set up upon customer request. The term bed place applies to a single bed; a double bed is counted as two bed places.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_cap_natc National data Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places by NACE. Regional data Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places by NACE at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by Activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011.  Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tour_cap_natd National data Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places by NACE. Regional data Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places by NACE at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by Activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011.  Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Accommodation statistics is a key part of the system of tourism statistics in the EU and has a long history of data collection. Annex I of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council deals with accommodation statistics and includes 4 sections focusing on accommodation statistics of which sections 1 and 2 include the requirements concerning rented accommodation (capacity and occupancy respectively). Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and are compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data are collected via sample or census surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from a demand-side perspective (i.e. via visitor surveys or border surveys). Surveys on the occupancy of accommodation establishments are generally conducted on a monthly basis. The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics. Accommodation statistics comprise the following information: Monthly data on tourism industries (NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Monthly occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Net occupancy rate of bed-places and bedrooms in hotels and similar accommodation Annual data on tourism industries(NACE 55.1, 55.2 and 55.3) Occupancy of tourist accommodation establishments: arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents Capacity of tourist accommodation establishments: number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places Regional data  Annual occupancy (arrivals and nights spent by residents and non-residents) of tourist accommodation establishments at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Annual data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places at NUTS 2 level, by degree of urbanisation and by coastal/non-coastal area Data on number of establishments, bedrooms and bed places are available by activity at NUTS 3 level until 2011. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:avia_ac_fatalThe Questionnaire on Air Transport Statistics is aimed to collect aggregated annual data on the air transport sector for the following domains:I. Infrastructure (covering commercial airports only) (status at 31/12)II. Transport equipment (covering commercial aircrafts only) (status at 31/12)III. Enterprises, economic performance and employment (status at 31/12)IV. Accidents (annual data)Data are collected and disseminated at country level or at airport level for major European airports.The questionnaire is not supported by any legal acts and it is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries (Member States, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries). It is usually prefilled by Eurostat using its own sources as well as other ones (e.g. Airclaims or EASA) and sent to the countries for completion and validation. The completeness varies from country to country.Please note that information concerning data collected in the frame of the Air Transport Statistics Regulation can be found in the metadata documentation provided for this domain (Air Transport Measurement).The section on "Infrastructure" contains three tables:Number of main airports (with more than 150 000 passenger movements per year) and other airports with more than 15,000 passenger movements per year) at country levelAirport infrastructures by type at airport levelAirport connections to other modes of transport at airport level.The section on "Transport Equipment" contains two tables:Commercial aircraft fleet by type of aircraft at country levelCommercial aircraft fleet by age of aircraft at country levelThe section on "Enterprises economic performance and employment" contains three tables:Number of aviation and airport enterprises at country levelEmployment in aviation and airport enterprises by gender at country levelEmployment in main airports by gender at airport levelThe section on "Accidents" contains two tables:Number of injury accidents at country levelNumber of fatalities in injury accidents at country level
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_aes_l26 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting.The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008.The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_aes_l23 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_aes_l24 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_aes_l25 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_aes_l21 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08num2_r2 Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04num2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r08num2_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00num2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Live births are the births of children that showed any sign of life.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator shows the number of subscriptions to public mobile telecommunication systems using cellular technology in thousands of subscriptions. Active pre-paid cards are treated as subscriptions. One person may have more than one subscription.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Nights spent by residents, aged 15 or over, for personal or professional/business purpose.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Nights spent by residents, aged 15 or over, for personal or professional/business purpose.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All tourism nights spent by residents, aged 15 or over, outside their usual environment for personal or professional/business purpose.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06rednsage Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06flexispr Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06hlsaispr Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_06opskispr Results from the 2006 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'transition form work into retirement'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04wktpisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05regcp Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_05changp Results from the 2005 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'reconciliation between work and family life'.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of animals from the November/December survey
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04ownmisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of sheep (over 500,000) from the November/December survey
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00stu Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08stu_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04stu Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r08stu_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_renrlrg3 The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_renrlrg1 The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All tourism trips made by residents, aged 15 or over, for personal or professional/business purpose, with at least 1 overnight stay.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All tourism trips made by residents, aged 15 or over, for personal or professional/business purpose, with at least 1 overnight stay.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      All tourism trips made by residents, aged 15 or over, for personal or professional/business purpose, with at least 1 overnight stay.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_prsns Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
  • O
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES:Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders:Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: OCEAN HEALTH INDEX
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Ocean Health Index, 2015
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD's quarterly national accounts (QNA) dataset presents data collected from all the OECD member countries and some other major economies on the basis of a standardised questionnaire as well as countries' own definitions and classifications. It contains a wide selection of generally seasonally adjusted quarterly series most widely used for economic analysis from 1960 or whenever available.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2005) - and for comparative purposes in US $ current prices and constant prices (using exchange rate and PPPs). Expressed in millions and in indices. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OECD Economic Outlook analyses the major economic trends over the coming 2 to 3 years. It provides in-depth coverage of the main economic issues and the policy measures required to foster growth in each member country. Forthcoming developments in major non-OECD economies are also evaluated in detail. Each edition of the Outlook provides a unique resource to keep abreast of world economic developments. The OECD Economic Outlook database is a comprehensive and consistent macroeconomic database of the OECD economies, covering expenditures, foreign trade, output, labour markets, interest and exchange rates, balance of payments, and government debt. For the non-OECD regions, foreign trade and current account series are available. The database contains annual and quarterly data (subset) for the projection period. Variables are defined in such a way that they are as homogenous as possible for the countries covered. Breaks in underlying series are corrected as far as possible. Sources for the historical data are publications of national statistical agencies and OECD statistical publications such as the Quarterly National Accounts, the Annual National Accounts, the Labour Force Statistics and the Main Economic Indicators. The cut-off date for information used in the compilation of the projections was the 30 October 2015. Concerning the aggregation of world trade, a new composition has been introduced, since projections are now made for the major non-OECD economies. Thus, besides OECD and the OECD euro area, the following new regions are available: Dynamic Asian Economies (Chinese Taipei, Hong Kong, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Vietnam); Oil Producers (Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Turkmenistan, Brunei, Timor-Leste, Bahrain, Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Oman, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates, Yemen, Ecuador, Trinidad and Tobago, Venezuela, Algeria, Angola, Chad, Rep. of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, Gabon, Nigeria, Sudan); with the remaining countries in a residual 'Rest of the World' group.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The data presented here refer to the latest year available, which corresponds to the late 2000s for most countries. The data on the state of threatened species build on country replies to the Annual Quality Assurance (AQA) of OECD environmental reference series. These data are harmonised through the work of the OECD Working Party on Environmental Information (WPEI). Some where updated or revised on the basis of comments from national Delegates and in the framework of the OECD Environmental Performance Reviews. When interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that the number of species known does not always accurately reflect the number of species in extistence and that varying definitions can limit comparability accross countries. The data presented here show numbers of known species and threatened species with the aim of indicating the state of mammals, birds, freshwater fish, reptiles, amphibians and vascular plants.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the uses of wildlife resources and related pressures from human activities: fish production; catches of fish and other aquatic animals and products and the management of wildlife resources: biosphere reserves and wetlands of international importance; major protected areas.
    • Ноябрь 2008
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Dataset provides information on selected economic aspects of environmental management. It includes tables on expenditure, which help to identify the financial consequences of environmental policies: public and private pollution abatement and control expenditure; public research and development financing for environmental protection; official development assistance, including aid in support of environment. Dataset also includes data concerning revenues from environmentally-related taxes.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      As countries are increasingly using a wide range of policy measures to address agri-environmental issues, indicators provide crucial information to monitor and analyse the effects of those policies on the environment. They can also help the understanding and analysis of the environmental effects of future policy scenarios and agricultural projections. To help improve measurement of the environmental performance of agriculture, OECD has established a set of agri-environmental indicators, with development of the indicators in cooperation with Eurostat and FAO. These indicators inform policy makers and society on the state and trends in agri-environmental conditions, and can provide a valuable aid to policy analysis.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      OECD Factbook provides a global overview of today’s major economic, social and environmental indicators which cover a wide range of areas: agriculture, economic production, education, energy, environment, foreign aid, health, industry, information and communications, international trade, labour force, population, taxation, public expenditure and R&D. More countries than ever are covered in greater detail, enabling direct comparisons for many indicators between OECD Members and Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation and South Africa.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Foreign direct investment reflects the objective of obtaining a lasting interest by a resident entity in one economy (‘‘direct investor'') in anentity resident in an economy other than that of the investor (‘‘direct investment enterprise''). The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the enterprise and a significant degree of influence on the management of the enterprise. Direct investment involves both the initial transaction between the two entities and all subsequent capital transactions between them and among affiliated enterprises, both incorporated and unincorporated.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) is a category of investment that reflects the objective of establishing a lasting interest by a resident enterprise in one economy (direct investor) in an enterprise (direct investment enterprise) that is resident in an economy other than that of the direct investor. The lasting interest implies the existence of a long-term relationship between the direct investor and the direct investment enterprise and a significant degree of influence (not necessarily control) on the management of the enterprise. The direct or indirect ownership of 10% or more of the voting power of an enterprise resident in one economy by an investor resident in another economy is the statistical evidence of such a relationship. FDI statistics are on a directional basis (inward or outward) and relate to FDI flows, FDI positions (stocks) and FDI income. Outward investments are cross-border investments by direct investors resident in the reporting country while inward investments are investments by non-resident investors in the reporting country. FDI flows are cross-border financial transactions within a given period (e.g. year, quarter) between affiliated enterprises that are in a direct investment relationship. FDI positions relate to the stock of investments at a given point in time (e.g. end of year, end of quarter). FDI flows and positions include equity (10% or more voting shares), reinvestment of earnings and inter-company debt. FDI income is the return on direct investment positions of equity (dividends and reinvested earnings) and debt (interest).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Pension fund assets in OECD countries hit a record USD 20.1 trillion in 2011 but return on investment fell below zero, with an average negative return of -1.7%, according to the OECD’s latest Pension Markets in Focus. The report says that weak equity markets and low interest rates drove the poor performance.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      In this version, seven GVCs indicators are presented for 59 economies (34 OECD and 23 non-OECD economies, plus the "rest of the world" and the European Union) for 18 industries in the years 1995, 2000, 2005, 2008 and 2009. The indicators are calculated based on the five global input-output matrices of the TiVA database. More details on the aggregation and specific country notes can be downloaded at http://www.oecd.org/sti/ind/input-outputtables.htm and http://oe.cd/gvc/.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2013 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      OECD Health Data 2014 offers the most comprehensive source of comparable statistics on health and health systems across OECD countries. It is an essential tool for health researchers and policy advisors in governments, the private sector and the academic community, to carry out comparative analyses and draw lessons from international comparisons of diverse health care systems.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      Most of the data published in this database are taken from the individual contributions of national correspondents appointed by the OECD Secretariat with the approval of the authorities of Member countries. Consequently, these data have not necessarily been harmonised at international level. This network of correspondents, constituting the Continuous Reporting System on Migration (SOPEMI), covers most OECD Member countries as well as the Baltic States, Bulgaria and Romania. SOPEMI has no authority to impose changes in data collection procedures. It is an observatory which, by its very nature, has to use existing statistics. However, it does play an active role in suggesting what it considers to be essential improvements in data collection and makes every effort to present consistent and well-documented statistics.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The [Monthly Monetary and Financial Statistics (MEI)] dataset is a subset of the [Main Economic Indicators] (MEI) database which contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and the non-member countries: Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation, and South Africa. The MEI database contains a wide variety statistics that can be classified as Short-Term Economic Statistics. The [Financial Indicators (MEI)] dataset itself contains financial statistics on five separate subjects: Monetary Aggregates, Interest Rates, Exchange Rates, Reserve Assets, and Share Prices. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant financial statistics in the MEI database for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. All data are available monthly, and are presented as either an index (where the year 2005 is the base year) or as a level depending on which measure is seen as the most appropriate and/or useful in the economic analysis context.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains information using an "indicator" approach, focusing on cross-country comparisons; the aim being to make the accounts more accessible and informative, whilst, at the same time, taking the opportunity to present the conceptual underpinning of, and comparability issues inherent in, each of the indicators presented.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Trade in Value Added (TiVA) database is a joint OECD-WTO initiative. It is derived from OECD Input Output Tables linked together using Bilateral Trade Database in goods by industry and end-use category BTDIxE and estimates of bilateral trade flows in services. TiVA database aims at better tracking global production networks and supply chains. In this new version, 39 indicators are provided for: - 34 OECD countries - 23 non member economies including the BRIICS (Brazil, the Russian Federation, India, Indonesia, China and South Africa) - the Rest of the World - and several economic zones such as the EU27, EU15, ASEAN, etc. - 18 economic activities - the time coverage has been expanded so that now it includes the years 1995, 2000 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Official development assistance (ODA) consists of grants or loans that are undertaken by the official sector with the objective of promoting economic development and welfare in recipient countries. Disbursements record the actual international transfer of financial resources, or of goods or services valued at the cost of the donor. ODA is here presented as a share of Gross National Income (GNI). GNI at market prices equals Gross Domestic Product (GDP) minus primary income payable by resident units to non-resident units, plus primary income receivable by resident units from the rest of the world. The EU made a commitment to collectively reach official development assistance of 0.7% of GNI by 2015 and of 0.56% of GNI as an intermediate target by 2010. The list of countries and territories eligible to receive ODA is determined by the OECD’s Development Assistance Committee (DAC).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator is defined as net disbursements for Official Development Assistance (ODA) at market prices to the countries of the Development Assistance Committee (DAC) list of recipients. It is presented per inhabitant both for donor and recipient countries. For the indicator per inhabitant in DAC countries, only aid received from EU15 countries is included. DAC countries refer to developing countries and territories on Part I of the OECD DAC List of Aid Recipients for which there is a long-standing United Nations target of 0.7% of donors' gross national product. Unit of measure is EUR per inhabitant.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Official development assistance (ODA) is defined here as net bilateral and imputed multilateral disbursements at market prices for ODA to countries mentioned in the DAC (Development Assistance Committee) list. Unit of measure is Million EUR.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id: nrg_143m The monthly oil stocks collection covers the supply of crude oil and petroleum products to the Community. It covers stocks in the following locations: refinery tanks, bulk terminals, pipeline tankage, barges and intercostal tankers (when port of departure and destination are in the same country), tankers in a port of a member country (if their cargo is to be discharged at the port), inland ship bunkers. Exclude military stocks, stocks held in pipelines, in rail tanks cars, in truck tanks cars, in sea-going ships' bunkers, in service stations, in retail stores and in tankers at sea. Two main types of stockholding obligations are existing : • Emergency stocks, where all Member States are obliged to keep a certain volume of crude oil and petroleum products, based on the annual level of net imports or the annual level of consumption (specifically for producers). • Specific stocks, where Member States may undertake a commitment to maintain a certain volume of petroleum products, owned by the Government or the Central Stockholding Entity. Monthly oil stocks data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, from 2013 onwards.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id: nrg_141m The monthly oil stocks collection covers the supply of crude oil and petroleum products to the Community. It covers stocks in the following locations: refinery tanks, bulk terminals, pipeline tankage, barges and intercostal tankers (when port of departure and destination are in the same country), tankers in a port of a member country (if their cargo is to be discharged at the port), inland ship bunkers. Exclude military stocks, stocks held in pipelines, in rail tanks cars, in truck tanks cars, in sea-going ships' bunkers, in service stations, in retail stores and in tankers at sea. Two main types of stockholding obligations are existing : • Emergency stocks, where all Member States are obliged to keep a certain volume of crude oil and petroleum products, based on the annual level of net imports or the annual level of consumption (specifically for producers). • Specific stocks, where Member States may undertake a commitment to maintain a certain volume of petroleum products, owned by the Government or the Central Stockholding Entity. Monthly oil stocks data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, from 2013 onwards.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id: nrg_142m The monthly oil stocks collection covers the supply of crude oil and petroleum products to the Community. It covers stocks in the following locations: refinery tanks, bulk terminals, pipeline tankage, barges and intercostal tankers (when port of departure and destination are in the same country), tankers in a port of a member country (if their cargo is to be discharged at the port), inland ship bunkers. Exclude military stocks, stocks held in pipelines, in rail tanks cars, in truck tanks cars, in sea-going ships' bunkers, in service stations, in retail stores and in tankers at sea. Two main types of stockholding obligations are existing : • Emergency stocks, where all Member States are obliged to keep a certain volume of crude oil and petroleum products, based on the annual level of net imports or the annual level of consumption (specifically for producers). • Specific stocks, where Member States may undertake a commitment to maintain a certain volume of petroleum products, owned by the Government or the Central Stockholding Entity. Monthly oil stocks data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, from 2013 onwards.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OPEC Annual Statistical Bulletin (ASB) provides detailed and comprehensive time-series data on many different aspects of the global petroleum industry, including production, demand, imports and exports, as well as exploration, production and transportation activities. The publication contains, in particular, key statistical data on oil and natural gas activities in each of OPEC’s 12 Member Countries: Algeria, Angola, Ecuador, Islamic Republic of Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Libya, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates and Venezuela. Additionally, it provides valuable industry data for various countries with detailed classifications mainly by geographical region, and covers the major economic areas around the world. This year’s 2015 ASB, which comprises data up to the end of 2014, includes the following important highlights:In 2014, world crude oil production averaged at 73.4 million barrels/day, increasing by 0.7 per cent, over 2013. Noticeable increases originated in North America, particularly the US, as well as in Western Europe, more specifically Norway. Crude oil production declined year-on-year in Africa and the Middle East, and remained relatively flat in other regions. Crude oil production in OPEC Member Countries reached 30.7m b/d during 2014, down 2.9 per cent from 2013, year-on-year. The overall OPEC share to the world crude production total in 2014 was at 41.8 per cent, lower than in 2013, when it was 43.3 per cent. Non-OPEC oil supply and OPEC NGLs, as well as non-conventional oil production inched to 62.3m b/d, increasing by 3.9 per cent as compared to the 2013 levels.World oil demand averaged at 91.3m b/d in 2014, up by 1.1 per cent year-on-year, with the largest increases taking place in China, the Middle East — particularly in Saudi Arabia, Islamic Republic of Iran, Qatar and the United Arab Emirates, — and in non-OECD Asia. The 2014 oil demand in Africa and Latin America continued its upward trend, while oil demand declined for another year in Western Europe. Total OECD oil demand fell slightly during 2014, while oil demand in OPEC Member Countries increased strongly for another year by 2.9 per cent, as compared to 2013. Distillates and gasoline account for around 55 per cent of total world oil demand and are on increasing trend, while residual fuel oil requirements declined for another year.In 2014, the majority of crude oil from OPEC Member Countries was exported to Asian and Pacific countries (13.7m b/d or 60.4 per cent). Substantial volumes of crude oil from OPEC Member Countries were also exported to Europe (3.8m b/d or 16.7 per cent) and North America (3.1m b/d or 13.9 per cent). Asian and Pacific countries were the largest importers of OPEC Member Countries petroleum products (2.7m b/d or 60.8 per cent). North America was the region in 2014 that recorded the largest yearly increase in oil exports (0.7 m b/d or 11.7 per cent) with the bulk of these volumes being petroleum products. OPEC Member Countries petroleum products exports in 2014 stood at 4.5m b/d, while during the same year the imports were at 1.6m b/d, up 1.4 per cent year-on-year.World proven crude oil reserves stood at 1,492.9 billion barrels at the end of 2014, 0.2 per cent higher as compared to the end of 2013. The largest non-OPEC additions originated in North America, particularly the US, as well as Asia and Pacific predominantly China and India. Proven crude oil reserves in OPEC Member Countries remained largely unchanged at the end of 2014, as compared to 2013 and reached a level of 1,206bn b. The overall OPEC percentage share of world proven crude oil reserved at the end of 2014 stood at 80.8 per cent. OPEC Member Countries remained important players in the natural gas market during 2014, with proven natural gas reserves of 95,129bn standard cubic metres. This marked a slight increase of 0.1 per cent from 2013, with a total world share of 47.3 per cent.The refinery capacity of OPEC Member Countries increased by 0.6m b/cd or 5.4 per cent during 2014 compared to 2013, with the bulk of increases originating in the Middle East. In 2014, OPEC Member Countries held 11.6 per cent of total world refinery capacity in 2014. World refinery capacity rose by 0.9m b/d in 2014. Gains in Asia Pacific, as well as North and Latin America have been partly offset by losses in Western Europe. The 2014 world refinery capacity inched to 95.7m b/cd during 2014.The OPEC Reference Basket averaged at $96.29/b in 2014, down from $105.87/b in 2013 and following a steep decline in the second half of 2014. This represented a decrease of $9.58/b or 9.0 per cent with a volatility of $14.56/b or, equivalently, 15.1 per cent relative to the yearly average. The minimum monthly average crude price was $59.46/b in December 2014 and the maximum was $107.89/b in June 2014.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Open Data Research Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This dataset shows the sub-index and overall rankings given to countries in the Open Data Barometer Study, a multi-dimensional measure of open data context, implementation and impacts across 77 countries. More information on the study methodology and variable definitions can be found in the Open Data Barometer 2013 Global Report
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Open Data Research Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Peer-reviewed numerical scores assigned to each primary data variable collected for the Open Data Barometer.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_orange The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Июнь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the number of EMAS-registered organisations and sites. The Eco-Management and Audit Scheme (EMAS) is a voluntary environmental management system implemented by companies and other organisations from all sectors of economic activity including local authorities, to evaluate, report on and improve their environmental performance. The scheme integrates ISO 14001 (International Standard for Environmental Management System) as its environmental management system element. Since April 2001, corporate registrations are possible, wherein organisations gather all their sites under one registration number. The European Commission started to collect numbers of sites in addition to number of organisations in March 2004 to give a more accurate picture of EMAS development.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Quarterly Sector Accounts (QSA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). The transmission of the QSA data by the Member States follows the Regulation (EC) N° 1161/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council (QSA regulation). The QSA encompass the non-financial accounts and provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The compilation of QSA is the outcome of a close collaboration by Eurostat and the ECB, in cooperation with the national statistical institutes and national central banks. The ECB and Eurostat are publishing integrated non-financial and financial accounts, including financial balance sheets, for the euro area (the euro area accounts). Eurostat is also publishing the non-financial accounts for the EU. The QSA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and show relations between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 1995 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1, in turn, the following institutional sectors are distinguished: - Non-financial Corporations (S.11) - Financial Corporations (S.12) - General Government (S.13) - Households and Non-profit Institutions Serving Households (S.14 + S.15). The full set of quarterly sector accounts is published for euro area / EU28 aggregates only. However, a subset of quarterly national key indicators is available at dedicated section (see "Quarterly data") as well as in the database (see table "Key indicators") for most of the 17 members of the European Economic Area (EEA) whose GDP is above 1% of the EU28 total. The other EEA members do not have to transmit the quarterly accounts of corporations and households to Eurostat. Non-financial accounts are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasq_nf_tr). The other three tables (only the Euro area) include financial accounts, other flows and balance sheets. QSA data are provided at current prices only. The key indicators (and their components) of households and non-financial corporations as published in the QSA news release are seasonally adjusted. Data are presented in millions of national currency, euro and as percentages.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Other Economic Flows: Flows that are not transactions according to ESA 95 definitions
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year.  Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Other expenditure consists of miscellaneous expenditure (payment of property income and other). Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits (transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs); administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains statistics on research and development (R&D) expenditure performed in the higher education and private non-profit sectors by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities) and type of costs (current expenditures, capital expenditures).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table contains statistics on research and development ( R&D) expenditure performed in the higher education and private non-profit sectors by field of science (natural sciences, engineering, medical sciences, agricultural sciences, social sciences, and humanities) and source of funds (direct government, public general university funds, higher education, private non-profit, business enterprise, and funds from abroad). Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The present data collection refers to data on formal childcare and other types of care by duration (less than 30 hours a usual week; 30 hours or more a usual week), age of the child (0-2 years; 3 to admission age for compulsory school; admission age for compulsory school to 12) and country. Formal childcare refers to the four EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Education at pre-school or equivalent 2. Education at compulsory education 3. Child care at centre-based services outside school hours 4. Child care at day-care centre organised/controlled by a by public or private structure Other types of care  refers to the EU-SILC survey variables: 1. Child care by a professional child-minder at child's home or at child-minders's home 2. Child care by grand-parents, other household members (outside parents), other relatives, friends or neighbours For a broader view of the data framework see EU-SILC.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Output is valued at basic prices. The basic price is defined as the price received by the producer, after deduction of all taxes on products but including all subsidies on products. Output of the agricultural industry is made up of the sum of the output of agricultural products, agricultural services and of the goods and services produced in inseparable non-agricultural secondary activities.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the shares of industrial sectors that are "controlled" by affiliates located abroad in each country (outward investment as a percentage of national total).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates located abroad by host country in the total manufacturing, total services and total business enterprise sectors. The units used to present data in AMNE are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the activity of affiliates located abroad by host country in the total manufacturing sector or in the total business sector.The units used to present data in AFA are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains figures on the activity affiliates located abroad by industry according to the International Standard Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4). The units used to present data in AMNE are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The units used to present data in AFA are millions of national currency for monetary variables and units for the other variables. Monetary variables are in current prices. Euro-area countries: national currency data is expressed in euro beginning with the year of entry into the Economic and Monetary Union (EMU). For years prior to the year of entry into EMU, data have been converted from the former national currency using the appropriate irrevocable conversion rate. This presentation facilitates comparisons within a country over time and ensures that the historical evolution is preserved. Please note, however, that pre-EMU euro are a notional unit and should not be used to form area aggregates or to carry out cross-country comparisons.
    • Апрель 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Outward FATS describes the activities of foreign affiliates abroad controlled by residents of the compiling country. Countries use a great variety of sources completing each other in order to compile outward FATS data. Frequently, the basic information originates from the Foreign Direct Investments registers and surveys and it is complemented by information from other data sources such as business registers, annual reports of the companies, private databases, administrative sources, or other surveys (inward FATS, SBS). Outward FATS surveys from the previous reference years are also valuable sources of information . The countries collect and deliver on a mandatory basis the following characteristics: Number of enterprises (ENT)Turnover (TUR)Number of persons employed (EMP) For a few countries, data collected on a voluntary basis are available for some other characteristics: Value added at factor costs (VAC)Gross investments in tangible goods (GIT)Personnel costs (PEC) The outward FATS data are disseminated with annual frequency, with a detail by country of location (partner country) and economic activity of the foreign affiliate. Data are expressed in millions of EUR (Turnover, Value added at factor costs, Gross investments in tangible goods and Personnel costs) or in units (Number of persons employed and Number of enterprises).
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Outward FATS describes the activities of foreign affiliates abroad controlled by residents of the compiling country. Countries use a great variety of sources completing each other in order to compile outward FATS data. Frequently, the basic information originates from the Foreign Direct Investments registers and surveys and it is complemented by information from other data sources such as business registers, annual reports of the companies, private databases, administrative sources, or other surveys (inward FATS, SBS). Outward FATS surveys from the previous reference years are also valuable sources of information . The countries collect and deliver on a mandatory basis the following characteristics: Number of enterprises (ENT)Turnover (TUR)Number of persons employed (EMP) For a few countries, data collected on a voluntary basis are available for some other characteristics: Value added at factor costs (VAC)Gross investments in tangible goods (GIT)Personnel costs (PEC) The outward FATS data are disseminated with annual frequency, with a detail by country of location (partner country) and economic activity of the foreign affiliate. Data are expressed in millions of EUR (Turnover, Value added at factor costs, Gross investments in tangible goods and Personnel costs) or in units (Number of persons employed and Number of enterprises).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Outward FATS describes the activities of foreign affiliates abroad controlled by residents of the compiling country. Countries use a great variety of sources completing each other in order to compile outward FATS data. Frequently, the basic information originates from the Foreign Direct Investments registers and surveys and it is complemented by information from other data sources such as business registers, annual reports of the companies, private databases, administrative sources, or other surveys (inward FATS, SBS). Outward FATS surveys from the previous reference years are also valuable sources of information . The countries collect and deliver on a mandatory basis the following characteristics:Number of enterprises (ENT)Turnover (TUR)Number of persons employed (EMP) For a few countries, data collected on a voluntary basis are available for some other characteristics:Value added at factor costs (VAC)Gross investments in tangible goods (GIT)Personnel costs (PEC) The outward FATS data are disseminated with annual frequency, with a detail by country of location (partner country) and economic activity of the foreign affiliate. Data are expressed in millions of EUR (Turnover, Value added at factor costs, Gross investments in tangible goods and Personnel costs) or in units (Number of persons employed and Number of enterprises).
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator 'employment growth' gives the change in percentage from one year to another of the total number of employed persons on the economic territory of the country or the geographical area.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_str_t211 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_150 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: OXFAM
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Around the world, one in eight people go to bed hungry every night, even though there is enough food for everyone. Our graph illustrates how overconsumption, misuse of resources and waste are common elements of a system that leaves hundreds of millions without enough to eat.
  • P
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on packaging and packaging waste is collected on the basis of Directive 94/62/EC of 20 December 1994 on packaging and packaging waste, last amended by Regulation (EC) No 219/2009. 'Packaging' in this context means all products made of any materials of any nature to be used for the containment, protection, handling, delivery and presentation of goods, from raw materials to processed goods, from the producer to the user or the consumer. 'Non-returnable' items used for the same purposes shall also be considered to constitute packaging. The examples given in Annex I to Directive 94/62/EC to illustrate the definition of the term "packaging" are regularly updated. 'Packaging waste' means any packaging or packaging material covered by the definition of waste in Directive 2008/98/EC, excluding production residues.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts15 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_52 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf9 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf8 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_any3 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_any2 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_any1 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_any5 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_fed3 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_fed2 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_fed1 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_fed6 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf3 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf2 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf1 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe5 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe4 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe3 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe6 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe2 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe8 The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe9 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe1 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_nfe25 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of residents, aged 15 or over, having made at least 1 trip of at least 1 overnight stay. Only trips for personal purpose are covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of residents, aged 15 or over, having made at least 1 trip of at least 1 overnight stay. Only trips for personal purpose are covered.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of residents, aged 15 or over, having made at least 1 trip of at least 1 overnight stay. Only trips for personal purpose are covered.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_part_030 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_volunt_010 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ. Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Lifelong learning encompasses all learning activities undertaken throughout life (after the end of initial education) with the aim of improving knowledge, skills and competences, within personal, civic, social or employment-related perspectives. The intention or aim to learn is the critical point that distinguishes these activities from non-learning activities, such as cultural or sporting activities. Participation in education and training is a measure of lifelong learning. The participation rate in education and training covers participation in formal and non-formal education and training. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the four weeks prior to the interview. Participation rates in education and training for various age groups and by different breakdowns are presented. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). The strategic framework for European cooperation in education and training sets a benchmark on adult participation in lifelong learning, namely that an average of at least 15 % of adults aged 25 to 64 years old should participate in lifelong learning. Accordingly, the indicator 'lifelong learning' refers to persons aged 25 to 64 who stated that they received education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey (numerator). The denominator consists of the total population of the same age group, excluding those who did not answer to the question 'participation in education and training'. For data see online table trng_lfse_01 and tsdsc440. For data published in the folder 'Main indicators on lifelong learning - LFS data from 1992 onwards (trng_lfs_4w0)' the data source (EU-LFS) is up to the reference year 2008, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. Tables shown in the following folders are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ.Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w1)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - employed persons aged 18+ (trng_lfs_4w2)Participation in education and training (last 4 weeks) - population aged 15+, by type of education (trng_lfs_4w3)
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_102 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_103 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_104 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_100 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_educ_060 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thpar The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ipart The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_ipart_s The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator 'part-time employment' represents employees who work part-time as a percentage of total employment. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour force includes everyone (over the legal age limit) having provided an agricultural work on and for the holding during the last 12 months. Are taken as regular labour force every member of the holder's family working on the holding are taken as regular labour force (holder included) and non-family regularly employed labour force.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:rail_tf_passmov Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means:1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most coutries, this is not the case for road injuies. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data. Click to collapse Aggregation and consolidation OECD: Excludes non-ITF states Israel and Chile. Western European Countries (WECs): Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Central and Eastern European Countries (CEECs): Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, FYROM, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Montenegro, Poland, Romania, Serbia, Slovakia and Slovenia. North America: Canada, Mexico and the United States. Australasia: Australia and New Zealand. Click to collapse Transformations In case of missing data for a country, ITF can calculate estimates based generaly on the growth rates of the relevant region. These estimates are used solely to calculate aggregated trends in graphic representations and are not shown at the individual country level.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Passport Index
      Загружен: Alina Buzanakova
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Passport Index is an interactive tool, which collects, displays and ranks the passports of the world.You can discover the world’s passports on a map, by country name, by Passport Power Rank and even by the color of their cover.Visa Free ScorePassports accumulate points for each visa free country that their holders can visit without a visa, or they can obtain a visa on arrival.Passport Power RankPassports are ranked based on their Visa Free Score. The higher the Visa Free Score, the better the Passport Power Rank.MethodologyThe country list is based on the 193 UN member countries and 6 territories (Macao, Kosovo, etc.) for a total of 199. Territories annexed to other countries such as Norfolk Island, French Polynesia, etc. are excluded. Data is based on research from publicly available sources, as well as information shared by government agencies.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachuc The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachwf The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_peachyf The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Dublin statistics contain information based on Article 4.4 of the Council Regulation 862/2007 with reference to:The number of requests for taking back or taking charge of an asylum seeker.The provisions on which the requests for taking back or taking charge are based.The decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge.The numbers of transfers to which the decisions taken in response to the requests for taking back or taking charge lead.The number of requests for information. Data is presented country by country and for groups of country: the European Union (EU-27) and the European Economic Area (EEA).
    • Ноябрь 2012
      Источник: Center of International Comparisons at the University of Pennsylvania
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2012
      Выбрать
      The Penn World Table provides purchasing power parity and national income accounts converted to international prices for 189 countries/territories for some or all of the years 1950-2010. Its expenditure entries are denominated in a common set of prices in a common currency so that real quantity comparisons can be made, both between countries and over time. It also provides information about relative prices within and between countries, as well as demographic data and capital stock estimates. The Penn World Table grew out of the United Nations International Comparison Programme (ICP) that was jointly directed by Irving Kravis at Penn through the first three phases ending with 1975 comparison (Kravis, Heston and Summers, 1982). PWT 7.1 Alan Heston, Robert Summers and Bettina Aten, Penn World Table Version 7.1, Center for International Comparisons of Production, Income and Prices at the University of Pennsylvania, Nov 2012.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Center for International Comparisons at the University of Pennsylvania
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Benchmark data used in the component price level estimates for past PWTs. The published record of benchmark comparisons includes regional and world comparisons. These are described through 1985 in publications of the World Bank, including the published comparisons of the Penn group. The Penn World Table provides purchasing power parity and national income accounts converted to international prices for 189 countries/territories for some or all of the years 1950-2010.  Its expenditure entries are denominated in a common set of prices in a common currency so that real quantity comparisons can be made, both between countries and over time. It also provides information about relative prices within and between countries, as well as demographic data and capital stock estimates. The Penn World Table grew out of the United Nations International Comparison Programme (ICP) that was jointly directed by Irving Kravis at Penn through the first three phases ending with 1975 comparison (Kravis, Heston and Summers, 1982). PWT 7.1 Alan Heston, Robert Summers and Bettina Aten, Penn World Table Version 7.1, Center for International Comparisons of Production, Income and Prices at the University of Pennsylvania, Nov 2012.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: University of Groningen
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Feenstra, Robert C., Robert Inklaar and Marcel P. Timmer (2013) PWT version 8.1 is a database with information on relative levels of income, output, inputs and productivity, covering 167 countries between 1950 and 2011.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_pens Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Towers Watson
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domainIn Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts.r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin. Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefitsData on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The main source for the compilation of statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions is the EU-Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC). The indicator People at risk of poverty or social exclusion and its sub-polupations (People at risk of poverty after social transfers, Severely materially deprived people and people living in households with very low work intensity) are part of the MIP auxiliary indicators. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses also the headline indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The main source for the compilation of statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions is the EU-Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC). The indicator People at risk of poverty or social exclusion and its sub-polupations (People at risk of poverty after social transfers, Severely materially deprived people and people living in households with very low work intensity) are part of the MIP auxiliary indicators. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses also the headline indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      People at risk of poverty or social exclusion: The indicator sums up the number of persons who are at risk of poverty, severely materially deprived or living in households with very low work intensity. Persons present in several sub-indicators are counted only once. Persons at risk of poverty have an equivalised disposable income below 60 % of the national median equivalised disposable income after social transfers. Material deprivation covers indicators relating to economic strain and durables. Persons are considered living in households with very low work intensity if they are aged 0-59 and the working age members in the household worked less than 20 % of their potential during the past year.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the share of the population aged 16 and over reporting a long-standing (chronic) illness or health problem. Note on the interpretation: The indicator is derived from self-reported data so it is, to a certain extent, affected by respondents’ subjective perception as well as by their social and cultural background. Another factor playing a role is the different organisation of health care services, be that nationally or locally. All these factors should be taken into account when analysing the data and interpreting the results.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Fatalities caused by road accidents include drivers and passengers of motorised vehicles and pedal cycles as well as pedestrians, killed within 30 days from the day of the accident. For Member States not using this definition, corrective factors were applied. The data come from the CARE database managed by DG MOVE. For more information click here.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The main source for the compilation of statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions is the EU-Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC). The indicator People at risk of poverty or social exclusion and its sub-polupations (People at risk of poverty after social transfers, Severely materially deprived people and people living in households with very low work intensity) are part of the MIP auxiliary indicators. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses also the headline indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A night spent is each night a guest/tourist (resident or non-resident) actually spends (sleeps or stays) or is registered (his/her physical presence there being unnecessary) in a tourist accommodation establishment.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, value added data for 2008 in the ICT sector are not comparable with data published for pRevious years. Therefore, the percentage change between years 2007 and 2008 is not available.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emasne In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emaspr In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emduca In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_08cobr Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_08resr Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emseag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_40 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent04n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Май 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics:Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now:CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent04s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent05n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent05s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cost05 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_part01s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_44 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_48 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_part02s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_empl01s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_part03s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_part04s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04peovisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04pepoisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent16n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent16s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent17n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent17s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent03an There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent03as There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent19n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent19s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts86 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent18n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent18s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent10n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent10s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent08n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent08s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent11n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent11s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_88 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_90 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data collection 'LFS - specific topics, household statistics' covers a range of statistics on number, characteristics and typologies of households, based on the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). The data collection also encompasses some labour market indicators broken down by household composition. Only annual data are available. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates: ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Number of persons employed in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V16110) Since 2008, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 2 classification as follows: ICT Total (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268 + 951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) ICT Manufacturing (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268) ICT Services (951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Total employment (source: National Accounts, all branches) Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, data for 2008 are not comparable with data published for previous years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Value added at factor cost in the ICT sector (source: SBS, variable V12150) Since 2008, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 2 classification as follows: ICT Total (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268 + 951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) ICT Manufacturing (261 + 262 + 263 + 264 + 268) ICT Services (951 + 465 + 582 + 61 + 62 + 631) Until 2007, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Total value added at factor cost (source: National Accounts, all branches) Value added at factor cost is defined as Gross value added (at basic prices) minus Other taxes less other subsidies on production. Due to change of the ICT sector definition as a consequence of change of the underlying classification, data for 2008 are not comparable with data published for previous years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Personal well-being" covers overall life experience, satisfaction with different areas of life, trust in others and in institutions and social support (having someone to rely on in case of need).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_80 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour04s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts70 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour07s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_68 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_hour03s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_20 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts3_22 There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on causes of death (COD) provide information on mortality patterns and form a major element of public health information. COD data refer to the underlying cause which - according to the World Health Organisation (WHO) - is "the disease or injury which initiated the train of morbid events leading directly to death, or the circumstances of the accident or violence which produced the fatal injury". Causes of death are classified by the 86 causes of the "European shortlist" of causes of death. This shortlist is based on the International Statistical Classification of Diseases and Related Health Problems (ICD). COD data are derived from death certificates. The medical certification of death is an obligation in all Member States. Countries code the information provided in the medical certificate of cause of death into ICD codes according to the rules specified in the ICD. Data are broken down by sex, 5-year age groups, cause of death and by residency and country of occurrence. For stillbirths and neonatal deaths additional breakdows might include age of mother. Data are available for EU-28, the former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Iceland, Norway, Liechtenstein and Switzerland. Regional data (NUTS level 2) are available for most of the countries. Annual national data are provided in absolute number, crude death rates and standardised death rates. At regional level (NUTS level 2) the same is provided in form of 3 years averages. Annual crude death rates are also available at NUTS level 2.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li23 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_li21 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'LFS main indicators' section presents a selection of the main statistics on the labour market. They encompass indicators of population, activity and inactivity; employment; unemployment; education and training. Those indicators are mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), in few cases integrated with data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), 'LFS main indicators' is the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the sub-domain ' Employment and unemployment'. The EU-LFS data used for 'LFS main indicators' are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity of indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series). Those adjustments may produce significant differences between data published under 'LFS main indicators' and 'LFS series - Detailed survey results', particularly for the past years. For the most recent years these two series converge, resultingfrom the implementation of a continuous quarterly survey and the improved quality of the data. This page focuses on the particularities of 'LFS main indicators'. There are special pages for indicators 'employment growth', 'population in jobless households', 'average exit age of labour market' and 'education indicators: life-long learning, early school leavers and youth education attainment level. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework(endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The road accident data are taken from the CARE database, which is entirely managed by Directorate-General Mobility and Transport (MOVE) CARE is a Community database on road accidents resulting in death or injury (no statistics on damage - only accidents). The tables included in Eurobase are limited to the number of fatalities as the definition of injuries is not entirely harmonised across the Member States. The major difference between CARE and most other existing international databases is the high level of disaggregation, i.e. CARE results are based on detailed data on individual accidents as collected by the Member States. The Council decided on 30 November 1993 the creation of a Community database on road accidents (Council Decision 93/704/EC, OJ No L329 of 30.12.1993, pp. 63-65). This database at Community level (CARE - Community database on Accidents on the Roads in Europe) would make it possible to identify and quantify road safety problems, evaluate the efficiency of road safety measures, determine the relevance of Community actions and facilitate the exchange of experience in this field. National data sets are integrated into the CARE database in their original national structure and definitions, with confidential data blanked out. The Commission provides a framework of transformation rules allowing CARE to provide compatible data. The following data are available: Fatalities in road accidents by genderFatalities in road accidents by road type userFatalities in road accidents by age classFatalities in road accidents by type of area For the road accident fatalities by type of area, and notably the classification of accidents on motorways, which may also occur in urban areas, please note the following rationale: Rural : Outside urban area and no motorway/unknown Urban: inside urban area (all) Motorway: Outside urban area & motorway Unknown: urban area unknown and motorway unknown. More information can be obtained in Part 2 Road Information of the document with the CARE database variable description, the link of which is given in point 3.2.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The road accident data are taken from the CARE database, which is entirely managed by Directorate-General Mobility and Transport (MOVE) CARE is a Community database on road accidents resulting in death or injury (no statistics on damage - only accidents). The tables included in Eurobase are limited to the number of fatalities as the definition of injuries is not entirely harmonised across the Member States. The major difference between CARE and most other existing international databases is the high level of disaggregation, i.e. CARE results are based on detailed data on individual accidents as collected by the Member States. The Council decided on 30 November 1993 the creation of a Community database on road accidents (Council Decision 93/704/EC, OJ No L329 of 30.12.1993, pp. 63-65). This database at Community level (CARE - Community database on Accidents on the Roads in Europe) would make it possible to identify and quantify road safety problems, evaluate the efficiency of road safety measures, determine the relevance of Community actions and facilitate the exchange of experience in this field. National data sets are integrated into the CARE database in their original national structure and definitions, with confidential data blanked out. The Commission provides a framework of transformation rules allowing CARE to provide compatible data. The following data are available: Fatalities in road accidents by genderFatalities in road accidents by road type userFatalities in road accidents by age classFatalities in road accidents by type of area For the road accident fatalities by type of area, and notably the classification of accidents on motorways, which may also occur in urban areas, please note the following rationale: Rural : Outside urban area and no motorway/unknown Urban: inside urban area (all) Motorway: Outside urban area & motorway Unknown: urban area unknown and motorway unknown. More information can be obtained in Part 2 Road Information of the document with the CARE database variable description, the link of which is given in point 3.2.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The road accident data are taken from the CARE database, which is entirely managed by Directorate-General Mobility and Transport (MOVE) CARE is a Community database on road accidents resulting in death or injury (no statistics on damage - only accidents). The tables included in Eurobase are limited to the number of fatalities as the definition of injuries is not entirely harmonised across the Member States. The major difference between CARE and most other existing international databases is the high level of disaggregation, i.e. CARE results are based on detailed data on individual accidents as collected by the Member States. The Council decided on 30 November 1993 the creation of a Community database on road accidents (Council Decision 93/704/EC, OJ No L329 of 30.12.1993, pp. 63-65). This database at Community level (CARE - Community database on Accidents on the Roads in Europe) would make it possible to identify and quantify road safety problems, evaluate the efficiency of road safety measures, determine the relevance of Community actions and facilitate the exchange of experience in this field. National data sets are integrated into the CARE database in their original national structure and definitions, with confidential data blanked out. The Commission provides a framework of transformation rules allowing CARE to provide compatible data. The following data are available: Fatalities in road accidents by genderFatalities in road accidents by road type userFatalities in road accidents by age classFatalities in road accidents by type of area For the road accident fatalities by type of area, and notably the classification of accidents on motorways, which may also occur in urban areas, please note the following rationale: Rural : Outside urban area and no motorway/unknown Urban: inside urban area (all) Motorway: Outside urban area & motorway Unknown: urban area unknown and motorway unknown. More information can be obtained in Part 2 Road Information of the document with the CARE database variable description, the link of which is given in point 3.2.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The road accident data are taken from the CARE database, which is entirely managed by Directorate-General Mobility and Transport (MOVE) CARE is a Community database on road accidents resulting in death or injury (no statistics on damage - only accidents). The tables included in Eurobase are limited to the number of fatalities as the definition of injuries is not entirely harmonised across the Member States. The major difference between CARE and most other existing international databases is the high level of disaggregation, i.e. CARE results are based on detailed data on individual accidents as collected by the Member States. The Council decided on 30 November 1993 the creation of a Community database on road accidents (Council Decision 93/704/EC, OJ No L329 of 30.12.1993, pp. 63-65). This database at Community level (CARE - Community database on Accidents on the Roads in Europe) would make it possible to identify and quantify road safety problems, evaluate the efficiency of road safety measures, determine the relevance of Community actions and facilitate the exchange of experience in this field. National data sets are integrated into the CARE database in their original national structure and definitions, with confidential data blanked out. The Commission provides a framework of transformation rules allowing CARE to provide compatible data. The following data are available: Fatalities in road accidents by genderFatalities in road accidents by road type userFatalities in road accidents by age classFatalities in road accidents by type of area For the road accident fatalities by type of area, and notably the classification of accidents on motorways, which may also occur in urban areas, please note the following rationale: Rural : Outside urban area and no motorway/unknown Urban: inside urban area (all) Motorway: Outside urban area & motorway Unknown: urban area unknown and motorway unknown. More information can be obtained in Part 2 Road Information of the document with the CARE database variable description, the link of which is given in point 3.2.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_rjru The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac4 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb1 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb10 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb8 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb4 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb3 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_pb2 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac11 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac10 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac8 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac9 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac3 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ac2 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_exp3 This data collection, based on the Labour Force Survey 2007 ad-hoc module, provides data on the occurrence of accidents at work, work-related health problems and hazardous exposure. In particular this collection aims:to know the number of cases and days lost because of accidents at work and the number of cases and days lost because of non-accidental work-related health problems;  to analyse the differences in the occurrence of these accidents and health problems by factors linked to the employment characteristics of the worker and factors linked to the employer's characteristics;  to know about the occurrence of factors at work that can adversely affect health. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data collection ESAW (European statistics at work) by:including the "less serious" accidents (less than four days of absence from work);  analysing the occurrence of accidents at work by the LFS core variables;  enabling a comparison to estimate the reporting levels in ESAW;  specifying the occurrence of accidents not so well covered in ESAW. The LFS 2007 module gives additional value compared to the administrative data on occupational diseases by:specifying the frequency of diseases caused by work or made worse by work, irrespectively if the disease is recognised or not as an occupational disease;  specifying the frequency of new emerging types of work-related diseases which are not included in the administrative lists of occupational diseases (especially musculoskeletal and psychosocial health problems);  estimating the burden of work-related diseases in terms of absence from work;  analysing the occurrence of work-related diseases by the LFS core variables.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on: the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics of the employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value: providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data collection is based on the two Labour Force Survey ad-hoc modules (LFS AHMs) carried out in 2007 and 2013, and provides information on:the number of employed persons who had one or more accidents at work resulting in injuries and which occurred in the last 12 months before the survey;the number of employed persons having had one or more work-related physical or mental health problems in the 12 months before the survey which were caused or made worse by work apart from the previously mentioned accidents at work;the type of the most serious work-related health problem caused or made worse by work;the exposure at work to certain risk factor(s) that can affect physical health or mental well-being. In addition, the data published on the Eurostat website provides information on certain characteristics ofthe employed person: sex, age, educational attainment level, occupation, employment status, full/part-time work, atypical working hours and the job done when the most recent accident at work resulting in injury occurred (main, second, last job etc.);the enterprise or other employer: area of economic activity (according to the NACE classification of economic activities in the European Union) and the sizes of the enterprises;the accident: whether the accident was a road traffic accident or not, and the period off work because of the accident;whether the most serious health problem caused of made worse by work limits the ability to carry out day to day activities either at work or outside work. Compared with the administrative data collection ESAW (European Statistics of Accidents at Work), the LFS AHMs 2007 and 2013 give the following additional value:providing information about accidents with less than four days of absence from work, as well as more information about the occurrence of road traffic accidents;including information about work-related health problems and risk factors for physical health and mental well-being;enabling the analysis of accidents and work-related health problems by LFS core variables;enabling a comparison of reporting levels between Member States, economic sectors and other variables.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on asylum applications contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) No 862/2007 with reference to: Asylum and first time asylum applicants by age, sex and citizenshipPersons subject to applications pending at the end of reference period by age, sex and citizenshipApplications for asylum withdrawn by age, sex and citizenshipAsylum applicants considered to be unaccompanied minors by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28, EU27) and the European Free Trade Association (EFTA). Data has been rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12pension Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12penstyp Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_12reduchrs Results from the 2012 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on transition from work to retirement
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Results from the 2010 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the reconciliation between work and family life. The aims of the module is to establish how far persons participate in the labour force as they wish and if not, whether the reasons are connected with a lack of suitable care services for children and dependant persons: 1. identification of care responsibilities (children and dependants) 2. analysis of the consequences on labour market participation taking into account the options and constraints given 3. in case of constraints, identification of those linked with the lack or unsuitability of care services A further aim is to analyse the degree of flexibility offered at work in terms of reconciliation with family life as well as to estimate how often career breaks occur and how far leave of absence is taken.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mpyliv The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail: Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail: Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely: average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.Â
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Sales of pesticides
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_spec Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_rs_phys . Data descriptionNon-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision.Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data.The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to:- 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.);- 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.).Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants).Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used.Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.3.2. Classification system
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      1. Media include Radio, TV and Newspapers2. Total number of domestic Radio and TV channels, by technical penetration3. Print media covers newspaper-public and Private by ownership
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:crim_plce Data on crime (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out. Regional data : Data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available on a regional level for 2008, 2009 and 2010 only. The data are available for the European Union member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that for paragraphs where non metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Political Terror Scale
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Август 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_educ_020 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июля, 2013
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains all the Eurostat datasets (12 numbers) present under Population and Area. Note Eurostat Hierarchy General and regional statistics > Population and social conditions > Population (populat) > Demography (pop) > Demography - Regional data (demoreg) > Population and area.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections:   1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin. <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010 as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013.   The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website.   The domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by durability and exports and imports by origin.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_08cobsmf Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_08cobsp Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_08cobsped Results from the 2008 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants. There is high political and scientific interest in comparative information on the labour market situation of migrants. For this reason it was logical to dedicate a LFS AHM to this subject. The aim of the module is to get a comprehensive and comparable set of data on the labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants in order to monitor progress towards the common objectives of the European Employment Strategy and of the Social Inclusion Process.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1) - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03)- Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04)- Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tablesPopulation by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Population by educational attainment level presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. Transition from education to work covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tablesPopulation by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population with lower secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_05) - Population with upper secondary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_06) - Population with tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_07) - Population with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and age (edat_lfse_08) - Population aged 25-64 with lower secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_09) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_10) - Population aged 25-64 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_11) - Population aged 30-34 with tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_12) - Population aged 25-64 with upper secondary or tertiary education attainment by sex and NUTS 2 regions (edat_lfse_13) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfsd3pop
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:mare_pjanaggr3
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_pjanaggr3
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Introduction Key available data are presented on population and housing based on the decennial census rounds 1981-2011. Separate tables cover: - Population by sex and major age group - Population by educational attainment - Population by activity status - Population by citizenship - Households by household size - Occupied conventional dwellings by number of rooms Data availability varies between census rounds. The countries covered by the data vary between different census rounds. There are also differences in definitions and disaggregations between countries and between census rounds.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Апрель 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the Census 1990/91 round cover the total population and housing for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of educational level cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:cens_01rapop The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries . The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources;- a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and- surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys).Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      EHSIS was designed to measure the biopsychosocial model of disability introduced by the International Classification of Functioning, Disability and Health (ICF, World Health Organization, 2001). According to this model applied to the survey, disabled people are those who face barriers to participation associated, inter alia, with a health problem or basic activity limitation. Thus, the survey primarily explored the barriers to life opportunities faced by people with health problems and impairments. EHSIS questionnaire covered the following sections: The socio-economic background (classificatory questions),A health component (Minimum European Health Module and a list of groups of longstanding health conditions); list of different impairments (limitation in basic activities): seeing, hearing, walking, …; activities of daily living (ADL: self-care activities such as feeding oneself, dressing, bathing, …), and instrumental activities of daily living (IADL: domestic life activities, such as managing money, shopping, using the telephone use, housekeeping), andTen areas on important facets of life that enable an individual to be a fully functional and integrated member of society (identified as being of most relevant ones from ICF): mobility, transport, accessibility to buildings, education and training, employment, internet use, social contact and support, leisure pursuits, economic life, attitudes and behaviour. For each of these areas, disadvantages or restrictions to social participation that people (with and without a longstanding health problem or a basic activity difficulty) face in their everyday lives were investigated. Model questionnaire and other relevant documents are available on CIRCABC in European Health and Social Integration Survey (EHSIS). Information on the questionnaire development is available in the public part of the Circabc website: https://circabc.europa.eu/w/browse/8f8ab081-ca6a-4738-bf5a-d73e67f8e1f0
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of active population cover the total population for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method" in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format. Â
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These summary metadata refer to the first results on the main demographic developments in the year of reference.  The first results on the main demographic developments in the year of reference (T) contain the total population figure on 31 December of year T (further published by Eurostat as Population on 1 Janaury of year T+1), and total births and total deaths during year. While submitting this data is a legal requirement from EU Member States (EU Regulation No 1260/2013 on European Demographic Statistics, which entered into force on 1 January 2014), countries submit on voluntary basis also data on immigration and emigration that occurred during the course of the year (T). Eurostat's data collection on the above figures is called DEMOBAL and it is carried out in June of each year. Eurostat publishes these first demographic estimates in July of each year in the online database, in the table Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind). These first demographic estimates may either be confirmed or updated by the Eurostat demographic data collection taking place in December each year (called Unidemo), whereby countries submit detailed breakdowns (e.g. by age and sex) of their yearly population data, including data on migration, both at national and at regional level. The online table Demographic balance and crude rates (demo-gind) will be accordingly updated. Moreover, this table always includes the latest updates on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Eurostat database (Demography domain and Migration, e.g. in the Population by citizenship and by country of birth table) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date. Please note that the time series before 2013 available in the online table Demographic balance and crude rates (demo-gind) were collected by Eurostat from the national statistical offices in the past, on voluntary basis. The individual metadata files reported by the countries are also attached.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS-2 and NUTS-3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-28 Member State, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the highest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the NUTS-2010 classification and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Most of the countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes sent to Eurostat back time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. Until 2012 as reference year, regional demographic data collection had deadline 15 December. For each reporting year T the data breakdown for regions at NUTS-2 and NUTS-3 levels was as follows : NUTS-2 level - high level of data breakdown:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T, T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS-3 level - low level of data breakdown:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T, T-1Live births and deaths (only total number of the demographic events): year T-1  Tables were updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic statistics and indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. Based on the 2011 census results the following countries sent to Eurostat revised data at regional level covering different time periods, as detailed:Bulgaria (BG) - population data 2002-2011;Czech Republic (CZ) - population data 2001-2010;Estonia (EE) - population data 2000-2011;Ireland (IE) - population and vital events data 2007-2011;Greece (EL) - population data 2001-2011;Spain (ES) - population data 2002-2012;Croatia (HR) - population data 2002-2011;Italy (IT) - population and vital events data 2001-2011;Latvia (LV) - population data 2001-2010; live births data 2000-2011;Lithuania (LT)- population data 2002-2010; live births data 2001-2011;Malta (MT) - population and vital events data 2006-2011;Austria (AT) - population data 2008-2011;Portugal (PT) - population data 1992-2011; vital events data 1991-2010;Romania (RO) - population data year 2012; at national level the population data were revised for the time period 2002-2012;Slovakia (SK) - population data 2002-2012;United Kingdom (UK) - population data 2002-2013; vital events data 2000-2012; Starting with 2013 as reference year, the regional demographic data have an increased data breakdown for NUTS-3 regions subsequent to entering into force of the Regulation (EU) 1260/2013 on demographic statistics and Regulation (EU) No 205/2014, while at NUTS-2 level the data have the same high level of breakdown.  The new data breakdown at NUTS-3 level is available as follows:Population by sex and five-year age group;Live births by five-year age group of the mothers;Deaths by sex and five-year age groups; At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as various and more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2013
      Выбрать
      This Dataset contains 2 tables Births and deaths by NUTS 3 regions (1 000) (demo_r_d3natmo) Infant mortality by NUTS 2 regions (demo_r_d2infmo). Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: General and regional statistics > Population and social conditions > Population (populat) > Demography (pop) > Demography - Regional data (demoreg) > Population change (demo_r_pch)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_watpop_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:mare_d3dens
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_d3dens
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides population and other demographic estimates and projections from 1960 to 2050. They are disaggregated by age-group and gender and cover approximately 200 economies.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfsi_jhh_a The indicators of 'population in jobless households' are calculated with special methods and periodicity which justify the present page. The are published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. 'Population in jobless households' is also a Structural Indicator and a Sustainable Development Indicator.
    • Август 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Usually resident population by sex, age group, citizenship or country of birth. Since 2008 migration data by single age are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied, mostly based on census, migration and vital statistics data. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Usually resident population by sex, age group, citizenship or country of birth. Since 2008 migration data by single age are also available. The data sources are administrative records or national surveys. For some datasets statistical estimation methods are applied, mostly based on census, migration and vital statistics data. Data are presented country by country and for groups of countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The FAOSTAT PopSTAT module contains timeseries on population and economically active population. The series consist of both estimates and projections for different periods as available from the original sources, namely: Population data from the UN Population Division and the data refers to the UN Revision 2012. Long term series estimates and projects from 1961 to 2050. Economically active population from the ILO and the data refers to the 5th edition, revision 2009. Long term series estimates and projects from 1980 to 2020.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_lfse_05 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_lfse_07 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_lfse_06 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:edat_lfse_08 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset presents annual population data from 1950 when available by sex and five year age groups. The data is available for the 34 member countries and also for Colombia, Brazil, South Africa and Russian Federation. Data are presented in thousands of persons. The population data is presented in 18 five year age groups which refer to the population from 0-4 to 85 and more.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Earth Policy Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is part of a supporting dataset for Lester R. Brown, Full Planet, Empty Plates: The New Geopolitics of Food Scarcity (New York: W.W. Norton & Company, 2012).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that provides an aggregate view of the net financial position (assets minus liabilities) of a country vis-à-vis the rest of the world. It allows for a stock-flow analysis of external position of a country. It shows at a point in time the value and composition of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on non-residents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, andliabilities of residents of an economy to non-residents. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the net international investment position expressed as % of GDP. Additionally are published data for the different functional categories (Direct investment; Portfolio investment; Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options (ESOs) and Other investment) in % of GDP and national currency.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The World Bank periodically prepares poverty assessments of countries in which it has an active program, in close collaboration with national institutions, other development agencies, and civil society, including poor people's organizations. Assessments report the extent and causes of poverty and propose strategies to reduce it. Countries have varying definitions of poverty, and comparisons can be difficult. National poverty lines tend to have higher purchasing power in rich countries, where standards used are more generous than in poor countries. Poverty measures based on an international poverty line attempt to hold the real value of the poverty line constant across countries, including when making comparisons over time. Data here includes measures of population living below the national poverty line as well as the international poverty line. Also included are income distributions and urban and rural poverty
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes)Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on:Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport):Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: International Atomic Energy Agency
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      PRIS covers two kinds of data: general and design information on power reactors, and information about operating experience with nuclear power plants. General and design information covers all reactors that are in operation, under construction, or shut-down in IAEA Member States, and in Taiwan, China. Data on operating experience cover operational reactors, and historical data cover shutdown reactors, in IAEA Member States and in Taiwan, China. In these areas PRIS is considered the most complete and authoritative source of statistical data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Dentists as defined by ISCO 88 (code 2222) apply medical knowledge in the field of dentistry, improve or develop concepts, theories and operational methods and conduct research. Dentistry is the provision of comprehensive care regarding teeth and oral cavity, including prevention, diagnosis and treatment of aberrations and diseases. Dentists may be counted according to different concepts such as "practising", "professionally active" or "licensed to practice". Practising dentists provide services directly to patients.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Physicians (medical doctors) as defined by ISCO 88 (code 2221) apply preventive and curative measures, improve or develop concepts, theories and operational methods and conduct research in the area of medicine and health care. Physicians may be counted according to different concepts such as "practising", "professionally active" or "licensed to practice". Practising physicians provide services directly to patients.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Май 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The annual Business demography data collection covers variables which explain the characteristics and demography of the business population. The methodology allows for the production of data on enterprise births (and deaths), that is, enterprise creations (cessations) that amount to the creation (dissolution) of a combination of production factors and where no other enterprises are involved. In other words, enterprises created or closed solely as a result of e.g. restructuring, merger or break-up are not considered. The data are drawn from business registers, although some countries improve the availability of data on employment and turnover by integrating other sources. Until 2010 reference year the harmonised data collection is carried out to satisfy the requirements for the Structural Indicators, used for monitoring progress of the Lisbon process, regarding business births, deaths and survival. Currently, business demography delivers key information for policy decision-making and for the indicators to support the Europe 2020 strategy. It also provides key data for the joint OECD-Eurostat "Entrepreneurship Indicators Programme". In summary, the collected indicators are as follows: Population of active enterprisesNumber of enterprise birthsNumber of enterprise survivals up to five yearsNumber of enterprise deathsRelated variables on employmentDerived indicators such as birth rates, death rates, survival rates and employment sharesAn additional set of indicators on high-growth enterprises and 'gazelles' (high-growth enterprises that are up to five years old) The complete list of the basic variables, delivered from the data providers (National Statistical Institutes) and the derived indicators, calculated by Eurostat, is attached in the Annexes of this document.  Geographically EU Member States and EFTA countries are covered. In practice not all Member States have participated in the first harmonised data collection exercises. The methodology laid down in the Eurostat-OECD Manual on Business Demography Statistics  is followed closely by most of the countries (see Country specific notes in the Annexes).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) provides population estimates for the main labour market characteristics, such as employment, unemployment, inactivity, hours of work, occupation, economic activity and much else, as well as important socio-demographic characteristics, such as sex, age, education, households and regions of residence. Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union labour force survey (LFS) are the so called 'ad-hoc modules' (AHM). Council Regulation No 577/98 specifies that a further set of variables (the AHM) may be added to supplement the information obtained from the core questionnaire of the LFS. The topic covered by the ad hoc module change every year, although some of them have been repeated.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emedag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emacag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emmaag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emocag In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hlth_db_emrena In order to provide data for the European Year of People with Disabilities 2003, the 2002 European Union Labour Force Survey (LFS) contained an ad hoc module concerning the employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with the existence, type, cause and duration of longstanding health problem or disability, work limitations (regarding the kind of work or the amount of work, and mobility problems), and assistance needed or provided to work. The results refer to persons aged 16-64 years, living in private households. Disabled persons are those who stated that they had a longstanding health problem or disability (LSHPD) for 6 months or more or expected to last 6 months or more. The indicator used is the percentage prevalence of people with disabilities in various socioeconomic groups as well as the percentage distribution of certain characteristics of disability or of certain socioeconomic characteristics among those reporting disability. The survey was conducted in all the 15 old Member States of the EU as well as in 9 at that time acceding or candidate countries (Czech Republic, Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary, Malta, Slovenia, Slovak Republic and Romania) and in Norway.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with: Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results: Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: International Telecommunication Union
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels. The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels. The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Attention: Regarding 2012 annual FORECAST indices EU27,25,15 aggregates do not include german figures for both output and input and polish figures for input. The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products; the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Attention: Regarding 2012 annual FORECAST indices EU27,25,15 aggregates do not include german figures for both output and input and polish figures for input. The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Attention: Regarding 2012 annual FORECAST indices EU27,25,15 aggregates do not include german figures for both output and input and polish figures for input. The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Attention: Regarding 2012 annual FORECAST indices EU27,25,15 aggregates do not include german figures for both output and input and polish figures for input. The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise:the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices:As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The EU Agricultural Price Indices (output and input) comprise: the index of producer prices of agricultural products;the index of purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. The purpose of the price indices is to provide information on trends in producer prices of agricultural products and purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They are intended to permit a comparison of these trends both between the various Member States and the European Union as a whole and between the different products within a Member State or the European Union. They are also intended to facilitate comparisons between trends in producer prices and trends in purchase prices of the means of agricultural production. They cannot, however, express differences between the Member States in terms of absolute agricultural price levels The following points should be borne in mind when interpreting the EU Agricultural Price Indices: As regards spatial comparisons, the structures of the weights with respect to products and means of production reflect the value of the sales and purchases in each country during the base year. The weights therefore differ from one country to another and this obviously has an effect on trends in the aggregate indices.In comparing the trends in output prices with those in input prices, the field of observation of the latter does not cover, as will be seen later, the whole of the operating expenditure of the agricultural sector.The comparison between quarterly price indices can be made only between the corresponding quarters of different years. The reason is the variation of the weights from quarter to quarter for the output products. In the majority of Member States, national indices of agricultural prices may differ from the EU Agricultural Price Indices in respect of their base, formula or field of observation.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Country weights used for calculation of Consumer Prices and Producer Prices OECD zones
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency. Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat ID : tsdcc120 Data descriptionThis dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards energy efficiency targets of Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2012/27/EU on energy efficiency.Annual data collection cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in year 1990.Classification systemEnergy statistics is an integral part of the European system of statistics. Therefore, they also rely on classifications and nomenclatures developed in other fields.Classifications, nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The classification of the economic activities both in carrying out the surveys and in presenting the results is in accordance to NACE Rev.2. Energy commodities/carriers are in general broadly consistent with the draft version of the UN’s International Recommendations for Energy Statistics (especially its chapter 3: “Standard International Energy Product Classification”).Coverage - sectorEnergy statistics data covers all major sectors of the economy that are involved in the production, trade, energy transformation and energy consumption (the energy sector, industrial sector, transport, commercial and public services, agricultural/forestry/fishing and residential).Classifications, nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON.For further detail information on NACE rev. 2 divisions, groups or class please consult the reporting instructions.Statistical concepts and definitionsFor energy statistics, definitions, concepts and methodology are harmonised on the international level. The methodology is described in the Energy Statistics Manual. For energy balances, the methodology is not harmonised at international level - international organisations as well as member states apply various approaches when constructing energy balances.Definitions of Annex A and Annex B of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics applies.The relationships between products and flows of Eurostat’s energy balances follow standard principles of commodity balance.Definitions are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON.Statistical unitStatistical unit may vary in the annual energy statistics. A statistical unit in energy statistics can be for example: enterprises, local units, establishment or household.Reporting units in energy statistics might be: producers, importers, exporters of oil and petroleum products, households. For detailed information on statistical units, see Council Regulation (EEC) No 696/93 of 15 March 1993 on the statistical units for the observation and analysis of the production system in the Community (Official Journal of the European Communities No L 076, 30/03/1993, p. 1), Section III of 15.03.1993 on the statistical units for the observation and analysis of the production system in the Community.Statistical populationNot available.Reference areaAnnual energy data series cover in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA-countries (Iceland and Norway), candidate countries (Montenegro, the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Albania, Serbia and Turkey) and potential candidate countries (Bosnia & Herzegovina and Kosovo (UNSCR 1244/99)). The EU and Eurozone aggregates are also calculated.Coverage - TimeTime series start in 1990 for the vast majority of countries.Base periodYear 2005 was chosen as base year for the index of energy consumption and also as a base year for energy saving indicators.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Any kind of extraction of energy products from natural sources to a usable form is called primary production. Primary production takes place when the natural sources are exploited, for example in coal mines, crude oil fields, hydro power plants or fabrication of biofuels. Transformation of energy from one form to another, like electricity or heat generation in thermal power plants or coke production in coke ovens is not primary production.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Primary production of biomass, hydropower, geothermal energy, wind and solar energy are included in renewable energies.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers only Cross-Country-Concepts - Portfolio Investment related indicators. Please visit Principal Global Indicators - Data by Indicator for other set of Principal Global Indicators. 
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Principal Global Indicators (PGI) dataset provides internationally comparable data for the Group of 20 economies (G-20) and economies with systemically important financial sectors that are not members of the G-20. The PGI facilitates the monitoring of economic and financial developments for these jurisdictions. Launched in 2009, the PGI website is hosted by the IMF and is a joint undertaking of the Inter-Agency Group of Economic and Financial Statistics (IAG).
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:crim_pris_hist Data on crime (offences recorded by the police - total crime, homicide, violent crime, robbery, domestic burglary, theft of a motor vehicle, drug trafficking), the number of police officers and the prison population are available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates. Data on homicide is also available by capital cities (police areas) in these countries. Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data come from official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out. Regional data : Data on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of motor vehicle are available on a regional level for 2008, 2009 and 2010 only. The data are available for the European Union member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries and EU Potential candidates. Please note that for paragraphs where non metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_fi_ffun The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure on educational institutions from private sources comprises school fees; materials such as textbooks and teaching equipment; transport to school (if organised by the school); meals (if provided by the school); boarding fees; and expenditure by employers on initial vocational training.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Private transactions are those undertaken by firms and individuals resident in the reporting country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Февраль 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries.The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2011 Population and Housing Census marks a milestone in census exercises in Europe. For the first time, European legislation defined in detail a set of harmonised high-quality data from the population and housing censuses conducted in the EU Member States. As a result, the data from the 2011 round of censuses offer exceptional flexibility to cross-tabulate different variables and to provide geographically detailed data. EU Member States have developed different methods to produce these census data.  The national differences reflect the specific national situations in terms of data source availability, as well as the administrative practices and traditions of that country. The EU census legislation respects this diversity. The Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on population and housing censuses (Regulation (EC) No 763/2008) is focussed on output harmonisation rather than input harmonisation. Member States are free to assess for themselves how to conduct their 2011 censuses and which data sources, methods and technology should be applied given the national context. This gives the Member States flexibility, in line with the principles of subsidiarity and efficiency, and with the competences of the statistical institutes in the Member States. However, certain important conditions must be met in order to achieve the objective of comparability of census data from different Member States and to assess the data quality: Regulation (EC) No 1201/20092 contains definitions and technical specifications for the census topics (variables) and their breakdowns that are required to achieve Europe-wide comparability. The specifications are based closely on international recommendations and have been designed to provide the best possible information value. The census topics include geographic, demographic, economic and educational characteristics of persons, international and internal migration characteristics as well as household, family and housing characteristics. Regulation (EU) No 519/2010 requires the data outputs that Member States transmit to the Eurostat to comply with a defined programme of statistical data (tabulation) and with set rules concerning the replacement of statistical data. The content of the EU census programme serves major policy needs of the European Union. Regionally, there is a strong focus on the NUTS 2 level. The data requirements are adapted to the level of regional detail. The Regulation does not require transmission of any data that the Member States consider to be confidential. The statistical data must be completed by metadata that will facilitate interpretation of the numerical data, including country-specific definitions plus information on the data sources and on methodological issues. This is necessary in order to achieve the transparency that is a condition for valid interpretation of the data. Users of output-harmonised census data from the EU Member States need to have detailed information on the quality of the censuses and their results. Regulation (EU) No 1151/2010) therefore requires transmission of a quality report containing a systematic description of the data sources used for census purposes in the Member States and of the quality of the census results produced from these sources. A comparably structured quality report for all EU Member States will support the exchange of experience from the 2011 round and become a reference for future development of census methodology (EU legislation on the 2011 Population and Housing Censuses - Explanatory Notes ). In order to ensure proper transmission of the data and metadata and provide user-friendly access to this information, a common technical format is set for transmission for all Member States and for the Commission (Eurostat). The Regulation therefore requires the data to be transmitted in a harmonised structure and in the internationally established SDMX format from every Member State. In order to achieve this harmonised transmission, a new system has been developed – the CENSUS HUB. The Census Hub is a conceptually new system used for the dissemination of the 2011 Census. It is based on the concept of data sharing, where a group of partners (Eurostat on one hand and National Statistical Institutes on the other) agree to provide access to their data according to standard processes, formats and technologies. The Census Hub is a readily-accessible system that provided the following functions: • Data providers (the NSIs) can make data available directly from their systems through a querying system. In parallel, • Data users browse the hub to define a dataset of interest via the above structural metadata and retrieve the dataset from the NSIs. From the data management point of view, the hub is based on agreed hypercubes (data-sets in the form of multi-dimensional aggregations). The hypercubes are not sent to the central system. Instead the following process operates: 1. a user defines a dataset through the web interface of the central hub and requests it; 2. the central hub translates the user request in one or more queries and sends them to the related NSIs’ systems; 3. NSIs’ systems process the query and send the result to the central hub in a standard format; 4. the central hub puts together all the results sent by the NSI systems and presents them in a user-specified format.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The tables presented in the topic of households cover the total housing for 31 countries (for more information on received tables and geographic coverage, see "2001 Census Round - Tables Received" in the Annex at the bottom of the page). The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes. There are four ways of collecting census data, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Other methods (other mixed census or micro-census) can be used as well. Details for the method employed by each country are provided in "2001 Census Method"in the Annex at the bottom of the page. In the same table you can find the dates on which the census was carried out in each country.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Census round 2011 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 33 countries. The "traditional" census, with enumeration based on questionnaires through door-to-door visits - with interviews of respondents by enumerators or self-compilation of the forms by the respondents - and manual data entry by operators;The "Register based" census which enumerate population on the basis of administrative sources of information. Data collection is based on the use of registers (inhabitants' registers, registers of buildings and dwellings, geographical co-ordinates, school registers, social security, tax, business and company registers). In addition, countries that produce their population statistics from population-register information automatically seem to follow the de jure population concept. Indeed, it must at least be assumed that population registers include only residents who habitually live in the country;The "mixed" census, the third possible census method based on a combination of statistical inquiries and sources. In this case enumeration is always carried out on specific topics or on a sample of the population, and is combined with existing regular statistical surveys, registers, lists, or ad hoc organised activities. (See R 763/2008 Article 4) Census round 2001 The tables presented cover the total dwellings for 31 countries. In the census round 2001 four ways of collecting census data were used, namely: - the traditional method of using census questionnaires (exhaustive census); - the method of using registers and/or other administrative sources; - a combination of registers and/or other administrative sources and - surveys (complete enumerations or sample surveys). Census round 1991 The tables presented in the census 1990/1991 round cover the total dwellings for 19 countries. Five main topics are covered: structure of population, active population, education level, households and dwellings. The level of completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data at the respective national statistical institutes.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Private fixed investment in advanced economies contracted sharply during the global financial crisis, and there has been little recovery since. Investment has generally slowed more gradually in the rest of the world. Although housing investment fell especially sharply during the crisis, business investment accounts for the bulk of the slump, and the overriding factor holding it back has been the overall weakness of economic activity. In some countries, other contributing factors include financial constraints and policy uncertainty. These findings suggest that addressing the general weakness in economic activity is crucial for restoring growth in private investment.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector credit flow represents the net amount of liabilities (debt securities (F.3) and loans (F4)) in which the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15) have incurred along the year. Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector credit flow, as percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Private sector debt is the stock of liabilities (at the end of the year) held by the sectors Non-Financial corporations (S.11) and Households and Non-Profit institutions serving households (S.14_S.15). The instruments that are taken into account to compile private sector debt are Debt securities (F.3) and Loans (F.4). Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts, 2010 edition (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the consolidated Private sector debt, in percentage of GDP. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mpbdth The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level. 
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mpbsurv The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail: Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail: Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely: average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level.Â
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households: by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals: by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg): Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indices in this table give information on the trends in the producer prices of animal production as a whole. The sub-indices were weighted by the values of sales in 2000.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indices in this table give information on the trends in the producer prices of crop production as a whole. The sub-indices were weighted by the values of sales in 2000.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indices in this table give information on the trends in the producer prices of agricultural production as a whole. The sub-indices were weighted by the values of sales in 2000.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'Producer Prices (MEI)' dataset predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for some six non-member countries: Brazil, China, India, Indonesia, Russian Federation and South Africa. The ‘Producer Prices (MEI)’ dataset itself contains statistics on Producer Price Indices. The data series presented have been chosen as the most relevant prices statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. In all cases a lot of effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented and that all the subjects have good historical time-series’ data to aid with analysis. Data are available monthly for all the countries except for Australia and New Zealand (quarterly data), and are presented as an index where the year 2010 is the base year.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Indicators of Product Market Regulation (PMR) are a comprehensive and internationally-comparable set of indicators that measure the degree to which policies promote or inhibit competition in areas of the product market where competition is viable. They measure the economy-wide regulatory and market environments in 34 OECD countries in (or around) 1998, 2003, 2008 and 2013, and in another set of non-OECD countries in 2013. They are consistent across time and countries. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. The indicators cover formal regulations in the following areas: state control of business enterprises; legal and administrative barriers to entrepreneurship; barriers to international trade and investment. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 'Production and Sales (MEI)' dataset is a dataset containing predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for selected other economies. The Production and Sales dataset contains industrial statistics on four separate subjects: Production; Sales; Orders; and Work started. The data series presented within these subjects have been chosen as the most relevant industrial statistics for which comparable data across countries is available. For Production, data comprise Indices of industrial production (IIP) for total industry, manufacturing, energy and crude petroleum; and further disaggregation of manufacturing production for intermediate goods and for investment goods and crude steel. For others, they comprise retail trade and registration of passenger cars; and permits issued and work started for dwellings. Considerable effort has been made to ensure that the data are internationally comparable across all countries presented, coverage for as many countries as possible, and that all the subjects have reasonable length of time-series to assist analysis. Most data are available monthly and are presented as an index (where the year 2010 is the base year) or as a level depending on which measure is seen as the most appropriate and/or useful in the economic analysis context. Due to differences in statistical or economic environment at country level, however, availability of data varies from one country to another.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Milk production on the farm covers milk from cows, ewes, goats and buffaloes. Attention should be paid to the fact that some Member States produce only cow's milk. EU15: Eurostat estimation including confidential data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data concern the total production of butter and other yellow fat dairy products.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Several cheese categories belong to the denomination "cheese". They differ mainly from their moisture content. Data presented in this table relate to all cheeses but European statistics also provide information on the production of seven cheese categories with different moisture contents and compositions. EU15: Eurostat estimation including confidential data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Aquaculture, also known as aquafarming, refers to the farming of aquatic (freshwater or saltwater) organisms, such as fish, molluscs, crustaceans and plants, for human use or consumption, under controlled conditions. Aquaculture implies some form of intervention in the natural rearing process to enhance production, including regular stocking, feeding and protection from predators. Farming also implies individual or corporate ownership of, or contractual rights to, the stock being cultivated. European data on the quantity of aquaculture production, in tonnes life weight (TLW), have been recorded since 1950 [fish_aq_q]. Since 1984, data on the total value of the production in Thousand Euro are also available [fish_aq_v]. With the entry into force of the new Regulation (EC) No 762/2008 on the submission of aquaculture statistics, since the reference year 2008 aquaculture production data are collected and disseminated annually in 5 tables: Production from aquaculture excluding hatcheries and nurseries [fish_aq2a] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in TLW (tonnes live weight) and in Euro.Production of fish eggs for human consumption from aquaculture [fish_aq2b] by species, by FAO major area, by aquatic environment in TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Input to capture-based aquaculture [fish_aq3] by species in Number, TLW, Euro and Euro/Tonne.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at eggs stage in life cycle [fish_aq4a] by species and intended uses in Millions.Production of hatcheries and nurseries at juveniles stage in life cycle [fish_aq4b] by species and intended uses in Millions. Every three years, these data are complemented by Data on the structure of the aquaculture sector [fish_aq5] by species, by FAO major area, by production method, by aquatic environment in Meters, 1000 of M3 and Hectares. In addition, annual methodological reports of the national systems for aquaculture statistics [fish_aq6] are provided by the EEA Member States with details on the organisation of the national systems for aquacuture statistics and the respective methods of collecting, processing and compiling the aquaculture data as well as quality aspects in line with the 'Code of Practice for the European Statistical System'. According to the Regulation (EC) No 762/2008, aquaculture production means the output from aquaculture at first sale (including production from hatcheries and nurseries offered for sale). Non-commercial leisure aquaculture is thus not accounted for. Moreover, aquaculture production of aquarium and ornamental species is excluded. Data are submitted by all Member States of the European Economic Area by the 31st of December for the preceeding year (reporting year -1). They are compiled by the respective competent authorities of the Member States, usually either the National Statistical Institute or the Ministry of Agriculture.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of bovine animals (calves, bullocks, bulls, heifers and cows) slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator expresses the total carcass weight of pigs slaughtered in slaughterhouses and on the farm, whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total carcass weight of poultry slaughtered whose meat is declared fit for human consumption. The following poultry is included: hens, chicken, ducks, turkey, guinea fowls, geese. This indicator covers mainly the production of gallinaceae including broilers.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator covers the carcass weight of sheep, including lambs, and goats slaughtered in slaughterhouses or elsewhere whose meat is declared fit for human consumption.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Milk powder is one of two products (with butter) whose marketing can be sustained by public authorities. Since the implementation of milk quotas milk powder stocks have considerably decreased. EU15: Eurostat estimation including confidential data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Agricultural Production domain covers: Quantity produced, Producer price, Value at farmgate, Area harvested, Yield per hectare.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The agricultural production domain covers: Quantity produced Producer price Value at farmgate (forthcoming) Area harvested Yield per hectare
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The environmental goods and services sector (EGSS) include production activities of a national economy that generate environmental products (environmental goods and services). Environmental products are products that have been produced for the purpose of environmental protection and resource management. They fall within the following categories: environmental specific services, environmental sole purpose products (connected products), adapted goods and environmental technologies. Environmental protection includes all activities and actions which have as their main purpose the prevention, reduction and elimination of pollution and of any other degradation of the environment. Those activities and actions include all measures taken in order to restore the environment after it has been degraded. Activities which, while beneficial to the environment, primarily satisfy the technical needs or the internal requirements for hygiene or safety and security of an enterprise or other institution are excluded from this definition. Resource management includes the preservation, maintenance and enhancement of the stock of natural resources and therefore the safeguarding of those resources against depletion The EGSS dataset is produced in accordance with the statistical concepts and definitions set out in the system of environmental economic accounting 2012 – central framework (SEEA CF 2012, see annex).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD Productivity Database aims at providing users with the most comprehensive and the latest productivity estimates. The update cycle is on a rolling basis, i.e. each variable in the dataset is made publicly available as soon as it is updated in the OECD Annual National Accounts (ANA) Database. However, timely data issues may arise and affect individual series and/or individual countries. Productivity and ULC data by main economic activity uses gross value added (in basic prices) as output measure and not GDP (gross value added at market prices). The presented estimates are hence not fully equivalent to the estimates in the database on annual growth in GDP per capita, productivity and ULC for the total economy presented above, although differences are typically relatively small.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD cross-section sectoral indicators measure regulatory conditions in the professional services and retail distribution sectors. The professional services indicators cover entry and conduct regulation in the legal, accounting, engineering, and architectural professions. They are now estimated for the years 1996, 2003, around 2008 and 2013 for 34 OECD countries and for another set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The non-financial Annual Sector Accounts (ASA) are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010) and are transmitted by the EU Member States, EEA Members (Norway, Iceland) and Switzerland following ESA2010 transmission programme(Table 8) established by the Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union, annexes A and B respectively). The ASA encompass non-financial accounts that provide a description of the different stages of the economic process: production, generation of income, distribution of income, redistribution of income, use of income and non-financial accumulation. The ASA record the economic flows of institutional sectors in order to illustrate their economic behaviour and interactions between them. They also provide a list of balancing items that have high analytical value in their own right: value added, operating surplus and mixed income, balance of primary incomes, disposable income, saving, net lending / net borrowing. All of them but net lending / net borrowing, can be expressed in gross or net terms, i.e. with and without consumption of fixed capital that accounts for the use and obsolescence of fixed assets. In terms of institutional sectors, a broad distinction is made between the domestic economy (ESA 2010 classification code S.1) and the rest of the world (S.2). Within S.1 and S.2, in turn, more detailed subsectors are distinguished as explained in more detail in section "3.2 Classification system". Data are presented in the table "Non-financial transactions" (nasa_10_nf_tr). The table contains data, as far as they are available, expressed in national currency and millions of euro in current prices. In line with ESA2010 Transmission programme requirements data series start from 1995 (unless subject to voluntary transmission option and/or country specific derogations). Countries may transmit longer series on voluntary basis. Available level of detail by sectors and transactions may also vary by country due to voluntary transmission of some items (as defined in ESA2010 transmission programme) and country specific derogations. ASA collected according ESA2010 Transmission programme include selected data on employment (in persons and hours worked) by institutional sectors. However, as transmission of these variables is voluntary (except for the sector of General government), data availability may vary significantly across countries. A set of key indicators, deemed meaningful for economic analysis, is available in the table "Key indicators" (nasa_10_ki) for most of the members of the European Economic Area (EEA), of the Euro area and EU. Key ratios are derived from non-financial transactions as follows:Gross household saving rate (S.14_S.15): B8G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of households (S.14_S.15): P51G/(B6G+D8rec-D8pay)*100Gross investment rate of non-financial corporations (S.11): P51G/B1G*100Gross profit share of non-financial corporations (S.11): B2G_B3G/B1G*100Total investment to GDP ratio (S.1): P51G/B1GQ*100Business investment to GDP ratio (S.11+S.12): P51G/B1GQ*100Government investment to GDP ratio (S.13): P51G/B1GQ*100Households investment to GDP ratio (S.14_S.15): P51G/B1GQ*100 With the following transaction codes:B8G -  Gross savingB6G - Gross disposable incomeD8rec / D8pay - the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements (receivable / payable)P51G - Gross fixed capital formationB1G - Gross value addedB1GQ – Gross domestic productB2G_B3G - Gross operating surplus/ mixed income. In the above, all ratios are expressed in gross terms, i.e. before deduction of consumption of fixed capital. The following key indicators combine non-financial with financial accounts:Gross return on capital employed, before taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [B2G_B3G/(AF2+AF3+AF4+AF5, liab)]*100Net debt-to-income ratio, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): ([(AF2+AF3+AF4, liab)/(B4N-D5pay)]*100)Net return on equity, after taxes, of non-financial corporations (S.11): [(B4N-D5pay)/(AF5, liab)]*100Gross debt-to-income ratio of households (S.14_15): [(AF4, liab)/(B6G+D8net)]*100Household net financial assets ratio (BF90/(B6G+D8net)) With the following codes (the codes already described above have not been listed):B4N - Net entrepreneurial incomeD5pay - Current taxes on income and wealthAF2 - Currency and depositsAF3 - Debt securities (excluding financial derivatives)AF4 - LoansAF5 - Equity and investment fund sharesBF90 – Financial net worth "rec" means resources, that is transactions that add to the economic value of a given sector. "pay" means "uses", that is transactions that reduce the economic value of a given sector. "liab" refers to the stock of liabilities incurred by a given sector and recorded in the financial balance sheets. See also the sector accounts dedicated website for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data in this domain constitute only a small part of the entire National Accounts data range available from Eurostat. Annual and quarterly national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010as defined in Annex B of the Council Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013. The previous European System of Accounts, ESA95, was reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. The annual data of this domain consists of the following collections: 1. Main GDP aggregates: main components from the output, expenditure and income side. nama_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and income   The quarterly data of this domain consists of the following collections 1. Main GDP aggregates, main components from the output, expenditure and income side, expenditure breakdowns by industry and assets. namq_10_ma: Main GDP aggregatesnamq_10_gdp: GDP and main components (output, expenditure and incomenamq_10_fcs: Final consumption aggregates by durabilitynamq_10_exi: Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries 2. Breakdowns of GDP aggregates and employment data by main industries and asset classes. namq_10_bbr: Basic breakdowns main GDP aggregates and employment (by industry and assets)namq_10_a10: Gross value added and income by A*10 industrynamq_10_an6: Gross fixed capital formation by AN_F6 asset typenamq_10_a10_e: Employment by A*10 industry breakdowns Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is the ratio between the projected number of persons aged 65 (age when they are generally economically inactive) and the projected number of persons aged between 15 and 64. The value is expressed per 100 persons of working age (15-64).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The property price statistics currently include data from 41 countries, and are available at different frequencies. The data differ significantly from country to country, for instance in terms of sources of information on prices, type of property, area covered, property vintage, priced unit, detailed compilation methods and seasonal adjustment. This reflects two facts. Firstly, that the processes associated with buying and selling a property and hence data available, vary between countries and secondly, that there are currently no specific international standards for property price statistics.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on biodiversity are published under agreement with the data providers - partners that are also responsible for the data quality. Eurostat does not receive any of these data from the Member States. In principle, these data are updated on a yearly basis, but there is no annual deadline for the updates, because they depend entirely on the three data providers' ability to deliver. Eurostat's role is to check data quality, give feedback to the data providers and publish the data it deems to be reliable. Eurostat should therefore NOT be quoted as the source. The topics covered and data providers are: Fish: The International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES). The data are presented in much greater detail (downloadable) on the website of the European Environment AgencyProtected areas: The European Commission Directorate-General for the Environment is the source; the European Environment Agency and its European Topic Centre on Biological Diversity also work with the data Birds: The European Bird Census Council (EBCC) and its Pan-European Common Bird Monitoring Scheme (PECBMS) programme. The source to be quoted is EBCC/RSPB/BirdLife/Statistics Netherlands
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Hospital beds provide information on health care capacities, i.e. on the maximum number of patients who can be treated by hospitals. Psychiatric care beds in hospitals are beds accommodating patients with mental health problems. These beds are a subgroup of total hospital beds which are defined as all hospital beds which are regularly maintained and staffed and immediately available for the care of admitted patients; both occupied and unoccupied beds are covered. Hospitals are defined according to the classification of health care providers of the System of Health Accounts (SHA); all public and private hospitals should be covered.
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: Inter-American Development Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Public Debt around the World: A New Dataset of Central Government Debt by Dany Jaimovich, Ugo Panizza. Inter-American Development Bank, Research Department, Working Paper 561, March 2006. Brief Description: Commonly used datasets on the level of public debt provide incomplete country and period coverage. It includes complete series of central government debt for 89 countries over the 1991-2005 period and for seven other countries for the 1993-2005 period. Years covered: 1991-2005.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_fi_fgdp The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_fi_faid The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening accesseduc_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age   B. Study frameworkeduc_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education   C. Student and staff mobilityeduc_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country)   D. Effective outcomes and employabilityeduc_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A     The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities:Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OECD has collected data for public expenditure on labour market programmes (LMPs) continuously since the mid-1980s. For most longstanding Member countries, data according to a consistent classification system and definition of scope are available for reference years 1985 to 2002. Starting with reference year 1998, Eurostat started collecting and publishing data according to a somewhat different classification system and definition of scope. In line with agreements for bilateral coordination of data collection, the OECD after some time adopted - for non-Eurostat OECD Member countries as well as Eurostat countries – most of the features of the Eurostat system. This allows the OECD to use data collected by Eurostat rather than making a separate data request to the 20 Eurostat countries that are members of the OECD. OECD data according to the "new" classification and definition of scope are generally available for reference year 2002 onwards, or 1998 onwards for Eurostat countries. These data are often used in time-series applications, e.g. for documenting long-term trends in total social expenditure (ìn which labour market programmes are one component), or in time-series regressions that attempt to estimate the impact of training programmes vs. job-creation programmes on unemployment. It is no longer practicable to do such work using only the "old" data which stop in 2002 or the "new" data which start in 2002 or 1998. If the two data sets are combined using crude extrapolation and splicing techniques, time-series movements will result primarily from statistical breaks (i.e. changes in definition and coverage of the statistics) rather than real changes in spending patterns.The unit of measure used depends on the members in dimension 'Country', 'Measure'
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available: Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      These splits make it possible to characterize the structure of public finances in OECD countries according to the different types of welfare state. This, in turn, makes it possible for countries to compare themselves with other relevant member countries and may stimulate the national policy debate about questions such as decentralization, redistribution, privatization, the role of the non?profit sector and the application of user fees. Recommended uses and limitations The methodology applied to make the required splits has been developed since 2004 and has gradually become more accurate. The most recent methodology, used in the PFED of 2009, makes use of second level COFOG data and has been applied in a test procedure on five European countries (of which three are OECD countries) that have provided second level COFOG data to Eurostat. In the course of 2007 and 2008, more countries made available second level COFOG data to Eurostat.
    • Июль 2011
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      OECD National Account Statistics are based on the System of National of Accounts (SNA), a set of internationally agreed concepts, definitions, classifications and rules for national accounting. Using SNA terminology, general government revenue consists of central, state and local governments, and social security funds. State government is only applicable to the nine OECD member countries that are federal states: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Mexico, Spain (considered a de facto federal state in the National Accounts data), Switzerland and the United States.Revenues encompass social contributions (e.g. contributions for pensions, health and social security), taxes other than social contributions (e.g. taxes on consumption, income, wealth, property and capital), and grants and other revenues. Grants can be from foreign governments, international organizations or other general government units. Other revenues include sales, fees, property income and subsidies. The aggregates presented (taxes other than social contributions, social contributions, and grants and other revenues) are not directly available in the OECD National Accounts, and were constructed using sub-account line items.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected annually by the National Statistical Institutes and are based on Eurostat's annual model questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage in households and by individuals. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT usage data are also used in the Consumer Conditions Scoreboard (purchases over the Internet) and in the Employment Guidelines (e-skills of individuals). The aim of the European ICT surveys is the timely provision of statistics on individuals and households on the use of Information and Communication Technologies at European level. Data for this collection are supplied directly from the surveys with no separate treatment. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects:access to and use of ICTs by individuals and/or in households,use of the Internet and other electronic networks for different purposes by individuals and/or in households,ICT security and trust,ICT competence and skills,barriers to the use of ICT and the Internet,perceived effects of ICT usage on individuals and/or on households,use of ICT by individuals to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),access to and use of technologies enabling connection to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns (see details of available breakdowns): Relating to households:by region of residence (NUTS 1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area) by type of householdby households net monthly income (optional) Relating to individuals:by region of residence (NUTS1, optional: NUTS 2)by geographical location: less developed regions, transition regions, more developed regionsby degree of urbanisation: (till 2012: densely/intermediate/sparsely populated areas; from 2012: densely/thinly populated area, intermediate density area)by genderby country of birth, country of citizenship (as of 2010, optional in 2010)by educational level: ISCED 1997 up to 2013 and ISCED 2011 from 2014 onwards.by occupation: manual, non-manual; ICT (coded by 2-digit ISCO categories)/non-ICT (optional: all 2-digit ISCO categories)by employment situationby age (in completed years and by groups)legal / de facto marital status (2011-2014, optional) Regional breakdowns (NUTS) are available only for a selection of indicators disseminated in the regional tables in Eurobase (Regional Information society statistics by NUTS regions (isoc_reg):Households with access to the internet at homeHouseholds with broadband accessIndividuals who have never used a computerIndividuals who used the internet, frequency of use and activitiesIndividuals who used the internet for interaction with public authoritiesIndividuals who ordered goods or services over the internet for private useIndividuals who accessed the internet away from home or work
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_iste The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The pupil-teacher ratio is calculated by dividing the number of full-time equivalent pupils by the number of full-time equivalent teachers teaching at ISCED level 1. Only teachers in service (including special education teachers) are taken into account. The pupil-teacher ratio should not be confused with average class size as it does not take into account special cases, like the small size of groups of special needs pupils or specialised/minority subject areas, or the difference between the number of hours of teaching provided by teachers and the number of hours of instruction prescribed for pupils for example in the case a teacher is working in a shift system.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table includes the total number of persons who are enrolled in the regular education system in each country. It covers all levels of education from primary education to postgraduate studies (excluding pre-primary education). It corresponds to the target population for education policy.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator provides information on the percentage of boys and girls in upper secondary education who are enrolled in the vocational stream. It is indicative in the importance of initial vocational education and training in a country, taking into account also the gender dimension.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator presents the percentage of all pupils in upper secondary education (ISCED level 3) who are learning English as a foreign language. It only covers general and not vocational education in countries where English is described as a foreign language in the curriculum or other official document relating to education in the country.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator presents the percentage of all pupils in upper secondary education (ISCED level 3) who are learning French as a foreign language. It only covers general and not vocational education in countries where French is described as a foreign language in the curriculum or other official document relating to education in the country.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indices in this table give information on the trends in the purchase prices of the means of agricultural production as a whole. The sub-indices were weighted by the values of purchases in 2000.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Purchasing power parities (PPPs) are indicators of price level differences across countries. PPPs tell us how many currency units a given quantity of goods and services costs in different countries. PPPs can thus be used as currency conversion rates to convert expenditures expressed in national currencies into an artificial common currency (the Purchasing Power Standard, PPS), eliminating the effect of price level differences across countries. The main use of PPPs is to convert national accounts aggregates, like the Gross Domestic Product (GDP) of different countries, into comparable volume aggregates. Applying nominal exchange rates in this process would overestimate the GDP of countries with high price levels relative to countries with low price levels. The use of PPPs ensures that the GDP of all countries is valued at a uniform price level and thus reflects only differences in the actual volume of the economy. PPPs are also applied in analyses of relative price levels across countries. For this purpose, the PPPs are divided by the current nominal exchange rate to obtain a price level index (PLI) which expresses the price level of a given country relative to another, or relative to a group of countries like the EU28. The production of PPPs is a multilateral exercise involving the National Statistical Institutes of the participating countries, Eurostat and the OECD. Indicators in Eurostat's dissemination database The indicators published in the price domain on Eurostat's website are the following: Purchasing power parities (PPPs) scaled to the sum of expenditures of the EU Member States expressed in euro. This means that the PPP of one particular country indicates how many units of national currency one would need in that country in order to maintain the purchasing power of one euro in the EUPrice level indices (PLIs) as defined aboveNominal expenditure in national currency, as extracted from each country's national accountsNominal expenditure as percentage of GDPNominal expenditure in euroNominal expenditure per inhabitant in euroReal expenditure, defined as nominal expenditure divided by the PPPReal expenditure per inhabitantVolume indices of real expenditure per inhabitantThe price convergence indicator, defined as the coefficient of variation of the PLIs of household final consumption expenditure (HFCE). It provides an estimate of the price convergence within a group of countries. For example, if the price convergence indicator for EU28 decreases over time, the national price levels in the Member States are converging. In addition, PPPs and real expenditures are available from the national accounts domain of the database. For further details, cf. 17.1.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
  • Q
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Quality of Government Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      It has been one year since we last launched an updated version of the QoG Standard dataset. We have made some changes to the datasets, the method used for updating it, and to the actual codebook, but if you have used the datasets before they will probably feel familiar. The codebook is now created automatically on the basis of meta-data that we extract from the QoG-Datasets. On this basis, we run mata-code in Stata and create the Latex-code, which we compile to the PDF that you can download. Most importantly though is the fact that we in the current version not only have updated old data sources but we have also include many new ones as well. This means that the new QoG Standard approximately includes over 2000 variables, which is a lot more compared to older versions. For this reason, we have also abandoned the old heuristic in dividing the variables into the three categories of “what it is”, “how to get it”, and “what you get”. Instead the variables in the current version are divided into sixteen thematic categories such as Quality of Government, Economy, Media, Environment, and Political System etc. You will find more information about this under the section of Variable Categories in the Codebook. We hope that this new division will facilitate your search for variables. Since the launch of the QoG Standard Dataset it has received the Lijphart, Przeworski, Verba Award for Best Dataset by the APSA Comparative Politics Section in 2009. In 2013, the QoG Standard Dataset had 18,000 page views.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurofound
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      Presented data describes living conditions and quality of life in Europe, offering data drawn from the Foundation's surveys on living and working conditions, and from other comparable EU-wide data sources: 1) EQLS (European Quality of Life Survey) - For 24 countries, the sample size was around 1,000. For France, Italy, Poland and the UK the sample size was approximately 1,500. In Germany and Turkey it was 2,000. In most of the countries, the households were selected using a multi-stage, stratified and clustered design with a ‘random walk’ procedure. The overall response rate was 57.9% with significant country variations in response rates ranging from 88% in Romania to 33,5% in the UK; 2) Eurobarometer - Every survey is carried out on national representative samples of around 1,000 respondents aged 15 and over in each country, except Luxembourg, Malta and Cyprus, where the samples are of 500 respondents, using face to face interviewing at the respondents' home. The national samples reflect the structure of population aged 15+ in terms of gender, age, regions of a country, settlement size, education level, and marital status; 3) ESS (the European Social Survey) - is representative of all persons aged 15 and over (no upper age limit) resident within private households in each country, regardless of their nationality, citizenship or language. The sample is to be selected by strict random probability methods at every stage and respondents are to be interviewed face to face. Where a sample frame of individuals is not available, countries may use a sample frame of households or of addresses. The minimum effective achieved sample size should be 1,500, after discounting for design effects, or 800 in countries with populations of less than two million; 4) TI (Transparency International) - the TI Corruption Perceptions Index (CPI) now ranks 133 countries in terms of the degree to which corruption is perceived to exist among public officials and politicians. It is a composite index, drawing on 17 different polls and surveys from 13 independent institutions carried out among business people and country analysts, including surveys of residents, both local and expatriate. In 2002, the CPI included only 102 countries. The large increase in coverage relates to the fact that more valid and reputable sources have been found that can be incorporated; 5) EVS (European Value Study) - Representative national samples of at least 1,000 people, except for Ireland and Luxembourg. Sample size and sampling methods are not uniform. The data provided deals with the objective living conditions and subjective well-being of European citizens.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      the World Bank launched the new Quarterly External Debt Statistics (QEDS) SDDS database. This database is consistent with the classifications and definitions of the 2013 External Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (2013 EDS Guide) and Sixth Edition of Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6). The QEDS SDDS database provides detailed external debt data starting from 1998Q1. Data are published individually by countries that subscribe to the IMF’s Special Data Dissemination Standard (SDDS), as well as, GDDS participating countries that are in a position to produce the external debt data prescribed by the SDDS.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter for the general government sector (ref. Regulation  (EU) No 549/2013, Annex B transmission programme, definition of general government sector ESA 2010 §2.111). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Quarterly data on government debt is provided according to the provisions of the European System of Accounts ESA 2010 (Regulation (EU) No 549/2013). Data is transmitted by national authorities (National Statistical Institutes, National Central Banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      'Quarterly government debt' is defined as the total gross debt at nominal value outstanding at the end of each quarter between and within the sectors of general government (ref. Council Regulation No 1222/2004). Data are measured in million Euro, million of national currency units, percentage of GDP and percentage of total consolidated debt. Data cover EU Member States and Norway. Classification of data is in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 1995). Data are transmitted by national authorities (national statistical institutes, national central banks or Ministries of Finance).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data correspond to quarterly non-financial accounts for the general government sector which are conceptually consistent with the corresponding annual data compiled on a national accounts (ESA2010) basis. The data sets contain quarterly general government total expenditure and total revenue figures, as well as their breakdowns by relevant categories and the resulting quarterly government deficit/surplus.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
  • R
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates: ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data are derived from the Eurostat R statistics (table: rd_e_berdind). Until 2009, definition of the ICT sector is based on NACE Rev. 1.1 classification as follows: ICT_TOT - ICT Total (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333 + 5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) ICT_M - ICT Manufacturing (30 + 313 + 32 + 332 + 333) ICT_S - ICT Services (5184 + 5186 + 642 + 72) Data are available for the following classes: 30, 313, 32, 332, 333, 642, 72.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The objective of these data is to provide information for benchmarking and monitoring developments in ICT sector. ICT sector statistics is used largely in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) via the Digital Agenda Scoreboard to monitor progress of the European digital economy according to the objectives set out in the Digital Agenda for Europe, a Europe 2020 Initiative. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. ICT sector indicators are compiled using the secondary statistical analysis. This approach has a virtue of ensuring cost-efficient and high-quality data collection. At the same time, this approach has limited options for designing new indicators, as well as for control over data quality and over data release timing. Data from the Structural Business Statistics (SBS), National Accounts (NA) and Research and Development (R&D) Statistics sections of the Eurostat database are used. For this reason, Metadata guidelines on SBS, on NA and on R&D Statistics are applicable to the data that has been extracted from the respective primary statistics sources. Representation ICT sector statistics contains five indicators in the country/year dimensions, which are updated on an annual basis: (1) Share of the ICT sector in GDP (2) Share of the ICT sector personnel in total employment (3) Growth of the ICT sector value added (4) Share of the ICT sector in the R&D expenditure of businesses (5) Share of the ICT sector in R&D personnel In tables (1)-(3), data for NACE economic activity codes is grouped into three aggregates:ICT sector - total,ICT manufacturingICT Services. Tables (4) and (5) report disaggregated NACE economic activities. Definition ICT sector, ICT manufacturing and ICT services are defined according to the OECD official definition (see OECD, 2011 for details). The 2002 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 1.1 is used on data prior to 2009, while the 2006 OECD definition in terms of NACE Rev. 2 is applied to the data from 2009 onwards. Since the impact of the break in series related to the revision of NACE is minimised due to the compatibility between the two OECD ICT sector definitions, data for each of the indicators (1)-(3) is presented in respective single tables, and not in separate tables for each revision of NACE (as it is done in the source SBS and NA data). Data for the indicators (4) and (5) is based on the NACE Rev. 2 codes of economic activity, with the data for the years prior to 2009 being recalculated using the official correspondence tables between NACE Rev. 2 and NAVE Rev. 1.1. Time coverage Data covers all years starting from 2000 until the latest year available. Following the approach set by the source primary statistics data files, the publication year is calculated as (t+1), with t being the reference year. Data for the indicators (1)-(5) are updated yearly from 2008 until the latest year available (as opposed to simply adding one additional year) to incorporate the latest revisions made on the source data (SBS, NA and R&D statistics). Data prior to 2008 is left unchanged following the approach used in the source data domains.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data collected from table 4-16,4-18
    • Февраль 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The rail accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Railway Agency (ERA). The ERA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The Eurostat data constitute a part of the data collected by ERA and are part of the so-called Common Safety Indicators (CSIs). In Eurobase, the following data are available:Number of rail accidents by type of accidentNumber of rail accident victims by type of accidentNumber of rail accidents involving the transport of dangerous goodsNumber of suicides involving railways.  Rail accident data are also collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) 91/2003 – Annex H: please refer to point 3.4 for more information.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The rail accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Railway Agency (ERA). The ERA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The Eurostat data constitute a part of the data collected by ERA and are part of the so-called Common Safety Indicators (CSIs). In Eurobase, the following data are available:Number of rail accidents by type of accidentNumber of rail accident victims by type of accidentNumber of rail accidents involving the transport of dangerous goodsNumber of suicides involving railways.  Rail accident data are also collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) 91/2003 – Annex H: please refer to point 3.4 for more information.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The rail accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Railway Agency (ERA). The ERA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The Eurostat data constitute a part of the data collected by ERA and are part of the so-called Common Safety Indicators (CSIs). In Eurobase, the following data are available:Number of rail accidents by type of accidentNumber of rail accident victims by type of accidentNumber of rail accidents involving the transport of dangerous goodsNumber of suicides involving railways.  Rail accident data are also collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) 91/2003 – Annex H: please refer to point 3.4 for more information.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Октябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_rago Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology).   Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level   The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_rapa Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection:all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_demo_020 These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains research and development (R&D) expenditure statistics on current domestic R&D and gross domestic R&D expenditures by sector of performance (business enterprise, government, higher education, private non-profit, and total intramural) and by type of R&D within each sector (basic research, applied research, experimental development, non-specified, and total activity).Unit of measure used - Data are provided in million national currency (for the euro zone, pre-EMU euro or EUR), million current PPP USD and million constant USD (2005 prices and PPPs).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      These tables contain research and development (RD) personnel statistics. Number of RD personnel is provided in both headcounts and full-time equivalent on RD by sex, sector of employment (business enterprise, government, higher education, and private non-profit) and by occupation (researchers, technicians and other support staff).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table presents research and development (R&D) personnel statistics. Number of R&D personnel is provided in headcounts and/or full-time equivalent on R&D by sex, sector of employment (business enterprise, government, higher education, and private non-profit) and by formal qualification (university and other diplomas by ISCED classification). Unit of measure used - Headcounts and/or Full-time equivalent on R&D (FTE)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The REER (or Relative price and cost indicators) aim to assess a country's (or currency area's) price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. The indicator is deflated by the price index (total economy) against a panel of 42 countries (= EU28 + 14 other industrial countries: Australia, Canada, United States, Japan, Norway, New Zealand, Mexico, Switzerland, Turkey, Russia, China, Brazil, South Korea and Hong Kong). Double export weights are used to calculate REERs, reflecting not only competition in the home markets of the various competitors, but also competition in export markets elsewhere. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. Data source: Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN). Data are non-seasonal adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency of a country against a trade-weighted basket of currencies and a rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. The REER is entirely based on official statistics (exchange rates, trade data, deflators), however the selection of the specific statistical series used in its calculation (in particular the choice of deflator) and some of the modalities of their calculation (namely the choice of a country basket) depend on the analytic purpose of the indicators. The specific REER for the MIP is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Real Effective Exchange Rate (42 trading partners, based on HICP/CPI) - 3 years % change. In addition to the headline indicator are published: Real effective exchange rate for euro area (based on HICP/CPI)Nominal effective exchange rate (42 trading partners)Nominal effective exchange rate for euro area Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) is the data source.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency of a country against a trade-weighted basket of currencies and a rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. The REER is entirely based on official statistics (exchange rates, trade data, deflators), however the selection of the specific statistical series used in its calculation (in particular the choice of deflator) and some of the modalities of their calculation (namely the choice of a country basket) depend on the analytic purpose of the indicators. The specific REER for the MIP is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Real Effective Exchange Rate (42 trading partners, based on HICP/CPI) - 3 years % change. In addition to the headline indicator are published: Real effective exchange rate for euro area (based on HICP/CPI)Nominal effective exchange rate (42 trading partners)Nominal effective exchange rate for euro area Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) is the data source.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Real Effective Exchange Rate (REER) aims to assess a country's price or cost competitiveness relative to its principal competitors in international markets. Changes in cost and price competitiveness depend not only on exchange rate movements but also on cost and price trends. A rise in the index means a loss of competitiveness. The nominal effective series measure changes in the value of a currency of a country against a trade-weighted basket of currencies and a rise in the index means a strengthening of the currency. The REER is entirely based on official statistics (exchange rates, trade data, deflators), however the selection of the specific statistical series used in its calculation (in particular the choice of deflator) and some of the modalities of their calculation (namely the choice of a country basket) depend on the analytic purpose of the indicators. The specific REER for the MIP is deflated by the consumer price indices relative to a panel of 42 countries. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Real Effective Exchange Rate (42 trading partners, based on HICP/CPI) - 3 years % change. In addition to the headline indicator are published: Real effective exchange rate for euro area (based on HICP/CPI)Nominal effective exchange rate (42 trading partners)Nominal effective exchange rate for euro area Directorate General for Economic and Financial Affairs (DG ECFIN) is the data source.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Real estate, infrastructure, commodities, tactical asset allocation tables 2015
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_e2grgdp National accounts are a coherent and consistent set of macroeconomic indicators, which provide an overall picture of the economic situation and are widely used for economic analysis and forecasting, policy design and policy making. Eurostat publishes annual and quarterly national accounts, annual and quarterly sector accounts as well as supply, use and input-output tables, which are each presented with associated metadata. Annual national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995 (Council Regulation 2223/96). Annex B of the Regulation consists of a comprehensive list of the variables to be transmitted for Community purposes within specified time limits. This transmission programme has been updated by Regulation (EC) N° 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council. Meanwhile, the ESA95 has been reviewed to bring national accounts in the European Union, in line with new economic environment, advances in methodological research and needs of users and the updated national accounts framework at the international level, the SNA 2008. The revisions are reflected in an updated Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union of 2010 (ESA 2010). The associated transmission programme is also updated and data transmissions in accordance with ESA 2010 are compulsory from September 2014 onwards. Further information on the transition from ESA 95 to ESA 2010 is presented on the Eurostat website. The domain consists of the following collections: GDP and main aggregates. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Final consumption aggregates, including the split into household and government consumption. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Income, saving and net lending / net borrowing at current prices. Disposable income is also shown in real terms. Exports and imports by Member States of the EU/third countries. The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Breakdowns of gross value added, compensation of employees, wages and salaries, operating surplus, employment (domestic scope), gross fixed capital formation (GFCF) and fixed assets and other main aggregates by industry; investment by products and household final consumption expenditure by consumption purposes (COICOP). The data are recorded at current and constant prices and include the corresponding implicit price indices. Auxiliary indicators: Population and employment national data, purchasing power parities, contributions to GDP growth, labour productivity, unit labour cost and GDP per capita. Geographical entities covered are the European Union, the euro area, EU Member States, Candidate Countries, EFTA countries, US, Japan and possibly other countries on an ad-hoc basis. The data are published: - in ECU/euro, in national currencies (including euro converted from former national currencies using the irrevocably fixed rate for all years) and in Purchasing Power Standards (PPS); - at current prices and in volume terms; - Population and employment are measured in persons. Employment is also measured in total hours worked. Data sources: National Statistical Institutes
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This ad hoc survey was conducted in interested Member States in order to test the feasibility of qualitative surveys in enterprises on topics of varying description. This survey was on the extent, scope, nature and trends of relationships between enterprises, so called inter-enterprise relationships (IER). A task force met several times to set the methodology for the survey and to agree on the coverage of 21 distinct NACE areas, in part aggregating NACE Rev. 1.1 classes, groups and divisions. Variables are to be understood for the purpose of the project as qualitative questions on the subject area of the survey. The samples were drawn in participating countries from the SBS survey frame, with sample sizes up to 10.000 enterprises. Other than the NACE breakdown, a breakdown by employment size classes was applied. While some variables (questions) allowed the selection from a predefined list, others were left to the respondents' judgment as to "very important", "important", "less important" etc.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This question was directed to the households.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_196 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_197 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_195 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to: Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_rec_gdp Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_rec_nac Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_rec_eur Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ESSPROS domainIn Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ESSPROS domainIn Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website. The release of ESSPROS data, quality reports and the qualitative information is made annually. Among the three main categories of data soruces - administrative data, national accounts and other estimates, surveys/census - most of the countries report administrative data and register-based data as their main data sources. Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables: e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection. e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published: according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits.3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic. The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables: r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world. 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published: according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". The ESSPROS module on net social protection benefits (restricted approach) measures net expenditure by collecting information on the average rates of taxes and social contributions paid by recipients of each cash benefit reported in the Core system. These rates are then applied to the gross expenditure on each benefit to obtain a net value as follows: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) where AITR / AISCR are the Average itemized tax / social contribution rates. The net social protection benefits are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. Exceptionally, if some fiscal benefits cannot be taken into account in the assessment of the actual taxes and social contributions paid on social benefits (this happen for few countries), then the value of net benefits should be complemented by the residual value of the fiscal benefit. In this case the formula above becomes: Net social benefits = Gross social benefits * (1 – AITR – AISCR) + Residual fiscal benefits In ESSPROS, fiscal benefits are defined as social protection provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits if they were provided in cash, excluding tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans. According to a 2015 decision of the Working Group on Social Protection Statistics, fiscal benefits in the form of payable tax credits should be included in full (cash component plus fiscal component) in the ESSPROS Core System while all other forms of fiscal benefit are excluded from the Core System and dealt with in the NET modules (the existing restricted approach module and the planned enlarged approach modules). More information is available in the Annex I "Payable tax credits".   Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are: Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are: Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units". Methodological definitions and more details about social protection classifications and breakdowns can be found in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics. Annexes:Payable tax credits
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global growth declined in the first half of 2015, reflecting a further slowdown in emerging markets and a weaker recovery in advanced economies. It is now projected at 3.1 percent for 2015 as a whole, slightly lower than in 2014, and 0.2 percentage point below the forecasts in the July 2015 World Economic Outlook (WEO) Update. Prospects across the main countries and regions remain uneven. Relative to last year, growth in advanced economies is expected to pick up slightly, while it is projected to decline in emerging market and developing economies. With declining commodity prices, depreciating emerging market currencies, and increasing financial market volatility, downside risks to the outlook have risen, particularly for emerging market and developing economies. Global activity is projected to gather some pace in 2016. In advanced economies, the modest recovery that started in 2014 is projected to strengthen further. In emerging market and developing economies, the outlook is projected to improve: in particular, growth in countries in economic distress in 2015 (including Brazil, Russia, and some countries in Latin America and in the Middle East), while remaining weak or negative, is projected to be higher next year, more than offsetting the expected gradual slowdown in China.
    • Март 2010
      Источник: International Institute for Applied Systems Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Using demographic multi-state, cohort-component methods, projections for 120 countries (covering 93% of the world population in 2005) by five-year age groups, sex, and four levels of educational attainment for the years 2005-2050 are produced. Taking into account differentials in fertility and mortality by education level, the first systematic global educational attainment projections according to four widely differing education scenarios are presented. The results show the possible range of future educational attainment trends around the world, thereby contributing to long-term economic and social planning at the national and international levels, and to the assessment of the feasibility of international education goals. Samir KC et al., Projection of populations by level of educational attainment, age, and sex for 120 countries for 2005-2050, Demographic Research, 22(15), P. 383-472, 16 March 2010: http://www.demographic-research.org/Volumes/Vol22/15/.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to:projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Europop2013, the latest population projections released by Eurostat, provide a set of different scenarios for possible population developments at national and regional levels across 31 European countries: all of the EU-28 Member States, as well as Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. These population projections were produced using data for 1 January 2013 as a starting point and therefore include any modifications made to demographic statistics resulting from the 2011 population census exercise. They were developed based on application of a main input dataset of assumptions on future developments for fertility, mortality and net migration covering the time period 2013 to 2080. Europop2013 at national level includes detailed statistical information related to the main scenario and its four variants with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions datasets: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and international net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex for main scenario and higher life expectancy variant;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080 for the main scenario and no migration variant, and from 2013 until 2060 for the higher life expectancy, reduced migration and lower fertility variants. Europop2013 at regional level includes statistical information related to the main scenario with reference to: projected population on 1st January by age and sex;assumptions dataset: age-specific fertility rates, age-specific mortality rates and net migration figures (including statistical adjustment);approximated values of the life expectancy by age and sex;total numbers of projected live births and deaths;projected population structure indicators: shares of broad age groups in total population, old-age dependency ratios and median age of population.the time horizon covered is from 2013 until 2080.data available are rounded therefore the sum of regional figures for populations and for net migrations will differ from the national ones by few units.287 regions classified as NUTS level 2 corresponding to NUTS-2010 classification (the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics) and to the Statistical Regions agreed between European Commission and Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Due to the relative small population the following countries have one NUTS level 2 region: Estonia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta and Iceland. Thus, for these countries the projected population data for NUTS level 2 region are identical to national data.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      For each OECD country, data are collected at two sub-national levels:Territorial level 2 (TL2), which refers to the 337 large regions of the OECD area.Territorial Level 3 (TL3), which refers to the 1709 small regions of the OECD area.In any analytical study conducted at sub-national levels, the choice of the territorial unit is of prime importance. The territorial grids used in this database are officially established and relatively stable in all member countries, and are used by many as a framework for implementing regional policies. Regions in OECD Member Countries have been classified according to two territorial levels (TL). The higher level (Territorial Level 2) consists of about 362 macro-regions while the lower level (Territorial Level 3) is composed of 1794 micro-regions.This classification - which, for European countries, is largely consistent with the Eurostat classification - facilitates greater comparability of regions at the same territorial level. The differences with the Eurostat NUTS classification concern Belgium, Greece and the Netherlands where the NUTS 2 level correspond to the OECD TL3 and Germany where the NUTS1 corresponds to the OECD TL2 and the OECD TL3 corresponds to 97 spatial planning regions (Groups of Kreise). For the United Kingdom the Eurostat NUTS1 corresponds to the OECD TL2.Due to limited data availability, labour market indicators in Canada and Australia are presented for a different grid (groups of TL3 regions in the case of Canada). Since these breakdowns are not part of the OECD official territorial grids, for the sake of simplicity they are labelled as Non Official Grids (NOG).National values have been computed based on regional estimates. For this reason, it is possible that in some cases these values differ from national statistics.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      General and regional statistics > Regional statistics > Regional information society statistics.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Registered Unemployment and Job Vacancies dataset is a subset of the Short-Term Labour Situation database, which contains predominantly monthly statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and for selected other economies. There are basically two sources for unemployment statistics: labour force surveys and administrative data. Surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used all over the world while administrative data are subject to national legislations which evolve through time. Consequently registered unemployment data are not comparable across countries. The relationship between survey and registered unemployment is not the same for all countries. Number of registered unemployed persons and registered unemployment rates are presented here because they are monthly and quickly available after their reference period. The job vacancies data provides estimates of the number of unfilled job vacancies across national economies. Series give an indication of the labour demand while the unemployment is linked with the labour supply.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour force includes everyone (over the legal age limit) having provided an agricultural work on and for the holding during the last 12 months. Are taken as regular labour force every member of the holder's family working on the holding are taken as regular labour force (holder included) and non-family regularly employed labour force.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD indicators of regulation in energy, transport and communications (ETCR) summarise regulatory provisions in seven sectors: telecoms, electricity, gas, post, rail, air passenger transport, and road freight. The ETCR indicators have been estimated in a long-time series and are therefore well suited for time-series analysis. The ETCR time series was updated, revised and now cover 34 OECD countries and a set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD cross-section sectoral indicators measure regulatory conditions in the professional services and retail distribution sectors. The retail indicators cover barriers to entry, operational restrictions, and price controls. These indicators were updated and revised; they are now estimated for 34 OECD countries for the years 1998, 2003, around 2008 and 2013 and for another set of non-OECD countries for 2013. Users of the data must be aware that they may no longer fully reflect the current situation in fast reforming countries. Not all data are available for all countries for all years.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_ij_edse An ad hoc module on "Work-related health problems and accidental injuries" was included in the 1999 Labour Force Survey (LFS), in order to act as a complementary data source to ESAW (European Statistics on accidents at Work) and EODS (European Occupational Diseases Statistics) and give a broader view on Health and Safety at Work.. This module provided complementary information on accidents occurring at work and resulting in less than 4 days' absence from work, on return to work after the accident at work and on health problems caused or made worse by work. The data refer to self-reported accidental injuries at work during a 12 month period before the survey and to self-reported non-accidental health problems caused or made worse by work and from which the respondent had suffered during a 12 month period before the survey. The indicators used for accidental injuries are the percentage distributions of accidents and the relative incidence rate of accidents (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The incidence rate is the number of accidents at work per 100 000 employed workers. The indicators used for non-accidental health problems are the percentage distribution, number, prevalence rate and relative prevalence rate of health problems (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The prevalence rate is the number of people suffering from the health problem during the last 12 months per 100 000 employed workers (see the link to summary methodology at the bottom of the page). Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. Similarly, the prevalence rates for non-accidental health problems are standardised for economic activity and for age, as age influences importantly the prevalence of health problems. For more details, please see the link to the summary methodology at the bottom of the page. Geographical coverage: Denmark, Germany, Greece, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Finland, Sweden, United Kingdom. Sector coverage: All sectors of economic activity are covered. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence and prevalence rates are calculated for the total of all branches.
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      An ad hoc module on "Work-related health problems and accidental injuries" was included in the 1999 Labour Force Survey (LFS), in order to act as a complementary data source to ESAW (European Statistics on accidents at Work) and EODS (European Occupational Diseases Statistics) and give a broader view on Health and Safety at Work.. This module provided complementary information on accidents occurring at work and resulting in less than 4 days' absence from work, on return to work after the accident at work and on health problems caused or made worse by work. The data refer to self-reported accidental injuries at work during a 12 month period before the survey and to self-reported non-accidental health problems caused or made worse by work and from which the respondent had suffered during a 12 month period before the survey. The indicators used for accidental injuries are the percentage distributions of accidents and the relative incidence rate of accidents (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The incidence rate is the number of accidents at work per 100 000 employed workers. The indicators used for non-accidental health problems are the percentage distribution, number, prevalence rate and relative prevalence rate of health problems (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The prevalence rate is the number of people suffering from the health problem during the last 12 months per 100 000 employed workers (see the link to summary methodology at the bottom of the page). Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. Similarly, the prevalence rates for non-accidental health problems are standardised for economic activity and for age, as age influences importantly the prevalence of health problems. For more details, please see the link to the summary methodology at the bottom of the page. Geographical coverage: Denmark, Germany, Greece, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Finland, Sweden, United Kingdom. Sector coverage: All sectors of economic activity are covered. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence and prevalence rates are calculated for the total of all branches.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Multiple Sources
      Загружен: Carpe Facto
      Выбрать
      Spread of religions across the World, by country
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Research and experimental development (R&D) comprise creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture and society, and the use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications. R&D expenditures include all expenditures for R&D performed within the business enterprise sector (BERD) on the national territory during a given period, regardless of the source of funds. R&D expenditure in BERD are shown as a percentage of GDP (R&D intensity).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      R&D personnel include all persons employed directly on R&D, plus persons supplying direct services to R&D, such as managers, administrative staff and office staff. The measure shown in this table is total R&D personnel in full time equivalents as a percentage of the economic active population. Please note that the calculation of the measure in this table has changed from being based on head count to full time equivalents from January 2010. The measure based on head count is still available in Eurostat public data bases, table: Total R&D personnel and researchers by sectors of performance, as % of total labour force and total employment, and by sex (rd_p_perslf)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data series on decisions on asylum applications and resettlement contain statistical information based on Article 4 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:First instance decisions by age, sex and citizenshipFinal decisions by age, sex and citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted at first instance by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipDecisions withdrawing status granted as final decisions by type of status withdrawn and by citizenshipResettled persons by age, sex and citizenship These data are supplied to Eurostat by the national Ministries of Interior and related official agencies. Data is presented country by country and for groups of countries: the European Union (EU28 and the European Economic Area (EEA). Data are rounded to the nearest 5.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The deflated house price index (or real house price index) is the ratio between the house price index (HPI) and the national accounts deflator for private final consumption expenditure (households and non-profit institutions serving households (NPISHs)). This indicator therefore measures inflation in the house market relative to inflation in the final consumption expenditure of households and NPIs. Eurostat HPI captures price changes of all residential properties purchased by households (flats, detached houses, terraced houses, etc.), both new and existing, independently of their final use and their previous owners. Only market prices are considered, self-build dwellings are therefore excluded. The land component is included. The MIP scoreboard indicator is the year-on-year growth rate of the deflated house price index. In the MIP domain are also published annual and quarterly figures on: House price index, deflated – average index and rate of changeHouse price index – average rate of change, index and % change T/T-3
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Grants of citizenship awarded by the reporting country to persons who were previously citizens of another country or stateless. Losses of the citizenship of the reporting country. The disseminated series comprise: Total number of acquisitions of citizenship and since 2008 the number of losses of citizenship. The data sources are administrative records in the reporting countries. The completeness of the tables depends largely on the availability of data from the relevant national statistical institutes and other responsible bodies in the countries. However, not all countries are always able to provide data. Countries differ in terms of the conditions that must be fulfilled to acquire citizenship or to lose the citizenship. Generally, to acquire citizenship a period of (legally registered) residence is required, combined with other factors such as evidence of social and economic integration and knowledge of national languages. Different conditions may apply for persons who were born or educated in the country concerned, or who have parents or other relatives with that country's citizenship. For country-specific information see the Annexes of this document.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This metadata refers to two datasets based one and the same data collection: Material flow accounts (env_ac_mfa): detailed material input flows into the national economy (in tonnes)Resource productivity (env_ac_rp): various ratios of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC)   1. Economy-wide material flow accounts (EW-MFA) compile material flow inputs into national economies. EW-MFA cover all solid, gaseous, and liquid material inputs, except for water and air, measured in mass units per year. Like the system of national accounts, EW-MFA constitute a multi-purpose information system. The detailed material flows provide a rich empirical database for numerous analytical purposes. Further, EW-MFA are used to derive various material flow indicators such as: Domestic extraction (DE): total amount of material extracted for further processing in the economy, by resident units from the natural environment;Imports (IMP): imports of products in their simple mass weight;Direct material input (DMI): measures the direct input of material into the economy; it includes all materials which are of economic value and which are availble for use in production and consumption activities (DE+IMP);Exports (EXP): exports of products in their simple mass weight;Domestic material consumption (DMC): measures the total amount of material actually consumed domestically by resident units (DE+IMP-EXP). Note: IMP and EXP are distinguished into extra-EU-trade and total trade.   2. Resource productivity (GDP/DMC) is defined as the ratio of gross domestic product (GDP) over domestic material consumption (DMC) and commonly expressed in Euro per kilogram of material. The data set env_ac_rp employs different types of GDP for calculating this ratio, depending on the analytical perspective (see item 4). The term designates an indicator that reflects the GDP generated per unit of resources used by the economy. This is typically a macro-economic concept that can be presented alongside labour or capital productivity.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on agricultural land-use are valuable for conducting studies on a various perspectives concerning agricultural production, food security and for deriving cropping intensity among others uses. Indicators derived from the land-use categories can also elucidate the environmental sustainability of countries’ agricultural practices. FAOSTAT Land-use statistics contain a wide range of information on variables that are significant for: understanding the structure of a country’s agricultural sector; making economic plans and policies for food security; deriving environmental indicators, including those related to investment in agriculture and data on gross crop area and net crop area which are useful for policy formulation and monitoring. Land-use resources sub-domain covers: Country area (including area under inland water bodies), Land area (excluding area under inland water bodies), Agricultural area, Arable land and Permanent crops, Arable land, Permanent crops, Permanent meadows and pastures, Forest area, Other land and Area equipped for irrigation. Detailed information on sub-categories: Temporary crops, Temporary meadows and pastures, Fallow land (temporary: less than 5 years), Permanent meadows and pastures cultivated and naturally grown and Organic land. Data are available from 1961 to 2009 for more than 200 countries and areas. Forest area: Global Forest Resource Assessment 2010 (FRA 2010) is the main source of forest area data in FAOSTAT. Data were provided by countries for years 1990, 2000, 2005 and 2010. Data for intermediate years were estimated for FAO using linear interpolation and tabulation. Some of the most interesting data for economists is found in this domain. The national distribution of land, among arable land, pastures and other lands, as well as the importance of irrigation are just some of the interesting data sets.
    • Июль 2012
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 августа, 2012
      Выбрать
      UN FAO Resource Statistics - Machinery. The Agricultural Resources domain covers: Investment, Land and irrigation, Labour, Machinery, Fertilizers, Pesticides, Population. The Resources domain considers factors of production for the agricultural sector. Broadly speaking, this section details how countries differ in endowments of the three classic inputs: labour, land and capital. Qualitative differences are important for each but are particularly difficult to summarise in a single indicator for land, the productivity of which depends heavily on water and soil conditions.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      UN FAO Resource Statistics - Pesticides Consumption
    • Декабрь 2014
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Resource Statistics - Pesticides Trade, 2015
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Farmers produce food and fiber using a wide variety of farm practices and management systems that differ by commodity, region, and farm and operator characteristics. The mix of inputs, practices, and technologies used by farmers, when combined with land, labor, and water resources, affects production costs; farm income; and soil, water and air quality.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_aes_186 The Adult Education Survey (AES) is part of the EU Statistics on lifelong learning. There has been two waves of data collection so far. The first wave (pilot) of the survey - also named 2006 AES - has been carried out by countries in the EU, EFTA and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008: for the first time, it set up a common EU framework including standard questionnaire, tools and quality reporting. The second wave, which is the most recent data collection also named 2011 AES, has been conducted by EU countries and EFTA countries between July 2011 and June 2012. The first 2006 AES results were released in autumn 2008. The first 2011 AES results have been released in February 2013: this new release comprise main indicators on participation in education and training (formal and non-formal learning) and main characteristics of learning activities. A second set of indicators based on the 2011 AES will be released later on. Both 2006 and 2011 results are now displayed within the same tables. The whole survey covers participation in education and lifelong learning activities (formal, non-formal and informal learning) including job-related activities, characteristics of learning activities, self-reported skills as well as modules on social and cultural participation, foreign language skills, IT skills and background variables related to main characteristics of the respondents. Parameters and main variables The AES focused on the following parameters:Participation in formal, non-formal and informal education (FED, NFE, INF)Non-participation and obstacles to participation in trainingParticipation in FED, NFE and INF activities by field of education/learningShare of the job related NFEVolume of instruction hours in FED and NFEEmployer financing and costs of learning in FED and NFEModule on language and ICT skills of the populationModule on social and cultural participation of the population
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsrt_m_bc Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The financial flows and stocks data are reported quarterly to the European Central Bank. Once validated the data are transmitted to Eurostat.  Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows and represent  the difference between opening balance sheet  at the beginning of the year and closing balance sheet at the end of the year.  Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014, and are presented here in the following tables: 'Financial transactions', 'Other changes in volume', 'Revaluation account', and 'Financial balance sheets'.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on government sector receipts, and on taxes in particular, are basic inputs to most structural economic descriptions and economic analyses and are increasingly used in international comparisons. This annual database presents a unique set of detailed and internationally comparable tax data in a common format for all OECD countries.
    • Июнь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:apro_cpb_rice
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      International comparisons of taxes and charges on road haulage require a framework that can relate all the various taxes and charges levied on transport activities to marginal costs, if they are to provide satisfactory answers to the following types of question: -Do hauliers in one country pay more than in the other, and what impact does this have on the profitability of haulage in each country? -Is the impact of an increase in tax on diesel the same in each country or are differences in the taxation of labour more significant? -Do these differences distort the international haulage market? The 2003 ECMT Report 'Reforming Transport Taxes' developed a methodology for making such comparisons. The database presents information on vehicle taxes, fuel excise duties and user charges and takes also into account any possible refunds, rebates and exemptions. These data allow for comparison of road freight transport fiscal regimes in different countries in quantitative terms. In order to allow for comparisons of road freight taxation regimes in different countries, net taxation levels are calculated for a standard domestic haul (400-km domestic hauls with 40 tonne trucks). These results are then assessed per vehicle-km and per tonne-kilometre.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Although there are clear definitions for all the terms used in this survey, countries might have different methodologies to calculate tonne-kilometer and passenger-kilometers. Methods could be based on traffic or mobility surveys, use very different sampling methods and estimating techniques which could affect the comparability of their statistics. Also, if the definition on road fatalities is very clear and well applied by most coutries, this is not the case for road injuies. Indeed, not only countries might have different definitions but the important underreporting of road injuries in most countries can distort analysis based on these data. Aggregation and consolidationOECD: Excludes non-ITF states Israel and Chile. Western European Countries (WECs): Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Central and Eastern European Countries (CEECs): Albania, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Estonia, FYROM, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Montenegro, Poland, Romania, Serbia, Slovakia and Slovenia. North America: Canada, Mexico and the United States. Australasia: Australia and New Zealand. TransformationsIn case of missing data for a country, ITF can calculate estimates based generaly on the growth rates of the relevant region. These estimates are used solely to calculate aggregated trends in graphic representations and are not shown at the individual country level. 
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:tran_r_veh_jour Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012- using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via eDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via eDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Glossary for transport statistics(jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology).   Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables:Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level   The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation 95/C 325/08 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of passenger, freight and mail by air). [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS clasiffication can be found under the following link.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Due to the nature of transport, a spatial reference is built into most legal acts dealing with transport statistics. In a few cases, these sources can be directly used for the derivation of regional transport indicators, while other indicators are collected on a voluntary basis. This is the case of the regional transport data collection in which both data types are used. Three types of regional data can be distinguished depending on their source: two are based on data collections performed on the basis of legal acts (the Maritime and Aviation data) and one is a voluntary data collection (infrastructures, vehicles and road accidents). Regional data collected on voluntary basis: The current regional data collection taking place on a voluntary basis comprises a set of transport indicators at NUTS 0, 1 and 2[1] levels for the road, railways, inland waterways (infrastructure), vehicle stocks, road accidents. The information collected is then disseminated in Eurostat dissemination database (Eurobase) under “General and regional statistics/Regional statistics by NUTS classification/Regional transport statistics” theme and also mirrored under “Transport/Multimodal data/Regional transport statistics” theme. Annual data collection for infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents was launched at the beginning of 2002 covering both Member States and Candidate countries. Since 2007, it includes EFTA countries as well. Regional data are collected directly from the countries using a questionnaire: data on transport infrastructure, vehicle stocks and road accidents (collected previously – till 2006 – on Excel sheets and then – till 2012 – using on-line questionnaires). Currently regional datasets are provided via EDAMIS application. For the voluntary data collection via EDAMIS portal, the definitions from the 4th edition of the Illustrated Glossary for Transport Statistics (jointly elaborated by Eurostat, ECMT, UNECE) were proposed and countries should use them when transmitting data. Regional data based on legal acts: For the collection based on legal acts, regional data are actually derived from the information provided by the participating countries in the frame of the legal data collections at port and airport level. Maritime transport data collection is legally based – Directive 2009/42/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 May 2009 on statistical returns in respect of carriage of goods and passengers by sea (OJ L141 of 6.6.2009, page 29), which is the recast of the original Council Directive 95/64/EC of 8 December 1995. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of draft Council and Parliament Regulation (Regulation (EC) No 437/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 February 2003 on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of passengers, freight and mail by air). Within the collection Maritime transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Maritime transport of passengers at regional level (new methodology);Maritime transport of freight at regional level (new methodology). Within the collection Air transport - data aggregated at standard regional levels (NUTS) there are two tables: Air transport of passengers at regional levelAir transport of freight at regional level The tables present the evolution of the number of passengers carried (if not available passengers on board) and the volume of freight and mail loaded or unloaded (if not available freight and mail on board) to/from the NUTS regions (level 2, 1 and 0) since 1999. The data is presented at annual level. Before the legal act on air transport statistics was introduced (2003 with 3 years transitional period), air transport statistics have been collected using the statistical questionnaire (voluntary basis). Some countries provided figures for passenger transport taking into account “passengers on board” and some “passenger carried”. Until 2007 reference year, the disseminated numbers of passengers aggregated at regional level are actually a mixture of passengers on board and passengers carried data. The air transport regional data have been calculated using data collected at the airport level in the frame of the regulatory data collection on air transport. Only airports with more than 150 000 passenger units serviced annually are taken into account when aggregating the data at regional levels, because they provide statistics detailed enough to solve the problem of double counting. For each aggregate it is necessary to start at the airport level in order to identify the mirror declarations, i.e. the airport routes for which both airports report the volume, since these constitute the routes where the problem of double counting occurs. When calculating the total volume in such cases, only the departure declarations of the concerned airports have been taken into account. The problem of the double counting only appears for the calculation of the total passengers but not for the total arrivals (respectively total departures), which corresponds to the sum of the arrivals (respectively departures) at each domestic airport. For the tables presenting maritime data at regional level the same aggregation method (exclusion of double counting) is applied taking into account main ports only. Only for these ports (handling more than one million tonnes of goods or recording more than 200 000 passenger movements annually ) the detailed statistics allow such aggregation. For some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the difference in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 reference year are available in separate tablesor some Member States (up to 1998 data) and for others that joint the EU more recently (up to 2002) transport flows through ports and airports had been collected, via questionnaire. Because of the differnce in the methodologies applied, the data for air and maritime transport at regional level up to 2002 refernce year are avilable in separate tables (listed below) and are no longer updated: Maritime transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mapa_om)Maritime transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_mago_om)Air transport of passengers by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avpa_om)Air transport of freight by NUTS 2 regions (questionnaire) (tran_r_avgo_om) [1] Regulation (EC) No 1059/2003 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on the establishment of a common classification of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) and its amendments. More information on NUTS classification can be found under the following link.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Roundwood production (the term is used as a synonymous term for "removals") comprise all quantities of wood removed from the forest and other wooded land or other felling site during a certain period of time. It is reported in cubic metres underbark (i.e excluding bark).
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
  • S
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total quantity of fungicides sold in the Member States. Fungicides protect crops from diseases caused by fungal pathogens. Fungal diseases threaten crops from the germination phase to harvest and also cause substantial damage to stocks.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total quantity of herbicides sold in the Member States. Herbicides are used to control undesirable or noxious plant growth, generally called weeds, in areas dedicated to crop production or in non-crop areas where plant growth is unwanted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total quantity of insecticides sold in the Member States. Insecticides, are applied when the pest incidence is manifest. Insecticides can act via contact, inhalation or ingestion by the target pest.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total quantity of other pesticides sold in the Member States. This group includes various pesticides which are not included under the heading insecticide, herbicide or fungicide. Definitions of these pesticides differ from country to country.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection covers national tourism.  Data is collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and is compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Most of the time, data on domestic and outbound trips (where "outbound tourism" means residents of a country travelling in another country) is collected via sample surveys. However, in a few cases the data is compiled from border surveys. Surveys are generally conducted on a monthly or quarterly basis.   The concepts and definitions used in the collection of data shall conform to the specifications described in the Methodological manual for tourism statistics.   With the entry into force of the Regulation (EU) 692/2011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, Member States are transmitting microdata to Eurostat, which enables that data to be disseminated far more widely (since reference period 2012).   The information on tourism demand, concern trips (for the population aged 15 years and over) of which the main purpose is holidays or business and which involve at least one or more consecutive nights spent away from the usual place of residence (See annex at the bottom of the page).   Aggregated data on participation in tourim is also transmitted to Eurostat and covers the resident population aged 15 or over, participating in tourism for for personal purpose during the reference year.   Microdata on trips of EU residents as well as participation data are transmitted to Eurostat one time per year. Data are disseminated when they respect agreed validation rules and other quality criteria.
    • Февраль 2014
      Источник: Central​ Department of Statistics and Information Saudi Arabia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Detail on Foreign Trade
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below:Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      School expectancy corresponds to the expected years of education over a lifetime and has been calculated adding the single-year enrolment rates for all ages. This type of estimate will be accurate if current patterns of enrolment continue in the future. Estimates are based on headcount data. To illustrate the meaning of school expectancy, let us take an example: school expectancy for the age of 10 would be one year if all 10-year-old students (in the year of the data collection) were enrolled. If only 50 % of 10-year-olds were enrolled, school expectancy for the age of 10 would be half a year.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data collected from table 5-55 to 5-57
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator "Tertiary graduates in science and technology" includes new tertiary graduates in a calendar year from both public and private institutions completing graduate and post graduate studies compared to an age group that corresponds to the typical graduation age in most countries. It does not correspond to the number of graduates in these fields who are available in the labour market in this specific year. The levels and fields of education and training used follow the 1997 version of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED97) and the Eurostat Manual of fields of education and training (1999).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook reviews key trends in STI policies and performance in OECD countries and major emerging economies. It is published every two years and draws on a unique international policy survey conducted by the OECD - with more than 45 countries involved in 2014 - and the latest OECD work on STI policy analysis and measurement. Following an overview of the recent STI global landscape, key current policy issues are discussed across a series of thematic policy profiles. Country profiles report the STI performance of individual countries and the most recent national policy developments.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Demand for statistics on business demography has grown and developed considerably in recent years. Data on births and deaths of enterprises, their life expectancy and the important role they play in economic growth and productivity, as well as the information they provide for tackling social demographic issues, are increasingly requested by policy makers and analysts alike. Business demography is a core element of the OECD’s Entrepreneurship Indicators Project, where the OECD and Eurostat are collaborating to develop a framework for the regular and harmonised measurement of entrepreneurial activity and the factors that enhance or impede it. The data in this database is presented in International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC Revision 4).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The SSIS (Structural Statistics for Industry and Services) database, provides comparable information by detailed industrial sector (up to 4-digit level) where industries are defined according to the International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC) Revision 3 for the following economic variables: Turnover; Production at producers' prices; Value added at basic prices and/or factor costs; Gross operating surplus; Total purchases of goods and services;Change in stocks of goods and services; Purchases of energy products;Gross investment in tangible goods; Gross investment in land;Gross investment in existing buildings and structures; Gross investment in machinery and equipment; Number of persons engaged; Number of employees; Number of females' employees; Number of employees in full time equivalent units;Hours worked by employees; Compensation of labour, all persons engaged; Compensation of labour; Wages and salaries, all persons engaged; Wages and salaries, employees; Other employers' social contributions, employees; Number of enterprises and/or establishments. All OECD countries are covered, although the coverage of variables varies, with data typically available for the period 1995 to 2007, whereas for some countries more recent and more historical data are available. The BSC (Business Statistics by Size Class) database, provides comparable information by detailed industrial sector (up to 4-digit level) where industries are defined according to the International Standard of Industrial Classification (ISIC) Revision 3, broken down by business size for the following economic variables: Turnover; Production at producers' prices; Value added at basic prices and/or factor costs; Gross operating surplus; Total purchases of goods and services; Change in stocks of goods and services; Purchases of energy products; Gross investment in tangible goods; Gross investment in land;Gross investment in existing buildings and structures; Gross investment in machinery and equipment; Number of persons engaged; Number of employees; Number of females' employees; Number of employees in full time equivalent units;Hours worked by employees; Compensation of labour, all persons engaged; Compensation of labour; Wages and salaries, all persons engaged; Wages and salaries, employees; Other employers' social contributions, employees; Number of enterprises and/or establishments. Businesses are allocated to size classes on the basis of the number of persons engaged. The size class breakdowns used by national statistics institutes vary widely and so to improve comparability the OECD has defined five standardised size classes that are shown in this database. For most countries they conform to the following size classes: 1-9; 10-19; 20-49; 50-249 and 250+, however it is not always possible to present country data in this way; as shown in the accompanying metadata. All OECD countries are covered, although the coverage of variables varies, with data typically available for the period 1995 to 2007, whereas for some countries more recent and more historical data are available.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The maritime transport domain contains quarterly and annual data. Maritime transport data refer to gross weight of goods (in tonnes), passenger movements (in number of passengers) as well as for vessel traffic (in number of vessels and in gross tonnage of vessels). Data for transport of goods transported on Ro-Ro units or in containers are also expressed in number of units or number of TEUs (20 foot equivalent units). Data at regional level (NUTS 2, 1 and 0) are also available. The statistics on maritime transport are collected within Directive 2009/42/EC and Commission Decision 2008/861/EC, as amended by Commission Decision 2010/216/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 April 2010, by Regulation 1090/2010 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 November 2010 and by Commission Delegated Decision 2012/186/EU of 3 February 2012. Data are collected by the national competent authorities in the reporting countries using a variety of data sources, such as port administration systems, national maritime databases, customs databases or questionnaires to ports or shipping agents (see section 20.1). The maritime transport data have been calculated using data collected at port level. The data are displayed at port level, regional level, Maritime Coastal Area (MCA) level and country level. The data are presented in six collections, displaying main annual results, short sea shipping, passengers, goods vessel traffic and regional statistics.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:nama_r_ehh2s Household accounts include data for individuals or groups of individuals as consumers and possibly as producers of goods for own use as well as non-profit institutions serving households. Data on household accounts include 11 indicators. The most important are primary income and disposable income. Geographic coverage comprises all EU Member States and some Candidate countries down to the Nuts 2 level breakdown (Nuts = "Nomenclature of territorial units for statistics" - see Eurostat's classification server "RAMON").
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Full Name: Activities of U.S. Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), Selected Data for Foreign Affiliates in All Countries in Which Investment Was Reported
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Full Name: Activities of U.S. Multinational Enterprises (MNEs), Selected Data for Majority-Owned Foreign Affiliates in All Countries in Which Investment Was Reported
    • Май 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_hlth_070 The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_hlth_090 The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health: Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs: Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group. Data for individual countries are disseminated starting the fourth quarter of year N+1 (where N = year of data collection). EU aggregates and health indicators for all countries (provided that the data is available) for year N are published by the end of February N+2 at the latest.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_hlth_060
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) aims at measuring on a harmonised basis and with a high degree of comparability among MS the health status, lifestyle (health determinants) and health care services use of the EU citizens. The European Health Interview Survey (EHIS) was developed between 2003 and 2006, during a process in which all the EU Member States (MS) were largely involved. It consists of four modules on health status, health care, health determinants, and background variables. Those modules may be implemented at the national level either as one specific survey or as elements of existing surveys (i.e. national health interview survey, labour force survey, other household surveys). The final version of the questionnaire for the first wave of EHIS was adopted by the MS at the Working Group on Public Health Statistics in November 2006. The survey contained around 130 questions split among the four modules covering the following topics: Background variables on demography and socio-economic status Health status: Minimum European Health Module (MEHM): self-perceived health, chronic health problems and activity limitationDisease specific morbidityAccidents and injuriesWork-related health problemsHealth related absenteeism from workPhysical and sensory functional limitationsActivities of daily living (ADL - feeding, bathing, etc.) and help receivedInstrumental activities of daily living (IADL - preparing meals, shopping, etc.) and help receivedPainAspect of mental health (psychological distress and mental well-being) Health care: Hospitalisation (inpatient and day care)Consultations with doctors and dentistsUnmet needs for hospitalization and for consultation with a specialistVisits to specific non-medical health professionalsVisits to specific categories of alternative medicine practitionersUse of home care and home help servicesSatisfaction with services provided by health care providersUse of medicines (prescribed and non-prescribed)Health care preventive actions (influenza vaccination, breast examination, cervical smear test, blood tests, etc.)Out-of-pocket payments for medical care (self-completion form) Health determinants: Height and weightPhysical activityConsumption of fruits, vegetables and juiceEnvironnent (home and workplace exposures, criminality exposure, social support)Smoking behaviour and exposure to tobacco smoke (self-completion form)Alcohol consumption (self-completion form)Illicit drug use (self-completion form). The first wave of the EHIS was implemented during the period 2006-2009 under a gentlemen's agreement. Nineteen countries have carried out it: 2006: AT, EE2007: SI, CH2008: BE, BG, CZ, CY, FR, LV, MT, RO, TR2009: DE, EL, ES, HU, PL, SK. Germany provided aggregated data and for breakdowns with a strata size less than 20, the values were marked as confidential (flag ~c). No data have been received for Switzerland. In total, 26 indicators based on DG SANCO and DG EMPL needs and covering health status, health determinants and health care are disseminated on Eurostat website. For more information on indicators see document EHIS indicators guidelines. The indicators present distribution percentages and are calculated with different breakdown according to the indicator: sex, age group (10-years intervals, 15 – 24, 25 – 34, …, 75 – 84, 85 or over) and educational attainment levels (ISCED0-2, ISCED3-4, ISCED5-6);sex, age group (18-44, 45-54, 55-64, 65-74, 75 or over) and income quintiles. For example: 4.5 % of Latvian women aged 25-34 are obese (BMI is equal or greater than 30). Records with missing values on age and sex were excluded from the calculation of indicators. Most of the indicators are worked out for the population aged 15 or over. Nevertheless, for some specific indicators, frequencies are calculated on different populations: the Body Mass Index (BMI) (tables hlth_ehis_de1 and hlth_ehis_de2) is calculated for adults only (18+);the self-reported prevalence of high blood pressure (table hlth_ehis_st1) is computed for people aged 25+;the self-reported vaccination against influenza (table hlth_ehis_hc1) is computed for people aged 65+;the self-reported breast examination by X-ray (table hlth_ehis_hc2) is computed for women aged 50-69;the self-reported cervical smear test (table hlth_ehis_hc3) is computed for women aged 20-69;the self-reported colorectal cancer screening test (table hlth_ehis_hc4) is computed for people aged 50-74.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf5 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_inf4 General description of the ad hoc modules supplementing the Labour Force Survey (LFS)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices on agricultural products show prices on main agricultural outputs and inputs. Since 2006 only annual prices has been collected. Before the statistics also includes monthly prices. Whilst the purpose of agricultural price indices is to reveal trends in the prices of individual agricultural products or product groups, the purpose of the Statistics of Absolute Agricultural Prices is ‑ above all ‑ a dual one: they are used for (1) comparisons between Member States and (2) for economic analyses. Absolute agricultural prices (especially aggregated prices) are needed for many model calculations and for the determination of price elasticities. This means that two objectives have to be met. The first one is that absolute prices be comparable between Member States. The second one is that the products for which the prices are to be recorded be of economic relevance for the respective Member State. These objectives are not necessarily compatible and some compromise may be necessary. Although much progress has already been made in the harmonisation of the time series across Member States, caution must still be exercised when comparing the actual agricultural prices among Member States. Differences in the prices can still reflect methodological differences (for example different form of commercialisation of the product concerned) and not factual differences in every case in the prices themselves. Hence, the user of the data should always refer to the description of the data as provided by the target definition The agricultural prices expressed in national currency are converted into Euro (ECU until 31.12.1998) in order to allow comparisons between Member States.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The absolute prices in this table give information on the levels of the producer prices of the product. Prices are net of VAT.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bssi_m Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bssi_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedWorking-day adjusted (Production, Turnover in wholesale and retail trade and other services, Hours worked)Seasonally-adjusted Data are accessible as monthly and quarterly data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. INDUSTRYProduction IndexTurnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)Import Prices Index: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ei_bsse_m_r2 Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published: as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Six qualitative surveys are conducted on a monthly basis in the following areas: manufacturing industry, construction, consumers, retail trade, services and financial services. Some additional questions are asked on a quarterly basis in the surveys in industry, services, financial services, construction and among consumers. In addition, a survey is conducted twice a year on Investment in the manufacturing sector. The domain consists of a selection for variables from the following type of survey: Industry monthly questions for: production, employment expectations, order-book levels, stocks of finished products and selling price. Industry quarterly questions for:production capacity, order-books, new orders, export expectations, capacity utilization, Competitive position and factors limiting the production. Construction monthly questions for: trend of activity, order books, employment expectations, price expectations and factors limiting building activity. Construction quarterly questions for: operating time ensured by current backlog. Retail sales monthly questions for: business situation, stocks of goods, orders placed with suppliers and firm's employment. Services monthly questions for: business climate, evolution of demand, evolution of employment and selling prices. Services quarterly question for: factors limiting their business Consumer monthly questions for: financial situation, general economic situation, price trends, unemployment, major purchases and savings. Consumer quarterly questions for: intention to buy a car, purchase or build a home, home improvements. Financial services monthly questions for: business situation, evolution of demand and employment Financial services quarterly questions for: operating income, operating expenses, profitability of the company, capital expenditure and competitive position Monthly Confidence Indicators are computed for industry, services, construction, retail trade, consumers (at country level, EU and euro area level) and financial services (EU and euro area). An Economic Sentiment indicator (ESI) is calculated based on a selection of questions from industry, services, construction, retail trade and consumers at country level and aggregate level (EU and euro area). A monthly Euro-zone Business Climate Indicator is also available for industry. The data are published:as balance i.e. the difference between positive and negative answers (in percentage points of total answers)as indexas confidence indicators (arithmetic average of balances),at current level of capacity utilization (percentage)estimated months of production assured by orders (number of months)Unadjusted (NSA) and seasonally adjusted (SA)
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sbs_sc_1b_se_r2 SBS covers the Nace Rev.2 Section B to N and division S95 which are organized in four annexes, covering Industry (sections B-E), Construction (F), Trade (G) and Services (H, I, J, L, M, N and S95). Financial services are covered in three specific annexes and separate metadata files have been compiled. Up to reference year 2007 data was presented using the NACE Rev.1.1 classification. The SBS coverage was limited to NACE Rev.1.1 Sections C to K. Starting from the reference year 2008 data is available in NACE Rev.2. Double reported data in NACE Rev.1.1 for the reference year 2008 will be available in the first and second quarter of 2011. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category:Business Demographic variables (e.g. number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables               - labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked)               - goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases)               - capital input (e.g. Material investments) Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4 digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' in NACE Rev 1.1 sections H, I, K have been aggregated. Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available. Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009.  For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by N°1614/2002 and N°1669/2003. SBS data are collected primarily by National Statistical Institutes (NSI). Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provides the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE  Rev 1.1 Section J). 
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_140 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_070 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_090 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Severely materially deprived people: "Material deprivation" covers issues relating to economic strain and durables. Severely materially deprived persons have living conditions greatly constrained by a lack of resources and cannot afford at least four of the following: to pay rent or utility bills; to keep their home adequately warm; to pay unexpected expenses; to eat meat, fish or a protein equivalent every second day; a week holiday away from home; a car; a washing machine; a colour TV; or a telephone.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The main source for the compilation of statistics on income, social inclusion and living conditions is the EU-Statistics on Income and Living Conditions (EU-SILC). The indicator People at risk of poverty or social exclusion and its sub-polupations (People at risk of poverty after social transfers, Severely materially deprived people and people living in households with very low work intensity) are part of the MIP auxiliary indicators. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses also the headline indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The share of the population aged 25-64 years who have successfully completed upper secondary or post-secondary non-tertiary or tertiary education (ISCED 3-6). The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers the indicator for monitoring progress towards renewable energy targets of the Europe 2020 strategy implemented by Directive 2009/28/EC on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources. The annual data collection covers in principle the 28 Member States of the European Union. Time series starts in the year 2004. The calculation is based on data collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics and complemented by specific supplementary data transmitted by national administrations to Eurostat. In some countries the statistical systems are not yet fully developed to meet all requirements of Directive 2009/28/EC, in particular with respect to ambient heat captured from the environment by heat pumps. This is indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.  The share of energy from renewable sources is calculated for four indicators: Transport (RES-T)Heating and Cooling (RES-H&C)Electricity (RES-E)Overall RES share (RES) More details are available in the SHARES tool manual.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Not applicable
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This data collection presents summary tables intended to give an overview of the uptake of organic farming within the whole European Union and in each several country, plus Norway and Switzerland. Organic farming has to be understood as a part of a sustainable farming system and a viable alternative to the more traditional approaches to agriculture. Data are available for the following indicators: 1. Number of registered organic operators (table 'Food_act2') 2. Number of registered operators processing and importing products issued from organic farming (table 'Food_act3') 3. Organic crop area (table 'Food_in_porg1') 4. Organic crop production and yields from fully converted areas (table 'Food_in_porg2') 5. Organic livestock (table 'Food_in_porg3') 6. Production of organic animal products (table 'Food_pd_dmorg') Detailed information on the indicators provided in this collection may be found in the document 'Organic farming_additional information' (please see under 'Annex' at the bottom of this page).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator is calculated on the basis of Directive 2009/28/EC on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources. The calculation is based on data collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 on energy statistics and complemented by specific supplementary data transmitted by national administrations to Eurostat. In some countries the statistical systems are not yet fully developed to meet all requirements of Directive 2009/28/EC, in particular with respect to ambient heat captured from the environment by heat pumps. This is indicator is a Sustainable Development Indicator (SDI). It has been chosen for the assessment of the progress towards the objectives and targets of the EU Sustainable Development Strategy. Data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union.  The share of energy from renewable sources is calculated for four indicatorsTransport (RES-T)Heating and Cooling (RES-H&C)Electricity (RES-E)Overall RES share (RES) More details are available in the SHARES Tool-Manual.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This indicator presents the percentage of women among all students in tertiary education irrespective of field of education and among all students in the fields of mathematics, science and computing and in the fields of engineering, manufacturing and construction. The levels and fields of education and training used, follow the 1997 version of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED97) and the Eurostat manual of fields of education and training (1999).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D) is counted as 0.4 FTE. The share of women researchers among total researchers in FTE in all sectors of performance is shown.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. The share of women researchers among total researchers in head count in all institutional sectors is shown.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_demo_050 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: IndexMundi
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      Sheath Contraceptives of Vulcanised Rubber Exports
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements. Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements was included in the Labour Force Survey (LFS) and carried out in 2004. For a detailed evaluation of the ad hoc module see the publication, Eurostat (2006):"Final report of the task force for evaluating the 2004 LFS ad hoc module on work organisation and working time arrangements". The data cover all employees aged 25-49. The totals for the EU-25 referred to in the text and included in the figures and tables exclude Bulgaria and Romania since the data relate to period before these two joined the EU. There are no data for Bulgaria, the Czech Republic, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Sweden, and Croatia. In addition, there are no data in the following cases: a) Working arrangements by household circumstances: Denmark, Finland, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland; b) Employees working weekends and at night and convenience for personal life situation: Germany, Netherlands, Romania, Sweden, Norway and Switzerland.
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lfso_04shipisco Results from the 2004 LFS (Labour Force Survey) ad hoc module on 'work organisation and working time arrangements'.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Short-Term Labor Market Statistics dataset contains predominantly quarterly labor statistics, and associated statistical methodological information, for the 34 OECD member countries and selected other economies. The Short-Term Labor Market Statistics dataset covers countries that compile labor statistics from sample household surveys on a monthly or quarterly basis. It is widely accepted that household surveys are the best source for labor market key statistics. In such surveys, information is collected from people living in households through a representative sample and the surveys are based on standard methodology and procedures used internationally. The subjects available cover: working age population by age; active and inactive labor force by age; employment by economic activity, by working time and by status; and, unemployment (including monthly harmonized unemployment) by age and by duration. Data is expressed in levels (thousands of persons) or rates (e.g. employment rate) where applicable.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The SIFMA Fact Book is an annual reference containing comprehensive data on the securities industry, capital markets, market activity, investor participation, global markets, savings and investment, and much more. The Fact Book - used frequently by industry professionals, regulators, academics, and journalists - amasses data from dozens of sources into a single, easily accessible reference source for researchers and others who track key industry statistics.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      It presents simplified non-financial accounts, from the gross value added to the net lending/net borrowing. In this table, the total economy is broken down in three main institutional sectors: corporations, general government, households and non-profit institutions serving households. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Unit of measure used - In national currency, in current prices. Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intellectual property refers broadly to the creations of the human mind. Intellectual property rights protect the interests of creators by giving them property rights over their creations. Trademark and Designs constitute means by which creators seek protection for their industrial property. Trademark and Designs reflect the non-technological innovation in every sector of economic life, including services. In this context, indicators based on Trademark and Design data can provide a link between innovation and the market. Trade marks such as words or figurative marks are an essential part of the “identity” of goods and services. They help deliver brand recognition, in logos for example, and play an important role in marketing and communication. It is possible to register a variety of trademarks including words, other graphical representations, and even sounds. Rights owners have a choice of obtaining protection on a country-by-country basis, or using international systems. A design is the outward appearance of a product or part of it, resulting from the lines, contours, colours, shape, texture, materials and/or its ornamentation. The design or shape of a product can be synonymous with the branding and image of a company and can become an asset with increasing monetary value. This domain provides users with data concerning Community Trademarks and Designs. Community Trademarks and Design refer to trade mark and design protections throughout the European Union, which covers 28 countries. The Office for Harmonization in the Internal Market (OHIM) is the official office of the European Union for the registration of Community Trademarks and Designs. A Community trade mark is an exclusive right that protects distinctive signs, valid across the EU, registered directly with OHIM in Alicante in accordance with the conditions specified in the CTM Regulations (Source: OHIM). A registered Community design (RCD) is an exclusive right that covers the outward appearance of a product or part of it. The fact that the right is registered confers on the design great certainty should infringement occur. An RCD initially has a life of five years from the filing date and can be renewed in blocks of five years up to a maximum of 25 years. Applicants may market a design for up to 12 months before filing for an RCD without destroying its novelty (Source: OHIM).
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Residence permits data contain statistical information based on Article 6 of Council Regulation (CE) No 862 of 11 July 2007 with reference to: first permits granted to third-country nationals during the reference year, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit; permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of person changing immigration status or reason to stay, disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; permits valid at the end of the reference period, disaggregated by citizenship, reasons for the permit being issued and by the length of validity; number of long-term residents at the end of reference period. Statistics on EU Blue Cards contain information based on the Article 20 of the Council Directive 2009/50/EC of 25 May 2009 on: EU Blue Cards granted, renewed and withdrawn;Admitted family members of EU Blue Cards holders;EU Blue Cards holders and family members by Member State of previous residenceStatistics on Single permits contain information based on the Article 15 (2) Directive 2011/98/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2011 on a single application procedure for a single permit for third-country nationals to reside and work in the territory of a Member State and on a common set of rights for third-country workers legally residing in a Member State. Eurostat collects data on first permits granted to third-country nationals (persons who are not EU citizens) during the reference year and data on permits valid at the end of the reference period. Statistics are disaggregated by citizenship, reason for the permit being issued and by the length of validity of the permit. In addition, Eurostat collects data on permits granted during the reference period on the occasion of the person changing immigration status or reason for stay (disaggregated by reason for the new permit being issued) and on the number of long-term residents at the end of the reference period. Since the 2010 reference year, data on first permits issued, stock of all valid permits and the number of long-term residents are additionally collected with a voluntary disaggregation by age (5-year age groups) and sex. These statistics are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. Data are entirely based on administrative sources with the exception of the United Kingdom1 and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. Data are generally disseminated in June and July in the year following  the  reference year. The indicators presented in the table 'Long-term residents among all non-EU citizens holding residence permits by citizenship on 31 December (%)' are produced within the framework of the pilot study related to the integration of migrants in the Member States, following the Zaragoza Declaration. The Zaragoza Declaration, adopted in April 2010 by EU Ministers responsible for immigrant integration issues, and approved at the Justice and Home Affairs Council on 3-4 June 2010, called upon the Commission to undertake a pilot study to examine proposals for common integration indicators and to report on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators. In June 2010 the ministers agreed "to promote the launching of a pilot project with a view to the evaluation of integration policies, including examining the indicators and analysing the significance of the defined indicators taking into account the national contexts, the background of diverse migrant populations and different migration and integration policies of the Member States, and reporting on the availability and quality of the data from agreed harmonised sources necessary for the calculation of these indicators". These indicators are produced on the basis of residence permit statistics collected by Eurostat on the basis of Article 6 of the Migration Statistics Regulation 862/2007. As a denominator data on the stock of all valid permits to stay at the end of each reporting year are used. As a numerator data on the stock of long-term residents are used.  Two types of long term residents are distinguished in accordance with the residence permit statistics: EU long-term resident status (as regulated by the Council Directive 2003/109/EC) and the National long-term resident status (as regulated by the national legislation in the Member States). Data for some countries may be a subject of revisions due to certain inconsistencies between categories. 1Please note that the statistics for the United Kingdom use different data sources to those used in other Member States. For that reason, the statistics on residence permits published by Eurostat for UK may not be fully comparable with the statistics reported by other countries. Statistics for the United Kingdom are not based on records of residence permits issued (as the United Kingdom does not operate a system of residence permits), but instead relate to the numbers of arriving non-EU citizens permitted to enter the country under selected immigration categories. According to the United Kingdom authorities, data are estimated from a combination of information due to be published in the Home Office Statistical Bulletin 'Control of Immigration: Statistics, United Kingdom' and unpublished management information. The 'Other reasons' category includes: diplomat, consular officer treated as exempt from control; retired persons of independent means; all other passengers given limited leave to enter who are not included in any other category; non-asylum discretionary permissions.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Stockholm International Peace Research Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Military expenditure in local currency at current prices is presented according to the financial year of each country. Figures in constant (2011) US$ and as a share of GDP are present according to calendar year, calculated on the assumption that, where financial years do not correspond to calendar years, spending is distributed evenly through the year. SIPRI military expenditure data is based on open sources only, including a SIPRI questionnaire which is sent out annually to all countries included in the database. The collected data is processed to achieve consistent time series which are, as far as possible, in accordance with the SIPRI definition of military expenditure, detailed in the sources and methods.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: SIR
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: SIR
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      The SIR reports are not league tables. The ranking parameter –the scientific output of institutions- should be understood as a default rank, not our ranking proposal. The only goal of this report is to characterize research outcomes of organizations so as to provide useful scientometric information to institutions, policymakers and research manager so they are able to analyze, evaluate and improve their research results. If someone uses this report to rank institutions or to build a league table with any purpose, he/she will do it under his/her own responsibility. Output - Total number of documents published in scholarly journals indexed in Scopus (Romo-Fernández, et al., 2011). International Collaboration - Institution's output ratio produced in collaboration with foreign institutions. The values are computed by analyzing an institution's output whose affiliations include more than one country address (Guerrero-Bote, Olmeda-Gómez and Moya-Anegón, 2013; Lancho-Barrantes, Guerrero-Bote and Moya-Anegón, 2013; Lancho-Barrantes, et al., 2013; Chinchilla-Rodríguez, et al., 2012) Normalized Impact - Normalized Impact is computed using the methodology established by the Karolinska Intitutet in Sweden where it is named "Item oriented field normalized citation score average". The normalization of the citation values is done on an individual article level. The values (in %) show the relationship between an institution's average scientific impact and the world average set to a score of 1, --i.e. a NI score of 0.8 means the institution is cited 20% below world average and 1.3 means the institution is cited 30% above average (Rehn and Kronman, 2008; González-Pereira, Guerrero-Bote and Moya- Anegón, 2011). High Quality Publications - Ratio of publications that an institution publishes in the most influential scholarly journals of the world, those ranked in the first quartile (25%) in their categories as ordered by SCImago Journal Rank (SJRII) indicator (Miguel, Chinchilla-Rodríguez and Moya-Anegón, 2011). Specialization Index - The Specialization Index indicates the extent of thematic concentration /dispersion of an institution’s scientific output. Values range between 0 and 1, indicating generalist vs. specialized institutions respectively. This indicator is computed according to the Gini Index used in Economy (Moed, et. al., 2011; López-Illescas, Moya-Anegón and Moed, 2011; Arencibia-Jorge et al., 2012). In this indicator, when the value is 0 it means that the data are not sufficient to calculate. Excellence Rate - Excellence rate indicates the amount (in %) of an institution’s scientific output that is included into the set of the 10% of the most cited papers in their respective scientific fields. It is a measure of high quality output of research institutions (SCImago Lab, 2011; Bornmann, Moya-Anegón and Leydesdorff, 2012; Guerrero-Bote and Moya-Anegón, 2012). Scientific Leadership - Leadership indicates an institution’s “output as main contributor”, that is the number of papers in which the corresponding author belongs to the institution (Moya-Anegón, 2012; Moya-Anegón et. al, 2013; Moya-Anegón, et al., forthcoming) Excellence with Leadership - Excellence with Leadership indicates the amount of documents in the Excellence rate in which the institution is the main contributor (Moya-Anegón, et al., 2013).
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Friedrich Schneider
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      The calculation of the size and development of the shadow economy is done with the MIMIC (Multiple Indica-tors and Multiple Courses) estimation procedure. As with the MIMIC estimation procedure one gets out only relative values, with the help of the currency demand approach for a few countries (Austria, Germany, Poland and Switzerland). These values have been calibrated into absolute ones. Prof. Dr. Dr.h.c.mult. Friedrich Schneider, Department of Economics, Johannes Kepler University, Alten-bergerst. 69, A-4040 Linz, Austria, Phone:+43 (0)732 2468-8210, Fax: +43 (0)732 2468-8209, E-mail: [email protected], http://www.econ.jku.at/schneider. Source for additional indicators: IMF, World Economic Outlook, April 2012
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Animal production statistics cover three main sub-domains based on three pieces of relevant legislation and related gentlemen’s agreements.Livestock and meat statistics are collected under Regulation (EC) No 1165/2008. They cover meat production, as activity of slaughterhouses (monthly) and as other slaughtering (annual), meat production (gross indigenous production) forecast (semi-annual or quarterly), livestock statistics, including regional statistics. A quality report is also collected every third year.Milk and milk product statistics are collected under Decision 97/80/EC implementing Directive 96/16/EC. They cover farm production and utilisation of milk (annual), collection (monthly for cows’ milk) and production activity by dairies (annual) and statistics on the structure of dairies (every third year). An annual methodological report is also collected.Statistics on eggs for hatching and farmyard poultry chicks are collected under Regulation (EC) No 617/2008, implementing Regulation (EC) No 1234/2007 (Single CMO Regulation). They cover statistics on the structure (annual) and the activity (monthly) of hatcheries as well as reports on the external trade of chicks. European Economic Area countries (EEA, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway) are requested to provide milk statistics, with the exception of those related to home consumption, as stated in Annex XXI of the EEA Agreement. As Iceland is now a candidate country and Liechtenstein is exempted in the Agreement, only Norway is concerned. The Agreement between the European Community and the Swiss Confederation on cooperation in the field of statistics states that Switzerland must provide Eurostat with national milk statistics. It has been amended in 2013 for covering also some livestock and meat statistics. The same statistics are requested from the candidate countries as acquis communautaire. Further data about the same topics refer to repealed legal acts or agreements. The tables on animal product supply balance sheets (apro_mk_bal, apro_mt_bal and apro_ec_bal), statistics on the structure of rearing (apro_mt_str) and the number of laying hens (apro_ec_lshen) are therefore no longer updated. The same applies to some variables (external trade of animals and meat), periods (surveys in April or August) or items (number of horses) included in other tables. The statistical tables disseminated by Eurostat are organised into three groups of tables on Agricultural products (apro), i.e. Milk and milk products (apro_mk), Livestock and meat (apro_mt) and Poultry farming (apro_ec). This last label covers statistics on hatcheries and on trade in chicks. The regional animal production statistics collected on livestock (agr_r_animal) and on cows’ milk production on farms (agr_r_milk_pr) are disseminated separately. Due to the change in the legal basis or in the methodology, the time series may be broken. This is indicated by a flag in the tables. The detailed content of each table and the reference to its legal definition is provided in the table below. Table 3.1: Data tables disseminated regarding animal production statistics <
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_smcitrus The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. The functions (or risks) are: sickness/healthcare, disability, old age, survivors, family/children, unemployment, housing, social exclusion not elsewhere classified (n.e.c).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Social benefits consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, by social protection schemes to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been developed in order to serve a growing need for indicators of social policy. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary private social expenditure at programme level. SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009 and estimates for aggregates for 2010-12; this version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labor market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas. SOCX 2010 aggregated data are described in Adema and Ladaique (2009) (see particularly sections 2 and 3, and Annex 1 and 4). For SOCX 2012, see definitions, methodological notes and sources in sections 2 and 3, and Annex 1 and 4 from the following document. Sources and methodology for the estimations 2010-2012 are also described here
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The OECD Social Expenditure Database (SOCX) has been developed in order to serve a growing need for indicators of social policy. It includes reliable and internationally comparable statistics on public and mandatory and voluntary private social expenditure at programme level. SOCX provides a unique tool for monitoring trends in aggregate social expenditure and analysing changes in its composition. It covers 34 OECD countries for the period 1980-2009 and estimates for aggregates for 2010-13; this version also includes estimates of net total social spending for 2009 for 30 OECD countries. The main social policy areas are as follows: Old age, Survivors, Incapacity-related benefits, Health, Family, Active labor market programmes, Unemployment, Housing, and Other social policy areas. SOCX 2010 aggregated data are described in Adema and Ladaique (2009) (see particularly sections 2 and 3, and Annex 1 and 4). For SOCX 2012, see definitions, methodological notes and sources in sections 2 and 3, and Annex 1 and 4 from the following document. Sources and methodology for the estimations 2010-2013 are also described here
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Social Progress Imperative
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Social Progress Index is the result of a two-year process guided by a team of scholars and policy experts. It synthesizes a huge body of research to identify the dimensions of social and environmental performance of societies. The Index incorporates four key design principles: 1. Exclusively social and environmental indicators: our aim is to measure social progress directly, rather than utilize economic proxies. By excluding economic indicators, we can, for the first time, analyze the relationship between economic development (measured for example by GDP per capita) and social development rigorously and systematically. Prior efforts to move “beyond GDP” have commingled social and economic indicators, making it more difficult to disentangle cause and effect. 2. Outcomes not inputs: our aim is to measure the outcomes that matter to the lives of real people. For example, we want to measure the health and wellness achieved by a country, not how much effort is expended nor how much the country spends on healthcare. 3. Actionability: the Index aims to be a practical tool that will help leaders and practitioners in government, business and civil society to implement policies and programs that will drive faster social progress. To achieve that goal, we measure outcomes in a granular way that links to practice. The Index has been structured around 12 components and 54 distinct indicators. The framework allows us to not only provide an aggregate country score and ranking, but also supports granular analyses of specific areas of strength and weakness. Transparency of measurement using a comprehensive framework helps change-makers identify and act upon the most pressing issues in their societies. 4. Relevance to all countries: our aim is to create a holistic measure of social progress that encompasses the health of societies. Most previous efforts have focused on the poorest countries, for understandable reasons. But knowing what constitutes a healthy society for higher-income countries is indispensable in charting a course to get there. These design principles are the foundation for our conceptual framework that defines social progress in an inclusive and comprehensive way. We define social progress as the capacity of a society to meet the basic human needs of its citizens, establish the building blocks that allow citizens and communities to enhance and sustain the quality of their lives, and create the conditions for all individuals to reach their full potential. This definition reflects an extensive and critical review and synthesis of both academic and practitioner literature in a wide range of development topics.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Receipts of social protection schemes comprise social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts. Employers' social contributions are the costs incurred by employers to secure entitlement to social benefits for their employees, former employees and their dependants. Employers' social contributions may be actual or imputed; they can be paid by resident or non-resident employers.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour Costs are the total expenditure borne by employers for the purpose of employing staff. They include employee compensation (including wages, salaries in cash and in kind, employers' social security contributions), vocational training costs, other expenditure such as recruitment costs, spending on working clothes and employment taxes regarded as labour costs minus any subsidies received.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data on soil erosion are published under agreement with data provider - Joint Research Centre of the European Commission (JRC – Ispra), one of the partners of the Memorandum of Understanding for cooperation on the development of Agri-environmental indicators. Soil erosion by water is one of the most widespread forms of soil degradation in Europe. Since it is difficult to measure at large scales, soil erosion models are a crucial estimation tool at regional, national and European levels. This dataset represents the soil erosion rates by water estimated on the basis of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE) empirical computer model in tonnes per ha of EU territory per year (t ha-1 yr-1), in EU-28 Member States for NUTS 3 level administrative areas. Note that Eurostat is not the producer of these data, only re-publishes them. For more information please consult the Eurostat Statistics Explained article Agri-environmental indicator – Soil erosion.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: Deutsche Bank Research
      Загружен: Kirill Kosenkov
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 января, 2015
      Выбрать
      CDS-implied sovereign default probabilities for various recovery rate assumptions computed by Deutsche Bank Research Team from CDS spreads. For more information about computation consult DB Research notes
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      Spark Spread prices for industrial consumers - bi-annual data (from 2007 onwards)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Recommended uses and limitations of STANIt is recommended that STAN is primarily used for broad analyses, particularly at the detailed level where many of the data points are estimated. For example, looking at trends or average growth rates and shares over a few years or general modelling. This also applies to any indicators that may be calculated (see Annex. 2 in the full documentation for examples). Where the data points are official National Accounts (often at more aggregate industry levels) there is more scope for precise analyses such as looking at year-on-year growth rates. STAN is based on data that Member countries provide. Detailed data collections independent of national statistical offices are not performed. In other words, we do not have the scope to build up National Accounts compatible tables from detailed data using consistent methodologies across countries. Therefore, when comparing variables or indicators across countries, users should refer to the STAN country notes to check for industry inclusions and variable definitions. Some comprises may be necessary in terms of the level of detail analysed.
    • Ноябрь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change.Through the use of a standard industry list, comparisons can be made across countries. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases. STAN is primarily based on Member countries' annual national accounts by activity tables and uses data from other sources, such as national industrial surveys/censuses, to estimate any missing detail. Since many of the data points in STAN are estimated, they do not represent official Member country submissions. The current version of STAN is based on the International Standard Industrial Classification of all economic activities, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and covers all activities (including services). Earlier versions of STAN (pre-2000) were based on ISIC Rev.2 and covered the manufacturing sector only. To optimize timeliness, STAN is updated on a "rolling basis"- new tables are made available as soon as they are ready.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2013
      Выбрать
      The STAN database for industrial analysis provides analysts and researchers with a comprehensive tool for analysing industrial performance at a relatively detailed level of activity across countries. It includes annual measures of output, labour input, investment and international trade which allow users to construct a wide range of indicators to focus on areas such as productivity growth, competitiveness and general structural change.Through the use of a standard industry list, comparisons can be made across countries. The industry list provides sufficient detail to enable users to highlight high-technology sectors and is compatible with those used in related OECD databases. STAN is primarily based on Member countries' annual national accounts by activity tables and uses data from other sources, such as national industrial surveys/censuses, to estimate any missing detail. Since many of the data points in STAN are estimated, they do not represent official Member country submissions. The current version of STAN is based on the International Standard Industrial Classification of all economic activities, Revision 4 (ISIC Rev. 4) and covers all activities (including services). Earlier versions of STAN (pre-2000) were based on ISIC Rev.2 and covered the manufacturing sector only.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2010
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      TAN Indicators are compiled to respond to the needs of analysts and researchers interested in measuring economic performance and structural changes. They also complement the OECD publications, Science Technology and Industry Scoreboard and Economic Globalisation Indicators.In this edition, STAN Indicators consist of 35 measures related to the production and employment structure, the labour productivity and labour costs, the investment, the business research and development expenditures and the international trade performance.The underlying measures used for calculations are:- Values of exports and imports of goods, at current prices from STAN Bilateral Trade Database- Production, intermediate consumption, value added, labour compensation, gross fixed capital formation, at current prices from STAN Database for Structural Analysis- Value added volumes and employment from STAN Database for Structural Analysis- Research & Development expenditures, at current prices from STAN R&D Expenditure in IndustryMost of STAN Indicators are presented for all OECD countries and a certain number of zones (i.e. country groups) such as the G7, the EUs, etc.The composition of these groups varies according to the indicators in order to optimise the industry and period coverage.Country groups are not based on weighted averages.STAN Indicators cover the period 1970-2008, although the time-coverage may vary considerably across countries /zones and indicators. Indicators are provided for a wide range of economic activities (according to an ISIC Rev.3 based hierarchy) compatible with the list in the underlying STAN Database.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Input-Output tables describe the sale and purchase relationships between producers and consumers within an economy. They can be produced by illustrating flows between the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of industry outputs or by illustrating the sales and purchases (final and intermediate) of product outputs. The OECD Input-Output database is presented on the former basis, reflecting in part the collection mechanisms for many other data sources such as research and development Research and Development expenditure data, employment statistics, pollution data, energy consumption, which are in the main collected by enterprise or by establishment, and thus according to industry classifications.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Analytical Business Enterprise Research and Development (ANBERD) database presents annual data on R&D expenditures by industry and was developed to provide analysts with comprehensive data on industrial R&D expenditures that address the problems of international comparability and breaks in the time series of official business enterprise R&D data. The ANBERD database includes a number of estimations and is published under the responsibility of the Secretary General of the OECD as it does not represent Member countries’ official submissions of business enterprise R&D data. The current version of the ANBERD database presents industrial R&D expenditure data broken down in up to 100 manufacturing and services sectors for OECD countries and selected non-member economies from 1987 onwards. For the first time, the reported data are in ISIC Revision 4 and are expressed in national currencies as well as in PPP US dollars, both at current and constant prices. The ANBERD data are updated continuously on a rolling basis and additional countries will be included in the coming months as they become available.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The harmonised data on accidents at work are collected in the framework of the European Statistics on Accidents at Work (ESAW), on the basis of a methodology developed in 1990. The data refer to accidents at work resulting in more than 3 days' absence from work (serious accidents) and fatal accidents. A fatal accident is defined as an accident which leads to the death of a victim within one year of the accident. The indicators used are the number and incidence rate of serious and fatal accidents at work. The incidence rate of serious accidents at work is the number of persons involved in accidents at work with more than 3 days' absence per 100,000 persons in employment. The incidence rate of fatal accidents at work is the number of persons with fatal accidents at work per 100,000 persons in employment. The national ESAW sources are the declarations of accidents at work, either to the public (Social Security) or private specific insurance for accidents at work, or to other relevant national authority (Labour Inspection, etc.) for countries having a "universal" Social Security system. For the Netherlands only survey data are available for the non-fatal accidents at work (a special module in the national labour force survey). Sector coverage: In general the private sector is covered by all national reporting systems. However some important sectors are not covered by all Member States. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence rate is calculated for the total of the so-called 9 common branches (See point 3.6). For a structured metadata overview on variables, coverage of sectors and professional status please see also the annex Metadata_overview_2007.Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. For more details, please see the summary methodology (link at the bottom of the page). Geographical coverage: For accidents at work, data are available for all old EU-Member States (EU 15) and Norway. The methodology has also been implemented in the New Member States and Switzerland with first data being available for the reference year 2004.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data are the result of the annual structure of government debt survey and cover the EU countries as well as Norway. The following series are available: Central government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; State government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Local government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Social security funds gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; General government gross debt by initital maturity and sector of debt holder; Debt by currency of issuance; Government guarantees (contingent liabilities).
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: World Steel Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Worldsteel’s Steel Statistical Yearbook presents a cross-section of steel industry statistics. It contains comprehensive statistics from (1991 - 2014) on crude steel production by process, steel production by product, steel trade by product, apparent steel use, and production of pig iron and directly reduced iron. It also includes data on production and trade of iron ore and trade of scrap as well as data on indirect exports and imports of steel and true steel use. The statistics were collected from members of worldsteel and various international organisations.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2012
      Выбрать
      Note: Eurostat Hierarchy: Economy and finance > Monetary and other financial statistics (mny) > Stock market (mny_stk) > Quoted shares (mny_stk_qts)
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: AIS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. The indicator of strictness of employment protection - collective dismissals (additional provisions) - measures additional costs and procedures involved in dismissing more than one worker at a time (compared with the cost of individual dismissal). It incorporates 4 data items. For more information and full methodology, see www.oecd.org/employment/protection. Other Aspects Recommended uses and limitations The indicator for collective dismissal measures additional costs and procedures involved in dismissing more than one worker compared with the costs of individual dismissal. As such, it should not be used in isolation from the indicator of strictness of employment protection - individual dismissals (regular contracts).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. For more information and full methodology, see www.oecd.org/employment/protection.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD indicators of employment protection are synthetic indicators of the strictness of regulation on dismissals and the use of temporary contracts. For each year, indicators refer to regulation in force on the 1st of January. For more information and full methodology, see www.oecd.org/employment/protection.
    • Июнь 2012
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The OECD Science, Technology and Industry Outlook 2012 presents, in a series of country profiles, the main features, strengths and weaknesses of national STI systems and major recent changes in national STI policy. The statistical dimension of the country profiles has drawn on the work and empirical research conducted by the OECD on the measurement of innovation and the development of internationally comparable STI indicators for policy analysis.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hbs_str_t227 Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS categories and by certain cross-sectional variables The main purpose of this statistic at national level is to update the weights of the bucket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currencies, Euro and pps (purchasing power standard)
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Annual data on Household Final Consumption Expenditure broken down by COICOP-HBS (2003) categories and by certain cross-sectional variables. The main purpose of this survey at national level is to update the weights of the basket of goods and services used for the calculation of the HICP. However it may also be used for many other purposes either at national or European level: economic studies, social analyses, market research… Presented data are: mean consumption expenditure of private households; structure of mean consumption expenditure and household characteristics. Household final consumption expenditure is measured in national currency, Euro and PPS (purchasing power standard). HBS data are collected via the National HBS surveys in each participating country. Data collection involves a combination of one or more interviews and diaries or logs maintained by households and/or individuals, generally on a daily basis.    Data collection is approximately every 5 years: 1988, 1994, 1999, 2005 and 2010. Next reference year is 2015.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts59 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_cvts60 CVTS2, CVTS3 and CVTS4 data were collected with reference year 1999, 2005 and 2010 in order to provide harmonised, reliable and relevant statistical information on continuing vocational training in enterprises.CVT stands for continuing vocational training i.e. education and training occurring during paid working time or paid at least partially by employers (if training activities are organised outside paid working time). CVTS 2, 3 and 4 provide statistics on incidence of training in enterprises, participation of employees and volume of CVT courses, CVT costs as well as CVT strategies of enterprises including on Initial vocational training (IVT, i.e. apprenticeship). The section "past series on lifelong learning" presents tables which are no longer available in the same format or at the same level of precision as CVTS 4. The CVTS1 was the first survey on continuing vocational training in enterprises carried out on the EU level in a co-ordinated form (outline questionnaire, common definitions, and common recommendations with the respect to the fieldwork). The survey was of pioneering nature, and is not any longer disseminated due to lack of comparability with the following waves.
    • Апрель 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010) merged into one table.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010) merged into one table.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Structure of Earnings Survey (SES) provides EU-wide harmonised structural data on gross earnings, hours paid and annual days of paid holiday leave, which are collected every four years under Council Regulation (EC) No 530/1999 concerning structural statistics on earnings and on labour costs, and Commission Regulation (EC) No 1738/2005 amending Regulation (EC) No 1916/2000 as regards the definition and transmission of information on the structure of earnings. The objective of this legislation is to provide accurate and harmonised data on earnings in EU Member States and other countries for policy-making and research purposes. The SES provides detailed and comparable information on the relationships between the level of hourly, monthly and annual remuneration, personal characteristics of employees (sex, age, occupation, length of service, highest educational level attained, etc.) and their employer (economic activity, size and economic control of the enterprise). Unlike the other Structure of Earnings Survey tables, this dataset presents the main indicators of the several vintages of SES (SES2002 / SES2006 / SES2010) merged into one table.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00struc Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n08struc_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_r04struc Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), which provides details on the level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004, 2008 and 2012. All EU Member States together with Norway and Iceland (2004 onwards), Turkey and Macedonia (2008), as well as Serbia (2012) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (for larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (for non-euro-area countries) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_an_struc_r2 Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Annual labour cost data published here cover the core labour cost variables "average hourly labour costs" and "average monthly labour costs" as well as the breakdown of labour costs by main categories (wages and salaries; other labour costs). Average hourly and monthly labour costs as well as the structure of total annual labour costs per employee by economic activity are provided for enterprises with 1+ and for enterprises with 10+ employees.Data  are available for the EU Member States and partly for Iceland and Switzerland. The data are either collected by the National Statistical Institutes or, more frequently, estimated by them on the basis of their four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCS), the Labour Cost Index (LCI) and additional up-to-date - though sometimes partial - information. Coverage of statistical units, thresholds and other methodological aspects are identical to that of the four yearly LCS.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thmob The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This table includes the total number of persons who are enrolled in tertiary education (including university and non-university studies) in the regular education system in each country. It corresponds to the target population for policy in higher education. It provides an indication of the number of persons who had access to tertiary education and are expected to complete their studies, contributing to an increase of the educational attainment level of the population in the country in case they continue to live and work in the country at the end of their studies.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ac_el1t The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_mo_el8o The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Many indicators on social dimension and mobility in the Bologna process come from the UOE data collection in the education statistics domain. The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The main source of data is the joint UIS (UNESCO Institute of Statistics)/OECD/Eurostat (UOE) questionnaires on education statistics, which constitute the core database on education. Data on regional enrolments and foreign language learning are collected additionally by Eurostat. Countries provide data, coming from administrative records, on the basis of commonly agreed definitions. From the UOE data collection, the following datasets on the Bologna Process are available: A. Widening access educ_bo_ac_ent2: Net entry rate (ISCED 5A) by age and sexeduc_bo_ac_ent3: Female entrants by field of education (ISCED 5A)educ_bo_ac_gent: Entrants at ISCED 5A and qualifying graduates of secondary schooling (ISCED 3A - 4A)educ_bo_ac_el1t: Students (ISCED 5A) studying part-time, by age B. Study framework educ_bo_fi_fgdp: Public expenditure on tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), as % of GDP or total public expenditureeduc_bo_fi_ftot: Annual total expenditure on educational institutions (ISCED 5-6) per full-time equivalent student with and without expenditure on research and ancillary serviceseduc_bo_fi_ffun: Tertiary education institutions' income from private sources (households and other private entities) as % of all public and private sourceseduc_bo_fi_fiaid: Public financial aid to tertiary students (ISCED 5-6), by type of aid, as % of public expenditure on tertiary education C. Student and staff mobility educ_bo_mo_el8o: Students (ISCED 5A and 6) who are nationals of a given country, studying in another country (EU-27, EFTA and CC) as % of the total enrolment in that countryeduc_bo_mo_el8i: Number of foreign students (world and Bologna Area) studying in a given country, as % of the total enrolment in that country, ISCED 5A and 6educ_bo_mo_gr4: Graduates (ISCED 5A and 6) from abroad (non-citizens, permanent residence and prior education outside the country) D. Effective outcomes and employability educ_bo_ou_gren: Gross graduation rate and net entry rate, ISCED 5A   The data for some countries which do not participate in the UOE data collection were provided to Eurostat specifically for the monitoring of the Bologna Process. Not being fully integrated in the UOE, the data sometimes might not be as comparable as the data for the remaining countries, due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. These data were provided by the following entities: Andorra (AD): data provided by the University of Andorra (indicators educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_fi_ffun, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Armenia (AM): data provided by the Ministry of Education and Science (educ_bo_ac_gent, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)Georgia (GE): data provided by the NSI, Statistics Georgia (educ_bo_ac_ent3, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_fi_fgdp, educ_bo_mo_gr4)Serbia (RS): data provided by the NSI, Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia (educ_bo_mo_el8i)Ukraine (UA): data provided by the NSI, State Statistics Committee for Ukraine (educ_bo_ou_gren, educ_bo_ac_el1t, educ_bo_mo_el8i, educ_bo_mo_gr4, educ_bo_ou_gren)
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      For data aligned to Finance, the year shown is the calendar year. For data aligned to personnel, the year shown is the year in which the end of the school year falls (e.g. 2002 refers to the school year 2001/2002), with the exceptions of Korea where the year refers to the year in which the school year begins and Australia and New Zealand where the school academic year corresponds to the calendar year.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl1tl The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Exceptions to this may be required: at the pre-primary level of education a gradual inflow may exist and, therefore, an average over several counting dates may be preferable. At the tertiary level the enrolment of students may not be stable enough at the beginning of the academic year and therefore a count at a later point may be preferable. Adult education programmes cover the learning activity of those returning to education after having left initial (or "regular") education. Only programmes (of at least one semester) that are similar to regular education (in subject content or potential qualifications) are included. In some countries, there are, in addition, adult education that are not similar to regular education; these programmes are not included.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The number of students enrolled refers to the count of students studying in the reference period. Each student enrolled in the education programmes covered by the corresponding category is counted once and only once. National data collection systems permitting, the statistics reflect the number of students enrolled at the beginning of the school / academic year. Preferably, the end (or near-end) of the first month of the school / academic year is chosen (special arrangements are made for part-year students who may not start studies at the beginning of the school year). Exceptions to this may be required: at the pre-primary level of education a gradual inflow may exist and, therefore, an average over several counting dates may be preferable. At the tertiary level the enrolment of students may not be stable enough at the beginning of the academic year and therefore a count at a later point may be preferable. Adult education programmes cover the learning activity of those returning to education after having left initial (or "regular") education. Only programmes (of at least one semester) that are similar to regular education (in subject content or potential qualifications) are included. In some countries, there are, in addition, adult education that are not similar to regular education; these programmes are not included.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows: Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_momo_orig Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_momo_gen Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_momo_dst Statistics on student/graduate mobility and foreigners in tertiary education collected through the UOE data collection on education and training systems. Data concerning mobility and foreigners are collected as follows:Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and field of education.Number of mobile and foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, EU/non EU/unknown membership and gender.Number of foreign enrolled students by level of education, programme destination and country of citizenship.Number of mobile enrolled students by level of education, programme destination, and country of origin (usual residence and/or country of prior education).Number of mobile and foreign graduates by level of education, programme destination, cumulative duration and gender. Data by both country of origin and country of destination of the students are disseminated. The absolute figures along with indicators are published.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrllng1 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrllng2 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Сентябрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl6 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to: Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:apro_cpb_sugar
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: World life Expectancy
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The rail accident data are provided to Eurostat by the European Railway Agency (ERA). The ERA manages and is responsible for the entire data collection. The Eurostat data constitute a part of the data collected by ERA and are part of the so-called Common Safety Indicators (CSIs). In Eurobase, the following data are available: Number of rail accidents by type of accidentNumber of rail accident victims by type of accidentNumber of rail accidents involving the transport of dangerous goodsNumber of suicides involving railways. Rail accident data are also collected in the framework of Regulation (EC) 91/2003 – Annex H: please refer to point 3.4 for more information.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects road transport statistics by two means: 1. Data on infrastructure, transport equipment, enterprises, economic performance, employment, traffic, aggregated data on transport of passengers and goods as well as data on accidents are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF, in the framework of OECD). The method of the Common Questionnaire data collection is presented in a separate document. 2. Data on carriage of goods by road, using heavy goods vehicles, are based on a continuum of legal acts: 2.1 Data collection on carriage of goods by road until 1998 (included) was based on Directives 78/546/EEC and 89/462/EEC and covered tonnes and tonne-kilometres only. 2.2 Data since the reference period 1999 are derived from micro-data collected in the framework of Regulation (EU) No 70/2012 of the European parliament and of the council on statistical returns in respect of the carriage of goods by road, a recast ofCouncil Regulation (EC) 1172/98 which has replaced the previous Directives. The figures are aggregated on the basis of sample surveys carried out by the reporting countries. The data cover tonnes, tonne-kilometres, vehicle-kilometres and numbers of journeys. These metadata pages only refer to road freight statistics based on the European Union's legal acts (point 2 above) and, in particular, to the data for reference years 1999 and after (2.2).
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: database sports
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      Summer Olympics
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: database sports
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
      Summer Olympics
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities:Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum productsNatural gasElectricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises. Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Crude oil & Petroleum productsNatural gasSolid fuelsElectricity For each of the above mentioned commodities the inflowing data are delivered by the reporting countries to Eurostat via separate dedicated questionnaires. Important note: Renewable energies are not explicitly covered by a separate dedicated monthly questionnaire; only partial information, e.g. on biodiesels or on hydroelectricity, is included in other monthly questionnaires respectively.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id: nrg_jodi Short-term monthly energy data collections cover the most important energy commodities: Oil & petroleum products Natural gas Electricity Short-term monthly data provides information on main flows (quantities) on the supply side. The data collection covers the full spectrum of the 28 Member States of the European Union, EFTA country Norway, candidate countries (the Former Yugoslav Republic of Macedonia, Iceland, and Turkey). Data on monthly short term statistics are collected by standard questionnaires according to Annex D of the of the Regulation (EC) No 1099/2008 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 October 2008 on energy statistics (this questionnaire is shared with the IEA, OECD, UNECE, OPEC, OLADE, APEC, IEFS and corresponds to the so-called Joint Oil Data Initiative, short -named JODI questionnaire). A combination of business surveys and other sources are used e.g. customs data for imports and exports or census including all producing enterprises.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later than by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels, renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Annual data on quantities for crude oil, oil products, natural gas and manufactures gases, electricity and derived heat, solid fossil fuels,  renewables and wastes covering the full spectrum of the energy sector from supply through transformation to final energy consumption by sector and fuel type. Also, annual imports and exports data of various energy carriers by country of origin and destination, as well as infrastructure information. Annual data collection cover in principle the EU Member States, EFTA, EU candidate countries, and potential candidate countries. Time series starts mostly in year 1990. All data are presented in the form of energy balances.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2011
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Survey on Monitoring the Paris Declaration. The dataset contains data as reported by donors and national co-ordinators in participating partner countries. The dataset includes all quantitative data collected through the 2006, 2008 and 2011 Surveys.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The figures on crime and criminal justice are collected through a joint Eurostat-UNODC data collection. This new joint data collection replaces earlier series published by Eurostat and refers to the period. It is available at country level for European Union Member States, EFTA countries, EU Candidate countries, and EU Potential Candidates.   Data on offences recorded by the police –  intentional homicide, assault, rape, other sexual assault, kidnapping,  theft, motor vehicle theft, burglary/breaking and entering, domestic burglary/housebreaking, drug trafficking. Data on intentional homicide are also available by largest cities in these countries. Number of Victims of intentional homicide by age categories (0-14; 15-29; 30-44; 45-59; >60) and gender. Suspects, Convicted and Persons Held in Prison by age (adult/juvenile) and gender. Suspects and Persons Held in Prisons for the offences of Intentional Homicide, Rape and Other Sexual Assault by gender. Criminal Justice Personnel – Police, Professional Judges and Magistrates, Prison Staff by gender. Court Input / Output Statistics – Persons brought before the courts, persons convicted, persons acquitted. Prisons - Prison Capacity.   Data for the United Kingdom (England & Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland) appears separately owing to the existence of three separate jurisdictions. The data is reported by official sources in the countries such as the National Statistics Office, the National Prison Administration, the Ministries of the Interior or Justice and the Police. Calendar year or national financial year data are provided in absolute numbers. No statistical adjustments are carried out.   Historical regional data, based on a different earlier Eurostat data collection covering 2008, 2009 and 2010, are available in crim_gen_reg (in crim_h) on domestic burglary, homicide, robbery and theft of a motor vehicle.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The “Sustainable Energy for all (SE4ALL)” initiative, launched in 2010 by the UN Secretary General, established three global objectives to be accomplished by 2030: to ensure universal access to modern energy services, to double the global rate of improvement in global energy efficiency, and to double the share of renewable energy in the global energy mix. SE4ALL database supports this initiative and provides country level historical data for access to electricity and non-solid fuel; share of renewable energy in total final energy consumption by technology; and energy intensity rate of improvement.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Sustainable Governance Indicators
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The SGI is a platform built on a cross-national survey of governance that identifies reform needs in 41 EU and OECD countries. The SGI brings together a broad network of experts and practitioners aiming to understand what works best in sustainable governance. Advocating the exchange of best practices, we offer full access to our data set and enable the comparisons that generate innovation in governance.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Syngenta
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      List of available data sample. Listed Price in € or USD: 2010-2011 Syngenta: Invoice price before any discounts such as frame work agreement discount, package purchase bu arranging centrally. This is approx. = 10% further discounts. 2012 eing: Price before frame work agreement discount. This is approx. = 6% further discounts. Purchase: 2010-2012 Syngenta: Indicated by countries as first priority
    • Февраль 2012
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      This database covers the universe of systemic banking crises for the period 1970-2009, and also includes data on the resolution and fiscal and economic costs of banking crises. Note: Laeven, Luc and Fabian Valencia, 2010, Resolution of Banking Crises: The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly, IMF working paper 10/146.
  • T
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_desapp The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apples, pears, peaches, apricots, oranges, lemons, small citrus fruits and since 2012 olives and vines intended for the production of table grapes). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. More specific methodological information to the different surveys are attached as annexes to the Metadata file. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety, age and density classes by country and by production region. Data are mainly grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed:a) dessert apple trees,b) dessert pear trees, c)  apricot trees, d) dessert peach trees, e) orange trees,f)  small-citrus fruit trees,g) lemon trees andh) olive trees.The group small-citrus fruit trees (including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species.Data on plantations producing apples and pears and also peaches from 2012 on for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries since 1987.From 2012 on some Member States (Spain, France, Italy, Romania) also sent data on vines intended for the productuion of table grapes on optional basis.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year.This table reports marginal personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW.The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child.The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages).The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC).The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages. The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data.Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data is updated after the finalisation of the Taxing Wages publication for the corresponding year.This table reports average personal income tax and social security contribution rates for a single person without dependent, at various multiples (67%, 100%, 133%, 167%) of the AW/APW.The average wage (AW) by country and year can be found within the Taxing Wages comparative tables dataset, under the indicator heading: Total gross earnings before taxes (national currency). The AW is based on a single person at 100% of average earnings, no child.The results, derived from the OECD Taxing Wages framework (elaborated in the annual publication Taxing Wages), use tax rates applicable to the tax year. The results take into account basic/standard income tax allowances and tax credits and include family cash transfers (see Taxing Wages).The marginal rates are expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings, with the exception of the Total tax wedge which is expressed as a percentage of gross labour costs (gross wages + employer SSC). The sub-central personal tax rates used in this table correspond to those used in Taxing Wages.The figures may differ from those published in Taxing Wages where updated information is available, such as revised AW/APW data.Further explanatory notes may be found in the Explanatory Annex.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_despear The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fto Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fdi Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_ffa Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fho Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fol Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fsi Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fex Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fsu Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_fun Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS),Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categoriesof pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functionsof the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_gdp Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_nac Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_pps Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_ppsh Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:spr_exp_eur Data on expenditure and receipts of social protection, on net social protection benefits as well as on pension beneficiaries contained in the ESSPROS domain are drawn up according to the ESSPROS (European System of integrated Social Protection Statistics) domain. Detailed information on the ESSPROS 'Concepts and Definitions' is available in Section 3.4 below. The ESSPROS domain  In Eurostat database, ESSPROS domain, ESSPROS data on expenditure and receipts, data on net social protection benefits as well as data on Pension beneficiaries for the total of schemes are currently disseminated. The qualitative information is available in the dedicated section "Social protection" of the Eurostat website.   Data on expenditure and receipts correspond to two collections "EXPEND" (Social protection expenditure) and "RECEIPTS" (Social protection receipts). The collection "EXPEND" is composed by three groups: 1. expsum (Expenditure - Summary tables); it contains two summary tables:e sum Expenditure: main results. The data include the expenditure broken down in social benefits, administration cost and other expenditure. In addition, social benefits are classified by functions of social protection (see ESSPROS Manual-The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 110).e pens Pensions. The data include the social benefits relating to pensions (old age, disability, survivors and unemployment pensions). In addition the data are split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits. 2. expcur (Expenditure - Tables by functions and aggregated benefits); it contains five tables corresponding to different "currencies": national currencies (e nac), euros (e eur), Purchasing Power Standards (e pps), Purchasing Power Standards per head (e ppsh) and % of the GDP (e gdp). For each table data (social protection benefits) are published:according to the classification by function of social protection: eight functions (Sickness /Health care; Disability; Old age; Survivors; Family/children; Unemployment; Housing; Social exclusion not elsewhere classified) and the total of social benefits;according to the detailed classification of benefits by type - cash benefits and benefits in kind- and by characteristic -split between means-tested and non means-tested benefits-(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - §111 and following). 3. expfunc (Expenditure - Tables by benefits and currency); it contains nine tables corresponding to the eight different functions of social protection and one for the total of social benefits. In each table data are published according to the detailed classification of benefits by function,type and characteristic(see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part II). The collection "RECEIPTS"is composed by two groups: 1. recsum (Receipts - Summary tables); it contains two tables:r sumt Receipts by type. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down in the different types of receipts - social contributions, general government contributions and other receipts- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 70 and following).r sums Receipts by sector of origin. The data include the receipts of social protection broken down by the different sectors of origin -corporations, general government, households, non-profit institutions serving households, rest of the world- (see ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (ESSPROS), Part I - § 87 and following). 2. reccur (Receipts by different "currencies"); it contains three tables: national currencies (r nac), euros (r eur) and % of the GDP (r gdp). For each table data (receipts) are published:according to the classification by types of receipts;according to the classification by sectors of origin.   Data on net social protection benefits correspond to the table " spr_net_ben" (Net social protection benefits) in the collection "NET". Net social protection benefits are defined as the value of social protection benefits excluding taxes and social contributions paid by the benefits recipients. They are complemented by the value of “Fiscal benefits” provided in the form of tax breaks that would be defined as social protection benefits, if they were provided in cash. Tax breaks promoting the provision of social protection or promoting private insurance plans are excluded. The objective of the ESSPROS net social protection benefits (SPB) module is to show the real impact of social transfers on the income of beneficiaries .The net methodology adopted – available in the ESSPROS Manual - The European System of integrated Social PROtection Statistics (Appendix IV) - follows the “restricted approach” to measure net benefits, which means that it maintains the scope of the Core system and is limited to measuring the impact of the fiscal system on the value of gross (cash) benefits recorded there and it cannot take into account the value of fiscal benefits provided to people who do not receive such cash benefits. Full coverage of such fiscal benefits for social protection purposes is only provided under the “enlarged approach” to measuring net social protection benefits but the development of this approach is still on-going.    Data on pension beneficiaries correspond to the collection "PENS" that contains the table "spr_pns_ben" (Pension Beneficiaries at 31 December of each year). The data include the number of recipients of one or more periodic cash benefits under a social protection scheme falling within seven pension categories grouped into four basic functions. The seven categories of pensions in this module are:Disability pension;Early retirement benefit due to reduced capacity to work;Old-age pension;Anticipated old-age pension;Partial pension;Survivor's pension;Early retirement benefit due to labour market reasons. The four functions of the module are:Disability (grouping the first two categories of pensions above);Old age (grouping the next three);Survivors (the sixth category);Unemployment (the last category). The data, available by gender for the total of schemes, are expressed in "units".
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Euro Crisis Monitor
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Last update: 10. July, 2014 Sources: Individual Central Banks, IFS. See Steinkamp & Westermann (2013) for details. [pdf] Contact: If there are any questions or comments please contact Frank Westermann ([email protected]) or Sven Steinkamp ([email protected]) Special values: n.a. not available cur. country not a member of the eurosystem Notes: All series show the month-end values exept for spain in the period 01/99 to 11/07 where the monthly average of daily data is reported. For Greece, Portugal and France "Liabilities to Euro area MFI's" are reported and therefore may deviate from the actual Target data in the case of substantial borrowing from foreign commercial banks. However, this has not happened in the past as can be seen by comparing our time series with the Target data from the annual reports. IFS data have only been used to fill gaps in the historical time series. The latest data are taken from central bank balance sheets.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The 'unemployment trap' measures what percentage of the gross earnings (after moving into employment) is 'taxed away' by the combined effects of the withdrawal of benefits and higher tax and social security contributions.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Information on net earnings (net pay taken home, in absolute figures) and related tax-benefit rates (in %) complements gross‑earnings data with respect to disposable earnings. The transition from gross to net earnings requires the deduction of income taxes and employee's social security contributions from the gross amounts and the addition of family allowances, if appropriate. The amount of these components and therefore the ratio of net to gross earnings depend on the individual situation. A number of different family situations are considered, all referring to an average worker. Differences exist with respect to marital status (single vs. married), number of workers (only in the case of couples), number of dependent children, and level of gross earnings, expressed as a percentage of the gross earnings of an average worker (AW).  All the data are based on a widely acknowledged model developed by the OECD, which figures are obtained from national sources. The collection contains, for selected situations, data for the following variables and indicators : a)      gross and net earnings, including the transition components "income taxes", "employee's social security contributions" and "family allowances", if appropriate; b)      tax rate, defined as the income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's social security contributions less universal cash benefits, expressed as a percentage of gross wage earnings; c)      tax wedge on labour costs, defined as income tax on gross wage earnings plus the employee's and the employer's social security contributions, expressed as a percentage of the total labour costs of the earner. The total labour costs of the earner are defined as his/her gross earnings plus the employer's social security contributions plus payroll taxes (where applicable). The tax wedge on labour costs structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW. d)      unemployment trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through higher tax and social security contributions and the withdrawal of unemployment, and other, benefits when an unemployed person returns to employment. This structural indicator is available only for single persons without children earning 67% of the AW when in work. e)      low wage trap, measuring the percentage of gross earnings which is taxed away through the combined effects of income taxes, social security contributions and any withdrawal of benefits when gross earnings increase from 33% to 67% of AW. This structural indicator is available for single persons without children and one-earner couples with two children.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The simple approach of comparing the tax/benefit position of example households avoids many of the conceptual and definitional problems involved in more complex international comparisons of tax burdens and transfer programmes. However, a drawback of this methodology is that the earnings of an average worker will usually occupy a different position in the overall income distribution in different economies, although the earnings relate to workers in similar jobs in various OECD Member countries. Because of the limitations on the taxes and benefits covered in the Report, the data cannot be taken as an indication of the overall impact of the government sector on the welfare of taxpayers and their families. Complete coverage would require studies of the impact of indirect taxes, the treatment of non-wage labour income and other income components under personal income taxes and the effect of other tax allowances and cash benefits. Complete coverage would also require that consideration be given to the effect on welfare of services provided by the state, either free or below cost, and the incidence of corporate and other direct taxes on earnings and prices. Such a broad coverage is not possible in an international comparison of all OECD countries. The differences between the results shown here and those of a full study of the overall impact on employees of government interventions in the economy would vary from one country to another. They would depend on the relative shares of different kinds of taxes in government revenues and on the scope and nature of government social expenditures. The Report shows only the formal incidence of taxes on employees and employers. The final, economic incidence of taxes may be quite different, because the tax burden may be shifted from employers onto employees and vice versa by market adjustments to gross wages. The income left at the disposal of a taxpayer may represent different standards of living in various countries because the range of goods and services on which the income is spent and their relative prices differ as between countries. In those countries where the general government sector provides a wide range of goods and services (generous basic old age pension, free health services, public housing, university education, etcetera), the taxpayer may be left with less cash income but may enjoy the same living standards as a taxpayer receiving a higher cash income but living in a country where there are fewer publicly provided goods and services.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This current Taxing Wages model has evolved from 2 earlier versions. The latest version is based on calculations for the Average Worker (AW) in the private sector (see glossary term), and the results are shown for 8 household types covering one- and two-earner families of varying size and different fractions of average gross wage earnings. There are 14 separate tax burden measures that describe the tax and benefit position of these families.This approach was first followed in the 2005-2006 Taxing Wages publication, which also applied these assumptions to calculate tax burden measures as of 2000. These assumptions have been applied since then in the more recent Taxing Wages publications and website databases.The first version of the Taxing Wages model (historical model A) was based on a more narrow definition of the average worker: the Average Production Worker (APW) solely from the manufacturing sector (see glossary term). It included only two of the current 8 family types, and the results are shown for only 3 of the existing 14 tax burden measures. This model was applied to data for years 1979-2004.The second version (historical model B) continued to use the Average Production Worker (APW) basis for its calculations, but was expanded to cover the full 8 family types that are currently used, and increased the number of tax burden measures to 12 of the 14 currently used. This model was applied to data for years 1997-2004.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_pers1d The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_thpertch The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_mo_er The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Erasmus Mundus is a worldwide cooperation and mobility programme in the field of higher education through different actions, among which students, researchers and academic staff exchanges. The indicators computed are based on the number of stays abroad (not the individuals), expressed as a percentage of the number of individuals (students or staff) at ISCED 5-6 level - source: UOE (see http://epp.eurostat.ec.europa.eu/cache/ITY_SDDS/en/educ_esms.htm for more information about the UOE data collection). More information on Erasmus programme is available on http://eacea.ec.europa.eu/erasmus_mundus/programme/about_erasmus_mundus_en.php
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_iteach The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to disaggregate trade flows according the characteristics of the enterprises engaged in cross-border transactions. The feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries differ in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary across countries, and as a consequence the degree of representativeness of the results also varies across countries.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to try to classify trade operators according to enterprise characteristics and the feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries are different in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary between countries, thus the degree of representativeness of the results varies between countries.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The central issue of trade by enterprise characteristics is to disaggregate trade flows according the characteristics of the enterprises engaged in cross-border transactions. The feasibility of doing so largely depends on the possibility of using or developing common identifiers between the trade register and the business register. Countries differ in their ability to perform such a linking, and matching ratios (between business and trade registers) vary across countries, and as a consequence the degree of representativeness of the results also varies across countries.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The resource-related data refer to both human and technical resources, i.e. they relate to: - 'Health care staff': 'manpower' active in the health care sector (doctors, dentists, nurses, etc.); - 'Health care facilities': technical capacity dimensions (hospital beds, beds in nursing and residential care facilities, etc.). Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on resources are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics covers the following indicators: (1) Employment in telecommunication The indicator gives the total number of people employed in telecommunication services and the number of people employed in fixed and mobile telecommunication and Internet service provision. Employment is converted into full time equivalent units, average of the year. (2) Investment The indicator gives the total gross investment (in Mio euro) in tangible goods i.e. investment for acquiring property (land and buildings) and plant (e.g. switching equipment, transmission equipment, office machinery, and motor vehicles), and investment in fixed telecommunication networks (excluding cable TV services), mobile telecommunications: GSM and GPRS, mobile telecommunications: UMTS (excluding licenses), and in other telecommunication networks (Internet, satellite and cable telecommunication equipment and infrastructure other than for broadcasting). (3) Turnover The indicator gives the total turnover (in Mio euro) from all telecommunication services and turnover from leased lines, fixed network services, cellular mobile telecommunication services, interconnection services and Internet service provision. (4) International receipts and payments The indicator gives the total revenue (receipts, payments) from international incoming and outgoing telecommunication traffic, in Mio euro. Incoming telecommunication traffic: income received from foreign telephone operators for completing calls originating in foreign country. Outgoing telecommunication traffic: charges received from subscribers for placing outgoing calls after deduction of the share of this income to be paid to other organisation for outgoing telecommunication traffic (operators of the incoming and possibly transit countries). (5) International calls The indicator gives the amount (in 1000 minutes) of international incoming (originating outside the country with a destination inside the country) and outgoing (originating inside the country to destinations outside the country) calls in fixed and cellular networks. (6) Traffic The indicator gives the total amount of national calls and the amount of local calls, national long distance calls, cellular mobile calls, minutes of internet connection, calls from fixed to mobile and mobile to fixed networks, calls within mobile networks and calls from mobile to mobile networks (in 1000 minutes). (7) SMS (short message service) The indicator gives the total number of SMS (text messages) sent (in thousands). (8) Access to networks (in thousands) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services and the number of leased lines, ISDN subscriptions, DSL subscriptions, Internet subscriptions and subscriptions to cable networks enabling internet use, number of connections to telecommunication networks through electricity networks (Power Line Communication - PLC), subscriptions to mobile telecommunication systems enabling use of UMTS and the number of users of Voice over Internet Protocol telephony, in thousands. (9) Access to networks (per 100 inhabitants) The indicator gives the number of main telephone lines and subscriptions to the services of the operators offering mobile telecommunication services per 100 inhabitants. (10) Household share of main telephone lines The indicator gives the share of main telephone lines for residential use (i.e. lines which are not used for business, government or other professional purposes or as public telephone stations) as a percentage of total main telephone lines. (11) Operators and service providers The indicator gives the number of fixed network operators offering local and long distance national telecommunications (facilities based or resale) and international telecommunications, and the number of cellular mobile operators (digital or analogous, facilities based or resale), cable and satellite service providers (excluding pure programme distribution) and internet service providers (access and backbone services). (12) Broadband penetration rate  This indicator shows how widely broadband access to the internet has spread in the countries on the general level, not specifying by user group. (13) Prices of telecommunication The indicator gives the price in Euro of a 10 minute call at 11 am on a weekday (including VAT) for a local call (3km), national long distance call (200km) and an international call (to USA). The prices refer to the month of August for the period 1998-2005, and to the month of September from 2006 onwards. Tariffs without special rates are used. (14) Market shares in telecommunication This covers two structural indicators: market share of the incumbent in fixed telecommunications by type of call (local, long distance and international calls) and market share of the leading operator in mobile telecommunications. (15) Information technology expenditure in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP Data refer to the expenditure for information and communication technology in millions of euro and as a percentage of GDP, with breakdown by expenditure for telecommunications and IT expenditure. Data in millions of euro are coming from the annual report of the European Information Technology Observatory (EITO).
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data for broadband (except for broadband coverage), mobile telephony and financial indicators have been collected by the European Commission (DG CNECT) from responsible national authorities (national regulatory authorities or ministries). Questionnaires are sent annually or bi-annually (broadband data). The source for fixed telephony data is the International Telecommunication Union (ITU). Data are collected annually. There is no fixed release calendar. Data are usually released annually. The collection of 'Telecommunication Services' statistics presents the following main categories of characteristics: Fixed broadbandcoveragesubscriptions and penetrationsubscriptions by speedmarket shareMobile broadbandcoveragesubscriptions  (not available until reference year 2013) and penetrationmarket share  (not available until reference year 2013)Fixed telephonymain telephone linesMobile communicationssubscriptions and penetrationmarket sharerevenuesTelecommunications sectorrevenuesinvestments
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      A job may be considered temporary if employer and employee agree that its end is determined by objective conditions such as a specific date, the completion of a task or the return of another employee who has been temporarily replaced (usually stated in a work contract of limited duration). Typical cases are: (a) persons with seasonal employment; (b) persons engaged by an agency or employment exchange and hired to a third party to perform a specific task (unless there is a written work contract of unlimited duration); (c) persons with specific training contracts. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lc_n00temp Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs. Structural information on labour costs is collected through four-yearly Labour Cost Surveys (LCSs), which provides details on level and structure of labour cost data, hours worked and hours paid. LCS results are available for the reference years 2000, 2004 and 2008. All EU Member States together with Norway, Iceland and Croatia (2004, 2008), Turkey and Macedonia (2008) participated in the LCS. As far as available data and confidentiality rules permit, all variables and proportions are further broken down by enterprise size category, economic activity and region (larger countries only). The data are collected by the National Statistical Institutes in most cases on the basis of stratified random samples of enterprises or local units, restricted in most countries to units with at least 10 employees. The stratification is based on economic activity, size category and region (where appropriate). Regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for national data. Some countries also complement the survey results with administrative data. Monetary variables are expressed in EUR, national currencies (if different) and Purchasing Power Standards (PPS). Labour costs are quoted in total and per year, per month and per hour, as well as per capita and per full-time equivalents (FTE). Information on staff, hours worked and hours paid is quoted in aggregate and separately for full- and part-time employees. Labour cost statistics constitute a hierarchical system of multi-annual, yearly and quarterly statistics, designed to provide a comprehensive and detailed picture of the level, structure and short-term development of labour costs in the different sectors of economic activity in the European Union and certain other countries. All statistics are based on a harmonised definition of labour costs.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The export market shares present the shares of each EU Member State in total world (or region) exports of goods and services. The indicator measures the degree of importance of a country within the total exports of the region/world. For the calculation at current prices, the market share refers to the world trade (world export market share). A country might lose shares of export market not only if exports decline but most importantly if its exports do not grow at the same rate of world exports and its relative position at the global level deteriorates. The MIP scoreboard indicator is Export market shares (goods and services) - 5 years % change. Additional indicators published in the domain are: Export market shares by items - 1 year % change and % of world totalShare of OECD exportsExports of high technology products as a share of total exports, SITC Rev. 4 - %
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_itertc The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_itertp The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Tertiary educational attainment by sex, age group 30-34 The indicator is defined as the percentage of the population aged 30-34 who have successfully completed tertiary studies (e.g. university, higher technical institution, etc.). This educational attainment refers to ISCED (International Standard Classification of Education) 2011 level 5-8 for data from 2014 onwards and to ISCED 1997 level 5-6 for data up to 2013.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The share of the population aged 30-34 years who have successfully completed university or university-like (tertiary-level) education with an education level ISCED 1997 (International Standard Classification of Education) of 5-6.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_enrl5 The aim of the education statistics domain is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data cover participation and completion of education programmes by pupils and students, personnel in education and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Context - School-aged population, overall participation rates in educationDistribution of pupils/students by levelParticipation/enrolment in education (ISCED 0-4)Tertiary education participationTertiary education graduatesTeaching staff (ISCED 1-3)Pupil/students-teacher ratio and average class size (ISCED 1-3)Language learning (ISCED 1-3)Regional enrolmentsExpenditure on education in current pricesExpenditure on education in constant pricesExpenditure on education as % of GDP or public expenditureExpenditure on public and private educational institutionsFinancial aid to studentsFunding of education Other tables, used to measure progress towards the Lisbon objectives in education and training, are gathered in the Thematic indicators tables. They contain the following indicators: - Teachers and trainers - Mathematics, science and technology enrolments and graduates - Investments in education and training - Participation rates in education by age and sex - Foreign language learning - Student mobility
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Chinn-Ito Index
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      The Chinn-Ito index (KAOPEN) is an index measuring a country's degree of capital account openness. The index wasinitially introduced in Chinn and Ito (Journal of Development Economics, 2006). KAOPEN is based on the binary dummy variables that codify the tabulation of restrictions on cross-border financial transactions reported in the IMF's Annual Report on Exchange Arrangements and Exchange Restrictions (AREAER).   Chinn, Menzie D. and Hiro Ito (2008). "A New Measure of Financial Openness". Journal of Comparative Policy Analysis, Volume 10, Issue 3, p. 309 – 322 (September). Ito, Hiro (2006). "Financial Development in Asia: Thresholds, Institutions, and the Sequence of Liberalization". North American Journal of Economics and Finance, issue 17(3) (December). Chinn, Menzie D. and Hiro Ito (2006)."What Matters for Financial Development? Capital Controls, Institutions, and Interactions," Journal of Development Economics, Volume 81, Issue 1, Pages 163-192 (October). The longer version is available as NBER Working Paper No. 11370 (May 2005). The previous version is "Capital Account Liberalization, Institutions and Financial Development: Cross Country Evidence," (with Menzie Chinn) NBER Working Paper Series, #8967 (June 2002).  
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Save The Children
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: The Economist
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: FDI Intelligence
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The World Economic Forum’s Centre for Global Competitiveness and Performance through its Global Competitiveness Report and report series, aims to mirror the business operating environment and competitiveness of over 140 economies worldwide. The report series identify advantages as well as impediments to national growth thereby offering a unique benchmarking tool to the public and private sectors as well as academia and civil society.The Centre works with a network of Partner Institutes as well as leading academics worldwide to ensure the latest thinking and research on global competitiveness are incorporated into its reports.
    • Источник: Transparency International
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Global Corruption Barometer is the largest world-wide public opinion survey on corruption - See more at: http://www.transparency.org/gcb2013/in_detail#sthash.hey9okGH.dpuf
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      The Enabling Trade Index (ETI) was developed within the context of the World Economic Forum’s Transportation Industry Partnership program, and was first published in The Global Enabling Trade Report 2008. The ETI measures the extent to which individual economies have developed institutions, policies, and services facilitating the free flow of goods over borders and to destination. The structure of the Index reflects the main enablers of trade, breaking them into four overall issue areas, captured in the subindexes: 1) The market access subindex measures the extent to which the policy framework of the country welcomes foreign goods into the economy and enables access to foreign markets for its exporters. 2) The border administration subindex assesses the extent to which the administration at the border facilitates the entry and exit of goods. 3) The transport and communications infrastructure subindex takes into account whether the country has in place the transport and communications infrastructure necessary to facilitate the movement of goods within the country and across the border. 4) The business environment subindex looks at the quality of governance as well as at the overarching regulatory and security environment impacting the business of importers and exporters active in the country. Each of these four subindexes is composed in turn of a number of pillars of enabling trade, of which there are nine in all. These are: 1) Domestic and foreign market access; 2) Efficiency of customs administration; 3) Efficiency of import-export procedures; 4) Transparency of border administration; 5) Availability and quality of transport infrastructure; 6) Availability and quality of transport services; 7) Availability and use of ICTs; 8) Regulatory environment; 9) Physical security.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: Global Integrity
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The Global Integrity Report is an essential guide to anti-corruption institutions and mechanisms around the world, intended to help policymakers, advocates, journalists and citizens identify and anticipate the areas where corruption is more likely to occur. The Report evaluates both anti-corruption legal frameworks and the practical implementation and enforcement of those frameworks, and takes a close look at whether citizen can effectively access and use anti-corruption safeguards. The Report is prepared by local researchers, journalists and academics using a double-blind peer review process. More than 1,000 local contributors have participated in preparing the Report since 2004. The Global Integrity Report 2011 covers 31 countries examining transparency of the public procurement process, media freedom, asset disclosure requirements, conflicts of interest regulations, and more.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2013
      Источник: IMTS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      The CDS (the Common Data Set) is a joint effort by Eurostat, OECD, UNSD, UNCTAD and WTO to reconcile their time series on merchandise trade statistics, using international standards as a benchmark. Each agency is in charge of supplying figures for a predefined set of reporting economies (see Data Providing Agencies and Sources). Reconciliations, co-ordinated by WTO, consist of scrutinising significant differences between the agencies' data to determine the best value. In many instances, this results in finding an agreement on substitution values and estimates. Thus, the CDS database gives access to statistics and documentation of both officially reported and reconciled series. It covers annual total merchandise export and import values of over 200 economies for the period 1995 to 2011.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: National Association of Manufactures
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      NAM stands for The National Association of Manufacturers
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: International Budget Partnership
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The Open Budget Index assigns countries covered by the Survey a transparency score on a 100-point scale using 92 questions from the Survey — these questions focus specifically on whether the government provides the public with timely access to comprehensive information contained in eight key budget documents. The Open Budget Index measures the overall commitment of countries to transparency and allows for comparisons among countries.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Global Finance
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: World Justice Project
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The WJP Rule of Law Index® is an innovative quantitative assessment tool designed by the World Justice Project offering a detailed and comprehensive picture of the extent to which countries adhere to the rule of law in practice. It provides original data regarding a variety of dimensions of the rule of law, enabling the assessment of a nation’s adherence to the rule of law in practice, identify a nation’s strengths and weaknesses in comparison to similarly situated countries, and track changes over time. The dataset presents the factor and sub-factor scores for the 99 countries and one jurisdiction included in the 2013-2014 administration of the Index, where 1 signifies the highest score and 0 signifies the lowest score. Note: The WJP Rule of Law Index 2012 does not include scores for "Factor 9: Informal Justice" or the following or sub-factor 1.1 "Government powers are defined in the fundamental law".
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      • Total AUM of the top 400 managers is €50.3trn (2014=€42.7trn; 2013=39.2trn; 2012=€36.3trn; 2011=€36.2trn). • European institutional AUM is €7.3trn (up 14%) • Increase in AUM of 17.8% over last year’s figures • BlackRock is the largest manager (€3.8trn) and accounts for 7.6% of overall assets. • Top 10 managers account for a third (33.5%) of all assets.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: KERP
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This water poverty index is a first pass at trying to establish an international measure comparing performance in the water sector across countries in a holistic way that brings in the diverse aspects and issues that are relevant. It does seem to give some sensible results but it does not pretend to be definitive nor offer a totally accurate measure of the situation.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Global data on individuals, firms, and the business environments.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Topincomes
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Alvaredo, Facundo, Anthony B. Atkinson, Thomas Piketty and Emmanuel Saez, The World Top Incomes Database, http://topincomes.g-mond.parisschoolofeconomics.eu There has been a marked revival of interest in the study of the distribution of top incomes using tax data. Beginning with the research by Thomas Piketty (2001, 2003) of the long-run distribution of top incomes in France, a succession of studies has constructed top income share time series over the long-run for more than twenty countries to date. These projects have generated a large volume of data, which are intended as a research resource for further analysis. The world top incomes database aims to providing convenient on line access to all the existent series. This is an ongoing endeavour, and we will progressively update the base with new observations, as authors extend the series forwards and backwards. Despite the database's name, we will also add information on the distribution of earnings and the distribution of wealth. As the map below shows, around forty-five further countries are under study, and will be incorporated at some point (see Work in Progress). The first twenty-two country-studies have been included in two volumes edited by Anthony B. Atkinson and Thomas Piketty: Top Incomes over the Twentieth Century: A Contrast between Continental European and English-Speaking Countries (2007), and Top Incomes over the Twentieth Century: A Global Perspective (2010). They cover several European countries (France, Germany, Netherlands, Switzerland, UK, Ireland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Portugal, Spain, Italy), Northern America (United States and Canada), Australia and New Zealand, one Latin American country (Argentina), and five Asian countries (Japan, India, China, Singapore, Indonesia). South Africa, Mauritius, Tanzania and Denmark have been recently added to the list.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      UNCTAD ranks the largest non-financial TNCs by their foreign assets and presents data on assets, sales and employment
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Forbes
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Forbes
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2014
      Выбрать
      2014 is the 28th year publishing the Forbes Billionaires list. To compile net worths, individuals’ assets – including stakes in public and private companies, real estate, yachts, art and cash – are valued and estimates of debt are taken into account. The Forbes Billionaires ranks individuals rather than large, multi-generational families who share large fortunes. Royal family members or dictators who derive their fortunes entirely as a result of their position of power as well as royalty who, often with large families, control the riches in trust for their nation are not included. Estimates provided are a snapshot of wealth on Feb. 12, when stock prices and exchange rates from around the world were locked in. If a stock market wasn’t open on that day, the stock price is from the previous trading day.
    • Июль 2013
      Источник: IPSOS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Bloomberg
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 августа, 2012
      Выбрать
      To identify the healthiest countries in the world, Bloomberg Rankings created health scores and health-risk scores for countries with populations of at least 1 million. The risk score was subtracted from the health score to determine the country''s rank. Five-year averages, when available, were used to mitigate some of the short-term year-over-year swings.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Pacific Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Water is one of our most critical resources, but around the world it is under threat. Worldwater.org is dedicated to providing information and resources to help protect and preserve fresh water around the globe.
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: Strategy&
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2013
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Data have been rounded to the nearest 5. Due to the rounding, the sum of third country nationals may not necessarily match all-over total. Starting with first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis:Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:  Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis: Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures). Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to: Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Data have been rounded to the nearest 5. Due to the rounding, the sum of third country nationals may not necessarily match all-over total. Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis:Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Enforcement of immigration legislation data contain statistical information based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 with reference to:  Third country nationals refused entry at the external border by type of border, ground for refusal and citizenship;Third country nationals found to be illegally present by age, sex and citizenship;Third country nationals ordered to leave by citizenship;Third country nationals returned following an order to leave by citizenship. The EIL statistics based on Article 5 and 7 of the Council Regulation (EC) no 862/2007 are collected by Eurostat on an annual basis. All of the data collected are disaggregated by citizenship. Data on refused entries are disaggregated by border type and grounds for refusal (article 5 of the Schengen Borders Code). Data on persons found to be illegally present are also disaggregated by sex and age. EIL data are based on administrative sources and are provided mainly by the Ministries of Interior or related Immigration Agencies. The dissemination of the data is mainly in March of each year for the previous reference year, depending on the data availability. On a voluntary basis, Eurostat further collects information on those persons who are recorded as having returned to a third country (as opposed to being returned to another EU Member State). Starting with  first reference year 2014 new statistics on third country returned were as well collected by Eurostat on voluntary basis: Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of return and citizenship (migr_eirt_vol)Third-country nationals who have left the territory by type of assistance received and citizenship (migr_eirt_ass)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by type of agreement procedure and citizenship (migr_eirt_agr)Third-country nationals who have left the territory to a third country by destination country and citizenship (migr_eirt_des) These new statistics is the result of a pilot data collection; clarifications and improvement is being pursued with the data providers. Technical and methodological limitations exist for some data providers and some figures might be estimated. As a result some inconsistency might exist between these statistics and the statistics provided for table 'Third country nationals returned following an order to leave. In those cases where inconsistency between tables exists, data revision is expected. Data availability together with the data quality is expected to increase in the following reference period, depending on national statistical capabilities and limitations. The national framework has an important impact on the resulted figures (the data comparability between the Member States is limited due to the national specific rules and procedures). Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The data presented here refer to the latest year available, which corresponds to the late 2000s for most countries. The data on the state of threatened species build on country replies to the Annual Quality Assurance (AQA) of OECD environmental reference series. These data are harmonized through the work of the OECD Working Party on Environmental Information (WPEI). Some where updated or revised on the basis of comments from national Delegates and in the framework of the OECD Environmental Performance Reviews. When interpreting these data, it should be borne in mind that the number of species known does not always accurately reflect the number of species in extistence and that varying definitions can limit comparability across countries. Species assessed as Critically Endangered (CR), Endangered (EN), or Vulnerable (VU) are referred to as "threatened" species. Reporting the proportion of threatened species on The IUCN Red List is complicated by the fact that not all species groups have been fully evaluated, and also by the fact that some species have so little information available that they can only be assessed as Data Deficient (DD). For many of the incompletely evaluated groups, assessment efforts have focused on species that are likely to be threatened; therefore any percentage of threatened species reported for these groups would be heavily biased (i.e., the % threatened species would likely be an overestimate).
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Time use surveys (TUS) measure the amount of time people spend doing various activities, such as paid work, household and family care, personal care, voluntary work, social life, travel, and leisure activities. This domain presents results from the first wave of the Harmonised European Time Use Surveys (HETUS 2000), carried out by several European countries between 1998 and 2006. The results were harmonised by Statistics Finland and Statistics Sweden with the financial support of Eurostat. HETUS 2000 results are organised in eight tables providing information on the time spent, participation time and participation rate by sex and different characteristics (age group, professional status, month, day of the week, etc.).
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:lmp_ind_actime The labour market policy (LMP) database was developed and maintained by Eurostat till 2013. From 2014, the LMP database is developed and maintained by European Commission's Directorate General for Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion and LMP data are disseminated by Eurostat. European Commission's LMP database provides information on labour market interventions, which are government actions to help and support the unemployed and other disadvantaged groups in the transition from unemployment or inactivity to work. The scope of the LMP database is limited to interventions that are explicitly targeted at groups of persons with difficulties in the labour market: the unemployed, persons employed but at risk of involuntary job loss and persons currently considered as inactive persons but who would like to enter the labour market. LMP statistics are one of the data sources for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (part II of the Europe 2020 Integrated Guidelines) through the Europe 2020 Joint Assessment Framework (JAF). The guidelines specifically refer to the provision of active labour market policies, which cover LMP measures and LMP services, and adequate social security systems, which include LMP supports. The unit of observation in the LMP database is the labour market intervention and data on the expenditure and participants for each intervention are collected annually from administrative sources in each country. The database also collects extensive qualitative information that describes each intervention, how it works, the main target groups, etc. LMP interventions are classified by type of action into three broad types – services, measures and supports – and into 9 detailed categories (see 3.2 Classification system). The LMP database covers all EU Member States and Norway. Data for the EU-15 countries and Norway are available from 1998 whilst the more recently acceded EU countries started providing data at different times from 2003 onwards. The following data and metadata are available:Summary tables of expenditure and participants by type of actionFor each country: detailed tables of expenditure and participants by interventionLMP based indicators for monitoring the Employment Guidelines (for definitions see annexes below)Reference data on persons registered with Public Employment Services (PES)Qualitative reports describing the interventions in each country
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Since new and young firms contribute critically to job creation, innovation and growth, observing recent trends of firm formation provides valuable information to policy makers
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: World Chess Federation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      This Dataset consists of top 100 chess players for the period of starting from 2001 January.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Investment & Pensions Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This breakdown details total non-group assets managed for all types of European institutional clients - pension funds, insurance companies, corporates, charities and foundations - for the leading 120 managers in this business segment. Total assets are €7.3trn (2014: €6.4trn).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: relbanks
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Top Banks in the Country, 2015
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table shows the top statutory personal income tax rate and top marginal tax rates for employees at the earnings threshold where the top statutory PIT rate first applies.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:orch_total The Orchard survey domain (orch) contains the results of the surveys of areas under certain species of fruit trees (apple, pear, peach, apricot, orange, lemon, small citrus fruit). The statistical surveys on orchards are carried out every five years by the Member States in order to determine the production potential of plantations of certain species of fruit trees. These surveys have been carried out since 1977. The results presented in this database provide areas (in hectares) by variety and age and density classes by country and by production region.Data are grouped in tables by fruit tree species. The following species are surveyed: a) apple trees for dessert apples (in the 27 EU member states, except Malta), b) pear trees for dessert pears (in the 27 EU member states, except Estonia, Ireland, Malta and Finland), c) peache trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), d) apricot trees (in Bulgaria, Czech republic, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus, Hungary, Austria, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovenia and Slovakia only), e) orange trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), f) lemon trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only), g) small-citrus fruit trees (in Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Cyprus and Portugal only). The latter group (small-citrus fruit trees, including tangerines and satsumas; clementines, wilkings and other similar citrus hybrids) is considered as a single species. Data on plantations producing apples and pears for uses other than dessert fruit were sent optionally by some countries from 1987 onwards. The species of fruit and the varieties are listed in Annex III to Commission Decision (EC) No 38/2002.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Administration costs represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration. Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure (payment of property income and other).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Social benefits consists of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs. Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration, other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure (payment of property income and other).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure on social protection contains: Social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; Administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; Other expenditure, which consist of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Expenditure on social protection contain: social benefits, which consist of transfers, in cash or in kind, to households and individuals to relieve them of the burden of a defined set of risks or needs; administration costs, which represent the costs charged to the scheme for its management and administration; other expenditure, which consists of miscellaneous expenditure by social protection schemes (payment of property income and other).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Financial flows and stocks data are often referred to collectively in the national accounts framework as 'financial accounts'. Financial flows consist of transactions and other flows, and represent the difference between the opening financial balance sheet at the start of the year and the closing balance sheet at the end of the year. The data are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts (ESA 2010), which came into force in September 2014. The Total financial sector liabilities measure the evolution of the sum of all liabilities (which includes Currency and deposits, Debt securities, Loans, Equity and investment fund shares/units, Insurance, pensions and standardised guarantee schemes, Financial derivatives and employee stock options and Other accounts payable) of the financial corporations sector (S.12). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the non-consolidated Total financial sector liabilities, 1 year percentage change. For the MIP purposes are published annual consolidated and non-consolidated data by institutional sectors and financial instruments.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Official and Private Flows - Disbursements and Commitments. Aggregate data (no breakdown by recipient) on ODA, OOF, private and NGO data by donor, type of aid and flow. The data cover flows from all bilateral and multilateral donors except for Tables DAC1, DAC4, DAC5 and DAC7b which focus on flows from DAC member countries and the EU Institutions.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Март 2010
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 . GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - .   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain provides users with data concerning Government Budget Appropriations or Outlays on R&D (GBAORD). GBAORD data are measuring government support to research and development (R&D) activities, or, in other words, how much priority Governments place on the public funding of R&D. GBAORD data are built up using the guidelines laid out in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual, OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page). GBAORD data are broken down by:   - Socio-economic objectives (SEOs) in accordance to the Nomenclature for the analysis and comparison of scientific programmes and budgets (NABS 2007) - (See annex at the bottom of the page).   - Funding mode into: project funding and institutional funding (non-mandatory data). Part of GBAORD, which is allocated to transnational cooperation in R&D, is further broken down into three specific categories: transnational public R&D performers; Europe-wide transnational public R&D programmes and bilateral or multilateral public R&D programmes established between Member State governments or with EFTA and candidate countries. Besides in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_ HAB_KP05), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP), Percentage of total GBAORD (PC_GBA - for the breakdowns by socio-economic objectives and by funding mode), Percentage of total transnationally coordinated R&D (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by category), Percentage of government expenditure (PC_GEXP). The periodicity of the GBAORD data is annual. Data are collected corresponding to the two legally established deadlines:   - June data collection: Preliminary GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 6 months after the end of the calendar year (June). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in September.   - December data collection: Final GBAORD data are provided to Eurostat 12 months after the end of the calendar year (December). This data are targeted to be disseminated in Eurobase in the following February. GBAORD data are available for following countries and country groups:   - All EU Member States, Iceland, Norway, Switzerland,  Turkey, the Russian Federation, Japan, the United States and South Korea.   - Country groups: EU28, EU15 and EA18.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Main revenue and expenditure items of the general government sector, notified by national authorities in Table 2 of the ESA2010 transmission programme. Data are presented in millions of Euro, millions of national currency units and percentages of GDP. Geographic coverage: EU and euro area, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. Main sources of data: National authorities (National Statistical Institutes)
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total gross electricity generation covers gross electricity generation in all types of power plants. The gross electricity generation at the plant level is defined as the electricity measured at the outlet of the main transformers, i.e. the consumption of electricity in the plant auxiliaries and in transformers are included.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_trd_tot4 Data description'Statistics on high-tech industry and knowledge-intensive services' (sometimes referred to as simply 'high-tech statistics') comprise economic, employment and science, technology and innovation (STI) data describing manufacturing and services industries or products traded broken down by technological intensity. The domain uses various other domains and sources of Eurostat's official statistics (CIS, COMEXT, HRST, LFS, PATENT, R&D and SBS) and its coverage is therefore dependent on these other primary sources. Two main approaches are used in the domain to identify technology-intensity: the sectoral approach and the product approach. A third approach is used for data on high-tech and biotechnology patents aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC) 8th edition (see summary table in Annex 1 for which approach is used by each type of data).The sectoral approach:The sectoral approach is an aggregation of the manufacturing industries according to technological intensity (R&D expenditure/value added) and based on the Statistical classification of economic activities in the European Community (NACE) at 2-digit level. The level of R&D intensity served as a criterion of classification of economic sectors into high-technology, medium high-technology, medium low-technology and low-technology industries.Services are mainly aggregated into knowledge-intensive services (KIS) and less knowledge-intensive services (LKIS) based on the share of tertiary educated persons at NACE 2-digit level.The sectoral approach is used for all indicators except data on high-tech trade and patents.Note that due to the revision of the NACE from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the definition of high-technology industries and knowledge-intensive services has changed in 2008. For high-tech statistics it means that two different definitions (one according NACE Rev. 1.1 and one according NACE Rev. 2) are used in parallel and the data according to both NACE versions are presented in separated tables depending on the data availability. For example as the LFS provides the results both by NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2, all the table using this source have been duplicated to present the results by NACE Rev. 2 from 2008. For more details, see both definitions of high-tech sectors under 21.3.Within the sectoral approach, a second classification was created , named Knowledge Intensive Activities KIA) and based on the share of tertiary educated people in each sectors of industries and services according to NACE at 2-digit level and for all EU28 Member States. A threshold was applied to judge sectors as knowledge intensive. In contrast to first sectoral approach mixing two methodologies, one for manufacturing industries and one for services, the KIA classification is based on one methodology for all the sectors of industries and services covering even public sector activities.The aggregations in use are Total Knowledge Intensive Activities (KIA) and Knowledge Intensive Activities in Business Industries (KIABI). Both classifications are made according to NACE Rev. 1.1 and NACE Rev. 2 at 2- digit level. Note that due to revision of the NACE Rev.1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 the list of Knowledge Intensive Activities has changed as well, the two definitions are used in parallel and the data are shown in two separate tables. NACE Rev.2 collection includes data starting from 2008 reference year. For more details please see the definitions under 21.3.The product approach:The product approach was created to complement the sectoral approach and it is used for data on high-tech trade. The product list is based on the calculations of R&D intensity by groups of products (R&D expenditure/total sales). The groups classified as high-technology products are aggregated on the basis of the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC).The initial definition was built based on SITC Rev.3 and served to compile the high-tech product aggregates until 2007. With the implementation in 2007 of the new version of SITC Rev.4, the definition of high-tech groups was revised and adapted according to new classification. Starting from 2007 the Eurostat presents the trade data for high-tech groups aggregated based on the SITC Rev.4. . For more details, see definition of high-tech products under 21.3.High-tech patents:High-tech patents are defined according to another approach. The groups classified as high-tech patents are aggregated on the basis of the International Patent Classification (IPC 8th edition).Biotechnology patents are also aggregated on the basis of the IPC 8th edition. For more details, see the aggregation list of high-tech and biotechnology patents under 21.3.The high-tech domain also comprises the sub-domain Venture Capital Investments: data are provided by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA). More details are available in the Eurostat metadata under Venture capital investments.Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Май 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Estimates and forecasts on labour force data: (1) Total labour force and female labour force, expressed in thousands (2) Total agriculture labour force and female labour force, expressed in thousands.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Although motorways constitute only a small part of the entire road network, their length has more than tripled over the last 30 years. Extraordinary growth can be noticed for Greece and Spain. In 2000, the most extensive motorway network within EU15 can be found in Germany, followed by France and Spain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The collection is based on data from the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe / International Transport Forum / Eurostat Common Questionnaire for Inland Transport Statistics. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries. Data displayed in this table cover the length of railway lines, whether electrified or not, on the territory of the reporting country. Railway lines are defined as a line of communication made up by rail exclusively for the use of railway vehicles. They consist of one or more adjacent running tracks forming a route between two points. Where a section of network comprises two or more lines running alongside one another, there are as many lines as routes to which tracks are allotted exclusively.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      "Paper and paper board" comprises the sum of graphic papers; sanitary and household papers; packaging materials and other paper and paperboard. It excludes manufactured paper products such as boxes, cartons, books and magazines.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:demo_r_mtotpyliv The regional demographic statistics provides annual data on population, vital events (live births and deaths), total and land areas of the regions and key demographic indicators for regions and statistical regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels for 35 countries: each EU-27 Member State, Acceding, Candidate and EFTA countries. The completeness of the tables depends on the availability of data received from the responsible national statistical institutes (NSIs).  The label of each table indicates the lowest NUTS level for which data are available; for the upper NUTS levels data are included as well. Starting with March 2013, demographic statistics at regional level reflect the new NUTS-2010 classification for EU-27 Member States and the new statistical regions for Croatia. Countries affected by the NUTS-2010 changes are expected to transmit to Eurostat the time series for the new regional breakdown. As a general approach, the regions with no data available are not listed in the tables. For a calendar year T, the deadline of the regional demographic data collection is 15 December, and data included have a different degree of detail for regions at NUTS2 and NUTS3 levels: NUTS2 level - high level of data detail:Population by sex and single year of age at 1st January: years T and T-1Live births by single year of age and year of birth of the mother: year T-1 Deaths by sex and single years of age and year of birth: year T-1  NUTS3 level - low level of data detail:Surface area in km2 at 1st January (total area including inland waters and land area): year TPopulation by sex and broad age groups at 1st January, namely for 0-14 (0 up to 14 years), 15-64 (15 up to 64 years) and 65+ (persons of 65 years and older): years T and T-1 Live births and deaths (total number of demographic events): year T-1  Tables are updated mainly during March of the next year (T+1), but also along the year whenever revised data are sent by the official data providers. Demographic indicators at regional level are computed by Eurostat using a harmonised methodology and common concepts for all regions of all countries, namely:average population on 1st January (in thousands), population density;demographic balance and crude rates (population change, natural change, net migration including statistical adjustments, crude birth rate, crude death rate, crude rate of population change, crude rate of natural change, crude rate of net migration (including statistical adjustments));age-specific-fertility rates and Total Fertility Rates;life tables that include age-specific-mortality-rates and life expectancy at given exact age;infant mortality and crude rate of infant mortality. At national level a larger number of demographic indicators are computed, as more detailed demographic data are collected only at this level. 
    • Август 2006
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      For non-EU countries, UNESCO-OECD-Eurostat (UOE) data collection on education statistics, compiled on the basis of national administrative sources, reported by Ministries of Education or National Statistical Offices. For EU countries, Eurostat data.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      Estimates and forecasts on population: total population and urban population, expressed in thousands and as a percentage of total population, respectively.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Generally, the public sector funds education either by bearing directly the current and capital expenses of educational institutions (direct expenditure for educational institutions) or by supporting students and their families with scholarships and public loans as well as by transferring public subsidies for educational activities to private firms or non-profit organisations (transfers to private households and firms); both types of transactions together are reported as total public expenditure on education.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection:the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered:Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learning   Data and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This domain covers statistics and indicators on key aspects of the education systems across Europe. The data show entrants and enrolments in education levels, education personnel and the cost and type of resources dedicated to education. The standards on international statistics on education and training systems are set by the three international organisations jointly administering the annual UOE data collection: the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organisation Institute for Statistics (UNESCO-UIS),the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) and,the Statistical Office of the European Union (EUROSTAT). The following topics are covered: Pupils and students – Enrolments and EntrantsLearning mobilityEducation personnelEducation financeGraduatesLanguage learningData and indicators disseminated include e.g. participation rates at different levels of education,  shares of pupils and students by programme orientation (general/academic and vocational/professional) and in combined school and work-based programmes, enrolments in public and private institutions, tertiary education graduates, degree mobile students enrolled and graduates, pupil-teacher ratios, foreign language learning, expenditure on education per student and relative GDP etc.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:rd_p_perslf Data descriptionThis collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors.All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level).Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds).R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level).The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions.The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources.R&D data are available for following countries and country groups:- All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea.- Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18.R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 (See annex at the bottom of the page).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This collection provides users with data concerning R&D expenditure and R&D personnel broken down by following institutional sectors: business enterprise (BES), government (GOV), higher education (HES), private non-profit (PNP) with the total of sectors. All data are broken down by the above mentioned sectors of performance. The R&D expenditure is further broken down by source of funds, by type of costs, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2), by size class, by type of R&D, by fields of science, by socio-economic objectives and by regions (NUTS 2 level). Besides R&D expenditures in basic unit National currency (MIO_NAC) the following units are available: Euro (MIO_EUR), Euro per inhabitant (EUR_HAB) Purchasing Power Standard (MIO_PPS), Purchasing Power Standard at 2005 prices (MIO_PPS_KP05), Purchasing Power Standard per inhabitant at constant 2005 prices (PPS_KP05_HAB), Percentage of GDP (PC_GDP) and Percentage of total R&D expenditure (PC_TOT - for the breakdown by source of funds). R&D personnel data is available in full-time equivalent (FTE), in head count (HC), as a % of employment and as a % of labour force. The data is further broken down by occupation, by qualification, by gender, by size class, by citizenship, by age groups, by fields of science, by economic activity (NACE Rev.2) and by regions (NUTS 2 level). The periodicity of R&D data is biennial except for the key R&D indicators (R&D expenditure, R&D personnel and Researchers by sectors of performance) which are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 2003 onwards. Some other breakdowns of the data may appear on annual basis based on voluntary data provisions. The data are collected through sample or census surveys, from administrative registers or through a combination of sources. R&D data are available for following countries and country groups: - All EU Member States, plus Candidate Countries, EFTA Countries, the Russian Federation, China, Japan, the United States and South Korea. - Country groups: EU-28, EU-15 and EA-18. R&D data are compiled in accordance to the guidelines laid down in the Proposed standard practice for surveys of research and experimental development - Frascati Manual (FM), OECD, 2002 .
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. FTE (Full-time equivalent) corresponds to one year's work by one person (for example, a person who devotes 40 % of his time to R&D is counted as 0.4 FTE.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Researchers are professionals engaged in the conception or creation of new knowledge, products, processes, methods and systems, and in the management of the projects concerned. Head count (HC) data measure the total number of researchers who are mainly or partly employed on R&D.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Total volume of pesticides sold in the Member States. The total is the sum of fungicides, herbicides, insecticides and other pesticides.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Sawnwood: Wood that has been produced either by sawing lengthways or by a profile-chipping process and that exceeds 6 mm in thickness. It includes planks, beams, joists, boards, rafters, scantlings, laths, boxboards and "lumber", etc., in the following forms: unplaned, planed, end-jointed, etc. It is reported in cubic metres solid volume (m³).
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. BoP provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall under the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services (ITS), a component of BoP current account, are used, alongside with data on Foreign Direct Investment, to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Some indicators of EU market integration are also derived from BoP data. Data are reported in millions of Euro/ECU. Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. Guidance for compilers is provided in the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in services 2002 (http://unstats.un.org/unsd/tradeserv/msitsintro.htm), that has been followed by IMTS 2010. ITS data are collected by national enterprise surveys, International Transaction System (ITRS) and administrative records.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BOP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of an economic area during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, primary and secondary income), as well as on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. International investment position presents value of financial assets owned outside the economy and indebtedness of the economy to the rest of the world. BOP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit for current and capital acount, net acquisition of financial assets or net incurrence of liabilities for BOP financial account and international investment position) towards the external world. Out of BOP data, some indicators on international position of the EU and Member States are derived. Indicators on Main Balance of Payments and International Investment Position items as share of GDP are presented as percentage of GDP for given year or quarter and moving average for 3 consecutive years for:balance, credit and debit flows of current and capital accounts and of main current account  items: goods, services, primary and secondary income,net flows, net acquisition of financial assets and net incurrence of liabilities for total financial account and foreign direct investment, international investment position and net external debt at the end of reference quarter or year.   Indicators on export market shares present shares of each EU Member State in total world exports of goods and services for given year, and 1-year and 5-year percentage changes of these shares, as well as shares in OECD exports and 5-year percentage changes of these shares.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Labour Costs are the total expenditure borne by employers for the purpose of employing staff. They include employee compensation (including wages, salaries in cash and in kind, employers' social security contributions), vocational training costs, other expenditure such as recruitment costs, spending on working clothes and employment taxes regarded as labour costs minus any subsidies received.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: National Bureau of Statistics of the Republic of Moldova
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Tourism & Transport Statistics of Moldova, 2015
    • Ноябрь 2013
      Источник: Palestine Central Bureau of Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Tourism of Palestine, 2013
    • Декабрь 2013
      Источник: National Institute of Statistics Cameroon
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Tourism Statistics of Cameroon, 2013
    • Май 2015
      Источник: National Institute of Statistics Cape Verde
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: TRACE Anti-Bribery Compliance Solutions
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The TRACE Matrix measures business bribery risk in all countries. It assesses countries across four domains – Business Interactions with Government, Anti-bribery Laws and Enforcement, Government and Civil Service Transparency, and the Capacity for Civil Society Oversight, including the role of the media – as well as nine sub-domains. Developed in collaboration with RAND Corporation, the TRACE Matrix provides the business community with a powerful new tool for anti-bribery risk assessment.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac)  Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Food and Agriculture Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Liberia Institute of Statistics & Geo-Information Services
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 мая, 2013
      Выбрать
      Trade Data of Liberia, 2010
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table presents trade in services by service category for individual countries, expressed in millions of dollars and as percentages of a country's total trade in services. The commercial services, which exclude government services and follow the GATS definition, are included as well.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The database on statistics of international trade in services broken down by partner country provides statistics on international trade in services by partner country for 29 OECD countries plus EU, Euro Area, European Union Institutions, Hong Kong (SAR China) and the Russian Federation as well as definitions and methodological notes. The data concern trade between residents and non-residents of countries and are reported within the framework of the Manual on Statistics of International Trade in Services.  Sector coverage The aim of the publication is to assemble and disseminate balance of payments data on trade in services at the most detailed partner-country level available. To the extent that countries report them, data are also broken down by type of service according to the EBOPS classification.  
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      In general, data comply with the UN recommandations defined in International Merchandise Trade Statistics: Concepts and Definitions, Revision 2 (IMTS, Rev.2). For exceptions and for definitions of statistical territories, please refer to country notes. Following the UN recommendations, the international merchandise trade statistics record all goods which add to or subtract from the stock of material resources of a country by entering (imports) or leaving (exports) its economic territory. Goods simply being transported through a country (goods in transit) or temporarily admitted or withdrawn (except for goods for inward or outward processing) do not add to or subtract from the stock of material resources of a country and are not included in the international merchandise trade statistics. Customs records should be the main source of the data; and the additional sources could be used where customs sources are not available. Goods should be included in statistics at the time when they enter or leave the economic territory of a country. In the case of customs-based data collection systems, the time of recording should be the date of lodgement of the customs declaration. Lists of goods to be included, to be recorded separately and to be excluded should be provided. Specific goods are to be excluded from detailed international merchandise trade statistics but recorded separately in order to derive totals of international merchandise trade for national accounts and balance of payments purposes. Trade system There are two trade systems in common use by which international merchandise trade statistics are compiled: general trade system and special trade system. The United Nations recommendations advise using the general trade system that provides a more comprehensive recording of external trade flows than does the special system. It also provides a better approximation of the change of ownership criterion used in the 1993 SNA and BPM5. General trade includes all goods that cross the national frontier including goods that are imported into and exported from custom-bonded warehouses and free zones. The general trade system is in use when the statistical territory of a country coincides with its economic territory so that imports include all goods entering the economic territory of a compiling country and exports include all goods leaving the economic territory of a compiling country. Special trade covers goods that cross the customs frontier plus goods that are imported into and exported from custom-bonded areas. The special trade system is in use when the statistical territory comprises only a particular part of the economic territory.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: National Bureau of Statistics Nigeria
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Trade Statistics by Region and Major Trade Partners, Nigeria 2014
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      Trade union density corresponds to the ratio of  wage and salary earners that are trade union members, divided by the total number of wage and salary earners (OECD Labour Force Statistics). Density is calculated using survey data, wherever possible, and administrative data adjusted for non-active and self-employed members  otherwise.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      International trade in goods statistics are an important data source for many public and private sector decision-makers at international, European Union and national level. For example, at the European Union level, international trade data are extensively used for multilateral and bilateral negotiations within the framework of the common commercial policy, to define and implement anti-dumping policy, to evaluate the progress of the Single Market and many other policies. Moreover, they constitute an essential source for the compilation of balance of payments statistics and national accounts. International trade in goods statistics cover both extra- and intra-EU trade: Extra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States and a non-member countries. Intra-EU trade statistics cover the trading of goods between Member States. "Goods" means all movable property including electricity. Detailed and aggregated data are published for the Euro area, the European Union and for each Member State separately. Main components: Data record the monthly trade between Member States in terms of arrivals and dispatches of goods as well as the monthly trade in terms of imports and exports between Member States and non-member countries. However, in publications only the term “exports” for all outward flows and “imports” for all inward flows are applied for both intra-EU trade and extra-EU trade. Extra-EU trade imports and exports are recorded in the Member State where the goods are placed under the customs procedures. Extra-EU trade statistics do not record goods in transit, goods placed into customs warehouses or goods for temporary admission. Data sources: The statistical information is mainly provided by the traders on the basis of Customs (extra-EU) and Intrastat (intra-EU) declarations. Data are collected by the competent national authorities of the Member States and compiled according to a harmonised methodology established by EU regulations before transmission to Eurostat. Classification systems: - Product classification: For detailed data, products are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN8), which first six digit codes coincide with the Harmonized Commodity Description and Coding System (HS), products are disseminated as well according to the Standard International Trade Classification (SITC) and the Broad Economic Categories (BEC). - Country classification: The Geonomenclature is used for classifying reporting countries and trading partners. Nomenclatures and correspondence tables are available at the Eurostat’s classification server RAMON. The following basic information is provided by Eurostat: - reporting country, - reference period, - trade flow, - product, - trading partner - mode of transport. Detailed data are disseminated according to the Combined Nomenclature (HS2, HS4, HS6 and CN8 levels) for the following indicators: - trade value (in Euro), - trade quantity in 100 kg, - trade quantity in supplementary units (published for some goods according to the Combined Nomenclature). Aggregated data cover both short and long term indicators. Short term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC and BEC groups for the following indicators: - gross and seasonally adjusted trade value (in million Euro), - unit-value indices, - gross and seasonally adjusted volume indices, - growth rates of trade values and indices. Long term indicators are disseminated according to major SITC groups for the following indicators: - trade value (in billion Euro), - shares of Member States in EU and world trade, - shares of main trading partners in EU trade, - volume indices. Adjustments are applied by the Member States to compensate the impact of exemption thresholds, which release the information providers from statistical formalities, as well as, to take into account the late or not response of the providers. In addition, Eurostat applies seasonal adjustments to aggregated time series.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Сентябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:rail_tf_trainmv Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means:1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent03n There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:trng_ent03s There are three main sources providing results on participation in education and training. - The Adult Education Survey (AES) is carried out every 5 years starting from 2011 and is designed to give detailed information on the participation of individuals in education and training activities. A pilot survey took place in 2007. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the twelve months prior to the interview. - The Labour Force Survey (LFS) provides annual evolutions for a limited set of indicators. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. - The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) completes the AES results each 5 years focussing on enterprise strategies for employee skill developments. The reference period for the participation in education and training activities is the four weeks prior to the interview. The time series for the indicator 'lifelong learning' (participation of adults aged 25-64 in education and training) is based on the EU-LFS (four-week reference period) which is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)) In addition to these series, an ad-hoc module to the LFS was conducted in 2003 on lifelong leaninng with similar characteristics to the AES (12-month reference period). Life-long learning is also part of the Sustainable Development Indicators.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Continuing Vocational Training Survey (CVTS) collects information on enterprises’ investment in the continuing vocational training of their staff. Continuing vocational training (CVT) refers to education or training measures or activities which are financed in total or at least partly by the enterprise (directly or indirectly). Part financing could include the use of work-time for the training activity as well as financing of training equipment. Information available from the CVTS is grouped around the following topics: Training/non-training enterprisesParticipation in continuing vocational trainingPlanning and assessment of continuing vocational trainingCosts of continuing vocational training coursesTime spent on continuing vocational training courses Four waves of the CVTS have been carried out by now: CVTS 1 – reference year 1993CVTS 2 – reference year 1999CVTS 3 – reference year 2005CVTS 4 – reference year 2010 The domain "Vocational training in enterprises (trng_cvts)" presents data for 2010 and 2005 which are comparable between the two waves. 2005 data which are not comparable with 2010 data are shown in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 2005 (trng_cvts3)" and 1999 data are available in the folder "Continuing vocational training - reference year 1999 (trng_cvts2)". Both folders can be found in the domain "Past series (trng_h)". The first survey (CVTS 1) was carried out in the then 12 Member States of the European Union. CVTS 1 was of pioneering nature and due to lack of comparability with the following waves data are not available in Eurostat's online database but main results are available here. The next CVTS is due for reference year 2015.
    • Май 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:rail_tf_traveh Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means:1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat collects rail transport statistics by two means: 1. Voluntary data collection. Data are collected using the Common Questionnaire of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), Eurostat and the International Transport Forum (ITF). Full details are set out in another document (see link to 21.3. Annex, at the bottom of the page). The following Eurostat dissemination tables are based on this data collection: all tables in subsection: Railway transport infrastructure (rail_if)all tables in subsection: Railway transport equipment (rail_eq)all tables in subsection: Railway transport - enterprises, economic performance and employment (rail_ec)all tables in subsection: Railway traffic (rail_tf) but table Train movements (rail_tf_trainmv)table Railway transport - Number of victims by type of injury (rail_ac_inj) in subsection Railway transport - Accidents (rail_ac) Additionally, one table in the regional transport section is based on a different voluntary data collection (REGWeb questionnaire) and contains information on railway infrastructure (length of railway lines - total, electrified and with double or more tracks) by NUTS 2 regions. 2. Mandatory data collection based on the legal act. Data collection on goods and passenger transport, and on rail accidents is based on Regulation EC 91/2003 from the beginning of 2003. The freight data from 1982 until 2002 are based on Directive 80/1177/EEC. Compared to the Directive, Regulation 91/2003 covers the transport of passengers and statistics on accidents in addition to the transport of goods. A detailed description of the source of each dissemination table can be found in the section 21.3Annex (Legal acts and corresponding dissemination tables) at the bottom of this page. Could you please specify the name of the document you refer to? The documents listed in the annex have been taken from the ESMS page 'rail_pa_esms'. Could you please check them and update / adjust them accordingly?
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this dataset comes from the Common Questionnaire for Transport Statistics, developed and surveyed in co-operation between the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE), the International Transport Forum (ITF) and Eurostat. The Common Questionnaire is not supported by a legal act, but is based on a gentlemen's agreement with the participating countries; the completeness varies from country to country. Eurostat’s datasets based on the Common Questionnaire cover annual data for the EU Member States, EFTA states and Candidate countries to the EU. Data for other participating countries are available through the ITF and the UNECE. In total, comparable transport data collected through the Common Questionnaire is available for close to 60 countries worldwide. The Common Questionnaire collects aggregated annual data on: Railway transportRoad transportInland waterways transportOil pipelines transportGas pipelines transport For each mode of transport, the Common Questionnaire cover some or all of the following sub-modules (the number of questions/variables within each sub-module varies between the different modes of transport): Infrastructure (All modes)Transport equipment (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Enterprises, economic performance and employment (All modes)Traffic (RAIL, ROAD and INLAND WATERWAYS)Transport measurement (All modes) Accidents (ROAD only) The Common Questionnaire is completed by the competent national authorities. The responsibility for completing specific modules (e.g. Transport by Rail) or part of modules (e.g. Road Infrastructure) may be delegated to other national authorities in charge of specific fields.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors:Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Government Finance Statistics (GFS) form the basis for fiscal monitoring in Europe, most notably for the statistics related to the Excessive Deficit Procedure (EDP). The EDP is established in the Treaty and specified in the Stability and Growth Pact legislation. The Member States report data related to the EDP to the Commission (Eurostat) which, in turn, is responsible for providing the data to the Council. European GFS, including the statistics for the EDP, are produced in accordance with the European System of Accounts 2010 (ESA 2010), the EU manual for national accounts, which in September 2014 replaced the previous version of the national accounting framework ESA 95. It is supplemented by further interpretation and guidance from Eurostat, in particular the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt. Council Regulation 479/2009 as amended requires that Member States report government deficit/surplus (hereinafter deficit) and debt data related to the EDP twice per year: before 1 April and 1 October for the preceding four calendar years and a forecast for the current year. The data are reported in harmonised tables. These tables are designed specifically to provide a consistent framework, with a link to national budgetary aggregates and between the deficit and changes in the debt. They should be fully consistent with GFS data delivered to Eurostat in the ESA 2010 transmission programme. The EDP notification tables contain for general government and its sub sectors: Table 1: Summary table on deficit and debt, including auxiliary indicators (Gross Fixed Capital Formation, Interest and Gross Domestic Product - GDP)Tables 2A - 2D: Transition from the working balance to the deficit/surplus for general government sub sectorsTables 3A - 3E: Transition from the deficit/surplus to the change in debt for general government and its sub sectorsTable 4: Supplementary data. The data are presented in the Eurostat's Statistics Database in national currency, euro/ECU, and percentage of GDP. In order to reflect economic and technological developments and meet user needs, in September 2014 the new national accounting framework ESA 2010 replaced the previous framework ESA 95. This led to revisions of the time series for all Member States (please see Eurostat press release for the impact of the revisions on the government deficit and debt ratios). The main changes relate to the classification of certain entities into government and the treatment of transactions related to pension schemes. Also the concept of government deficit was changed as regards treatment of interest on swaps and forward rate agreements (Commission Regulation 220/2014 amending the Council Regulation 479/2009), according to which these flows are now recorded as financial transaction in line with the core ESA accounting framework.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_di30c The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:ilc_di30b The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:iww_go_anavef06 Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision).Vessel traffic (annual optional data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision) The data collection of inland waterways freight transport statistics is based on the framework Regulation 1365/2006 of the European Parliament and the Council and on the implementing Commission Regulations 425/2007 and 1304/2007. This legislation has come into force on 1 January 2007. Before that time, the data collection of inland waterways transport statistics was based on Council Directive 80/1119/EEC, which followed a similar but not identical methodology. For this reason, only time series with good data compatibility between the old and the new legislation are shown in this domain. According to the current Regulation, Member States where the total volume of goods transported annually by inland waterways as national, international or transit transport exceeds one million tons have to transmit the requested information. Member States where there is no international or transit inland waterways transport but where the total volume of goods transported annually by inland waterways as national transport exceeds one million tons have to transmit a reduced amount of data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Март 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes:annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport:Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries. Â
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Inland waterway transport statistics provides information on the volume and performance of freight transport on EU inland waterway network. They are reported on the basis of the "territoriality principle" which means that each country reports the loading, unloading and movements of goods that take place on its national territory, irrespective of country of origins of undertakings or place of first loading and final unloading.   The full data provision obligation includes: annually: goods transport by type of goods, by nationality of vessels and by type of vessel as well as container transport by type of goods;quarterly: goods and container transport by nationality of vessels. In addition, the legislation foresees voluntary annual data on vessel traffic. Voluntary annual data on the transport of dangerous goods and the number of accidents has been agreed with the reporting countries.   Summarising, Eurostat collects the following statistics on inland waterway transport: Transport of goods (annual and quarterly mandatory data provision);Vessel traffic (annual voluntary data provision);Transport of dangerous goods (annual voluntary data provision)Number of accidents (annual voluntary data provision).   An exhaustive survey is conducted by all reporting countries for national IWW transport statistics. For international IWW transport statistics, all but one country undertake an exhaustive survey. The exception, Poland, relies on assistance from the German statistical authorities to estimate international traffic, undertaken by non-Polish units. For the transit inland waterway transport, many countries conduct an exhaustive survey while few use sampling techniques to estimate it. Others rely on cooperation with neighbouring countries to provide the necessary information. Data are collected and/or compiled by the competent national authorities, which can be either the National Statistical Office or the ministries responsible. Original data sources are the inland waterways transport undertakings but the actual data providers are mainly national administrative authorities, national port authorities or IWW operators. In addition, RIS (River Information System) is used as data sources in several countries.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The lack of common definitions and practices to measure transport infrastructure spending hinders comparisons between countries and spending options. Data for road and rail infrastructure are the most comprehensive while data on sea port and airport spending are less detailed in coverage and definition. While our survey covers all sources of financing a number of countries exclude private spending, including Japan and India. Around 65% of countries report data on urban spending while for the remaining countries data on spending in this area are missing. Indicators such as the share of GDP needed for investment in transport infrastructure, depend on a number of factors, such as the quality and age of existing infrastructure, maturity of the transport system, geography of the country and transport-intensity of its productive sector. Caution is therefore required when comparing investment data between countries. However, data for individual countries and country groups are consistent over time and useful for identifying underlying trends and changes in levels of spending, especially for inland transport infrastructure. These issues of definitions and methods are addressed in a companion report Understanding the Value of Transport Infrastructure – Guidelines for macro-level measurement of spending and assets (ITF/OECD2013) that aims to improve the international collection of related statistics.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The transposition deficit shows the percentage of Single Market directives not yet notified (as national transposition measures) to the Commission in relation to the total number of directives that should have been notified by the deadline. The indicator can be considered as a measure of policy coherence between the EU and the Member States. In 2007, the European Council adopted a target of 1%. The transposition deficit is one of the indicators of the EU Internal Market Scoreboard and is updated twice a year, in May and November. Here, we refer to November data for each given year.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_wwcap_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste generation has a breakdown in sources (several business activities according to the NACE classification and household activities) and in waste categories (according to the European Waste Classification for statistical purposes). The information on waste treatment is broken down to five treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment) and in waste categories. All values are measured in tonnes of waste and in kg per capita, based on the annual average of the population. The Member States are free to decide on the data collection methods. The general options are: surveys, administrative sources, statistical estimations or some combination of methods. For the first reference year 2004 Member States could apply for permission not to deliver part of the information: waste generated by agriculture and fishing and waste generated in the services sector. For this reason this information is missing for some of the countries. Previously data on waste was collected on a voluntary basis with the joint OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on waste. A separate annual collection of data exists for the structural indicators on municipal waste: structural indicators (see at the bottom of the page, concept "21.2 Related Metadata", file "tsien120_esms").
    • Март 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_wastrtr
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:env_wwplt_r2 Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: International Transport Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The International Transport Forum publication 'Trends in the Transport Sector' analyses global statistical data on passenger and freight movements for all modes. The statistics in the detailed tables refer to the last year for which comprehensive data is available. Data is mainly collected through a targeted survey. Data is available week 48 each year. The publication is published in May each year.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries. This domain provides users with data concerning patent applications to the European Patent Office - EPO, patents granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office - USPTO and triadic patent families. EPO data refer to all patent applications by priority year as opposed to patents granted by priority year, which is the case of USPTO data.Patents reflect a country's inventive activity. Patents also show the country's capacity to exploit knowledge and translate it into potential economic gains. In this context, indicators based on patent statistics are widely used to assess the inventive performance of countries.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bank For International Settlements
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: National Institute of Statistics Tunisia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Tunisia Foreign Trade, 2014.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The data in this domain is collected by Eurostat in close cooperation with DG MARKT in the context of the annual "EU Postal Survey" (voluntary data collection). The partners in the data collection are the National Regulatory Authorities (NRAs) in the participating countries. The list of indicators/questionnaires and the definitions (Glossary) were agreed in cooperation with the European Postal Regulators in the project group "Assistance and development of EU statistics" of the European Committee for Postal Regulation (CERP). The data presented cover the companies operating under the Universal Service obligation (Universal Service Providers - USP). For countries where a USP no longer exists, the company which was the USP prior to liberalisation is referred to. "Universal service" refers here to the set of general interest demands to which services such as the mail should be subject throughout the Community.  The collection of 'Postal Services' includes data on employment, turnover, access points, traffic, prices and quality of service.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sts_trtu_m Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data aregenerally presentedin the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS-regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs concerning the STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesNew orders (data on new orders are published in Eurostat's database until the reference month April 2012; the collection of data on industrial new orders was terminated with Commission Regulation No 461/2012 of 31 May 2012): Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic new orders into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedNumber of new car registrations==>This indicator is not a STS legal requirement for the Member States. The national data are collected by the European Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA - Association de Constructeurs Européens d'Automobiles). In the past Eurostat used to compile the European time series based on the information provided by ACEA. Eurostat terminated the publication of the new car registration within short-term statistics. The information is now provided by the European Central Bank. SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employedProducer prices (Output prices )*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:sts_trtugr_m Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data aregenerally presentedin the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS-regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs concerning the STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesNew orders (data on new orders are published in Eurostat's database until the reference month April 2012; the collection of data on industrial new orders was terminated with Commission Regulation No 461/2012 of 31 May 2012): Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic new orders into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedNumber of new car registrations==>This indicator is not a STS legal requirement for the Member States. The national data are collected by the European Automobile Manufacturers Association (ACEA - Association de Constructeurs Européens d'Automobiles). In the past Eurostat used to compile the European time series based on the information provided by ACEA. Eurostat terminated the publication of the new car registration within short-term statistics. The information is now provided by the European Central Bank. SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employedProducer prices (Output prices )*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year: Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Июль 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The “Business services statistics” (BS) collection contains harmonised statistics on business services. BS is a driver of the knowledge-based economy and their labour-intensive nature has attracted interest in their potential as providers of new jobs in the future. Contributing to the recent increase in the demand for business services, the growing trend in outsourcing has seen many enterprises use service providers for non-core professional activities. Technological progress and the Internet are also important factors which have provided new production possibilities and new modes of supply. Due to its growing importance, BS data are collected since 2000 reference year. The data were collected under Gentlemen agreement until 2007 reference year and from 2008 onwards it become part of the regular mandatory annual data collection of SBS. The BS’s data requirements before 2008 reference year included more variables, but data is available only for a small number of countries. The following variables are available until 2007 reference year:Number of enterprisesTurnover or gross premiums writtenValue added at factor costPersonnel costsNumber of persons employedNumber of employeesNumber of part-time employees The “Turnover or gross premiums written” variable is broken down by product and residence of client. In addition, there is information on the turnover shares of product and client specialised enterprises. The statistics on “Turnover by product” permits analyses on each product's relative importance in the turnover, consistency of product level statistics and product specialisation. On the other hand, information on “Turnover by client” enables analyses on type and location of client and client specialisation. The economic variables make it possible to extend the analysis to productivity and personnel cost issues. From 2008 onwards, the BS’s data requirements are only for variable “Turnover” broken down by products and by type of residence of client. The majority of the data is collected annually by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salaries SERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellingsWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons EmployedSERVICES  Turnover Index* Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Industry, Trade and Services statistics are part of Short-term statistics (STS), they give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification(Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are presented in the following forms:UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally-adjusted Depending on the STS regulation, data are accessible monthly and quarterly. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction Index*Turnover IndexProducer Prices (Domestic Output Prices index)*Import Prices Index*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour Input Indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and Salaries CONSTRUCTIONProduction Index*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringLabour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed, Hours Worked, Gross Wages and SalariesConstruction costs IndexBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (in value)Labour input indicators: Number of Persons Employed SERVICES Turnover Index*Producer prices (Ouput prices)*
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short-term statistics (STS) give information on a wide range of economic activities according to NACE Rev.2 classification (Statistical Classification of Economic Activities in the European Community). The industrial import price indices offer information according to the CPA classification (Statistical Classification of Products by Activity in the European Economic Community). Construction indices are broken down by Classification of Types of Construction (CC). All data under this heading are index data. Percentage changes are also available for each indicator. The index data are generally presented in the following forms: UnadjustedCalendar adjustedSeasonally adjusted Depending on the STS regulation data are accessible as monthly, quarterly and annual data. This heading covers the indicators listed below in four different sectors. Based on the national data, Eurostat compiles EU and euro area infra-annual economic statistics. Among these, a list of indicators, called Principal European Economic Indicators (PEEIs) has been identified by key users as being of prime importance for the conduct of monetary and economic policy of the euro area. These indicators are mainly released through Eurostat's website under the heading Euro-indicators. There are eight PEEIs contributed by STS and they are marked with * in the text below. INDUSTRYProduction (volume)*Turnover: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic turnover into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesProducer prices (output prices)*: Total, Domestic market and Non-domestic market==> A further breakdown of the non-domestic producer prices into euro area and non euro area is available for the euro area countriesImport prices*: Total, Euro area market, Non euro area market (euro area countries only)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesCONSTRUCTIONProduction (volume)*: Total of the construction sector, Building construction, Civil EngineeringBuilding permits indicators*: Number of dwellings, Square meters of useful floor (or alternative size measure)Construction costs or prices: Construction costs, Material costs, Labour costs (if not available, they may be approximated by the Output prices variable)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesWHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADEVolume of sales (deflated turnover)*Turnover (value)Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesSERVICESTurnover (in value)*Labour input indicators: Number of persons employed, Hours worked, Gross wages and salariesProducer prices (Output prices )* National reference metadata of the reporting countries can be found in the Annexes of this metadata file.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Turnover is the total of all sales (excluding VAT) of goods and services carried out by the enterprises of a given sector during the reference period. The data is broken down by size classes of persons employed.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Adult Education Survey (AES) covers adults’ participation in education and training (formal, non-formal and informal learning) and is one of the main data sources for EU lifelong learning statistics. The AES focuses on people aged 25-64 living in private households. The reference period for the participation in education and training is the twelve months prior to the interview. The following information is available from the AES: Participation in formal education, non-formal education and training and informal learning (respectively labelled FED, NFE and INF)Volume of instruction hoursCharacteristics of the learning activitiesReasons for participatingObstacles to participationAccess to information on learning possibilitiesEmployer financing and costs of learningSelf-reported language skills Two waves of the survey have been implemented so far (2007 AES and 2011 AES). The first AES – referred to as 2007 AES – was a pilot exercise and carried out on a voluntary basis in 29 countries in the EU, EFTA (European Free Trade Association) and candidate countries between 2005 and 2008. The 2011 AES was underpinned by a European legal act and thus carried out in all Member States on a mandatory basis. The next AES is due in 2016. Comparable data from 2007 and 2011 AES can be found in the following folders: Participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m0)Access to information on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m1)Time spent on education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m2)           Obstacles to participation in education and training (last 12 months) (trng_aes_12m3)Self-reported language skills (educ_lang_00) The domain “Past series on lifelong learning - reference year 2007 (trng_aes_007h)” presents 2007 AES data on participation and non-participation in education and training which are not comparable with 2011 AES due to methodological changes.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, types of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat together with the countries developed a standard core questionnaire (see in Annex) accompanied by a set of definitions and methodological recommendations. CIS 2012 concepts and underlying methodology are also based on the Oslo Manual third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). CIS 2012 results were collected under Commission Regulation No 995/2012. This Regulation sets the mandatory target population of the survey that refers to enterprises in the Core NACE categories (see section 3.3.) with at least 10 employees. Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis in national datasets. Most statistics are based on the 3-year reference period 2010-2012, but some use only one calendar year (2010 or 2012). CIS 2012 includes an ad-hoc module on growth that consists of a set of questions focusing more specifically on the strategies and obstacles for reaching the enterprises' goals. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their microdata through national Safe Centres. Since the provision of the microdata is voluntary, microdatasets do not cover all countries.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Demand for services collection contains harmonised statistics on demand for services by enterprises in the non-financial business economy. The Demand for services collection includes the following variables: number of enterprises purchases of servicesservice related investments The demand side survey "demand for services" provides information on the functioning of the internal market for services, allowing a more profound understanding of the true extent of the use of services in the European economy. It provides information on service providers, types of service purchased, the location of the main service provider, barriers to purchasing services, the level of expectations for future purchases, as well as information on service related investments in intangibles (such as tradable rights, ICT, R&D, marketing and sales).
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This is a one-off survey, not intended to be repeated.  Access to finance is crucial to business success and an important factor for economic growth in Europe following the economic crisis in 2007. The purpose of the survey is to:Examine where there may be constraints on the availability of finance, and how those may be changing.Provide evidence on the need for finance (loans, equity and other) in the future, for example to promote growth.Identify the sources from which businesses would wish to obtain this finance.  It is important to be able to compare businesses that have shown sharp growth in recent years with those that have not; and to separate more recently formed businesses from others. As a consequence, the survey will collect information separately for "gazelles" (defined at page 3 below); other high-growth businesses that have been established longer than gazelles; and other businesses. Only businesses with an employment of 10-249 in 2005 and at least 10 employees in 2010 are being covered.
  • U
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data collected from table 5-25 to 5-54, 5-58
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: International trade administration, United States
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: International trade administration, United States
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Office of Transportation and Machinery (OTM) provide trade data generated by OTM product groupings from the Harmonized Tariff Schedule (imports) and Schedule B (exports). Notes:1) Foreign Trade Statistics, FT900: U.S. International Trade In Goods and Services, Exhibit 18: Motor Vehicles and Parts, U.S. Census Bureau;2) 1998 and 1999 data include transshipments to Brazil and Venezuela through St. Vincent and Grenadines;3) The ASEAN region comrpises Brunei, Burma (Myanmar), Cambodia, Indonesia, Laos, Malaysia, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, and Vietnam;4) The selected European Union countries are Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, the United Kingdom, Austria, Finland, and Sweden;5) The Andean Community comprises Bolivia, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela;6) Central America comprises Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, and Panama;7) The MERCOSUR countries are Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, and Uruguay;8) 1995 data revised to reflect $698 million in exports underreported by Census.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: International trade administration, United States
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Note: outflows "+", inflows "-"; data is not seasonally adjusted and without current-cost adjustment.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Note: outflows "+", inflows "-"; data is not seasonally adjusted and without current-cost adjustment. Beginning with 2006, income is shown gross of withholding taxes.  Prior to 2006, income is shown net of withholding taxes.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Country and Industry Detail for Selected Items, 2014
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Balance of Payments and Direct Investment Position Data
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      U.S. Direct Investment Abroad: Income Without Current-Cost Adjustment, 2014
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      U.S. Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis by Account for Selected Countries, 2014
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      U.S. Direct Investment Position Abroad on a Historical-Cost Basis, 2015
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: U.S. Energy Information Administration
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      IEO2014 projections of future liquids balances include two broad categories: crude and lease condensate and other liquid fuels. Crude and lease condensate includes tight oil, shale oil, extra-heavy crude oil, field condensate, and bitumen (i.e., oil sands, either diluted or upgraded). Other liquids refer to natural gas plant liquids (NGPL), biofuels (including biomass-to-liquids [BTL]), gas-to-liquids (GTL), coal-to-liquids (CTL), kerogen (i.e., oil shale), and refinery gain.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: U.S. Department of Treasury
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: U.S. Department of Treasury
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      U.S. Financial Firms Liabilities: Data by Type, Country and Region
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Bureau of Economic Analysis
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2009
      Источник: U.S. Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 сентября, 2013
      Выбрать
      U.S. Medical Industry Trade Statistics, 2008
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Uganda Bureau of Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset covers basic indicators on Uganda tourism and monthly statistics on accommodation capacity & occupancy rate for the year span of.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      Both ethanol and biodiesel are classified under the HS-6 digit categories that also contain other products. Biodiesel is an industrial product (as it is produced through a chemical process called transsesterification) and classified under HS code 382490 - products, preparations and residual products of the chemical or allied industries not elsewhere specified. Ethanol is classified as an agriculture product under HS code 2207, which covers un-denatured (HS 2207 10) and denatured alcohol (HS 2207 20).
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 декабря, 2011
      Выбрать
      The global database for merchandise trade statistics: groups 01-24 (4 digit level of HS Classification)
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: UNPACS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 марта, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EGDI is based on a comprehensive Survey of the online presence of all 193 United Nations Member States, which assesses national websites and how e-government policies and strategies are applied in general and in specific sectors for delivery of essential services. The assessment rates the e-government performance of countries relative to one another as opposed to being an absolute measurement. The results are tabulated and combined with a set of indicators embodying a country’s capacity to participate in the information society, without which e-government development efforts are of limited immediate use. Although the basic model has remained consistent, the precise meaning of these values varies from one edition of the Survey to the next as understanding of the potential of e-government changes and the underlying technology evolves. This is an important distinction because it also implies that it is a comparative framework that seeks to encompass various approaches that may evolve over time instead of advocating a linear path with an absolute goal.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: United Nations Environment Programme
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      The GEO Data Portal is the authoritative source for data sets used by UNEP and its partners in the Global Environment Outlook (GEO) report and other integrated environment assessments. The GEO Data Portal gives access to a broad socio-economic data sets from authoritative sources at global, regional, sub-regional and national levels. The contents of the Data Portal cover environmental themes such as climate, forests and freshwater and many others, as well as socioeconomic categories, including education, health, economy, population and environmental policies.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Industrial Commodity Statistics Database provides annual statistics on the production of major industrial commodities by country. Data are provided in terms of physical quantities as well as monetary value. The online database covers the years 1995 to 2015
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Statistics reported to the United Nations in the context of its various surveys on crime levels and criminal justice trends are incidents of victimization that have been reported to the authorities in any given country. That means that this data is subject to the problems of accuracy of all official crime data.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: United Nations Statistics Division
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Energy Statistics Database contains basic statistics for more than 215 countries/territories. Currently, the database provides time series for the period 1950-2009 and is updated annually during the period October-November.The Energy Statistics Database provides statistics on production, trade, transformation and consumption (end-use) for primary and secondary, conventional, non-conventional and new and renewable sources of energy, as well as population estimates to enable the calculation of per capita indicators. The database contains data in their original units (e.g. metric tonnes, GWh) and also calorific values to allow interfuel comparison in a common energy unit (terajoules). The main source of information for the Energy Statistics Database is the UNSD Annual Questionnaire on Energy Statistics. Additional sources of information for the database include national, regional and international statistical publications (including, but not limited to publications from: the International Energy Agency (OECD/IEA), the Statistical Office of the European Communities (Eurostat), the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), the Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC), the Organización Latinoamericana de Energía (OLADE), etc.). The Statistics Division prepares estimates where official data are incomplete or inconsistent.
    • Ноябрь 2014
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      World Health Statistics presents the most recent health statistics for WHO’s 193 Member States.
    • Июль 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 сентября, 2011
      Выбрать
      UNECE Economic indicators. Comparable data for 52 countries and 7 groups of countries.
    • Сентябрь 2010
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) forestry statistics
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Biological Diversity statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Forest Health and Vitality statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Forest resource statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Productive function statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Protective Function statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Socio-Economic Function statistics from United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 февраля, 2012
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Июль 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 мая, 2012
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 сентября, 2011
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. It is the forum where the countries of western, central and eastern Europe, central Asia and North America – 56 countries in all – come together to forge the tools of their economic cooperation. That cooperation concerns such areas as economic cooperation and integration, energy, environment, human settlements, population, statistics, timber, trade, and transport.
    • Октябрь 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Road Accidents by Country, Accident Type
    • Май 2011
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE) is one of the five regional commissions of the United Nations. Dataset contains statistics for employment by level of education, occupation and sex
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Human Resources in Science and Technology (HRST) domain provides data on stocks and flows (where flows in turn are divided into job-to-job mobility and education inflows). Stocks and flows are the main statistics for HRST. Their methodologies interlink and are therefore presented together in one single metadata-file. This metadata-file is duplicated in the structure of Eurostat's online database, while statistics for stocks and flows are found in separate folders. Several breakdowns are available for stocks and flows indicators: sex, age, region, sector of economic activity, occupation, educational attainment, fields of education, although not all combinations are possible. The data on stocks and job-to-job mobility are obtained from the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU LFS). The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys and forwarding the results to Eurostat. The data on education inflows are obtained from Eurostat's Education database and in turn obtained via the UNESCO/OECD/Eurostat questionnaire on education. The National Statistical Institutes are responsible for conducting the surveys, compiling the results and forwarding the results to Eurostat. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on the share of the five durations - less than 1 month, >1 month and < 3 months, >3 months and <6 months, >6 months and <1 year, 1 year and over - of unemployment among total unemployment by sex and by standardised age groups (15-19, 15-24, 20-24, 25-54, 55+, total).
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfu3pers
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Unemployment rate represents unemployed persons as a percentage of the labour force. The labour force is the total number of people employed and unemployed. Unemployed persons comprise persons aged 15 to 74 who were: a. without work during the reference week, b. currently available for work, i.e. were available for paid employment or self-employment before the end of the two weeks following the reference week, c. actively seeking work, i.e. had taken specific steps in the four weeks period ending with the reference week to seek paid employment or self-employment or who found a job to start later, i.e. within a period of, at most, three months. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. Harmonised unemployment is published in the section 'LFS main indicators', which is a collection of the main statistics on the labour market. However the harmonized unemployment indicators are calculated with special methods and periodidicty which justify the present page. This page focuses on the particularities of the estimation of harmonised unemployment (including unemployment rates). Other information on 'LFS main indicators' can be found in the respective ESMS page, see link in section 'related metadata'. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)'.  Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The ad-hoc module "labour market situation of migrants and their immediate descendants" aimed at comparing the situation on the labour market for first generation immigrants, second generation immigrants, and nationals, and further to analyse the factors affecting the integration in and adaptation to the labour market.
    • Январь 2012
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data presented concerns the Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) survey. This survey is a joint project of three organisations, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) and Eurostat. The first data collection was carried out in 2006 and the second in 2009 in most European countries and some of the most important other members of the OECD, such as the United States. CDH statistics measure important characteristics of doctorate holders, i.e. holders of ISCED6 research qualification. The main topics covered within this collection are the following: - personal characteristics - employment situation - work perceptions - inward international mobility Being the first round of the CDH survey, the 2006 data collection had a certain element of ‘pilot exercise’. Significant comparability issues between countries, mainly due to coverage inconsistencies, resulted in the request for new data under the following two restrictions: - ISCED6 graduates aged below 70 years old - ISCED6 graduates having awarded their degree after 1990. The restricted data was gathered in March 2009 based on the 2006 data collection. CDH data presented here refer to both data collections, the core collection (total) and the restricted collection (graduates after 1990). The CDH 2009 collection covers by definition the holders of ISCED 6 qualification aged below 70 years old. No restriction in the year of graduation has been implemented. However, CDH 2009 figures are also published for the two populations (core and restricted) for reasons of comparability between the two rounds. For more information on the CDH project, please see Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development - Careers of Doctorate Holders (CDH) project.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_ured The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Bologna indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment are based for most of the countries on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For some countries not participating in the EU-LFS data collection, data were provided by their NSI and rely upon national household surveys.   The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information regarding the survey methods, organization and comparability issues is available on the EU-LFS webpage. The following datasets are available with indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment used for the monitoring of the Bologna Process namely on effective outcomes and employability: educ_bo_ou_att: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by sex and ageeduc_bo_ou_attf: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-39, by field of study and sexeduc_bo_ou_ured: Unemployment rate of people aged 20-34, by sex and educational attainmenteduc_bo_ou_ursy: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 20-34, by sex and number of years since graduationeduc_bo_ou_urfi: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by field of study and ageeduc_bo_ou_mism: People with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-34 and employed in ISCO 1 or 2, in ISCO3, and not in ISCO 1|2|3, by sexeduc_bo_ou_mifi: People aged 25-34 with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) being vertically mismatched, by field of study and sex As regards some countries, data on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment were provided outside the framework of the LFS data collection and therefore cannot be considered to be always fully comparable due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. This parallel collection was carried out in January 2009 with some Bologna countries that have not participated in the EU-LFS data collection. Data, as well as some metadata, were collected in Armenia (AM), Moldova (MD), Serbia (RS) and Russia (RU): Armenia (AM): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured). Data provided by the National Statistical Service. Surveys: "LFS" and "ILCS". LFS for 2007 has been conducted within the frame of ILCS with a reduced number of questions;Moldova (MD): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the National Bureau of Statistics. Survey: "LFS";Serbia (RS): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_attf, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_ursy, educ_bo_ou_urfi, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia. Survey: "LFS";Russia (RU): (indicators educ_bo_ou_urgaed, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service. Survey: "Survey on employment".
    • Декабрь 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:educ_bo_ou_ursy The Bologna declaration was signed in 1999 by 29 European ministers responsible for higher education. Today, 46 signatory countries are engaged in the process towards a European Higher Education Area (EHEA). The Bologna Process is an intergovernmental initiative which also involves the European Commission, the Council of Europe and UNESCO-CEPES, as well as representatives of higher education institutions, students, staff, employers and quality assurance agencies. It aims to create a European Higher Education Area by 2010, and to promote the European system of higher education worldwide. More information on the Bologna process is available on http://ec.europa.eu/education/higher-education/doc1290_en.htm. Bologna indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment are based for most of the countries on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For some countries not participating in the EU-LFS data collection, data were provided by their NSI and rely upon national household surveys.   The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information regarding the survey methods, organization and comparability issues is available on the EU-LFS webpage. The following datasets are available with indicators on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment used for the monitoring of the Bologna Process namely on effective outcomes and employability: educ_bo_ou_att: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by sex and ageeduc_bo_ou_attf: Population with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-39, by field of study and sexeduc_bo_ou_ured: Unemployment rate of people aged 20-34, by sex and educational attainmenteduc_bo_ou_ursy: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 20-34, by sex and number of years since graduationeduc_bo_ou_urfi: Unemployment rate of people with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6), by field of study and ageeduc_bo_ou_mism: People with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) aged 25-34 and employed in ISCO 1 or 2, in ISCO3, and not in ISCO 1|2|3, by sexeduc_bo_ou_mifi: People aged 25-34 with tertiary education (ISCED 5-6) being vertically mismatched, by field of study and sex As regards some countries, data on tertiary education attainment, occupational mismatch and unemployment were provided outside the framework of the LFS data collection and therefore cannot be considered to be always fully comparable due to differences in the underlying data sources and definitions. This parallel collection was carried out in January 2009 with some Bologna countries that have not participated in the EU-LFS data collection. Data, as well as some metadata, were collected in Armenia (AM), Moldova (MD), Serbia (RS) and Russia (RU): Armenia (AM): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured). Data provided by the National Statistical Service. Surveys: "LFS" and "ILCS". LFS for 2007 has been conducted within the frame of ILCS with a reduced number of questions;Moldova (MD): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the National Bureau of Statistics. Survey: "LFS";Serbia (RS): (indicators educ_bo_ou_att, educ_bo_ou_attf, educ_bo_ou_ured, educ_bo_ou_ursy, educ_bo_ou_urfi, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Statistical Office of the Republic of Serbia. Survey: "LFS";Russia (RU): (indicators educ_bo_ou_urgaed, educ_bo_ou_mism). Data provided by the Federal State Statistics Service. Survey: "Survey on employment".
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for regional typology statistics are regional indicators at NUTS level 3 published on the Eurostat website or existing in the Eurostat production database. The structure of this domain is as follows: - Metropolitan regions (met)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/metropolitan-regions/overview - Maritime policy indicators (mare)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/maritime-policy-indicators/overview - Urban-rural typology (urt)    For details see http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/rural-development/overview
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:urt_lfu3rt
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources. Â
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' reports detailed quarterly results going beyond the EU-LFS main aggregates, which have a separate data domain and some methodological differences. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The source for the regional labour market information down to NUTS level 2 is the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). This is a quarterly household sample survey conducted in all Member States of the EU and in EFTA and Candidate countries.  The EU-LFS survey follows the definitions and recommendations of the International Labour Organisation (ILO). To achieve further harmonisation, the Member States also adhere to common principles when formulating questionnaires. The LFS' target population is made up of all persons in private households aged 15 and over. For more information see the EU Labour Force Survey (lfsi_esms, see paragraph 21.1.).  The EU-LFS is designed to give accurate quarterly information at national level as well as annual information at NUTS 2 regional level and the compilation of these figures is well specified in the regulation. Microdata including the NUTS 2 level codes are provided by all the participating countries with a good degree of geographical comparability, which allows the production and dissemination of a complete set of comparable indicators for this territorial level. At present the transmission of the regional labour market data at NUTS 3 level has no legal basis. However many countries transmit NUTS 3 figures to Eurostat on a voluntary basis, under the understanding that they are not for publication with such detail, but for aggregation in few categories per country, i.e., metropolitan regions and urban-rural typology. Most of the NUTS 3 data are based on the LFS while some countries transmit data based on registers, administrative data, small area estimation and other reliable sources.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator focuses on the 25 to 64 years old. It shows the "probability" of being without a job for those who would like to have one, broken-down by educational attainment level. The indicator provides a measure of difficulties that people with different levels of education have to face in the labour market and offers a first idea of the impact of education in reducing the chances of being unemployed. The educational attainment level is coded according to the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED). Data until 2013 are classified according to ISCED 1997 and data as from 2014 according to ISCED 2011. • Less than primary, primary and lower secondary education (ISCED levels 0-2) • Upper secondary and post-secondary non-tertiary education (ISCED levels 3 and 4) • Tertiary education (ISCED levels 5-8) (ISCED 1997: levels 5 and 6)
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Indicators of Regional education Survey,Global Education Digest - WEI and UOE countries - Organization of teachers’ instructional time, Global Education Digest - WEI and UOE countries - Distribution of teachers by age, Global Education Digest - WEI and UOE countries - Teachers’ average annual salaries, Global Education Digest - Special tables for WEI and UOE countries.Note : Source for OECD countries and OECD Partner countries: OECD, 2009.
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, Institute for Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      The UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) is the statistical office of UNESCO and is the UN depository for global statistics in the fields of education, science and technology, culture and communication. The UIS was established in 1999. It was created to improve UNESCO’s statistical programme and to develop and deliver the timely, accurate and policy-relevant statistics needed in today’s increasingly complex and rapidly changing social, political and economic environments. The UIS is based in Montreal, Canada. The dataset contains over 1,000 types of indicators and raw data on education, literacy, science and technology, culture and communication. The UIS collects the data for more than 200 countries and territories from Member States and international organizations.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 сентября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table contains the number of active trade union members and the number of wage and salary earners. Data on union membership are broken down by source of data (administrative or survey data).Membership corresponds to the number of wage and salary earners that are members of a trade union. Total number of wage and salary earners are taken from OECD Labour Force Statistics.Data are expressed in thousands.
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The unit labour cost (ULC) measures the average cost of labour per unit of output. It is calculated as the ratio of labour costs to labour productivity. The ULC represents a link between productivity and the cost of labour in producing output. The input data are obtained through official transmissions of national accounts' country data in the European system of accounts - ESA2010 - transmission programme. Nominal ULC (NULC) is calculated as: (D1/EEM) / (B1GM/ETO), where: D1 = Compensation of employees, all industries, in current prices EEM = Employees, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept) B1GM = Gross domestic product at market prices in millions, chain-linked volumes reference year 2010 ETO = Total employment, all industries, in persons (following the domestic concept). The MIP scoreboard indicator is the Nominal unit labour cost - 3 years % change. In the MIP domain are also published annual figures on: NULC - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity - 1, 3, 5 and 10 years % change and index 2010=100ULC performance related to the Euro area – 1 and 10 years % change And quarterly data: NULC – 1 year % change and index 2010=100Real labour productivity – 1 year % change and index 2010=100
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Economic Accounts for Agriculture (EAA) provide detailed information on income in the agricultural sector. The purpose is to analyse the production process of the agricultural industry and the primary income generated by this production. The accounts are therefore based on the industry concept. The EAA accounts are detailed data on value of output (producer prices and basic prices), intermediate consumption, subsidies and taxes, consumption of fixed capital, rent and interests, capital formation etc. The values are in current as well as in constant prices. Agricultural Labour Input (ALI) and Unit Values (UV) are an integrated part of the overall concept of Economic Accounts for Agriculture. The Economic accounts for agriculture (EAA) are a satellite account of the European System of Accounts (ESA2010), providing complementary information and concepts adapted to the particular nature of the agricultural industry. Although their structure very closely matches that of the national accounts, their compilation requires the formulation of appropriate rules and methods. National Statistical Institutes or Ministries of Agriculture are responsible for data collection and calculation of national EAA, in accordance with EC Regulations. Eurostat is responsible for the EU aggregations. Regional data EAA accounts are compiled at regional level (NUTS2), but only in values in current prices. The labour input data and Unit values are not broken down to regional level. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data. Frequency of data collection for data under Regulation (EC) 138/2004 and gentlemen's agreement, deadline for transmission for years.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Joint United Nations Programme on HIV/AIDS
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      UNAIDS was mandated by the UN General Assembly to monitor progress on global AIDS response in the 2001 General Assembly Special Session on HIV and AIDS, and reaffirmed in the 2011 High Level Meeting. The Global AIDS Response Progress Reporting data consists of 30 indicators, divided by 10 global targets, which are reported by participating countries on their national response to HIV/AIDS. Data used to be reported every second year from 2004 until 2012, However, starting 2013, data are collected every year to enable effective monitoring towards Millennium Development Goals of 2015. Collected data are published as part of the Global Report on AIDS. In 2014, 180 out of 193 UN member states (171 in 2013) submitted their reports.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains short-term prospects for the global economy in 2016-2017   Project LINK is an international collaborative research group for econometric modelling, coordinated jointly by the Development Policy and Analysis Division of UN/DESA and the University of Toronto. Each year, a UN/DESA Expert Group Meeting on the World Economy, also known as the Project LINK Meeting, is held in October to discuss the world economic outlook. The meeting is participated in by a wide range of experts from academia, economic research institutions and international economic organizations as well as United Nations colleagues from the regional commissions of ECA, ECE, ECLAC, ESCAP and ESCWA. Global Economic Outlook presents the short-term prospects for the global economy in 2016 and 2017, including major risks and policy challenges. The report draws on inputs from the experts of Project LINK, as well as analysis of staff in the Global Economic Monitoring Unit of the Development Policy and Analysis Division (DPAD) of UN/DESA.
    • Июнь 2010
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Statistics reported to the United Nations in the context of its various surveys on crime levels and criminal justice trends are incidents of victimization that have been reported to the authorities in any given country. That means that this data is subject to the problems of accuracy of all official crime data.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      The latest information on drug production and prices
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Kirill Kosenkov
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) collects data on crime and the operation of criminal justice systems in order to make policy-relevant information and analysis available in a timely manner to the international community, conducting Surveys of Crime Trends and the Operations of Criminal Justice Systems (UN-CTS). The major goal of the United Nations Surveys on Crime Trends and the Operations of Criminal Justice Systems is to collect data on the incidence of reported crime and the operations of criminal justice systems with a view to improving the analysis and dissemination of that information globally. The survey results provide an overview of trends and interrelationships between various parts of the criminal justice system to promote informed decision-making in administration, nationally and internationally.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics reported to the United Nations in the context of its various surveys on crime levels and criminal justice trends are incidents of victimization that have been reported to the authorities in any given country. That means that this data is subject to the problems of accuracy of all official crime data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Statistics reported to the United Nations in the context of its various surveys on crime levels and criminal justice trends are incidents of victimization that have been reported to the authorities in any given country. That means that this data is subject to the problems of accuracy of all official crime data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Intentional homicide is defined as unlawful death purposefully inflicted on a person by another person
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Август 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Декабрь 2010
      Источник: U.S. Census Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      As a United Nations agency, the ITU has an obligation to identify, define, and produce statistics covering its sector - the telecommunication/ICT sector. This is in line with other specialized agencies that publish statistics covering their respective field of operations and forms part of the global statistical system of the UN. The collection of over 100 telecommunication/ICT indicators is one of the main activities of the unit. The ITU's Market Information and Statistics (STAT) Division collects its Telecommunication/ICT data directly form governments by means of an annual questionnaire that is sent to the government agency in charge of telecommunications/ICT. This is usually the Ministry or the regulatory agency. The STAT Division verifies and harmonizes data, carries out research, and collects missing values from government web sites and operators' annual reports, particularly for countries that do not reply to the questionnaire. Market research data are also used to cross-check and complement missing values.
    • Сентябрь 2011
      Источник: U.S. Census Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      As a United Nations agency, the ITU has an obligation to identify, define, and produce statistics covering its sector -the telecommunication/ICT sector. This is in line with other specialized agencies that publish statistics covering their respective field of operations and forms part of the global statistical system of the UN. The collection of over 100 telecommunication/ICT indicators is one of the main activities of the unit. The ITU's Market Information and Statistics (STAT) Division collects its Telecommunication/ICT data directly form governments by means of an annual questionnaire that is sent to the government agency in charge of telecommunications/ICT. This is usually the Ministry or the regulatory agency. The STAT Division verifies and harmonizes data, carries out research, and collects missing values from government web sites and operators' annual reports, particularly for countries that do not reply to the questionnaire. Market research data are also used to cross-check and complement missing values.
    • Сентябрь 2013
      Источник: U.S. Census Bureau
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      US Stats Indicators, 2014
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 04 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Improving agricultural productivity has been the world's primary means of assuring that the needs of a growing population don't outstrip the ability of humanity to supply food. Over the past 50 years, productivity growth in agriculture has allowed food to become more abundant and cheaper (see Growth in Global Agricultural Productivity: An Update, Amber Waves, November 2013, and New Evidence Points to Robust But Uneven Productivity Growth in Global Agriculture, Amber Waves, September 2012). A broad concept of agricultural productivity is total factor productivity (TFP). TFP takes into account all of the land, labor, capital, and material resources employed in farm production and compares them with the total amount of crop and livestock output. If total output is growing faster than total inputs, we call this an improvement in total factor productivity ("factor" = input). TFP differs from measures like crop yield per acre or agricultural value-added per worker because it takes into account a broader set of inputs used in production. TFP encompasses the average productivity of all of these inputs employed in the production of all crop and livestock commodities."Growth accounting" provides a practicable way of measuring changes in agricultural TFP across a broad set of countries and regions, and for the world as a whole, given limited international data on production outputs, inputs, and their economic values. The approach (described in detail in Documentation and Methods) gives agricultural TFP growth rates, but not TFP levels, across the countries and regions of the world in a consistent, comparable way. Most of the data for the analysis comes from FAOSTAT. In some cases Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) input and output data are supplemented with data from national statistical sources.Note: To facilitate international comparisons, certain simplifying assumptions must be made, and as such the estimates of TFP growth reported here may not be exactly the same as TFP growth estimates reported in other studies using different assumptions or methods. In particular, our TFP estimates for the United States differ slightly from those reported in ERS' Agricultural Productivity in the U.S. data product.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: U.S. Department of Agriculture
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      USDA Production, Supply and Distribution dataset contains current and historical official USDA data on production, supply and distribution of agricultural commodities for the United States and key producing and consuming countries. Note that values are given for Marketing Years, e.g. 2016 corresponds to 2015/2016 marketing year, 2015 refers to 2014/2015 marketing year, etc.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: ICT systems and their usage in enterprises,use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises,e-commerce,e-business processes and organisational aspects,use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government),ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills,barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes,ICT expenditure and investment,ICT security and trust,use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT),access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things),access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity).Breakdowns:by size class,by NACE categories,by region (until 2010)
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Fertilisers contain important nutrients, such as nitrogen (N) and phosphorus (P), which plants absorb from the soil for their growth. With the harvest of crops for human and livestock consumption and industrial uses, N and P is removed from the soil. Continuing agricultural production without fertilisation could lead to soil degradation and erosion. Fertilisers are therefore essential to sustain agricultural production. Fertilisers are also used to improve crop yields and soils. The use of manufactured fertilizers as a regular farming practice began in most European countries in the mid to late nineteenth century but the greatest increase in consumption in these countries occurred in the three decades following World War II. The manufacturing of fertilisers greatly enhanced crop yields and agricultural production, and aided the large increase in the world population in the 20th Century. However when the amount of fertiliser applied exceeds the plants' nutritional requirements, there is a greater risk of nutrient losses from agricultural soils into ground and surface water. The resulting higher concentration of nutrients (eutrophication) can cause serious degradation of ecosystems. With the storage and application to the land of manufactured fertilisers, Nitrogen can volatilise into the air as ammonia contributing to acidification, eutrophication and atmospheric particulate pollution, and nitrous oxides, a potent greenhouse gas contributing to climate change.  In addition fertilisers may also have adverse environmental effects resulting from their production processes. More specifically, nitrogenous fertilisers require large amounts of energy to be produced leading potentially to higher levels of greenhouse gas emissions. In a different way, phosphorus fertilisers also have an environmental impact, since the raw materials used to produce them are mined, therefore potentially leading to landscape destruction, water contamination, excessive water consumption or air pollution. This table contains data on the total use of manufactured fertilisers expressed in tonnes of N and tonnes of P received from the countries. Manufactured fertilisers are also often referred to as inorganic fertilisers or mineral fertilisers. For a definition see 3.4.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The EU27 consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU27 describe the aggregation of the 27 Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). Geographic coverage: Member States of EU27 National accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 1995. The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU27, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU27. Annex B of the Regulation (EC) No 1392/2007 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 November 2007 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2223/96 with respect to the transmission of national accounts data.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 16 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Since September 2014, national accounts are compiled in accordance with the European System of Accounts - ESA 2010. Supply, use and input-output tables are part of the National Accounts transmission program. The timeliness for supply, use and input-output tables is set to 36 months after the end of the reference year. For example, data for the year 2011 should be transmitted to Eurostat not later tg-han by end of December 2014. The transmission program sets the requirements for the transmission of national data by Member States and partners countries. Every year countries transmit the supply and use tables. Every 5 years (for reference years ending with 0 or 5) countries transmit input-output tables (product by product) and detailed use tables at basic prices and valuation tables. Data are presented in million Euro in current prices (basic prices and a transformation into purchaser's prices for the supply side). The geographic coverage is the Member States of EU. Regulation (EU) No 549/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 May 2013 on the European system of national and regional accounts in the European Union defines the requirements for Member States. The EU and EA consolidated Supply, use and input-output tables describe by product and industry the production processes and the transactions in products of the European Union economy with great detail. The consolidated supply, use and input-output tables for the EU describe the aggregation of the EU Member States data, from which the intra trade data has been treated (respectively for the Euro Area). The data is presented in a framework where the domestic part corresponds to the area of EU, the import part corresponds to imports from outside of the area EU.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: National Science Foundation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      1. USPTO:- U.S. Patent and Trademark Office 2. IPC:- International Patent Classification 3. Patents are fractionally allocated among regions/countries/economies based on the proportion of residences of all named inventors 4. The EU includes 28 member countries and China includes Hong Kong. 5. Patents are classified under the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) classification of patents 6.Data collected from table 6-36 to 6-50, 6-65 to 6-79
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table contains data on employment by hour bands for usual weekly hours worked in the main job. Standard hour bands are reported for most countries. Actual hours of work instead of usual hours of work are only available in some countries (Japan and Korea). Data are broken down by professional status - employees, total employment - by sex and standardised age groups (15-24, 25-54, 55+, total). Unit of measure used - Data are expressed in thousands of persons.
  • V
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Non-expenditure health care data provide information on institutions providing health care in countries, on resources used and on output produced in the framework of health care provision. Data on health care form a major element of public health information as they describe the capacities available for different types of health care provision as well as potential 'bottlenecks' observed. The quantity and quality of health care services provided and the work sharing established between the different institutions are a subject of ongoing debate in all countries. Sustainability - continuously providing the necessary monetary and personal resources needed - and meeting the challenges of ageing societies are the primary perspectives used when analysing and using the data. The output-related data ('activities') refer to contacts between patients and the health care system, and to the treatment thereby received. Data are available for hospital discharges of in-patients and day cases, average length of stay of in-patients and medical procedures performed in hospitals. Annual national and regional data are provided in absolute numbers and in population-standardised rates (per 100 000 inhabitants). Wherever applicable, the definitions and classifications of the System of Health Accounts (SHA) are followed, e.g. International Classification for Health Accounts - Providers of health care (ICHA-HP). For hospital discharges, the International Shortlist for Hospital Morbidity Tabulation (ISHMT) is used. Health care data on activities are largely based on administrative data sources in the countries. Therefore, they reflect the country-specific way of organising health care and may not always be completely comparable.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Its presents output, intermediate consumption and the gross value added and its components, in particular compensation of employees and gross operating surplus and mixed income, broken down by detailed industries. It has been prepared from statistics reported to the OECD by Member countries in their answers to annual national accounts questionnaire. This questionnaire is designed to collect internationally comparable data according to the 1993 SNA. Data presented in this table will not be updated after summer 2010. Data reported to the OECD by countries in their answers to the annual national accounts questionnaire are now available on theme Industry and Services, Structural Analysis (STAN) Databases. In national currency, in current prices and constant prices (national base year, previous year prices and OECD base year i.e. 2005). Expressed in millions. For the Euro area countries, the data in national currency for all years are calculated using the fixed conversion rates against the euro.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on cultural enterprises come from 2 data collections and are summarised in 4 Tables : a) SBS (Structural Business Statistics) Table 1. Number and average size of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_num) Table 2. Value added and turnover of enterprises in the cultural sectors by NACE Rev. 2 activity (cult_ent_val), in millions of EUR and as a percentage of services except trade and financial and insurance activities (i.e. NACE Rev. 2 sections H to N, without K) Table 3. Services by employment size class (NACE Rev. 2, H-N, S95) (sbs_sc_1b_se_r2)   b) Business Demography (BD) Table 4. Business demography by size class (from 2004 onwards, NACE Rev. 2) (bd_9bd_sz_cl_r2)   The data focus on culture-related sectors of activity, as identified by international experts in the final report of the European Statistical System Network on Culture (ESS-Net Culture Report 2012).   The cultural sphere in business statistics is therefore captured through the following NACE Rev. 2 codes, when they are covered (see 3.3. Sector coverage for details): J58.11 Book publishing J58.13 Publishing of newspapers J58.14 Publishing of journals and periodicals J58.21 Publishing of computer games J59 Motion picture, video and television programme production, sound recording and music publishing activities J60 Programming and broadcasting activities J63.91 News agency activities M71.11 Architectural activities M74.1 Specialised design activities R90 Creative, arts and entertainment activities R91 Libraries, archives, museums and other cultural activities
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data given in this domain are collected on a yearly basis by the National Statistical Institutes or Ministries and are based on the annual Eurostat Model Questionnaires on ICT (Information and Communication Technologies) usage and e-commerce in enterprises. Large part of the data collected are used in the context of the 2011 - 2015 benchmarking framework (endorsed by i2010 High Level Group in November 2009) for the Digital Agenda Scoreboard, Europe's strategy for a flourishing digital economy by 2020. This conceptual framework follows the i2010 Benchmarking Framework which itself followed-up the eEurope 2005 Action Plan. The aim of the European ICT usage surveys is to collect and disseminate harmonised and comparable information on the use of Information and Communication Technologies in enterprises and e-commerce at European level. Coverage: The characteristics to be provided are drawn from the following list of subjects: - ICT systems and their usage in enterprises, - use of the Internet and other electronic networks by enterprises, - e-commerce, - e-business processes and organisational aspects, - use of ICT by enterprises to exchange information and services with governments and public administrations (e-government), - ICT competence in the enterprise and the need for ICT skills, - barriers to the use of ICT, the Internet and other electronic networks, e-commerce and e-business processes, - ICT expenditure and investment, - ICT security and trust, - use of ICT and its impact on the environment (Green ICT), - access to and use of the Internet and other network technologies for connecting objects and devices (Internet of Things), - access to and use of technologies providing the ability to connect to the Internet or other networks from anywhere at any time (ubiquitous connectivity). Breakdowns: - by size class, - by NACE categories, - by region (until 2010)
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table provides information on trade indices of value, volume, and unit value which are calculated at the level of individual countries, geographical regions, and economic groupings. See notes below for explanations of each indicator.
    • Январь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The table presents the latest quarterly statistics for total services exports and imports, in millions of dollars, for individual countries, for which the data are available. Quarterly figures for commercial services, which exclude government services, are included as a memo item. Also shown are the year-on-year percentage changes. The data presented are the result of the common work of World Trade Organization (WTO) and UNCTAD, and are published simultaneously by both organizations. (WTO statistics database)
    • Август 2014
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 августа, 2014
      Выбрать
      This table presents total trade in services by individual country, geographical region and economic grouping, expressed in millions of dollars, as percentages of the world total and as percentages of a country's or a group's total trade in both merchandise and services.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 апреля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This table shows the value of total merchandise exports and imports by individual country, geographical region, economic grouping and trade group, expressed in millions of dollars and as a percentage of the world total.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 13 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Апрель 2013
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_vci_stage1 Data descriptionVenture capital investment (VCI) is a subset of a private equity raised for investment in companies not quoted on stock market and developing new products and technologies. It is used to fund an early-stage (seed and start-up) or expansion of venture (later stage venture).Private equity can be further used to expand working capital, to make acquisitions, to strengthen a company’s balance sheet and for buyouts. Several stages can be distinguished in the expansion, post-venture stage of fundraising: growth, rescue/turnaround, replacement and buyouts.The VCI and private equity indicators are compiled based on the data collected by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA) survey of all private equity and venture capital companies. EVCA is responsible for data collection and primary data treatment.Ventures capital investments presented in Eurobase are aggregated based on industry statistics.Industry statistics are an aggregation of the figures according to the country in which the private equity firm making a particular investment is based, and not related to the country in which the investee company is based. At the European level, this relates to investments made by European private equity firms regardless of the location of the target company.Until 2006 reference year Eurostat VCI data were aggregated into 3 stages of development following the structure of development of venture capital as defined by EVCA :Early stage (seed + start-up)Expansion and replacement stage (expansion + replacement capital)Buyouts (buyouts)In 2007 reference year important changes were brought to the methodology and sample of a survey. Furthermore, new stages of development were defined or carved out from the existing stages to better reflect the nature of venture capital. In consequence starting with 2007 data, the reconstruction of the former three stages revealed impossible. Due to this important break in series new data collection including all the detailed segments of development of venture capital was created and introduced in Eurobase. These data are broken into following stages:Seed stageStart-up stageLater stage ventureTotal ventureGrowth capitalRescue/turnaround capitalReplacement capitalBuyoutsTotal funds raisedFor a more detailed definition, see 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions.The data cover EU-15 Member States , Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland and Romania Norway and Switzerland. The indicators are presented in EUR million, as a number of investments, as a number of companies involved and as a percentage of GDP (Gross domestic product at market prices), which is defined in conformity with the European System of national and regional Accounts in the Community (ESA 95). For the reasons of scale, only the total venture and total investment are expressed as a percentage of GDP.From a year to another one, data can differ. Several factors could explain these differences, for example: a declaration of a firm after closing of the figures, reclassification of investment, transfer of a headquarter to another country.
    • Май 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:htec_vci_stage2 Data descriptionVenture capital investment (VCI) is a subset of a private equity raised for investment in companies not quoted on stock market and developing new products and technologies. It is used to fund an early-stage (seed and start-up) or expansion of venture (later stage venture).Private equity can be further used to expand working capital, to make acquisitions, to strengthen a company’s balance sheet and for buyouts. Several stages can be distinguished in the expansion, post-venture stage of fundraising: growth, rescue/turnaround, replacement and buyouts.The VCI and private equity indicators are compiled based on the data collected by the European Private Equity and Venture Capital Association (EVCA) survey of all private equity and venture capital companies. EVCA is responsible for data collection and primary data treatment.Ventures capital investments presented in Eurobase are aggregated based on industry statistics.Industry statistics are an aggregation of the figures according to the country in which the private equity firm making a particular investment is based, and not related to the country in which the investee company is based. At the European level, this relates to investments made by European private equity firms regardless of the location of the target company.Until 2006 reference year Eurostat VCI data were aggregated into 3 stages of development following the structure of development of venture capital as defined by EVCA :Early stage (seed + start-up)Expansion and replacement stage (expansion + replacement capital)Buyouts (buyouts)In 2007 reference year important changes were brought to the methodology and sample of a survey. Furthermore, new stages of development were defined or carved out from the existing stages to better reflect the nature of venture capital. In consequence starting with 2007 data, the reconstruction of the former three stages revealed impossible. Due to this important break in series new data collection including all the detailed segments of development of venture capital was created and introduced in Eurobase. These data are broken into following stages:Seed stageStart-up stageLater stage ventureTotal ventureGrowth capitalRescue/turnaround capitalReplacement capitalBuyoutsTotal funds raisedFor a more detailed definition, see 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions.The data cover EU-15 Member States , Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland and Romania Norway and Switzerland. The indicators are presented in EUR million, as a number of investments, as a number of companies involved and as a percentage of GDP (Gross domestic product at market prices), which is defined in conformity with the European System of national and regional Accounts in the Community (ESA 95). For the reasons of scale, only the total venture and total investment are expressed as a percentage of GDP.From a year to another one, data can differ. Several factors could explain these differences, for example: a declaration of a firm after closing of the figures, reclassification of investment, transfer of a headquarter to another country
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Venture capital is a subset of private equity and refers to equity investment made for launch (seed), early development (start-up), or expansion (later stage venture) of business developed by enterprises not quoted on the stock market. Private equity can be further used to expand working capital, to make acquisitions, to strengthen a company’s balance sheet and for buyouts. Several stages can be distinguished in the expansion, the post-venture stage of fundraising: growth, rescue/turnaround, replacement and buyouts. The Venture capital investments (VCI) indicators are compiled based on the data collected by the INVEST Europe (formerly named European Private Equity & Venture Capital Association EVCA) survey of all private equity and venture capital companies. INVEST Europe is responsible for data collection and primary data treatment. The investment statistics released by INVEST Europe are provided on the one hand by the country of the private equity firm – industry statistics, and on the other hand by the country of portfolio company – market statistics. Data on Ventures capital investments presented in Eurobase are aggregated based on industry statistics. Data on venture capital in Eurobase refer to the amount of money invested and to the number of companies that receive the investment. Until 2006 reference year Eurostat VCI data were aggregated into 3 stages following the structure of investment stages as defined by the (former) EVCA : Investment in early stage (seed + start-up)Investment in expansion and replacement stage (expansion + replacement capital)Investment for buyouts (buyouts) In 2007 reference year important changes were brought to the methodology and sample of a survey. Furthermore, new aggregates were defined to better reflect the nature of the private equity capital. In consequence starting with 2007 data, the reconstruction of the former three stages revealed impossible. Due to this important break in series new data collection including detailed financing stages was created and introduced in Eurobase accordingly to the stage of the business. These data are broken into following groups: Venture capital in seed stageVenture capital in start-up stageVenture capital in later stageTotal venture capital (investment in seed + start-up + later stage)Investment in growth stageInvestment for rescue/turnaroundInvestment for replacementInvestment for buyoutsTotal investment For a more detailed definition, see 3.4 Statistical concepts and definitions. The data cover the EU-15 Member States, Bulgaria, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania, Norway and Switzerland. The indicators are presented in EUR million, as a number of investments (only for 1989-2006 period), as a number of companies involved and as a percentage of GDP (Gross domestic product at market prices), which is defined in conformity with the European System of national and regional Accounts in the Community (ESA 95). For the reasons of scale, only the Total venture capital and the Total investment are expressed as a percentage of GDP. From a year to another one, data can differ. Several factors could explain these differences, for example: a declaration of a firm after closing of the figures, reclassification of investment, transfer of a headquarter to another country.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections:Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States:a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups:general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain EUROFARM (ef) contains information (statistical tables) on structure of agricultural holdings collected through agricultural structure surveys. The data of the domain have been organised into two collections: Results of the farm structure surveys contains data from 1990 onwards based on the 1988 legislation andResults of the farm structure surveys based on the legislation from 2008. This collection contains the data from the 2010 Census onwards as well as the data for the surveys 2007 and 2005. Farm Structure Survey data are used to collect information on agricultural holdings in the Member States at different geographic levels (Member States, regions, districts) and over periods (follow up the changes in agricultural sector), thus provide a base for decision making in the Common Agricultural Policy. Two kinds of Farm Structure Survey (FSS) are carried out by Member States: a basic survey (full scope Agricultural Census - AC) every 10 years,several sample based intermediate surveys between them. However for certain characteristics the Member States may use sample base for every survey. The calendar for the surveys to be held in all Member States is agreed by the Agricultural Statistics Committee of the European Commission. For a given survey year, Member States have to conduct their surveys within the agreed time-frame, thus all the data are as comparable as possible. The FSS are organised in all Member States on a harmonised base. Whereas the characteristics are based on community legislation, the same data are available for all countries in case of each survey. The data on individual agricultural holdings are collected by all Member States and sent to Eurostat. The aggregated results are disseminated through statistical tables. The variables are arranged into groups: general overview with key variables,and other specialized groups containing detailed data onland uselivestockfarm labour forcerural development issues as well as management and practices. The 2010 survey additionally provides the results of the survey on agricultural production methods (SAPM). The scope of the survey is agriculture, while the survey unit is the agricultural holding (farm). Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2011 amending the NUTS classification from January 2003. The Eurofarm domain does not cover the whole territory only the land covered by the agricultural holdings. So the land use data without link with other farm characteristics should be downloaded by the user from the relevant domain. Specific national data about crops, animals or agricultural labour force can be found in other domains, without link between the other information at farm level. For a comprehensive description of the domain, please consult detailed structure (See annex at the bottom of the page). Regional Data Data for basic surveys are available in a three-level geographical breakdown of the whole country, the regions and the district; while data for intermediate surveys are only available upon the two-levels of country and regions. Since FSS 1999/2000 information about local farm location is collected in most countries, so that the data can also be disseminated by NUTS classification and are robust regarding the changes in the NUTS definition. The FSS 2009/2010 information is inline with the NUTS 2010 classification: Regulation (EU) No 31/2001 amending the NUTS classification from January 2012. Please note that for paragraphs where no metadata for regional data has been specified, the regional metadata is identical to the metadata provided for the national data.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Index of inland freight transport volume relative to GDP, 2000=100. This indicator is defined as the ratio between tonne-kilometres (inland modes) and GDP (chain-linked volumes, at 2000 exchange rates). It is indexed on 2000. Inland freight transport includes road, rail and inland waterways: - Rail and inland waterways transport are based on movements on national territory ('territoriality principle'), regardless of the nationality of the vehicle or vessel. - Road transport is based on all movements of vehicles registered in the reporting country. Data on freight transport performance (in tonne-kilometres) are collected according to the legal acts adopted for road, rail and inland waterways transport. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      This indicator is defined as the ratio between the total transport performance of passengers using the inland modes (road and rail), expressed in passenger-kilometres and GDP (chain-linked volumes, at 2000 exchange rates). It is indexed 2000=100. Total inland passenger transport includes road transport (transport by passenger cars and buses/coaches) and rail transport (by trains). Rail passenger transport performance (in passenger-kilometres) data are collected according to the legal acts and road passenger transport data are provided voluntary. The indicator is updated annually.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data set provides the European Commission statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Commission provides statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data set provides the European Commission statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: European Commission
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The European Commission provides statistics on EU crude oil imports and crude oil supply costs.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
  • W
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Structural business statistics (SBS) describes the structure, conduct and performance of economic activities, down to the most detailed activity level (several hundred economic sectors). SBS are transmitted annually by the EU Member States on the basis of a legal obligation from 1995 onwards.   SBS covers all activities of the business economy with the exception of agricultural activities and personal services and the data are provided by all EU Member States, Norway and Switzerland, some candidate and potential candidate countries. The data are collected by domain of activity (annex) : Annex I - Services, Annex II - Industry, Annex III - Trade and Annex IV- Constructions and by datasets. Each annex contains several datasets as indicated in the SBS Regulation. The majority of the data is collected by National Statistical Institutes (NSIs) by means of statistical surveys, business registers or from various administrative sources. Regulatory or controlling national offices for financial institutions or central banks often provide the information required for the financial sector (NACE Rev 2 Section K / NACE Rev 1.1 Section J). Member States apply various statistical methods, according to the data source, such as grossing up, model based estimation or different forms of imputation, to ensure the quality of SBSs produced. Main characteristics (variables) of the SBS data category: Business Demographic variables (e.g. Number of enterprises)"Output related" variables (e.g. Turnover, Value added)"Input related" variables: labour input (e.g. Employment, Hours worked); goods and services input (e.g. Total of purchases); capital input (e.g. Material investments) All SBS characteristics are published on Eurostat’s website by tables and an example of the existent tables is presented below: Annual enterprise statistics: Characteristics collected are published by country and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 class level (4-digits). Some classes or groups in 'services' section have been aggregated.Annual enterprise statistics broken down by size classes: Characteristics are published by country and detailed down to NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 group level (3-digits) and employment size class. For trade (NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 Section G) a supplementary breakdown by turnover size class is available.Annual regional statistics: Four characteristics are published by NUTS-2 country region and detailed on NACE Rev 2 and NACE Rev 1.1 division level (2-digits) (but to group level (3-digits) for the trade section). More information on the contents of different tables: the detail level and breakdowns required starting with the reference year 2008 is defined in Commission Regulation N° 251/2009. For previous reference years it is included in Commission Regulations (EC) N° 2701/98 and amended by Commission Regulation N°1614/2002 and Commission Regulation N°1669/2003. Several important derived indicators are generated in the form of ratios of certain monetary characteristics or per head values. A list with the available derived indicators is available below in the Annex.
    • Май 2012
      Источник: International Labor Organization Department of Statistics
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Wages and Employment
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Data on Waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) is collected on the basis of Directive 2002/96/EC on WEEE which has been in force since February 2003. The purpose of the collected data is to monitor compliance of countries with the quantitative targets for collection, reuse and recycling, and recovery of WEEE that are set out in Article 5(5) and Article 7(2) of Directive 2002/96/EC. The Directive 2002/96/EC will be repealed from 15 February 2014 and will be replaced by Directive 2012/19/EU on waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE) which introduces stepwise higher collection targets that will apply from 2016 and 2019. Further information on the policy need of data on WEEE can be found on the following website of Directorate General Environment: http://ec.europa.eu/environment/waste/weee/index_en.htm
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The indicator presents the amount of waste excluding major mineral wastes generated in the EU 28, expressed in kg per inhabitant and year. The indicator allows to monitor waste generation over time for the EU as a whole and to compare the development of waste generation across countries. The indicator covers hazardous and non-hazardous waste from all economic sectors and from households, including waste from waste treatment (secondary waste) but excluding major mineral wastes. The indicator is based on data compiled according to Annex I of the Waste Statistics Regulation (Regulation 2150/2002/EC) and according to aggregates of the material-oriented statistical waste nomenclature EWC-Stat in Annex III of the Waste Statistics Regulation (WStatR). Key policy question: Waste prevention: Are we reducing the generation of waste - Basic data: Eurobase, table Generation of waste (env_wasgen) For more detail see item 13. Relevance Â
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Waste generated by households (EP-HH) by year and waste category (EWC-Stat 4).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste treatment is broken down to six treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment and other disposal). All values are measured in tonnes of waste. The waste management indicator set aims at showing how much of a country’s or of the EU’s own waste (in the following referred to as national waste) is actually recycled, incinerated (with energy recovery and without), landfilled or backfilled. This means that the waste management indicator should reflect the treatment of national waste, no matter where it takes place, and it should exclude the waste that is imported from non-EU countries. Thus for the compilation of a waste management indicator data, which is collected under the Waste Statistic Regulation, is to be adjusted with data for imports and exports from Foreign Trade Statistics. The imports and exports of goods (and wastes) are reported according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN-codes). The data are available from Eurostat's COMEXT database which includes detailed statistics on the intra- and extra-trading in goods of all EU Member States.  International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property. The CN codes relating to import or export of waste are selected and assigned to one of the treatment types according to the predominant kind of treatment for this kind of waste in the receiving country. A list with these CN codes and their assignment to treatment type is annexed  to this Metadatasheet. Member States were asked whether the data and the assignment was plausible. In case of inconsistencies Member States were asked for a different assignment; they could as well provide data, in case it was in their opinion more suitable than the COMEXT data (this was the case for  Denmark, Croatia, Cyprus, Malta and The Netherlands; see also 16.1).
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      On the basis of the Regulation on waste statistics (EC) No. 2150/2002, amended by Commission Regulation (EU) No. 849/2010, data on the generation and treatment of waste is collected from the Member States. The information on waste treatment is broken down to six treatment types (recovery, incineration with energy recovery, other incineration, disposal on land and land treatment and other disposal). All values are measured in tonnes of waste. The waste management indicator set aims at showing how much of a country’s or of the EU’s own waste (in the following referred to as national waste) is actually recycled, incinerated (with energy recovery and without), landfilled or backfilled. This means that the waste management indicator should reflect the treatment of national waste, no matter where it takes place, and it should exclude the waste that is imported from non-EU countries. Thus for the compilation of a waste management indicator data, which is collected under the Waste Statistic Regulation, is to be adjusted with data for imports and exports from Foreign Trade Statistics. The imports and exports of goods (and wastes) are reported according to the Combined Nomenclature (CN-codes). The data are available from Eurostat's COMEXT database which includes detailed statistics on the intra- and extra-trading in goods of all EU Member States.  International trade in goods statistics (ITGS) published by Eurostat measure the value and quantity of goods traded between the EU Member States (intra-EU trade) and goods traded by the EU Member States with non-EU countries (extra-EU trade). ‘Goods’ means all movable property. The CN codes relating to import or export of waste are selected and assigned to one of the treatment types according to the predominant kind of treatment for this kind of waste in the receiving country. A list with these CN codes and their assignment to treatment type is annexed  to this Metadatasheet. Member States were asked whether the data and the assignment was plausible. In case of inconsistencies Member States were asked for a different assignment; they could as well provide data, in case it was in their opinion more suitable than the COMEXT data (this was the case for  Denmark, Croatia, Cyprus, Malta and The Netherlands; see also 16.1).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 января, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Water footprints of crops and derived crop products, 2005
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: Water FootPrint Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      20.1. Source data
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Yearly data on freshwater resources, water abstraction and use, wastewater treatment (connection rates of resident population to wastewater treatment and treatment capacities of wastewater treatment plants), sewage sludge production and disposal, generation and discharge of wastewater collected biennially by means of the OECD/Eurostat Joint Questionnaire - Inland Waters. Data aggregation: national territories.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      Wealth Accounting supplements macroeconomic indicators, such as Gross Domestic Product (GDP), by measuring the comprehensive wealth of a country. While changes in GDP tell us if growth is occurring, changes in wealth (i.e., saving rate) tell us if growth is sustainable-that is, whether it is long-term. So, just as private companies are assessed by looking at both income and balance sheets, countries need to start accounting for wealth and not just income. For the past 15 years, the World Bank’s Environment and Natural Resources Global Practice has implemented a program to systematically measure comprehensive wealth, to include natural resources, human, and social capital, along with physical capital. This work program provides indicators that measure the sustainability of a country’s growth path: some indicators are published annually, such as Adjusted Net Saving (ANS) and adjusted Net National Income (aNNI), while the comprehensive wealth accounts were published in 2011. Related annual indicators also include natural resource rents, which underlie the wealth accounting data.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: World Economic Forum
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 июня, 2015
      Выбрать
      The rise of travel and tourism has shown significant resilience globally. Despite slow economic growth in advanced economies and geopolitical tensions in some regions, the T&T sector still accounts for a large part of the global economy (estimated to be approximately 9% of global GDP or US$ 7 trillion) and employment,while the number of international travellers continues to increase. According to the World Travel & Tourism Council (WTTC), the T&T sector is forecast to continue growing at 4% annually—faster than financial services,transport and manufacturing
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Community Innovation Survey (CIS) is a survey of innovation activity in enterprises. The harmonised survey is designed to provide information on the innovativeness of sectors by type of enterprises, on the different types of innovation and on various aspects of the development of an innovation, such as the objectives, the sources of information, the public funding or the expenditures. The CIS provides statistics broke down by countries, type of innovators, economic activities and size classes. The survey is currently carried out every two years across the European Union, some EFTA countries and EU candidate countries. In order to ensure comparability across countries, Eurostat, in close cooperation with the countries, has developed a standard core questionnaire starting with the CIS3 data collection, along with an accompanying set of definitions and methodological recommendations. The concepts and underlying methodology of the CIS are also based on the Oslo Manual — second edition of 1997 and third edition of 2005 (see link at the bottom of the page). Up to CIS 2010, CIS results were collected under Commission Regulation (EC) No 1450/2004. A new Regulation will apply from CIS 2012 (EC No 995/2012). The data presented in these tables refer to enterprises with ‘10 employees or more’ active in the sectors to be covered under the Regulation (cf. NACE CORE). Further activities may be covered on a voluntary basis. Most statistics are based on a reference period of three years, but some use one calendar year. Since CIS 2008, the survey has included an ad-hoc module. It consists of a set of questions focusing on a special theme. The themes are different in each survey wave, allowing data to be obtained on specific issues beyond the data usually collected. Overview over time: Initially, the CIS data collection was carried out every four years. The first collection (CIS Light) was launched in 1993 as a pilot exercise and the second (CIS2) was carried out in 1997/1998 for most countries except Greece and Ireland, where it was launched in 1999. The third survey (CIS3) was conducted in 2000/2001 for most participating countries with the exception of Norway, Iceland, Luxembourg and Greece, where it was launched in 2002. As from 2004, the survey has been carried out every two years. CIS4 was conducted in the 25 EU Member States (as for 2004), Iceland, Norway, Bulgaria and Romania. The survey was launched in 2005 with a three-year reference period 2002 to 2004 for most indicators. The fifth survey CIS 2006 was carried out in all 25 EU Member States (as for 2006), Norway, Bulgaria, Romania, Croatia and Turkey. It was launched in 2007, mostly for the reference period 2004 to 2006. As regards CIS 2008, 26 Member States (all except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia and Turkey took part in the survey. CIS 2008 was launched in 2009 with a three-year reference period 2006 to 2008 for most indicators. Changes were made to the CIS 2008 questionnaire to bring it into line with the third revision of the Oslo Manual, 2005 edition, by giving greater weight to organisational and marketing innovation. CIS 2008 was complemented by an ad-hoc module on innovation with environmental benefits. The seventh Community Innovation Survey, CIS 2010, had 31 participating countries (all the EU 27 Member States (except Greece), Iceland, Norway, Croatia, Serbia and Turkey) and reported most results for the reference period. CIS 2010 also follows the recommendations of the Oslo Manual and reports indicators on four types of innovation: product, process, organisational and marketing. However, despite implementation of the recommendations of the third edition of the Oslo Manual, the question on innovation expenditures is still limited to product and process innovation in order to maintain continuity with earlier versions of the CIS. Furthermore, generally fewer questions are asked about organisational and marketing innovation than about product and process innovation. While the European innovation statistics use the aggregated national data, the microdata sets can be accessed by researchers via the SAFE Centre of Eurostat in Luxembourg or via the microdata on CD-ROM releases in more anonymised form; some countries also provide access to their micro-data at similar safe centres.
    • Май 2012
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 июня, 2012
      Выбрать
      Body mass index (BMI) is a simple index of weight-for-height that is commonly used to classify overweight and obesity in adults. It is defined as a person's weight in kilograms divided by the square of his height in meters (kg/m2). The WHO definition is: a BMI greater than or equal to 25 is overweight a BMI greater than or equal to 30 is obesity. BMI provides the most useful population-level measure of overweight and obesity as it is the same for both sexes and for all ages of adults. However, it should be considered a rough guide because it may not correspond to the same degree of fatness in different individuals.
    • Март 2012
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      The WHO Statistical Information System is the guide to health and health-related epidemiological and statistical information available from the World Health Organization.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The WHO/UNICEF Joint Monitoring Programme (JMP) for Water Supply and Sanitation is the official United Nations mechanism tasked with monitoring progress towards the Millennium Development Goal (MDG) relating to drinking-water and sanitation (MDG 7, Target 7c), which is to: "Halve, by 2015, the proportion of people without sustainable access to safe drinking-water and basic sanitation".
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 10 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Supply balance sheets cover cereals, sugar and wine. All other supply balance sheets have been discontinued. The year 2013 is the last year for the supply balance sheets on cereals and sugar. Only the wine supply balance sheets will continue in the future. The supply balance sheets are produced in a summary table form showing uses and resources for each balance sheet commodity for: a defined type of product,a given reference period,a geographically delimited territory. Each balance refers to all uses and all transactions which have occurred on the market between harvesting or production (finished product) and the wholesale stage (just before reaching the retail and consumer market). The general scheme is the following:
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Wine production corresponds to the Marketing year running from the 1st of August of the year n-1 to the 31st of July of the year n (n being the year mentioned in the heading of the table). As an example, for 2007, the harvest mentioned is the one of the year 2006 (Marketing year of 01/08/2006 to 31/07/2007).
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: World Input-Output Database
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 июля, 2014
      Выбрать
      Basic data on output and employment, WIOD database, July 2014 release. Data on employment (number of workers and educational attainment), capital stocks, gross output and value added at current and constant prices at the industry level.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: INTER-PARLIAMENTARY UNION
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Data from: all parliamentary structures, IPU: PARLINE database on national parliaments, 28 October 2015
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      These metadata refer to the annual population data under Population / Demography domain in Eurostat's Dissemination data tree. Eurostat carries on annual demography data collections with the aim of collecting from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on population, vital events, marriages and divorces. These data are validated, processed and disseminated. Further on, Eurostat uses the collected detailed data to compute and disseminate demographic indicators at country level, at regional level and at EU level, by applying harmonized methods of calculation. The demography data collections are done on voluntary basis and the completeness of information depends on the availability of data reported by the National Statistical Institutes. The first demography data collection of each year, named Rapid, is carried out in April-May (deadline 15 May). Within this data collection the first results on the main demographic developments in the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T) are collected from the National Statistical Institutes. A second annual data collection, Joint Demography data collection, is carried out in cooperation with United Nation Statistical Division (UNSD) in the summer of each year, having the deadline 15 September. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes detailed data on the demographic events (births, deaths, marriages and divorces) of the previous year (T-1) and the population on 1st January of the current year (T), broken down by sex, age and other characteristics. The Nowcast Demography data collection is carried out in October-November (deadline 15 November). The monthly time series on births, deaths, immigrants and emigrants available from the beginning of current year (T) are collected, with the purpose of producing by the end of the current year (T) a forecast on 1st January population of the following year (T+1). The Regional Demography data collection is carried out in November-December (deadline 15 December). It is based on the regional breakdown of the countries agreed at EU level using the latest version of the Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics (NUTS) and of the Statistical regions for the EFTA and Candidate countries. Within this data collection Eurostat collects from the National Statistical Institutes data by NUTS level 1, 2 and 3 for the vital events taking place in the previous year (T-1) and the population figures on 1st January of the current year (T). Any updates sent by the National Statistical Institutes in-between data collections are validated, processed and disseminated in Eurostat's online database as soon as possible. The European aggregates and the demographic indicators are updated accordingly. Please note:The tables presenting population on 1 January figures by various breakdowns may display variations in the total population for some countries at a given moment in time. This may occur due to one of the following reasons: - The timing of the transmission to Eurostat of the population data for various breakdown may lead to different population on 1 January figures displayed in different population tables at a given moment in time. - The transmission to Eurostat of the post-census population revisions (following the 2011 population Censuses) is expected to be done by the national statistical offices gradually for the population breakdowns. The time series of populations between the previous census taking place in the country and 2011 will be revised by end 2013 by some of the countries, taking into account Eurostat’s recommendation. The following countries have transmitted to Eurostat post-2011 Census population revisions, broken down by age and sex, by autumn of 2013, which are reflected in the tables ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’, ‘Population on 1 January by age and sex (demo_pjan)’, ‘Population on 1 January by five years age groups and sex (demo_pjangroup)’ and ‘Population on 1 January by broad age group and sex (demo_pjanbroad)’: BG 2007-2011; CZ 2001-2011; EE 2000-2011; IE 2007-2011; EL 2011; ES 2002-2011; HR 2001-2011; CY 2003-2011; LV 2001-2011; LT 2001-2011; MT 2006-2011; AT 2008-2011; PT 1992-2011; RO 2002-2011; SK 2002-2011; UK 2002-2011 (not including post-2011 Census data for Scotland); ME 2010-2011; RS 2011. As regards the the population data for the year 2012 and after, for most of the countries these take into account the results of the latest population census (held in 2011). IT 2012-2013 and DE 2012-2013 reported only the total post-2011 Census populations which are published in the table ‘Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)’. The breakdown by age and sex will follow later on. - The succession of the annual demography data collections described above, which collect and update population breakdowns at different moment during the calendar year. - The calendar of the national statistical offices for producing and releasing population broken down by various topics, respectively the timings when data are transmitted to Eurostat. The most updated data on total population on 1st January and on the total number of live births and deaths may be found in the table 'Demographic balance and crude rates (demo_gind)' of the online 'Database by theme'. This table includes the latest updates (or revised data) on total population, births and deaths reported by the countries, while the detailed breakdowns by various characteristics included in the rest of the tables of the Demography domain (and also for Population by citizenship and by country of birth) may be transmitted to Eurostat at a subsequent date.
    • Апрель 2012
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 12 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat's database covers 1) Production and trade in roundwood and wood products, including primary and secondary products 2) Economic data on forestry and logging, including employment data 3) Sustainable forest management, comprising forest resources (assets) and environmental data. The main types of primary forest products included in (1) are: roundwood, sawnwood, wood-based panels, pulp, and paper and paperboard. Secondary products include further processed wood and paper products. These products are presented in greater detail; definitions are available. All of the data are compiled from the Joint Forest Sector Questionnaire (JFSQ), except for table (e), which is directly extracted from Eurostat's international trade database COMEXT (HS/CN Chapter 44). The tables in (1) cover details of the following topics: - Roundwood removals and production by type of wood and assortment (a) - Roundwood production by type of ownership (b) - Production and trade in roundwood, fuelwood and other basic products (c) - Trade in industrial roundwood by assortment and species (d) - Tropical wood imports to the EU from Chapter 44 of the Harmonised System (e) - Production and trade in sawnwood, panels and other primary products (f) - Sawnwood trade by species (g) - Production and trade in pulp and paper & paperboard (h) - Trade in secondary wood and paper products (i) Data in (2) include the output, intermediate consumption, gross value added, fixed capital consumption, gross fixed capital formation and different measures of income of forestry and logging.  The data are in current basic prices and are compatible with National Accounts. They are collected as part of Intergrated environmental and economic accounting for forests (IEEAF), which also covers labour input in annual work units (AWU).  Under (2), two separate tables cover the number of employees of forestry and logging, the manufacture of wood and products of wood and cork, and the manufacture of paper and paper products, as estimated from the Labour Force Survey results. There are two separate tables because of the change in the EU's classification of economic activities from NACE Rev. 1.1 to NACE Rev. 2 in 2008. More detailed information on wood products and accounting, including definitions and questionnaires, can be found on our open-access communication platform under the interest group 'Forestry statistics and accounts'.  Data in (3) are not collected by Eurostat, but by the FAO, UNECE, Forest Euope, the European Commission's departments for Environment and the Joint Research Centre. They include forest area, wood volume, defoliation on sample plots, fires and areas with protective functions.
    • Май 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Balance of Payments (BoP) systematically summarizes all economic transactions between the residents and the non-residents of a country or of a geographical region during a given period. The Balance of payments provides harmonized information on international transactions which are part of the current account (goods, services, income, current transfers), but also on transactions which fall in the capital and the financial account. BoP is an important macro-economic indicator used to assess the position of an economy (of credit or debit) towards the external world. Data on International Trade in Services, a component of BoP current account, and data on Foreign Direct Investment, a component of BoP financial account, are used to monitor the external commercial performance of different economies. Outward Foreign Affiliates Statistics (FATS) measure the commercial presence, as defined by the General Agreement on Trade in Services (GATS), through affiliates in foreign markets. Balance of Payments data are used for calculation of indicators needed for monitoring of macroenomic imbalances such as share of main BoP and International Investment Position (IIP) items in GDP and export market shares calculated as the EU Member States' shares in total world exports.  Out of BoP data, some indicators of EU market integration are also derived. Data are in millions of Euro/ECU or in millions of national currency. Balance of Payments data coverage varies according to the collection. Some collections refer only to Euro area or EU countries, while some others' coverage includes also EU partner countries.   Several statistical adjustments are applied to the original data provided by the Member States. The International Monetary Fund Balance of Payments Manual (BPM5) classification is used for the compilation of the BoP. The BoP data are collected through national surveys and administrative sources.    More information on BoP is available for each specific collection: Quarterly BoP, ITS, FDI, Outward FATS, BoP of EU Institutions.
    • Март 2009
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:hsw_hp_nuse An ad hoc module on "Work-related health problems and accidental injuries" was included in the 1999 Labour Force Survey (LFS), in order to act as a complementary data source to ESAW (European Statistics on accidents at Work) and EODS (European Occupational Diseases Statistics) and give a broader view on Health and Safety at Work.. This module provided complementary information on accidents occurring at work and resulting in less than 4 days' absence from work, on return to work after the accident at work and on health problems caused or made worse by work. The data refer to self-reported accidental injuries at work during a 12 month period before the survey and to self-reported non-accidental health problems caused or made worse by work and from which the respondent had suffered during a 12 month period before the survey. The indicators used for accidental injuries are the percentage distributions of accidents and the relative incidence rate of accidents (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The incidence rate is the number of accidents at work per 100 000 employed workers. The indicators used for non-accidental health problems are the percentage distribution, number, prevalence rate and relative prevalence rate of health problems (relative to the rate in the total of all participating countries, which is marked with 100). The prevalence rate is the number of people suffering from the health problem during the last 12 months per 100 000 employed workers (see the link to summary methodology at the bottom of the page). Statistical adjustments: Because the frequency of work accidents is higher in some branches (high-risk sectors), an adjustment is performed to get more standardised incidence rates. Similarly, the prevalence rates for non-accidental health problems are standardised for economic activity and for age, as age influences importantly the prevalence of health problems. For more details, please see the link to the summary methodology at the bottom of the page. Geographical coverage: Denmark, Germany, Greece, Spain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Portugal, Finland, Sweden, United Kingdom. Sector coverage: All sectors of economic activity are covered. The specification of sectors is given according to the NACE classification (NACE = Nomenclature statistique des activités économiques dans la Communauté européenne). The incidence and prevalence rates are calculated for the total of all branches.
    • Ноябрь 2011
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Data from World Development Indicators and Climate Change Knowledge Portal on climate systems, exposure to climate impacts, resilience, greenhouse gas emissions, and energy use.
    • Декабрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      Climate change is expected to hit developing countries the hardest. Its effects—higher temperatures, changes in precipitation patterns, rising sea levels, and more frequent weather-related disasters—pose risks for agriculture, food, and water supplies. At stake are recent gains in the fight against poverty, hunger and disease, and the lives and livelihoods of billions of people in developing countries. Addressing climate change requires unprecedented global cooperation across borders. The World Bank Group is helping support developing countries and contributing to a global solution, while tailoring our approach to the differing needs of developing country partners. Data here cover climate systems, exposure to climate impacts, resilience, greenhouse gas emissions, and energy use. Other indicators relevant to climate change are found under other data pages, particularly Environment, Agriculture & Rural Development, Energy & Mining, Health, Infrastructure, Poverty, and Urban Development.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      A World Bank Report on Commodity Markets Outlook 2016
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Doing Business 2016: Measuring Regulatory Quality and Efficiency, a World Bank Group flagship publication, is the 13th in a series of annual reports measuring the regulations that enhance business activity and those that constrain it. Doing Businesspresents quantitative indicators on business regulations and the protection of property rights that can be compared across 189 economies—from Afghanistan to Zimbabwe—and over time. Doing Business measures regulations affecting 11 areas of the life of a business. Ten of these areas are included in this year’s ranking on the ease of doing business: starting a business, dealing with construction permits, getting electricity, registering property, getting credit, protecting minority investors, paying taxes, trading across borders, enforcing contracts and resolving insolvency. Doing Business also measures labor market regulation, which is not included in this year’s ranking. Data in Doing Business 2016 are current as of June 1, 2015. The indicators are used to analyze economic outcomes and identify what reforms of business regulation have worked, where and why. This year’s Doing Business report continues a two-year process of introducing improvements in 8 of 10 Doing Business indicator sets—to complement the emphasis on the efficiency of regulation with a greater focus on its quality.  Main Findings  Doing Business 2016: Measuring Regulatory Quality and Efficiency finds that entrepreneurs in 122 economies saw improvements in their local regulatory framework last year. Between June 2014 and June 2015, the report, which measures 189 economies worldwide, documented 231 business reforms. Among reforms to reduce the complexity and cost of regulatory processes, those in the area of starting a business were the most common in 2014/15, as in the previous year. The next most common were reforms in the areas of paying taxes, getting electricity and registering property. Read about business reforms. Costa Rica, Uganda, Kenya, Cyprus, Mauritania, Uzbekistan, Kazakhstan, Jamaica, Senegal and Benin are among the economies that improved the most in 2014/2015 in areas tracked by Doing Business. Together, these 10 top improvers implemented 39 regulatory reforms making it easier to do business. Sub-Saharan Africa alone accounted for about 30% of the regulatory reforms making it easier to do business in 2014/15, followed closely by Europe and Central Asia. Members of the Organization for the Harmonization of Business Law in Africa were particularly active: 14 of the 17 economies implemented business regulation reforms in the past year—29 in total. Twenty-four of these reforms reduced the complexity and cost of regulatory processes, while the other five strengthened legal institutions. This year’s report adds indicators of quality to four indicator sets: registering property, dealing with construction permits, getting electricity and enforcing contracts. In addition, the trading across borders indicators have been revised to increase their relevance. The underlying case study now focuses on the top export product for each economy, on a very common manufactured product (auto parts) as its import product and on its largest trading partner for the export and import products. Seven case studies featured in the report: Five focus on legal and regulatory features covered by new or expanded indicators being introduced this year—in the areas of dealing with construction permits, getting electricity, registering property, trading across borders and enforcing contracts. The other two analyze other areas of interest in the historical data set. See all case studies.
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      GenderStats is... A one stop source of information on gender at the country level. A compilation of data on key gender topics from national statistics agencies, United Nations databases, and World Bank-conducted or funded surveys. A work-in-progress because the database is continuously updated as new information becomes available.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Providing daily updates of global economic developments, with coverage of high income- as well as developing countries. Daily data updates are provided for exchange rates, equity markets, interest rates, stripped bond spreads, and emerging market bond indices. Monthly data coverage (updated daily and populated upon availability) is provided for consumer prices, high-tech market indicators, industrial production and merchandise trade.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Public Sector Debt Statistics (QPSD) database, jointly developed by the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund, brings together detailed public sector debt data of selected developing /emerging market countries (Czech Republic is an advanced economy; the rest of the advanced economies will be invited to participate in this initiative in 2012)The QPSD database includes country and cross-country tables, and enables users to query and extract data, by country, group of countries, and specific public debt components. The data represent the following sectors on an as-available basis: General government; o/w Central government; o/w Budgetary central government; Nonfinancial public corporations and Financial public corporations and a table presenting the total public sector debt.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 05 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Trade in Services Database provides information on annual bilateral services trade flows in Mode 1 (cross-border trade) and Mode 2 (consumption abroad) for 199 countries across a multitude of sectors and years spanning 1985 and 2011. The collection of data on cross-border trade in services is notoriously difficult, in large part due to the intangible nature of services but also the high capacity needed to record such data. This is particularly true for developing countries. This database tries to fill this gap by consolidating multiple sources of bilateral trade data in services using mirror techniques, including the OECD, Eurostat, UN and IMF, as to provide a broader coverage of developed and developing countries over time. Mirror-technique is a method to retrieve export trade flows of a reporter by using information on imports of the partner country.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: World Chess Federation
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 октября, 2013
      Выбрать
      Country rank by average rating of top 10 players
    • Август 2012
      Источник: Multiple Sources
      Загружен: Carpe Facto
      Выбрать
      Coffee consumption by country.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 14 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The primary World Bank collection of development indicators, compiled from officially-recognized international sources. It presents the most current and accurate global development data available, and includes national, regional and global estimates.
    • Октябрь 2014
      Источник: International Federation of Red Cross & Red Creacent Societies
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 октября, 2014
      Выбрать
      World Disasters Report, 2014
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: World Energy Council
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 мая, 2015
      Выбрать
      This data presents the country rankings to acess individual country profiles and gain a better understanding of the aggregate effect of energy policies
    • Январь 2014
      Источник: CAF
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 января, 2014
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Columbia University's Earth Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 апреля, 2014
      Выбрать
      The World Happiness Report 2013 is a study conducted by Columbia University's Earth Institute and published in September 2013 by the Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN). It reveals trends in the data judging just how happy countries really are on a scale running from 0 to 10. The report uses data from people in over 150 countries, surveyed by Gallup over the period 2010-12. Six key variables explain three-quarters of the variation in annual national average scores over time and among countries. These six factors include: real GDP per capita, healthy life expectancy, having someone to count on, perceived freedom to make life choices, freedom from corruption, and generosity. Note: datapoints for 2012 and 2007 refer to national averages in 2010-12 and 2005-07 correspondingly; changes from 2005-07 to 2010-12 are presented for the 130 countries with data in both periods; positive affect in 2005-07 does not include happiness (yesterday) since happiness data were not collected in the period. Reference: World Happiness Report 2013, Appendix material for Chapter 2 "World Happiness:  Trends, Explanations and Distribution", John F. Helliwell & Shun Wang.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Sustainable Development Solutions Network
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The World Happiness Report is a landmark survey of the state of global happiness. The first report was published in 2012, the second in 2013, and the third on April 23, 2015. Leading experts across fields – economics, psychology, survey analysis, national statistics, health, public policy and more – describe how measurements of well-being can be used effectively to assess the progress of nations. The reports review the state of happiness in the world today and show how the new science of happiness explains personal and national variations in happiness. They reflect a new worldwide demand for more attention to happiness as a criteria for government policy.The report is published by the Sustainable Development Solutions Network (SDSN). It is edited by Professor John F. Helliwell, of the University of British Columbia and the Canadian Institute for Advanced Research; Lord Richard Layard, Director of the Well-Being Programme at LSE’s Centre for Economic Performance; and Professor Jeffrey D. Sachs, Director of the Earth Institute at Columbia University, Director of the SDSN, and Special Advisor to UN Secretary General Ban ki-Moon.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Май 2014
      Источник: World Health Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 18 июня, 2014
      Выбрать
      Includes datasets on communicable diseases, human resources for health, noncommunicable diseases and world health statictics.
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: Swiss Re
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: World Intellectual Property Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Conference on Trade and Development
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 30 июля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The World Investment Report focuses on trends in foreign direct investment (FDI) worldwide, at the regional and country levels and emerging measures to improve its contribution to development. Click on the "Reports" tab below to download a free copy of this report. Overviews of the report are also available in all official UN languages. Every issue of the Report has: Analysis of the trends in FDI during the previous year, with especial emphasis on the development implications. Ranking of the largest transnational corporations in the world. In-depth analysis of a selected topic related to FDI. Policy analysis and recommendations. Statistical annex with data on FDI flows and stocks for 196 economies.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: World Steel Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      This dataset contains monthly blast furnace iron (BFI) and direct reduced iron (DRI) production data. The total for the year is not the sum of the 12 calendar months. This is because annual production is reported separately. Regional and grand totals refer to the countries listed only. Other countries report only annual - and not monthly - data.
    • Ноябрь 2015
      Источник: Ethnologue Languages of the World
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 02 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The World Languages section of this site provides country summaries and language-by-language information. This section steps above that detail to offer a summary view of the world language situation. Specifically, it offers numerical tabulations of languages and number of speakers by world area, by language size, by language status, by language family, and by country.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: British Geological Survey
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      World Mineral Production covers the majority of economically important mineral commodities. For each commodity constant efforts are made to ensure that as many producing countries as possible are reported. For some commodities, where statistics on production are not publicly available, estimates are made.
    • Август 2015
      Источник: Organisation Internationale des Constructeurs d’Automobiles
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 сентября, 2015
      Выбрать
      World Motor Vehicle Sales by Country and Type, 2005-2014
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 07 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      The 2015 Revision of World Population Prospects is the twenty-fourth round of official United Nations population estimates and projections that have been prepared by the Population Division of the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations Secretariat. The main results are presented in a series of Excel files displaying key demographic indicators for each development group, income group, major area, region and country for selected periods or dates within 1950-2100. A publication labelled Key findings and advance tables, which provide insights on the results of this latest revision, is also made available here.
    • Февраль 2015
      Источник: Reporters Without Borders
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 февраля, 2015
      Выбрать
      The press freedom index that Reporters Without Borders publishes every year measures the level of freedom of information in nearly 180 countries. It reflects the degree of freedom that journalists, news organizations and netizens enjoy in each country, and the efforts made by the authorities to respect and ensure respect for this freedom. It is based partly on a questionnaire that is sent to our partner organizations (18 freedom of expression NGOs located in all five continents), to our network of 150 correspondents, and to journalists, researchers, jurists and human rights activists. The 179 countries ranked in this year’s index are those for which Reporters Without Borders received completed questionnaires from various sources. Some countries were not included because of a lack of reliable, confirmed data. A score and a position are assigned to each country in the final ranking. They are complementary indicators that together assess the state of press freedom. In order to make the index more informative and make it easier to compare different years, scores will henceforth range from 0 to 100, with 0 being the best possible score and 100 the worst. The index reflects the situation during a specific period. This year’s index is based solely on events between the start of December 2012 and the end of November 2013. It does not look at human rights violations in general, just violations of freedom of information. The index should in no way be taken as an indication of the quality of the media in the countries concerned.
    • Октябрь 2013
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 ноября, 2014
      Выбрать
      This dataset provides the World report on disability, Technical appendix A: Estimates of disability prevalence (%) and of years of health lost due to disability (YLD), by country
    • Декабрь 2011
      Источник: World Resources Institute
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 декабря, 2011
      Выбрать
      Water Resources and Freshwater Ecosystems
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: International Monetary Fund
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The IMF’s World Revenue Longitudinal Data set (WoRLD) is a compilation of government tax and non-tax revenues from the IMF’s Government Finance Statistics and World Economic Outlook, and drawing on the OECD Revenue Statistics and Revenue Statistics in Latin American and the Caribbean.
    • Январь 2011
      Источник: International trade administration, United States
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 17 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Source: Global Trade Atlas, using OTM HTS‐6 product list. Sorted by 2009 ranking. *Not all exports have been reported 2010 totals by all countries.
    • Август 2013
      Источник: AFRISTAT
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 августа, 2013
      Выбрать
      World Statistics, 2013
    • Март 2016
      Источник: World Steel Association
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Crude steel production statistics for 66 countries are published in the ‘Steel in Figures’ section of worldsteel.org on the 20th of every month. World steel has several sources for the data, including world steel member companies, national statistics offices and regional steel industry associations. The Economics department at world steel collects and compiles the data.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: World Travel and Tourism Council
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 28 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Travel & Tourism is a truly global economic activity – one which takes place in destinations across the world, from leading capital cities and smaller towns and villages in rural and coastal areas, to some of the remotest points on the planet. It is one of the world’s largest industries, or economic sectors, contributing trillions of dollars annually to the global economy, creating jobs and wealth, generating exports, boosting taxes and stimulating capital investment
    • Июнь 2015
      Источник: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      The Population Division of the Department of Economic and Social Affairs of the United Nations has been issuing, since 1988, every two years revised estimates and projections of the urban and rural populations of all countries in the world and of their major urban agglomerations. This web site presents the main findings of the 2014 Revision of World Urbanization Prospects which are consistent with the size of the total population of each country as estimated or projected in the 2012 Revision of World Population Prospects(United Nations, 2013). The World Urbanization Prospects are used widely throughout the United Nations and by many international organizations, research centers, academic researchers and the media.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: wikipedia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: relbanks
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 03 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      World's Top Banks, 2015
    • Сентябрь 2015
      Источник: World Bank
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
      Worldwide Governance indicators reports aggregate and individual governance indicators for 215 economies over the period 1996–2013. The governance indicators presented here reflect the statistical compilation of responses on the quality of governance given by a large number of enterprise, citizen and expert survey respondents in industrial and developing countries, as reported by a number of survey institutes, think tanks, non-governmental organizations, and international organizations. The aggregate indicators do not reflect the official views of the World Bank, its Executive Directors, or the countries they represent.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: World Trade Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 15 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      Note that Merchandise Exports data for Hong Kong, China covers re-exports only.
    • Июль 2015
      Источник: World Trade Organization
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 06 августа, 2015
      Выбрать
      WTO statistical data sets: Total merchandise trade, Merchandise trade by commodity, Network of world merchandise trade, Selected regional integration agreements, Trade in commercial services, Merchandise trade indices.
  • Y
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 27 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 26 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_educ_030 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_040 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 31 мая, 2014
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_010 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 23 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Июнь 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_hlth_080 The European Statistics of Income and Living Condition (EU-SILC) survey contains a small module on health, composed of 3 variables on health status and 4 variables on unmet needs for health care. The variables on health status represent the so called Minimum European Health Module (MEHM), and measures 3 different concepts of health:Self-perceived healthChronic morbidity (people having a long-standing illness or health problem)Activity limitation – disability (self-perceived long-standing limitations in usual activities due to health problems) The variables on unmet needs for health care targets two broad types of services: medical care and dental care. The variables refer to the respondent's own assessment of whether he or she needed the respective type of examination or treatment, but did not have it and if so what was the main reason of not having it, Eurostat currently disseminates the following indicators for unmet needs:Self-reported unmet needs for medical examination for reasons of barriers of accessSelf-reported unmet needs for medical examination by reasonSelf-reported unmet needs for dental examination by reason All indicators are expressed as percentages within (or share of) the population and breakdowns are given by: sex, age, labour status, educational attainment level, and income quintile group.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_100 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_incl_120 The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator young people neither in employment nor in education and training (NEET) provides information on young people aged 15 to 24 who meet the following two conditions: (a) they are not employed (i.e. unemployed or inactive according to the International Labour Organisation definition) and (b) they have not received any education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey. Data are expressed as a percentage of the total population in the same age group, excluding the respondents who have not answered the question 'participation to education and training' and in change over 3 years (in % points). Data come from the quarterly EU Labour Force Survey (EU LFS).
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The aim of this section is to provide comparable statistics and indicators on education in the 27 Member States of the European Union, at the regional level NUTS 2. In order to facilitate comparison between countries, data from each Member State are allocated to the various education levels of the International Standard Classification of Education (ISCED), UNESCO 1997.
    • Октябрь 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 21 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Январь 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 09 января, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following:correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables:Population by educational attainment level (edat1)   - Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' presents data on the highest level of education successfully completed by the individuals of a given population. The folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' covers data on young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET, early leavers from education and training and the labour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education. The data shown are calculated as annual averages of quarterly EU Labour Force Survey data (EU-LFS). Up to the reference year 2008, the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: correction of the main breaks in the LFS series,estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Details on the adjustments are available in CIRCABC. The adjustments are applied in the following online tables: Population by educational attainment level (edat1)- Population by educational attainment level, sex and age (%) - main indicators (edat_lfse_03) - Population aged 25-64 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_04) - Population aged 30-34 by educational attainment level, sex and NUTS 2 regions (%) (edat_lfse_12) (Other tables shown in the folder 'population by educational attainment level (edat1)' are not adjusted and therefore the results in these tables might differ).Young people by educational and labour status (incl. neither in employment nor in education and training - NEET) (edatt0) – all tablesEarly leavers from education and training (edatt1) – all tablesLabour status of young people by years since completion of highest level of education (edatt2) – all tables  LFS ad-hoc module data available in the folder 'transition from education to work (edatt)' are not adjusted.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Eurostat Dataset Id:yth_empl_150 This domain covers statistics on educational attainment, transition from education to work (including young people neither in employment nor in education and training – NEET) and early leavers from education and training. The annual data shown are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). For data published in the sections ‘main indicators on educational attainment’ and ‘transition from education to work, early leavers from education and training’ (with the exception of the LFS ad-hoc module data), the data source (EU-LFS) is, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator, including the following: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU-LFS data with reference to the available quarter(s). Besides the main results, detailed tables on educational attainment are also available. The results might differ from the 'main indicators' series as the data are not adjusted as explained above.
    • Июль 2014
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 ноября, 2015
      Выбрать
      In 2011, the European Union Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS) included an ad hoc module (AHM) on employment of disabled people. The module consisted of 11 variables dealing with:Health problems and difficulties in basic activities;Limitations in work caused by health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Special assistance needed or used by people with health problems/difficulties in basic activities;Limitation in work because of other reasons. On the basis of how the module was operationalised, the following two main definitions for disability were considered for presenting the results:Disabled persons = People having a basic activity difficulty (such as seeing, hearing, walking, communicating);Disabled persons = People having a work limitation caused by a longstanding health condition and/or a basic activity difficulty. 32 countries have implemented this module: the EU 28 Member States plus Turkey, Iceland, Norway and Switzerland. The Norwegian data are not disseminated because the AHM questionnaire in Norway only partly complies with the Commission Regulation (EU) No 317/2010 and consequently, the data are incomplete and partly comparable. Missing values, don't know and refusal answers are not considered in the calculations. It means the indicators have been worked out on the respondents and validated answers only.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 11 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 декабря, 2015
      Выбрать
      The domain "Income and living conditions" covers four topics: people at risk of poverty or social exclusion, income distribution and monetary poverty, living conditions and material deprivation, which are again structured into collections of indicators on specific topics. The collection "People at risk of poverty or social exclusion" houses main indicator on risk of poverty or social inclusion included in the Europe 2020 strategy as well as the intersections between sub-populations of all Europe 2020 indicators on poverty and social exclusion. The collection "Income distribution and monetary poverty" houses collections of indicators relating to poverty risk, poverty risk of working individuals as well as the distribution of income. The collection "Living conditions" hosts indicators relating to characteristics and living conditions of households, characteristics of the population according to different breakdowns, health and labour conditions, housing conditions as well as childcare related indicators. The collection "Material deprivation" covers indicators relating to economic strain, durables, housing deprivation and environment of the dwelling.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 19 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 20 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain Employment and Unemployment is mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Few indicators use other data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. The structure of this domain is as follows: - 'LFS main indicators' consists of a selection of the most important monthly, quarterly and annual  labour market indicators, most of them based on EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' and 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' is a more comprehensive selection of data from the EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - specific topics' report annual regional data (NUTS III) and annual data on households (both households demographics and labour market results by household type). - 'LFS series - adhoc modules' report annual results for some EU-LFS adhoc modules. Other adhoc module results are published in other domains where they better fit (e.g. in education statistics or health statistics). The rest of this document provides general information on the EU-LFS or explanations applicable to all the sections named above. More specific information for some of those domains can be found in the respective ESMS pages (please see links in section 'related metadata'). The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The employment rate of young persons is calculated by dividing the number of persons in employment and aged 20 to 29 by the total population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain Employment and Unemployment is mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Few indicators use other data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. The structure of this domain is as follows: - 'LFS main indicators' consists of a selection of the most important monthly, quarterly and annual  labour market indicators, most of them based on EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' and 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' is a more comprehensive selection of data from the EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - specific topics' report annual regional data (NUTS III) and annual data on households (both households demographics and labour market results by household type). - 'LFS series - adhoc modules' report annual results for some EU-LFS adhoc modules. Other adhoc module results are published in other domains where they better fit (e.g. in education statistics or health statistics). The rest of this document provides general information on the EU-LFS or explanations applicable to all the sections named above. More specific information for some of those domains can be found in the respective ESMS pages (please see links in section 'related metadata'). The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The indicator on young people neither in employment nor in education and training (NEET) provides information on young people aged 15 to 24 who meet the following two conditions: (a) they are not employed (i.e. unemployed or inactive according to the International Labour Organisation definition) and (b) they have not received any education or training in the four weeks preceding the survey. Data are expressed as a percentage of the total population in the same age group and sex, excluding the respondents who have not answered the question 'participation to education and training'. Data come from the European Union Labour Force Survey.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Март 2015
      Источник: United Nations Economic Commission for Europe
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 октября, 2015
      Выбрать
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 29 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 24 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment) is a collection of monthly, quarterly and annual series based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS), which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. The EU-LFS covers the resident population in private households. The MIP scoreboard indicators from the domain are: Unemployment rate, 3 years average. Long-term unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-74 - 3 years change in p.p.Youth unemployment rate, % of active population aged 15-24 - 3 years change in p.p. For the MIP purposes are published the source data used for the indicator's calculation: annual and quarterly data on unemployment rate and annual figures on youth and long-term unemployment rate.
    • Март 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 08 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The domain Employment and Unemployment is mainly but not only based on the results of the European Labour Force Survey (EU-LFS). Few indicators use other data sources like national accounts employment or registered unemployment. The structure of this domain is as follows: - 'LFS main indicators' consists of a selection of the most important monthly, quarterly and annual  labour market indicators, most of them based on EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - detailed quarterly survey results' and 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' is a more comprehensive selection of data from the EU-LFS. - 'LFS series - specific topics' report annual regional data (NUTS III) and annual data on households (both households demographics and labour market results by household type). - 'LFS series - adhoc modules' report annual results for some EU-LFS adhoc modules. Other adhoc module results are published in other domains where they better fit (e.g. in education statistics or health statistics). The rest of this document provides general information on the EU-LFS or explanations applicable to all the sections named above. More specific information for some of those domains can be found in the respective ESMS pages (please see links in section 'related metadata'). The EU-LFS is a quarterly household sample survey carried out in the Member States of the European Union, Candidate Countries and EFTA countries (except for Liechtenstein). It is the main source of information about the situation and trends on the labour market in the European Union. The EU-LFS is organised in 12 modules covering demographic background, labour status, employment characteristics of the main job, atypical work, working time, employment characteristics of the second job, previous work experience of persons not in employment, search for employment, main labour status, education and training, situation one year before the survey and income. The survey's target population consists of all persons in private households, although the variables related to labour market are only collected for persons aged 15 years or older. For details see Council Regulation (EC) No 577/98 of 9 March 1998 on the organisation of a labour force sample survey in the Community (OJ No L 77/3). Since 1999 an inherent part of the European Union EU-LFS are the so called 'ad-hoc modules'. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 01 марта, 2016
      Выбрать
      The section 'LFS series - detailed annual survey results' reports annual results from the EU-LFS. While LFS is a quarterly survey, it is also possible to produce annual results. There are several ways of doing it, see section '20.5 Data compilation' below for details. This data collection covers all main labour market characteristics, i.e. the total population, activity and activity rates, employment, employment rates, self employed, employees, temporary employment, full-time and part-time employment, population in employment having a second job, working time, total unemployment and inactivity. General information on the EU-LFS can be found in the ESMS page for 'Employment and unemployment (LFS)', see link in related metada. Detailed information on the main features, the legal basis, the methodology and the data as well as on the historical development of the EU-LFS is available on the EU-LFS (Statistics Explained) webpage.
    • Апрель 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 22 апреля, 2016
      Выбрать
      The youth unemployment rate is calculated by dividing the number of unemployed persons aged 15 to 24 by the total active population of the same age group. The indicator is based on the EU Labour Force Survey.
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Eurostat
      Загружен: Knoema
      Дата обращения к источнику: 25 февраля, 2016
      Выбрать
      Short description The 'LFS main indicators' section presents the main aspects of the labour market. As a result of the application of adjustments, corrections and reconciliation of EU Labour Force Survey (described below), it represents the most complete and reliable collection of employment and unemployment data available in the Employment-Unemployment sub-domain. In particular, it consists of the following series:Population, activity and inactivity indicators -LFS adjusted series (including also the structural indicators Average exit age and Population in jobless households)Employment - LFS adjusted series, including employment main characteristics and rates (LFS household resident concept) and employment growth and activity branches (ESA domestic concept)Unemployment - LFS adjusted series (including also Harmonised long-term unemployment)Education and Training - LFS adjusted series (including the structural indicators Lifelong Learning, Education Attainment Level and Early School Leavers). The quarterly and annual series are based on the quarterly results of the EU Labour Force Survey, which are, where necessary, adjusted and enriched in various ways, in accordance with the specificities of an indicator. In order to ensure the consistency of the productivity indicators, the primary source of information for employment growth and activity branches is National Accounts data (domestic concept), while the LFS data (national concept) are used for the gender and social breakdowns. For all others indicators, the most common adjustments cover: - correction of the main breaks in the LFS series, - estimation of the missing values, (i.e. in case of missing quarters, annual results and EU aggregates are estimated using adjusted quarterly national labour force survey data or interpolations of the EU Labour Force Survey data with reference to the available quarter(s)), - reconciliations of the LFS data with other sources, mainly National Accounts (for Employment growth and activity branches) and national statistics on monthly unemployment (for Harmonised unemployment series).
  • Т
    • Февраль 2016
      Источник: Federal Customs Service of Russia
      Загружен: Knoema
      Выбрать
      Экспорт и импорт товаров по 2,4 и 6 значной номенклатуре ТН ВЭД по странам торговым партнерам РФ. * название единиц измерения для индикатора "Количество" доступно для 6 значных кодов ТН ВЭД напротив имени товарара при нажатии на знак метаданных "i".